Sie sind auf Seite 1von 666

PREPARED BY:

ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES


HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1 The beginner of the great hypostyle hall at karnak and the


founder of the 19th dynasty.
2 The mineral of greatest importance to Greek architecture of
which Greece and her domains had ample supply of was.
3
Greek architecture was essentially.

4 Forming the imposing entrance to the acropolis and erected


by the architect Mnesicles is the.
5 The building in the acropolis generally considered as being
the most nearly perfect building ever erected is the.
6 With the use of concrete made possible by pozzolan, a native
natural cement, the Romans achieved huge interiors with the.
7 Which of the order was added by the Romans to the orders
used by the Greeks.
8 From the 5th century to the present, the character of
Byzantine architecture is the practice of using.
9 Romanesque architecture in Italy is distinguished from that
of the rest of Europe by the use of what material for facing
walls.
10 The most famous and perfect preservation of all ancient
buildings in Rome.
11 The space between the colonnade and the naos wall in
Greek temple.
12 Amphitheaters are used for ___.

13 An ancient Greek Portico, a long colonnaded shelter used


in public places.
14 The fortified high area or citadel of an ancient Greek City.

15 An upright ornament at the eaves of a tile roof, concealing


the foot of a row of convex tiles that cover the joints of the flat
tiles.
16 Strictly, a pedestal at the corners or peak of a roof to
support an ornament, more usually, the ornament itself.
17
Also called a 'Honeysuckle' ornament.

18 In ancient Greece and Rome, a storeroom of any kind, but


especially for storing wine.
19 The characteristic of Greek ornament.
20
The dining hall in a monastery, a convent, or a college.

21
The architecture of the curved line is known as ___.

22 The open court in an Italian palazzo.

23 The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part


of a Gothic window.
24
"cubicula" or bedroom is from what architecture.

25 How many stained glass are there in the Chartres


Cathedral?

1/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

26 Parts of an entablature, in order of top to bottom.


i. Cornice ii. Frieze iii.Architrave
27 Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda.

28 Usual number of stories for a Chinese pagoda.

29
Plan shape of a Japanese pagoda.

30
Triangular piece of wall above the entablature.

31 A spherical triangle forming the transition from the circular


plan of a dome to the poly-gonal plan of its supporting
structure.
32 A long arcaded entrance porch in an early Christian church.

33 The principal or central part of a church, extending from


the narthex to the choir orchancel and usually flanked by aisles.
34 The uppermost step in the crepidoma.
35 The lowest step in the crepidoma.

36
Intercolumniation of 2.25 diameters.

37
Intercolumniation of 4 diameters.

38 Intercolumniation of 2 diameters.

39 Pycnostyle intercolumniation has how many diameters?

40 Diastyle intercolumniation has how many diameters.

41 Roman building which is a prototype of the hippodrome of


the Greek.
42 Roman building for which gladiatorial battles took place.

43
What sporting event takes place in the Palaestra?

44
A foot race course in the cities.

45 Architects of the Parthenon.

46 The tower atop the torogan where the princess and her
ladies in waiting hide during occasions.
47 Found in the ground floor of the bahay na bato, it is where
the carriages and floats are kept.
48 The emergency hideout found directly behind the headboard
of the Sultan's bed.
49 In the kitchen of the bahay kubo, the table on top of which
is the river stone, shoe-shaped stove or kalan is known as ___.
50
Japanese tea house

51 A Muslim temple, a mosque for public worship, also known as place for Prostration

2/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

52
Domical mound containing a relic.

53
Ifugao house (southern strain).

54 The style of the order with massive and tapering columns


resting on a base of 3 steps.
55 Earthen burial mounds containing upright and lintel stones
forming chambers for consecutive burials for several to a
hundred persons.
56
A semi-circular or semi-polygonal space, usually in church,
terminating in axis and intended to house an altar.

57 Temples in Greece that have a double line of columns


surrounding the naos.
58 Senate house for chief dignitaries in Greek architecture

59 Architect of the Einstein Tower.

60 Founder of the Bauhaus School of Art.


61 What architectural term is termed to be free from any
historical style?
62
The architect of Chrysler building in N.Y.

63 Another term for crenel or intervals between merlon of a


battlement.
64 In the middle kingdom, in Egyptian architecture, who
consolidate the administrative system, made a survey of the
country, set boundaries to the provinces, and other helpful
works.
65
Who erected the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis.

66 The world's first large-scale monument in stone.

67
The highest sloped pyramid in Gizeh

68
Female statues with baskets serving as columns.

69 A small tower usually corbelled at the corner of the castle.

70 A compound bracket or capital in Japanese architecture.

71
A concave molding approximately quarter round.

72
Architect of Iglesia ni Cristo.

73 A Filipino architect whose philosophy is 'the structure must


be well oriented'.
74 Architect of Robinson's Galleria
75
King Zoser's architect who was deified in the 26th dynasty.

76 "A house is like a flower pot"

3/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

77 Art Noveau is known as the international style, in Germany


it is known as ___.
78
Architect of TWA airport.

79
"Modern architecture need not be western".

80
Not among the three pyramids in Gizeh

81 A decorative bracket usually taking the form of a cyma


reversa strap.
82 Finest example of French-Gothic architecture

83 Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda.

84 A special feature of Japanese houses, used to display a


flower arrangement or art.
85 The most famous structure of Byzantine architecture and
notable of its large dome.
86 An ornamental canopy of stone or marble permanently
place over the altar in a church.
87
A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing
a statue.

88 A large apsidal extension of the interior volume of a


church.
89 A recess in a wall to contain a statue or other small items.

90 A term given to the mixture of Christian, Spanish, and


Muslim 12th-16th century architecture.
91 Architect of the famous Propylaea, Acropolis.

92 A Greek building that contains painted pictures.

93 A kindred type to the theater.

94 The most beautiful and best preserved of the Greek


theaters.
95 A type of Roman wall facing with alternating courses of
brickworks.
96 A type of Roman wall facing which is made of small stone
laid in a loose pattern roughly resembling polygonal work.
97
A type of Roman wall facing with a net-like effect

98 A type of roman wall facing with rectangular block with or


without mortar joints.
99
Marble mosaic pattern used on ceilings of vaults and
domes.

100
"Form follows function".

101
He created the Dymaxion House, "the first machine for
living".

4/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

102 Architect of the Bi-Nuclear House, the H-Plan.

103 Mexican Architect/Engineer who introduced thin shell


construction.
104 The architect of the Pantheon.

105 Architect of the World Trade Center.

106 He erected the entrance Piazza at St. Peter's Basilica.

107 Architects of the Hagia Sophia. (St. Sophia,


Constantinople)
108 Architect of the Lung Center of the Philippines.

109 Who began the building of the Great Hypostyle Hall at


Karnak?
110 Architect of the Great Serapeum at Alexandria.

111 The dominating personality who became an ardent disciple


of the Italian renaissance style.
112 Conceptualized the Corinthian capital.

113 Architect of the Temple of Zeus, Agrigentum

114 Architect of the Temples of Zeus, Olympia.

115 Roman architect of the Greek Temples of Zeus,


Olympius.
116 Architect of the Erechtheion.

117 Master sculptor of the Parthenon.

118 Architect of Manila Hilton Hotel.

119 "A house is a machine to live in".

120
Architect of the Chicago Tribune Tower.

121
"Architecture is Organic".

122
Invented reinforced concrete in France.

123
First elected U.A.P. president.

124
First president and founder of PAS.

125 Architect of the National Library, Philippines.

126 Designer of the Bonifacio Monument.

127
Sculptor for the Bonifacio Monument.

128
Designer of the Taj Mahal.

129 Expressionist Architect.

5/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

130
Founders of the "Art Noveau".

131
Architect of the Batasang Pambansa.

132 Architect of the Philippine Heart Center.


133 Architect of the Rizal Memorial Stadium.
134
The architect of the Quiapo Church before its restoration.

135 Architect of SM Megamall.


136
Central Bank of the Philippines, Manila.

137 G.S.I.S. Building, Roxas Boulevard.

138 Built by the Franciscan priest Fr. Blas dela Madre, this
church in Rizal whose design depicts the heavy influence of
Spanish Baroque, was declared a national treasure.
139
This church, 1st built by the Augustinian Fr. Miguel
Murguia, has an unusually large bell which was made from
approximately 70 sacks of coins donated by the towns people.

140 A raised stage reserved for the clergy in early Christian


churches.
141 In Greek temples, the equivalent of the crypt is the ___.

142 From the Greek temples, a temple that have porticoes of


columns at the front and rear.
143 Corresponds to the Greek naos.

144 The first plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by


Bramante.
145 The final plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Carlo
Maderna.
146
On either side of the choir, pulpits for the reading of the
epistle and the gospel are

147
In some churches, there is a part which is raised as part of
the sanctuary which later developed into the transept, this is the
___.

148 In early Christian churches, the bishop took the central


place at the end of the church called ___.
149 Orientation of the Roman temple is towards the ___.

150 Orientation of the Greek temple is towards the ___.


151
Orientation of the Etruscan temple is towards the ___.

152
Orientation of the Medieval Church

153 The space for the clergy and choir is separated by a low
screen wall from the body of the church called ___.
154 Smallest cathedral in the world. (Byzantine period)

6/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

155 One of the few churches of its type to have survived


having a square nave and without cross-arms, roofed by a
dome which spans to the outer walls of the building.
156 Type of plan of the Byzantine churches.

157
First school which offered architecture in the Philippines

158 The best example of a German Romanesque church with


apses at both east and west ends.
159 The council house in Greece.

160 The senate house of the Greeks.

161
The oldest circus in Rome.

162 The oldest and most important forum in Rome.

163 The warm room in the Thermae

164 The Hot room of the Thermae

165
The dry or sweating room in the Thermae.

166
The dressing room of the Thermae.

167 The room for oils and unguents in the thermae.


168 The colosseum in Rome also known as the "flavian
amphitheater" was commenced by whom and completed by
whom?
169 The finest of Greek Tombs, also known as the 'tomb of
Agamemnon'.
170 Who commenced the 'hall of hundred columns'?
171
The private house of the Romans.

172
The sleeping room of the 'megaron'.

173
Roman apartment blocks

174 Semi-palatial house surrounded by an open site

175 A roman house with a central patio.

176 A small private bath found in Roman houses or palaces.

177 A megalithic structure consisting of several large stones set on end with a large
covering slab
178
Monumental gateway to an Egyptian temple consisting with slanting walls flanking the entrance portal

179
A massive funerary structure of stone or brick with a square base and four sloping triangular sides meeting at
the apex; used mainly in ancient Egypt.

180 Principal room of Anatolian House

7/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

181 It consists of the upright column or support including the capital, base, if any, and the horizontal entablature or
part supported.
182 The steps forming the base of a columned Greek temple
183 The principal chamber in a Greek temple containing the statue of deity.

184 Dry sweating room with apodyteila or dressing room and unctuaria or for oils.

185
A great awning drawn over roman theatres and amphitheatres to protect spectators against the sun

186 Roman apartment block that rose four or more storey high

187 A canopy supported by columns generally placed over an altar or tomb.

188
A long arcaded entrance porch to a Christian Basilican Church.

189 That part of a Greek house or Byzantine Church reserved for women

190 Truncated wedge-blocks forming an arc

191 A monument erected in memory of one not interned in or under it

192 A rose or wheel window of the Romanesque Church was of ten placed over the

193
A period in Gothic Architecture in France characterized by circular windows with wheel tracery

194 Projecting ornament at the intersection of the ribs of ceilings, whether vaulted or flat.

195
A slight convex curvature built into truss or beam to compensate for any anticipated deflection so that it will have
no sag when under load.

196 A method of forming stonework with roughened surfaces and recessed joints, principally employed in
Renaissance building.

197 Designer of the Crystal Palace, London

198 Architect of the Sagrada Familia, Barcelona

199 Architect of the White House, D.C.


200 Second Filipino registered architect after the well-known Tomas Mapua

201 A mosque principal place of worship, or use of the bldg. for Friday prayers

202 Man who leads the congregation at a prayer

203 Architectural style characterized by Friezes and Crestings


204 Sacred enclosure found at walls of Damascus great mosque

205
Erected to the memory of his favorite wife Mumtaz Mahal, it was the culminating work in the life of the emperor.

206
In Romanesque archre a period where an order founded by St. Bruno in 1806 is notably severe and adorned

8/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

207 General characteristic of the Romanesque empire was

208 Vaulting compartment into six parts known as

209
A rectangular feature in the shape of a pillar, but projecting only about one sixth of its breath from wall

210
Is a circular tower 16 m ( 52 ft. ) in diameter rising in 8 stories of encircling arcades.

211
Roughly carved of men and beasts used as support columns of projecting porches and of bishops throne.

212 A secluded place

213 Secular architecture

214
The first Frankish king who became roman emperor, was crowned in 800 at Rome by the pope, and ruled over
the franks, which included central Germany and northern France

215
Type of roof in which 4 faces rest diagonally between the gables and converge at the top

216
The most important of the distinctive characteristics of mature Spanish Romanesque architecture

217
Is well endowed with medieval military achre and grand castles are particularly numerous in castle

218
Finest or Romanesque castles in Spain is at ____

219 Sited and designed to secure the routes from coastal ports to Jerusalem

220
A civil settlement under the protection of a castle.

221 A projecting wall or parapet allowing floor openings, through w/c molten lead, pitch, stones were dropped only
on an enemy below.

222
A parapet having a series of indentions or embrasures, between which are raised portions known as merlons

223
The upstanding part of an embattled parapet, between two crenels/ embrasure openings.

224
A squared timber used in bldg. construction or a low ridge of earth that marks a boundary line

225 A Scandinavian wooden church with vertical planks forming the walls

226
Architecture was marked by copy roofs which frequently had more storey than the walls, and were provided with
dormer windows to make through current of air for their use as a drying ground for the large monthly wash

9/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

227
A projection block or spur of stone carried with foliage to decorate the raking lines formed by angles of spires
and canopies.

228
An arch starting from a detached pier and abutting against a wall to take the thrust of the vaulting.

229
A circular or polygonal apse when surrounded by an ambulatory of which are chapels.

230 An architectural style which in its period is the English equivalent of the high gothic of northern France first
pointed.
231
Leafed ornament.

232 Vertical tracery members dividing windows into different numbers of lights.

233
The actual sanctuary of a church beyond the choir and occupied only by the officiating clergy.

234 Single and most important building in Britain.


235
A room, where food is stored in a manor house.

236
The screen/ ornamental work rising behind the altar.

237 Term applied to a tower crowned by a spire.

238 A ledge or shelf behind an altar for holding vases or candles.

239 Originally the minaret of the mosque.

240 The largest medieval cathedral and is somewhat German in character in north Italy.

241
A space entirely or partly under a building in churches generally beneath the chancel and used for burial in early
times.

242
A movement which begun in Italy in the 15th century created a break in the continuous revolution of European
times.

243 In renaissance archre, which is logically staid and serene architectural style?

244 The phase in western European renaissance archre 1750-1830, when renewed inspiration was sought from
ancient Greek and roman architecture

245
A term coined to describe the characteristics of the output of Italian renaissance architects of the period 1530-
1600. Characterized by unconventional use of classical elements

246
A method of forming stonework with roughened surfaces and recessed joints, principally employed in
renaissance buildings

247
A light portable receptacle for sacred relics

248 Famous architect in Florence renaissance archre.

10/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

249
The principal floor of an Italian palace, raised one floor above ground level and containing the principal social
apartments.

250 Known architect in early renaissance.

251 Vertical members dividing windows into different numbers of lights.

252 Horizontal divisions or crossbars of windows.

253 A twisted band, garland or chaplet, representing flowers, fruits, leaves often used in decoration.

254 An ornament consisting of a spirally wound band, either as a running ornament or as a terminal.

255 A room decorated with plants, sculpture and fountains (often decorated with nymphs) and intended for
relaxation.
256 France generally describe rococo as

257 One of the winged heavenly beings that support the throne of god or act as guardian spirits, or chubby, rosy-
faced child with wings.
258 Central shaft of a circular staircase also applied to the post in which the handrail is framed.

259
A type of relief ornament or cresting resembling studded leather straps, arranged in geometrical and sometimes
interlaced patterns; much used in the early renaissance archre in England.

260 Space between the columns.

261 An ornament in classic or renaissance archre consisting of an assembly of straight lines intersecting at right
angles of various patterns. Also called key pattern

262 A stone gallery over the entrance to the choir of a cathedral or church.

263
A term originally applied to the art of decorative painting in many colors, extended to the coloring of sculpture to
enhance naturalism, also described to the application of variegated materials to achieve brilliant or striking
effects

264 The selection of elements from diverse styles for architectural decorative designs,particularly during the 2nd half
of the 19th century in Europe and USA.

265
A long dormer on the slope of a roof, it has no sides, the roofing being carried in a nave line.

266 The central rounded of a pattern or ornament, an oculus, one at the summit of a dome.

267 A vertical steel support cast iron was used until relatively cheap steel became available.

268 The sanctuary of a classical temple, containing the cult statue of the God.

269 Also known as Siam (before 1993) and was named, meaning land of the free

270 A stupa in a form of a corn cob.

271 Reflects Burmas cultural connections with China and India, built over older foundations (16th-17th century) at
Rangoon.
272 Burmas term for monasteries.

11/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

273 Chinese monumental gateway.

274 Is the most famous for the eye catching tower he constructed in Paris for the exposition universally of 1889
work of Eiffel tower.

275 One of the pioneers of the modern movement in American architecture. Work auditorium building, U.S.

276 Arch of the famous Twin Tower World Trade Center.

277 Scottish architect and designer who was prominent in the arts and crafts movement in Great Britain.

278 Received the Patnubay ng Sining at Kalinanagan award for the city of Manila, who is the architect?

279
In 1989 he received the prtzker prize commonly referred to as The Noble of Architecture the loftiest
recognition. It is a lifetime achievement award granted to living architect whose body of work represents a
superlative contribution to the field.

280 His first designs were drawings of fantastic architectural visions in steel and glass as well as costume and
poster design.
281
Much of his works has been described as post modern, since he rejected the excessive abstractionism of
architects such as Le Corbusier and strove instead to incorporate the valid elements of older style.

282
Spanish architects, one of the most creative practitioners of his art in modern times.His style is often described
as a blend of neo-gothic and art nouveau, but is also has surrealist and cubist elements.

283
One of the worlds 1st futurist and global thinkers. His 1927 decision to work always and only for all humanity
led him to address the largest global problems of poverty,disease and homelessness.

284 In his practice he explores the use of indigenous materials infused with current technological trends to bring a
new dimension in designs.
285
Afterwards became deeply involved in the design and building of French railways and bridges. He worked on
structures such as bridge across the Garonne River, train stations at Toulouse and again in France.

286
He has actively promoted the use of native architectural forms and indigenous nationals such as bamboo and
thatch, in the creation of a distinctively Filipino architecture.

287 French-born, Brazilian architect and urban planner. This famous axiom Each one sees whatever he wishes to
see belongs to
288 He was the architect in his time that receives his license as award at his 60s or at the age of 60 yrs. old.

289 An important Scottish architect who was particularly known for his interiors based on classical decoration.

290 He was called Masters master where his students are architects like Gropius, Breuer and Van de Rohe

291 Architect who leads the development of the Quezon Memorial Circle in Quezon City.

292 Eiffel tower I Paris stands.

293 Starting with holes belongs to architect

294 A house is a machine to live in philosophy belongs to

295 He paid great attention to the detailing of the structure, which he attributed to his fathers teachings about
craftsmanship.

12/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

296 One of his stylish choice which are circles and squares were used in his design solutions.

297 His contributions where the advocacy of the idea of planning rooms by volume.

298 His solutions to building problem were always direct, transmitting to the ground by the shortest path the stresses
developed within the structures.

299 Father of modern architectural movement in Brazil.

300 A city is subjected to growth, delay and rebuilt

301 For Egyptian Architecture design, due to excessive


sunshine, there was no need for windows, the
massive unbroken walls provided the surface for
________________.
302
In Greek Architecture, It is the largest building atop
the Athenian Acropolis, It is a temple dedicated to
Athena (The warrior of maiden) It is a Doric building,
and made entirely of white pentelic marble and
surrounded by freestanding column.

303
In Greek Architecture, The __________ theater
designed (c.350 BC) by Polyclitus. It is among the
largest and best preserved ancient theaters in
Greece. The circular construction and the pitch of
the seats, where held close to 14,000 spectators,
permit nearly perfect acoustics.

304 In Roman Architecture, It was built AD 72-82 in


Rome Italy, It is the largest Roman Amphitheater, A
four storey, elliptical structure that seated about
50,000 spectators. The exterior faade was
embellished with superimposed Doric, ionic and
Corinthian columns.
305
In Roman Architecture, It was built AD 112, It was
designed by Apollodorous of Damascus for Emperor
Trajan, it is often considered the most magnificent
and architecturally most pleasing.

306
In Roman Architecture, The Pantheon (AD C118-28),
A monument of imperial Rome, revived the use of
brick and concrete in temple architecture. It is
symmetry is enchanced by its hemispherical dome,
Who is the architect of this historical monument?
(he is the son in law of Augustus.)

307
The Washington D.C. monument. The tapering shaft
contained in a Greek style temple, the obelisk is the
only remnant of the original blueprint that remains.
It was designed in the year 1812 by the American
Architect, What is the name of this Architect?

308 What is the name of the


Cathedral in France that was designed
by Jean d Orbais.(

13/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

309 In France, It is the official residence of President of


France, It was built in 1718 by Claude Mollet for
Henry de la Tour d Auvergne
310 In Philippine Architecture, It is considered the home
of the Sultans. Carved on the wooden posts in the
niyaga, a stylized mytical snake design can be found.
It is the traditional residence of the reigning Sultan
of Maranaw people and his family.
311
In Philippine Architecture, Being Isolated and wind
frequented area. The Batanes Islands, exhibit the
most different of all traditional Architecture in the
Phil. The house is built solidly on all sides, made of a
meter thick rubble work, covered by thick thatch
roofing to withstand gales which frequent the area.
What is the name of this unique house?

312
The ___________________ is an art deco building
designed by the Filipino Architect Juan M. de
Guzman Arellano, and built in 1935. During the
liberation of Manila by the Americans in 1945, the
theatre was totally destroyed. After reconstruction
by the Americans it gradually fell into disuse in the
1960s. In the following decade it was meticulously
restored but again fell into decay. Recently a bus
station has been constructed at the back of the
theatre. The City of Manila is planning a renovation
of this once magnificent building.

313
The Golden Empire Tower-( 1322 Roxas Boulevard)
is the tallest building along the boulevard and one of
the highest residential condominium in the world.
The one with the golden glass facing Manila Bay and
United States Embassy compound in Manila. Who is
the Filipino Architect of this famous residential
condominium?

314
For the Creation of Space ____________a Chinese
Philosopher, said, The reality of the building does
not consist in the roof and walls, but in the space
within to be lived in.

315
The base or platform upon which a column, pedestal, statue, monument, or structure rests.

316
(Greek Architecture) is a sculpted female figure serving as an architectural support taking the place of a column
or a
pillar supporting an entablature on her head.

317
Is an architectural device, typically carved in stone and employed to decoratively emphasize the apex of a
gable, or
any of various distinctive ornaments at the top, end, or corner of a building or structure.

318 The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the result of the interior.

319 The later male counterpart of the caryatid and the name refers to the legend of Atlas,

14/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

320 Is an architectural term related to ancient Greek buildings, is the platform of, usually, three levels upon which
the
superstructure of the building is erected. The levels typically decrease in size incrementally, forming a series of
steps
along all or some sides of the building.
321 The Filipino Architect Who Designed the 66Meters(217 ft') height Pylons Quezon Memorial Circle.

322
Is an ornamental molding or band following the curve of the underside of an arch, It is composed of bands of
ornamental moldings (or other architectural elements) surrounding an arched opening,

323
is a term used for Ancient Greek Plays in order to describe any of two passageways leading into the orchestra,
between theatron and sken (also known as the parodos).

324 A monumental, four-sided stone shaft, usually monolithic and tapering to a pyramidal tip.

325 A caulking material made from old hemp rope fibers that have been treated with tar.
326 A waterspout projecting from the roof gutter of a building, often carved grotesquely(Sculpture).
Is a statue, building, or other edifice created to commemorate a person or important event. They are frequently
327 used
to improve the appearance of a city or location.
328 The Greek council house which is covered meeting place for the
democratically-elected council is called:
329 The Grandest Temple of all Egyptian temples, it was not built by
upon one complete plan but owes its size, disposition and
magnificence to the work of many Kings. Built from the 12th Dynasty
to the Ptolemaic period.
330
The father of modern picture books of Architecture

331 The man of learning can fearlessly look down upon the
troublesome accidents of fortune. But he who thinks himself
entrenched in defense not of learning but of luck, moves one slippery
path, struggling though life unsteadily and insecurely.
332 Tomb of Atreus, a noted example of the tholos type of tomb is
also known as:
333 The memorial column built in the form of tall Doric order and
made entirely f marble is;
334 It is the eclectic style of domestic architecture of the 1870s and
the 1880s in England and the USA and actually based on country
house and cottage Elizabeth architecture which was characterized by
a blending of Tudor Gothic, English Renaissance and colonial
elements in the USA:
335 An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., St. Peter
s and St. Paul Cathedral; Proposed a Network of Avenues connecting
the main features of London.
336
The sacred enclosure fond in the highest part of a Greek city is
called:

15/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

337 The architect who claimed that: The ultimate goal of the new
architecture was the composite but inseparable work of an art, in
which the old diving line between monumental and decorative
elements will have disappeared forever.
338 The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the
result of the interior
339 The building that serve as a senate house for the chief dignitaries
of the city and as a palace where distinguished visitors and citizens
might be entertained.
340 It is a traditional house that was called binangiyan. It was a
single room dwelling elevated at 1.50 meters from the ground; the
floor were made of hard wood like narra which rested on 3 floor joist
which in turn were supported by transverse girders.
341 It is the third phase of English-Gothic Architecture where
elaborated ornamental vaulting, and refinement of stonecutting
techniques.
342 Enclosure formed by huge stones planted on the ground in
circular form.
343 A style in the architecture Italy I the second half of the 16th
century and to a lesser extent elsewhere in Europe. It uses classical
elements in an unconventional manner.
344 The Greek council house which is covered meeting place for the democratically-elected council is called

345
The Grandest Temple of all Egyptian temples, it was not built by upon one complete plan but owes its size,
disposition and magnificence to the work of many Kings. Built from the 12th Dynasty to the Ptolemaic period

346
A ____________ is a ___________ which extends vertically from lowest portion of the wall which adjoins two
living units up to a minimum height of 0.30 meters above the highest portion of the roof and extends horizontally
0.30 meters beyond the outermost edge of the abutting living units?

347 The father of modern picture books of Architecture

348 The man of learning can fearlessly look down upon the troublesome accidents of fortune. But he who thinks
himself entrenched in defense not of learning but of luck, moves one slippery path, struggling though life
unsteadily and insecurely.
349
It was the first law passed by the national assembly in 1921 where the maestros de obra or the master builders
are required to register as architects?

350 Tomb of Atreus, a noted example of the tholos type of tomb is also known as

351 The memorial column built in the form of tall Doric order and made entirely if marble is

352
Early type of settlement in America taken after the baug (military town) and fauborg (citizens town) of the
medieval ages

353
It is the eclectic style of domestic architecture of the 1870s and the 1880s in England and the USA and actually
based on country house and cottage Elizabeth architecture which was characterized by a blending of Tudor
Gothic, English Renaissance and colonial elements in the USA

16/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

354
Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a super building that contained 337 dwellings in only
acres of land. What is the structure that supposed to be located in Marseilles?

355 An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., St. Peter s and St. Paul Cathedral; Proposed a
Network of Avenues connecting the main features of London.
356 The sacred enclosure fond in the highest part of a Greek city is called:

357
The architect who claimed that: The ultimate goal of the new architecture was the composite but inseparable
work of an art, in which the old diving line between monumental and decorative elements will have disappeared
forever.

358 The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the result of the interior.

359
The building that serve as a senate house for the chief dignitaries of the city and as a palace where
distinguished visitors and citizens might be entertained

360
It is a traditional house that was called binangiyan. It was a single room dwelling elevated at 1.50 meters from
the ground; the floor were made of hard wood like narra which rested on 3 floor joist which in turn were
supported by transverse girders

361 ??? on natural rocks in a Greek theater is called

362 It is the third phase of English-Gothic Architecture where elaborated ornamental vaulting, and refinement of
stonecutting techniques
363
Enclosure formed by huge stones planted on the ground in circular form

364
A revival style based on the buildings and publications of the 6th century architect marked by ancient Roman
Architectural forms

365
ITS MOST OUTSTANDING ACHIEVEMENTS ARE ITS MASSIVE FUNERARY MONUMENTS & TEMPLES
BUILT OF STONE FOR PERMANENCE, FEATURING ONLY POST-AND-LINTEL CONSTRUCTION &
CORBEL VAULTS W/ OUT ARCHES & VAULTING

366
CHARACTERIZED BY CLEAR PLANS, MASSIVE
ARTICULATED WALL STRUCTURES, ROUND ARCHES, & POWERFUL VAULTS
CHARACTERIZED BY POINTED ARCH, THE GRADUAL REDUCTION OF
367
THE WALLS TO A SYSTEM OF RICHLY DECORATED
368 FENESTRATION
CHARACTERIZED BY RADIATING LINES OF TRACERY

369 CHARATERIZED BYFLOWING A FLAME-LIKE TRACERY.

370 CHARACTERIZED BY THE USE OF THE CLASSICAL ORDERS, ROUND


ARCHES, and SYMMETRICAL COMPOSITION.
371
MODE OF BLDG FOLLOWING THE STRICT ROMAN FORMS, A SET FORTH IN THE PUBLICATIONS OF
THE ITALIAN REN. ARCHT.ANDREA PALLADIO (1508-1580). STYLE BASED ON A CLOSED STUDY OF
ANTIQUITY.

372
TRANSITIONAL STYLE IN ARCHRE & THE ARTS IN THE LATE 16th. CENT, CHARATERIZED IN ARCHRE
BY UNCOVENTIONAL USE OF CLASSICAL ELEMENTS.

17/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

373 IS CHARACTERIZED BY INTERPRETATION OF OVAL SPACES, CURVED SURFACES, & CONSPICUOUS


USE DECORATION, ACULPTURE & COLOR. ITS LAST PHASE IS CALLED ROCOCO BOLD, OPULENT &
IMPRESSIVE TYPE OF ARCHRE.

374
THE PHASE IN WESTERN EUROPIAN RENASSAINCE ARCHRE 1750-1830, WHEN RENED INSPIRATION
WAS SOUGHT FROM ANCIENT GREEK & ROMAN ARCHRE ( NEO CLASSICAL)

375

( FR. ROCALLE ROCKWORK) A TERM APPLIED TO TYPE OF RENAISSANCE ORNAMENT IN W/C


ROCK-LIKE FORMS, FANTASTIC SCROLLS, & CRIMPED SHELLS ARE WORK UP TOGETHER IN A PRO-
FUSION & COMFUSION OF DETAIL OFTEN W/ OUT ORGANIC COHERENCE BUT PRESENTING A LAVISH
DISPLAY OF DECORATION.

376 SIVERSMITH-LIKE; THE RICHLY DECORATIVE STYLE OF THE SPANISH RENAISSANCE.

377
THE TRANSITIONAL STYLE BETWEEN GOTHIC & RENAISSANCE IN ENGLAND, NAMED AFTER
ELIZABETH I; MAINLY COUNTRY HOUSES, CHARATERIZED BY LARGED MILLIONED WINDOWS &
STRAPWORK ORNAMENTATION

378
ENGLISH ARCHL & DECORATIVE STYLE OF THE EARLY 17th CENT. , ADAPTING THE ELIZABETHAN
STYLE TO CONTINENATL RENAISSANCE INLUENCES; NAMED AFTER JAMES I

379
THE PREVAILING STYLE OF THE 18th CENT. IN GREAT BRITAIN & THE NORTH AMERICAN COLONIES,
SO NAMED AFTER GEORGE I, II, III, BUT NOT INCLUDE GEORGE IV. DERIVED FROM CLASSICAL,
RENAISSANCE, & BAROQUE FORMS.

380
TERM IN A SPECIALIZED SENSE TO DESCRIBE ONE OF THE ATTITUDES OF TASTE TOWARDDS
ARCHRE & LANDSCAPE GARDENING IN THE LATE 18th & EARLY 19th CENT. BLDGS & LANDSCAPE
WERE TO HAVE THE CONTROLLED INFORMALITY OF A PICTURE.

381
Mythical monsters each with the body of a lion and a head of a man, hawk, ram or woman possessed

382
An ancient Egyptian rectangular, flat-topped funerary mound with battered (sloping) sides covering a burial
chamber blow ground

383
Huge monoliths, square on plan and tapering to an electrum-capped (alloy of silver & gold) pyra-midion at the
summit, which was the sacred part. The four sides are cut with hieroglyphics

384
A massive funerary structure of stone or brick with a square base and four sloping triangular sides meeting at
the apex

385 Inward inclination or slope of an outward wall

386
Consists of a complex of sarsen (any of the many large sedimentary rocks that have been broken into blocks
by frost action and are found scattered across the chalk downs of southern England )stones and smaller blue
stones set in a circle and connected by lintels

387
Artificial Mountains made up of tiered (layered), rectangular stages which rose in number from one to seven

18/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

388 Pictorial representation of religious ritual, historic events and daily pursuits

389
An ancient structure usually regarded as a tomb, consisting of two or more large upright stones set with a space
between and capped by a horizontal stone

390
Any of the pieces, in the shape of a truncated wedge, which form an arch or a vault. A wedge-shaped stone: a
wedge-shaped brick or stone used to form the curved parts of an arch or vault

391

In ancient Greece/ Rome, a room or covered area or open on one side used as a meeting place; architecture
history conversation room: a room for relaxation or conversation, especially a semicircular recess in a larger hall
with a continuous bench along the wall; furniture long curved outdoor bench: a long curved or semicircular
outdoor bench, usually with a high back; architecture recess: any kind of recess or niche (technical)

392 The sanctuary of a classical temple, containing the cult statue of the god

393
Domical mounds which grouped with their rails, gateways, professional paths and crowning umbrella came to
be known as symbols of the universe; a Buddhist shrine, temple, or pagoda that houses a relic or marks the
location of an auspicious event.

394
An adjective used to describe an artist who selects forms and ideas from different periods or countries and
combines them to produce a harmonious whole.

395
The exposed undersurface of any overhead component of a building such as an arch, balcony, beam, cornice,
lintel or vault. bottom surface: the underside of a structural component of a building, for example the underside
of a roof overhang or the inner curve of an arch

396 a large fortified (armed) place; a fort often including a town; any place of security.

397
the term applied to the triangular curved overhanging surface by means of which a circular dome is supported
over a square or polygonal compartment. a sloping triangular piece of vaulting between the arches that support
a dome and its rim

398
Pre-Columbian edifice dedicated to the service or worship of their god which is made of stones entered by a
single door to a very steep single flight of steps, above it rises a high stone roof

399
Term in a specialized sense to describe one of the attitudes of taste towards architecture and landscape
gardening in the late 18th and early 19th century; very attractive: visually pleasing enough to be the subject of a
painting or photograph

400
A term originally applied painting on a wall while the plaster is wet and is not in oil colors. painting done on fresh
plaster: a painting on a wall or ceiling made by brushing watercolors onto fresh damp plaster, or onto partly dry
plaster

401
A long colonnaded building, served many purposes, used around public places and as shelter at religious
shrines; an ancient covered walkway: in ancient Greece, a covered walkway, usually with a row of columns on
one side and a wall on the other

19/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

402
Carved male figures serving as pillars also called TELAMONES; architecture figure of man used as support: a
figure of a man, either standing or kneeling, used as a support for the upper part of a classical building

403 A slab forming the crowning member of a column

404
A swelling or curving outwards along the outline of a column shaft, designed to counteract the optical illusion
which gives a shaft bounded by straight lines the appearance of curving inwards; a bulge in architectural
column: a slight bulge in the shaft of a column, designed to counter the visual impression of concavity that a
perfectly straight column would give

405
The vertical channeling on the shaft of a column; architecture: groove in column: a groove running down an
architectural column

406 Sculptures female figures used as columns or supports

407 the portion of a pedestal between its base and cornice. A term also applied to the lower portions of walls when
decorated separately.
408
The sharp edge formed by the meeting of two surface usually in DORIC columns

409
a small flat band between mouldings to separate them from each other. architecture flat narrow moulding: a
raised or sunken ornamental surface set between larger surfaces

410
A triangular piece of wall above the entablature enclosed by raking cornices; architecture gable on colonnade: a
broad triangular or segmental gable surmounting a colonnade as the major part of a facade

411 The lowest square member of the base of a column

412
Town square, was the center of social and business life, around which were stoas, or colonnaded porticoes,
temples, markets, public buildings, monuments, shrines.

413
These are arches erected to emperors and generals commemorating victorious campaigns; has one or three
openings. Such arches were adorned with appropriate bas-reliefs (flat sculpture; slightly projecting) and usually
carried grit-bronze statuary (statues considered collectively) on an attic storey and having a dedicatory
inscription in its face

414
Palatial public baths of Imperial Rome raised on a high platform; hot springs: hot springs or baths, especially the
public baths of ancient Rome

415
Elliptical Amphitheatres are characteristically Roman buildings found in every important settlement, used to
display of mortal combats (gladiatorial)

416
A roman structure where immense quantities of water were required for the great thermae and for public
fountains, and for domestic supply for the large population; a channel for water: a pipe or channel for moving
water to a lower level, often across a great distance

20/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

417
Corresponds (links) to the Agora in a Greek city was a central open space, used a public meeting space, market
or rendezvous for political demonstrations.

418
A turret (small rounded tower) or part of a building elevated above the main building. architecture pointed
ornament: a pointed ornament on top of a buttress or parapet

419
Taken from a tomb chamber, or the ornamental treatment given to a stone coffin hewn out of one block of
marble and with sculptures, figures and festoons (garland) of a late period, surmounted by lids like roofs
terminating in scrolls. stone coffin: an ancient stone or marble coffin, often decorated with sculpture and
inscriptions

420
A term applied to monumental tombs. They consisted of large cylindrical blocks, often on a quadrangular
podium, topped with a conical crown of earth or stone.

421 Line of intersection of cross-vaults

422
Sunk panels, caissons or lacunaria formed in ceilings, vaults or domes; sunken panel in a ceiling: a decorative
sunken panel in a ceiling

423 A mass of masonry built against a wall to resist the pressure of an arch & vault.

424
an arch covering in stone or brick over any building; architecture arched ceiling: an arched structure of stone,
brick, wood, or plaster that forms a ceiling or roof; a room with arched ceiling: a room, especially an
underground room, with an arched ceiling

425 A long arcaded entrance porch to a Christian Basilican Church

426 A building or a part of a church in which baptism is administered

427 a basin usually of stone which holds the water for baptism.

428
A vault having a circular plan, and usually in the form of a sphere portion, so constructed as to exert an equal
thrust in all directions

429 A raised stage in a Basilican church reserved for the clergy

430 A range of arches supported on piers or columns attached to or detached from the wall.
431 A raised pulpit on either side of a Basilican church from which the epistle of a gospel were read

432
Decorative surfaces formed by small cubes of stones, glass & marble

433 A canopy supported by columns generally placed over an altar or tomb. Also known as CIBORIUM.

434 A longitudinal division of an interior area, as in a church, separated from the main area by arcades or the like.

435
The principal or central longitudinal area of a church, extending from the main entrance or narthex to the
CHANCEL (area of church near altar: an area of a church near the altar for the use of clergy and choir, often
separated from the nave by a screen or steps) usually flanked by aisles of less height

21/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

436
The circular or multi-angular termination of a church sanctuary. A rounded projection of a building

437 A small pavilion, usually open built in gardens & parks.

438
An inward-looking building whose prime purpose is for contemplation & prayer. A space without object of
adoration. (Muslim)

439 A block of stone, often elaborately carved or moulded, projected from a wall, supporting the beams of a roof,
floor or vault.

440
a tall tower in, or continuous to a mosque arch stairs leading up to one or more balconies from which the faithful
are called to prayer

441 A diagonal cutting of an arris formed by two surfaces at an angle

442 An approach or an open forecourt surrounded by arcades in a Basilican church.

443

A small arch or bracket built across each angle of a square or polygonal structure to form an octagon or other
appropriate base for a dome or a spire. An interior supporting part of a tower: an arch, corbelling, or lintel built
across the upper inside corner of a square tower to support the weight of a spire or other structure above

444 Womens or private quarters of a house or place in Islamic architecture.

445 An empty tomb. A monument erected in memory of one not interred in or under it.

446 A double curve, resembling the letter S, formed by the union of a curve and a convex line
447 The central stone of a semi-circular arch, sometimes sculptured.
448
a screen in a Greek orthodox church on which icons or (sacred images), pictures, are placed separating the
chancel from the space, open to the laity. An altar screen decorated with icons: a screen on which icons are
mounted, used in Eastern Orthodox churches to separate the area around the altar from the main part of the
church

449
A covered porch (porch-roofed exterior of a room) or balcony (balcony- a platform projecting from an interior or
exterior wall of a building) extending along the outside of a building, planned for summer leisure.

450
A public open space in Byzantine architecture, surrounded by buildings

451
Geometrical ornaments due to absence of human and animal statues; an ornate design

452
The triangular space enclosed by the curve of an arch, a vertical line from its springing, a horizontal line through
its apex. A space between one arch or another. Space between two arches and a cornice

453
small towers, often containing stairs, and forming special features in medieval buildings.

22/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

454
Vertical tracery members dividing windows into different numbers of light. A vertical window divider: a vertical
piece of stone, metal, or wood that divides the panes of a window or the panels of a screen

455
A castle in a French-speaking country or a stately residence. A French castle: a castle or large house in France,
often one that has a vineyard attached and gives its name to wine produced there

456
A slender wooden spire rising from a roof. A slender church spire: a slender spire, especially one that emerges
from the roof of a church at the point where the ridges intersect.

457 a (shell) or a recess in a wall, hallowed like a shell for a statue or ornament.

458
(Lump or knob) or projecting ornament at the intersection of the ribs of ceilings, whether vaulted or flat.

459 Is a rectangular feature in the shape of a pillar, but projecting only about one sixth of its breadth (distance from
side to side) from the wall.
460 An umbrella shaped copula.

461 The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part of a gothic window.

462
The high platform on which temples were generally placed (in general, any elevate platform). A foundation wall:
a low wall forming a foundation or base, for example for a colonnade

463
The part of a cruciform church, projecting at right angles to the main building. Wings of church: the part of a
cross-shaped church that runs at right angles to the long central part (nave)

464
Vaulting in Romanesque in which a framework of ribs supported thin stone panels. The new method consisted
in designing the profile of the transverse (crosswise or at right angle with something), longitudinal and diagonal
ribs to which the form of the panels was adopted

465
Special term for a lantern or raised structure above a roof admitting light into the interior

466
A room where food is stored; a pantry ( a walk-in cupboard); a cupboard

467 The tapering termination of a tower in Gothic churches

468 The term applied to a tower crowned by a spire

469 A room for storage of garments

470
A slight convex curvature built into a truss or beam to compensate for an anticipated deflection so that it will
gave no sag when under load.

471
Covered passages around an open space or Garth, connecting the church to the chapter house; a small
courtyard or enclosed space

472
A serving room between kitchen and dining room, or a room for storage of food supplies

473 A vault in which the ribs compose a star-shaped pattern

23/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

474 A building complex of a certain English order or a self-contained community used by monks

475 A bay window especially cantilevered or corbelled out from the face of the wall by means of projecting stones.

476 The dining hall of a monastery, convent or college

477 An ornament consisting of a spirally wound band, either as a running ornament or as a terminal, like the volutes
of the ionic capital.

478 An Italian impressive building or private building

479
One of a number of short vertical members often circular in section used to support a stair handrail or a coping
(walls capping surface).

480

a term applied to a type of Renaissance ornament in which rock-like forms fantastic scrolls, and crimped folded
or pressed together) shells (are worked up together in a profusion and confusion of detail often without organic
coherence but presenting a lavish display of decoration; Any excessively ornate or fancy style; A style of
architecture and the decorative arts characterized by intricate ornamentation that was popular throughout
Europe in the early 18th century.

481
In France, anything extravagantly ornamented, so ornate as to be in bad taste, a style of art and architecture in
Italy in the 17th to 18th century.

482
A tower not connected with Bell. A term applied to the upper room in a tower in which the bells are hung.

483
The entire construction of a classical temple or the like, between the columns and the eaves usually composed
of an architrave, frieze, and a cornice.

484
(BRITISH) The hall built or used by medieval association as of merchants and tradesmen, organized to
maintain standards that constituted a governing body. (Doge = Italian renaissance chief magistrate)

485 (little house for pleasure & recreation). A prominent structure, generally distinctive in character.

486 The space about the altar of a church, usually separated by a screen for the clergy and other officials, usually
referred to as the choir
487
An eternal solid angle of a wall or the like. One of the stones forming it, corner stone (Renaissance) A block
forming a corner: a stone block used to form a quoin, especially when it is different, for example in size or
material, from the other blocks or bricks in the wall

488
A BRACKET: is a projecting member to support a weight generally formed with scrolls or volute when carrying
the upper member of the cornice

489
A space entirely or partly under a building; in churches, generally beneath the chancel and used for burial in
earlier times. An underground chamber: an underground room or vault, often below a church, used as a burial
chamber or chapel, or for storing religious artifacts

490
The central shaft of a circular staircase. Also applied to the post in which the handrail is framed.

24/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

491
The chief magistrates buildings, in the former republic of Venice & Genoa.

492
A spherical roof, (a dome-shaped roof) placed like an inverted cup over a circular square or multi-angular
apartment. A dome on roof: a small dome on a roof, sometimes made of glass and providing natural light inside

493
An ante-room to a larger apartment of a building; An entrance hall: a small room or hall between an outer door
and the main part of a building

494
A construction such as a tower, at the crossing of a church rising above the neighboring roofs and glazed at the
sides

495
A twisted band, garland or chaplet, representing flowers, fruits leaves, often used in decoration; A circular
arrangement of flowers: a circular arrangement of flowers and greenery placed as a memorial on a grave, hung
up as a decoration, or put on somebodys head as a sign of honor; a representation of wreath: a representation
of a circular arrangement of flowers, vines, or other things, for example in a carving or on a coat of arms;
[headdress; garland; laurel]

496
In Renaissance, a room used primarily for exhibition of art objects, or a drawing room;[grand sitting room; social
gathering of intellectuals; art exhibition or gallery]

497
A roof having a double slope on four sides; the lower slope being much steeper and the flatter upper portion.
Also known as the gambrel roof.

498
A room decorated with plants, sculpture and fountains (often decorated with beautiful Maiden living in Rivers,
trees) and intended for relaxation. [nymph: a spirit or a minor goddess of nature; or a beautiful young woman]

499
An ornate iron grille, or screen, a characteristic feature of Spanish Church interiors; An architectural decoration:
a carved decoration at the top of a gable, spire, or arched structure

500
A support for a column statue or a vase, it usually consists of a base. Die or Dado, and a cornice or cap mould

501
A window in a sloping roof usually that of a sleeping apartment. A window projecting from roof: a window for a
room within the roof space that is built out at right angles to the main roof and has its own gable

502
A bust (sculpture of head & shoulders) on a square pedestal instead of a human body, used in classic times to
mark boundaries on highways, and used decoratively in Renaissance times.

503 Vertical members dividing windows into different number of lights

504
A Spanish arcaded or colonnaded yard; a paved area outside a house: a paved area adjoining a house, used
for outdoor dining, growing plants in containers, and recreation. A roofless courtyard: a roofless inner courtyard
typical of a Spanish-style house

25/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

505
Also called brackets or consoles or ancones. It is a projecting member to support a weight. generally
formed with scrolls or volutes which carry the upper member of a cornice (a projecting moulding at the top of a
wall or at where the wall & ceiling meets); also a bracket in Corinthian order: a small curved ornamental bracket
under the corona of a Corinthian or Composite column

506
The horizontal divisions or crossbars of windows.

507 A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing a statue or an icon.

508
(to walk) the cloister (covered walkway around a courtyard) or covered passage around the east end of the
church, behind the altar.

509
Also called key pattern the upper portion of the pinnacle [pinnacle: pointed ornament: a pointed ornament on
top of a buttress or parapet]; an architectural decoration: a carved decoration at the top of a gable, spire, or
arched structure

510
a raised platform reserved for the seating of speakers and dignitaries; a raised platform: a raised platform at the
end of a hall or large room. [podium, platform, pulpit, stage]

511
The window of a protruded bay or the windowed bay itself. A protruding window: a rounded or three-sided
window that sticks out from an outside wall and forms a recess on the inside

512
Bulbous termination to the top of a tower, found principally in Central & Eastern Europe

513
A communicating passage or wide corridor for pictures and statues. An upper storey for seats in a church

514
A type of relief ornament or cresting [cresting: a decorative roof ridge: an ornamental ridge on a roof ]
resembling the studded leather straps arranged in geometrical and sometimes interlaced patterns much used in
the early renaissance architecture of England.

515 The space between two columns

516
One of the winged heavenly beings that support the throne of God or act as guardian spirits, or Chubby, a rosy-
faced child with wings

517
Earth-baked (unglazed) or burnt in moulds. For use in construction, harder in quality than brick. [brownish red
color]

518
A coat of arms; connected with heraldry or heralds: belonging or relating to heraldry or heralds

519
Phase of the early period of Spanish architecture of the later 15th and early 16th century, an intricate style
named after its likeness to silverwork; elaborately decorated: relating to a heavily decorated architectural style
fashionable in 16th-century Spain, reminiscent of elaborate silverware

520
An elevated enclosed stand in a CHURCH in which the preacher stands

26/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

521
A roofed but open-sided structure affording an extensive view, usually located at the rooftop of a dwelling but
sometimes an independent building or an eminence (a hill) on a formal garden; a building with fine view: a
building or part of a building positioned to offer a fine view of the surrounding area

522
An expression of Spanish baroque architecture and sculpture, a recurrent feature was the richly garlanded
spiral columns. [flamboyant-showy; brightly colored; highly decorated ornamentation]

523
A movable candle lamp-stand with central shaft, and often branches or decorative representation thereof; a
branching light fitting: a large decorative candle holder with several arms or branches, or a similarly shaped
electric light fitting

524
(grating: metal grille) an ornament in classic or renaissance architecture consisting of an assembly of straight
lines intersecting at right angles, and of various patterns.

525 Outstanding architectural creation in Sri Lanka which is a circular relic house built in stone and brick.

526
Picturesque composition built in America since 1980. Hall timbering and massive medieval chimney. Identified
by prominent gables and large expansive windows with small panes.

527
a large convex moulding used principally in the bases of columns.

528
Most typical Chinese building, usually octagonal in plan, odd number o stories usually 9 or 13 storeys and
repeated roofs, highly colored and with upturned eaves, slopes to each storey.

529
One storey with low-overhanging roof and broad front porch. Unpretentious style often rambling spread out
floor plan, more expensive to build; lightweight tropical house: a simply-built one-storey house with a veranda
and a wide, gently sloping roof in Southeast Asia and the South Pacific

530
A glazed earth ware originally made in Italy; pottery with colored glaze: earthenware decorated with colored
opaque metallic glazes (often used before a noun)

531
Monumental pillars standing free without any structural function, with circular or octagonal shafts with
inscriptions carved in it. The capital was bell-shaped and crowned with animal supported bearing the Buddhist
will of Law.

532
Most famous of ancient Chinese building undertakings. It snakes, loops, and doubles back on itself.
Meandering across valleys, plains, scaling mountains, plunging into deep gorges and leaping raging rivers of
3,700 miles.

533 An art free from any historical style characterized by forms of nature for ornamentation in the faade aptly called
for the floral design.
534
a school founded by Gropius in 1919, developing a form of training intended to relate art and architecture to
technology and the practical needs of human life.

535 The arrangement and design of windows in a building

536 Relating or conforming to technical architectural principles.

537 Rock-cut temples in India

27/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

538
A structural system consisting of trusses in two directions rigidly connected at their intersections. A rectangular
shape is formed where the top and bottom chords of the trusses are directly above & below one another.

539
a type of timber framing in America about 1820s wherein it owes its strength to the walls, roof acting as
diaphragms, and not on the post. It is an extension of the roof.

540 A Chinese ceremonial gateway erected in memory of an eminent person

541 A dwarf tree which is a perfect reflection of Japanese culture

542
An elegant two storey, rectangular town house with a massive stone first floor, and a light and airy second floor,
mother-of-pearl or capiz windows and picturesque wide tile roof. Entrance is of Heavy plank door with wrought
iron or brass nails, sturdy balustrades of wood or iron grilles below windows to let in cool air.

543 An open-roofed gallery in an upper storey built for giving a view of the scenery.

544
In Japan, a structure where the appreciation of the arts and flower arrangement, with drinking ceremony is done

545
Intercolumniation is regulated by this standard of Japanese measurement, which is divided into 20 parts called
minutes and each minute being again divided into 20 parts or seconds of space.

546 Cordillera one room house on four wooden posts with an animal or insect barrier and a pyramidal roof Cogon
grass built without nails

547
A house with a prow-like (front of ship) majestic roof, the polychrome, extravagant wooden carvings derived
from the Malay Mythical bird the Sari Manok The silken Muslim canopies in the Interiors. The protruding ends
of floor beams are decorated with intricate carvings

548
Lowlands area house with pithed roof, made of bamboo poles, thatch roof with woven slit canes for walls and
split bamboo slats flooring

549
Made of 0.75 m. thick stone of lime wall with thick thatched roof made of several layers of cogon and held
together by seasoned sticks or reeds and rattan to withstand fiercest typhoons in the north

550
An arcade of roofed gallery built into or projecting from the side of a building particularly one overlooking an
open court. A covered balcony and walkway: a covered open-sided walkway, often with arches, along one side
of a building

551
Japanese dominant roofs characterized by their exquisite curvature, and are supported upon a succession of
simple or compound brackets. The upper part of the roof is terminated by a gable placed vertically above the
end walls, while the lower part of the main roof is carried round the ends of the building in a hipped form.

552
Shinto temples (Shinto-Japanese religion) are characterized by this gateway formed by upright posts supporting
two or more horizontal beams

28/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

553
Fool the eye are paintings adorning everything from cabinets to cupboards, fire screen to dishwashers. This
creates an illusion of space. A make-believe doorway for example extends a hall. A glass cabinet or door is
painted with cows and chicken and make-believe or create an outdoor scene.

554

A house composed of natural materials. It is an eclectic and organic look that grows and changes with antiques
and a clutter of different collections, made of rough plaster, old beams, wood framed windows and slate or brick
floors. A house in the country: a large house in the country, often with a large area of land attached

555
1930s modernists style of art inspired by mechanical forms and chiefly distinguished by geometrical shapes,
bold color schemes and symmetrical designs, suitable for mass production

556 These are garden rooms.

557
patio (Spanish outdoor living or dining);VERANDAH (a porch or balcony for summer leisure); LOGGIA

558
Turret(medieval) ; minaret (Islamic);steeple (church tower & spire)(term use for spire crowned towers)

559
Pinnacle(highest point); fleche (a church spire); spire (tapering termination of a gothic church tower); finial (a
design at the top of a spire)

560 Boss (vaulted or flat); groin (vaulted only)

561 Quoins (just a corner stone) vs. squinch (structural arch to support a dome)

562 statue chamber

563 bldg that hold sculpture

564 bldg that holds painting

565 acropolis, sacred enclosure

566 coffer, ceiling

567 space bet naos wall and column

568 tholos passageway

569 sleeping room, megaron

570
(greatest example of Egyptian temple)

571
Great Sphinx at Gizeh

29/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

572
Senusurets- built the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis
Amenemhat I- founded the great temple at Karnak
Thothmes I- began the additions to the temple of Amnon Karnak
Amenophis III- built the famous Colossi of Memnon
Rameses I- began the hypostyle hall at Karnak
Seti I- built the temple at Abu- Simber
Ptolemy II- built the pharos of Light House
Ptolemy III- founded the Great Seradeum at Alexandria

573
gateway to greek temple

574
largest
- geatest example of greek architecture
- archt. Ictinus
- master sculptor- Callicrates
- Doric temple
- naos- made of gold and ivory
- holds the statue of Athena

575
prototype Greek Thetre
- largest for 30,000 people

576
oldest & most important bldg in Rome

577 largest circus in Rome


578 largest forum in Rome

579 1. Temporary shelter from perishable materials

580 2. Caves

581 3. Rocks on top of each other

582 4. Hard-packed snow blocks

583 5. animal skins

584 1. Battered or sloping outside walls

585 2. Columns & Capitals from vegetable origins

586
3. Papyrus Buds, Lotus Flower walls of mud brick, thick & 9M high

587 4. Unbroken massive walls adorned with hieroglyphics

588 1. Abundance of clay-provided bricks

589 2. Roofs flat outside

590
3. Architecture was arcuated winged deity and winged human headed lion used as dcor

30/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

591 4. Houses of one room, entered by a single door & without windows

592 1. Temple pyramids are approached by a single steep flight of steps.

593
2. Stone [finely dressed, carved, or laid as roughly dressed rubble] was employed for all important buildings

594 1. Columnar & trabeated (have horizontal beams rather than archs)

595 2. Wooden roofs were untrussed

596 3. Ceilings sometimes omitted

597 4. optical illusions were corrected, in Greek Temples

598 5. Doric, Ionic, Corinthian [orders of columns]

599 1. The arch & the vault was developed

600 2. Two orders of architecture added [Tuscan & Composite]

601
3. Concrete is now used [composition of lime, sand, pozzolana & broken bricks or small stones.

602 1. Widely Spaced Columns carrying semi-circular arches

603
2. Basilican Churches have 3 to 5 aisles, covered by a simple timber roof

604 3. Mosaic decoration added internally

605 4. separate buildings used for baptism or baptisteries

606
1. Novel development of the Dome to cover polygonal and square plans of churches

607 2. Tomb & baptisteries by means of pendentives

608 3. Fresco decoration using marble & mosaic

609 1. Bulbous or onion dome

610 2. Minarets

611 3. stalactite moulding

612 4. cresting: decorative roof ridge: an ornamental ridge on a roof

613 5. painted arch

614 1. Ribbed & panel, cross vaults;

615 2. plaster strips, arcades, rose windows,

616 3. Sober (serious/ not fanciful)& dignified style

31/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

617
4. Formal massing depends on the grouping of towers and the projection of transepts & choir.

618 1. Pointed arch

619 2. buttress, flying buttress

620 3. gargoyles, decorated vaulting

621 4. rose & lancet windows ploughshare twist

622 5. variety of open roofs (trussed, tie-beam, collar)

623 1. Rusticated masonry, (rough masonry)

624 2. Quoins, Balusters

625 3. domes or raised drums

626 4. pediments one within the other

627 5. rococo

628 6. baroque style

629 7. mansard roof

630 8. salon

631 1. Picturesque values

632
2. Reflected in the predilection (liking) for highly textured, colorful materials, asymmetry & informality.

633 3. palazzo style was a triumph of national ecclesiasticism

634 4. New functions & techniques produced new forms

635 5. Taller buildings were designed due to concrete & cast iron frames.

636 6. New materials were used due to the effect of canals

637 7. Railroad systems, central heating & elevator or lift

638
1. Repetition of standard bays, both plan & elevation, an affinity (similarity) with bay system, programmatically adopted
with the introduction of iron construction

639 1. Neo-classic & Greek revival was followed

640 2. Baloon frame was introduced

641 3. The skyscraper was contributed related to metal frame construction

642 4. The non-load-bearing curtain wall & the elevator

32/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

643
1. Free-standing glass sheath suspended on a framework across the face of the building or curtain wall.

644 2. Art Noveau and Bauhaus was developed

645
3. Enormous Spans unobstructed were at length achieved with concrete.

646 4. Steel is used in space-frame

647 1. Hindu worship is an individual act

648
2. Buddhist religious buildings or shrines took the form of STUPAS (Buddhist shrine or pagoda), and are designed for
congregational use.

649 3. Mouldings have BULBOUS character

650 4. The TORUS moulding is used

651
5. Various BAS reliefs depicting scenes of daily life and story of Buddha

652 6. The female form in its voluptuous (sensual) form is often used

653 1. Rock Temples, with square or octagonal pillars

654
2. A circular relic house (wata-dage) built in stone & brick is an outstanding architectural creation.

655 3. Architecture of wood, with high pitched roofs, with wide eaves, slightly curved, finished with small flat shingles and terra
cotta tiles.

656
4. Windows with lacquered wood bars, carved timber doorways, ornamental metalwork door furniture, painted walls.

657
1. Cupola Roofs (dome shaped roof or dome on roof), spanning with arched squinches, the square chamber angles, lantern
roof and coffered dome, an elaborate system of hexagon, each containing the statue of Buddha

658
2. The SIKHARA & PAGODA temples survive.

659
3. A monumental pillar generally supporting a metal superstructure adorned with mystic symbols, groups of divinities and
portraits statuary of royalties.

660
4. Windows have intricate lattice screens and roof have red curved tiles, metal gutters and projecting cornice and fancifully
decorated with carving, embossing, tinkling bells and hanging lamps.

661 5. The monastery is fortress-like sited on hill tops.

662
6. Pillars and beams are painted yellow or red and painted silks hang from the roof.

663 1. Stepped Temple Pyramid, terraced on a hill

33/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

664
2. Using stone without mortar fitted perfectly and numerous colossal towers

665
3. Religious buildings overlaid with ornamentation of Chinese characters, surfaces often finished with porcelain tile

666 4. Walls are white stucco, (wall plaster)

667 5. multi-leveled overlapping timber roofs

668 6. Gables and bargeboard decorated with Hindu iconography.

669
7. Doors and window shutters are of carved wood, lacquered in black and gold.

670
1. Roof ridges are laden with elaborate ornamental cresting and the up-tilted angles are adorned with fantastic dragons and
grotesque ornament.(distorted bizarre)

671 2. Roofs one on top of the other using S-shape enameled tiles.

672 3. Roof framing in rectangle and not triangle.

673 4. Use of bright colors

674 5. Column brackets are decorated with birds, flowers and dragons.

675
1. Light and delicate timber construction is refined by a minute carving & decoration

676
2. Dominant roofs characterized by their exquisite (beautiful/superb) curvature, supported by a succession of brackets

677
3. Upper part of the roof is terminated by a gable placed vertically above the end walls

678 4. Rooms are regulated by a KEN Tatami mats.

679
5. Love of nature: using stone, lantern & bonsai.

680
1. Use of indigenous (natural) materials for houses like bamboo, palm leaves, sturdy wooden posts, carved wooden sidings,
cogon grass roof.

681 2. Spanish-style high-pitched roofs,

682 3. Capiz shell windows, barandillas, balconies,

683 4. Coconut shell & wood design.

684 5. Much use of galvanized iron sheet for roofing

685 1. Beehives,

686 2. huts,

34/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

687 3. caves,

688 4. tents,

689 5. Stonehenge, England

690 6. igloos

691 1. Sphinx,

692
2. Pyramids, Pyramid of King Zoser
Architect: Imhotep
earliest pyramidal structure of the ancient world, the Step Pyramid (c.2630 BC) of King Zoser at Saqqara, Egypt
consist of six terraces of receding sizes with a one staba The Great Pyramid
the Pyramid of Khufu is the largest in the world, measuring 230m (756 ft)

693 3. Obelisks,

694 4. Mastaba Tombs,

695 5. Great Temple,

696
6. Abu-Simbel, dedicated chieftly to Re-Harakhti, God of the rising sun
built during the reign of Ramses II (1304 1237 BC)

697
7. Temple of Luxor - or Southern Sanctuary at Luxor, Egypt, 18th dynasty king
dedicated to Amon-Re, king of the Gods
built of sandstone for the quarries of Gebel Silsila

698
7. Temple of Khons,

699 1. Ziggurat of Ur,

700 2. persepolis,

701 3. hall of the hundred columns

702 1. Temple Pyramid of the Sun,

703 2. Citadel Teotihuacan,

704 3. Temple of the Giant Jaguar,

705 4. Great Plaza of Tenochtitlan Machu Picchu, Peru

706 1. Acropolis,

35/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

707 2. Parthenon-temple, Architect: Itchinus and Callicrates with Phidias


Location: Athens, Greece
Style: Ancient Greek Doric
on the historic Acropolis. Doric exemplar

708
Erectheum _ Architect: Mnesicles
Location: Athens, Greece
Style: Ancient Greek, Ionic
has Caryatid Porch with figural columns. On the Acropolis, uses grade change.

709 3. Agora,

710
Epidaurus Theater
Architect: Polykleitos
Location: Epidauros, or Epidhavros, Greece
Style: Ancient Greek
and the quality of its acoustics make the Epidaurus theatre one of the great architectural achievements of the fourth
century.
the largest and best preserved ancient theaters in Greece.
can accommodate 14,000 spectators.

711 4. ODEION theatre,


712
5. stoa, - ancient covered walkway, usually with a wall on one side and a row of columns at the other

713
6. Mausoleum Sarcophagus,

714 7. open hillside theatres

715

1. The Pantheon
118 - 126
Architect: Acrippa
Location: Rome, Italy
Style: Ancient Roman
great domed hall with oculus
oculus a single circular opening
one of the great spiritual buildings of the world
it was built as a Roman temple and later consecrated as a Catholic Church
revived the use of brick and concrete in temple Architecture

36/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

716
2. Forums,Trajans Forum
100 112
Architect: Apollodorus of Damascus
Location: Rome, Italy
Style: Roman
composed of an arc of arched arcade
most magnificent and architecturally most pleasing
largest known forums

717
3. Basilicas

718 4. Thermae,

719 5. Amphitheatres,

720

6. Colosseum Coemeteria, Colosseum


70 82
Architect: Vespacian and Domitian
Location: Rome, Italy
Style: Ancient Roman
three-quarter columns and entablatures, Doric in the first story, Ionic in the second, and Corinthian in the third, face the
three tiers of arcades
largest Roman Amphitheater
designed to hold 50,000 spectators
had approximately eighty entrances so crowds could arrive and leave easily and quickly

721 7. Triumphal arch,

722 8. gateways,

723 9. aqueducts

724 1. Basilican Churches,

725 2. Baptisteries

726
1. St. Sophia, Constantinople

727 2. St. Mark, Venice

728 1. The great mosques,

729 2. Damascus & Cordoba,

730 3. Kiosk @ Istanbul

731 4. Taj mahal mausoleum @ Agra

732 5. Tomb of Humayun, Delhi

733 1. St, Zeno,

37/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

734 2. Maggiore Monastery,

735 3. Leaning Tower,

736 4. Cathedral & Baptistery of Pisa,

737 5. Castles, fortifications,

738 6. chateus, Manor houses

739 1. Notre Dame Cathedral,


740 2. Paris Canterbury Cathedral,

741 3. Kings College,

742 4. Canterbury Town Halls,

743 5. Skippers house @ Ghent

744 1. Palazzo Ricardi @ Florence,

745 2. St. Peters PIAZZA,

746 3. Cathedral Vatican,

747 4. Palais du louvre,

748 5. Paris Chateu Maisons,

749 6. St Pauls Cathedral, London,

750 7. Guild Houses @ Brussels

751 1. Westminster New Palace (House of Parliament), London

752 2. Crystal Palace, London [???]

753 3. University Museum, Oxford

754 4. Red House, Kent

755 5. Cathedral @ Guildford

756 1. Eiffel tower, [???]

757 2. New louvre,

758 3. Paris Opera House,

759 4. Paris & cologne.

38/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

760
1. the White House
Architect: James Hoban
Location: Washington, D.C.
Date: 1793 to 1801, burned 1814, porticos 1824 to1829
Style: Georgian Neoclassical
official residence of the president of the United States of America, for the last 200 years

761
2. Capitol of the United States
Architects: Thornton-Latrobe-Bulfinch
Location: Washington, D.C.
Date: 1793 to 1830
Style: Neoclassical
meeting place of the U.S. Congress, the national assembly of the United States of America, consisting of the House of
Representatives and the Senate

762
National Gallery of Art
Architect: John Russel Pope
houses one of the finest collections of painting, sculptures, and graphic arts in the world

763
Washington Monument
Architect: Robert Mills
Location: Washington, D.C.
Style: Neo-Egyptian
the obelisk is the only remnant of the original blue print that remains
with George Marsh, competition 1836. standard Egyptian proportion of 10:1 height to base

764

Golden Gate Bridge


1933 to 1937
Architect: Joseph Strauss
Location: San Francisco, California
Building type: suspension bridge
Construction system: steel frame, steel cables
Styles: Structural Modern with some Art Deco details
one of the longest bridge in the world
a powerful and elegant human structure in an equally beautiful natural location
overall bridge length of 9266 feet, or 2824 meters
bridge main span length of 4200 feet, or 1280 meters

39/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

765
Saint Patricks Cathedral
Architect: James Renwick
Location: New York
shaped like a Latin cross
the largest Roman Catholic Cathedral in the United States
designed in a Gothic Revival materials at English and French Gothic Style

766
3. Boston Empire State Building,

767 4. English Country Houses

768 5. Bungalows

769

The Louvre
1546 to 1878
Architect: Pierre Lescot
Location: Paris, France
Building type: palace, art museum
Construction system: cut stone bearing masonry
Style: French Renaissance
also designed by Catherine de Medici, J.A. du Cerceau II, Claude Perrault, etc.
I.M. Pei: design the glass pyramid, which serves as the main public entrance

770
Palais Royal
commissioned by Cardinal Richeliev
original name is Palais Cardinal
17th century
Daniel Buren: stripped columns

771 Arc de Triomphe


Napoleon, the French emperor decided to build a very big arch of triumph, which stands at the top of the Champs
Elysees

772

Pompidou Centre
1972 to 1976
Architect: Richard Rogers and Renzo Piano
Location: Paris, France
Building Type: modern art museum
Construction system: high-tech steel and glass
Style: High-tech modern
a cost of $100,000,000, with an average attendance of approximately seven million people a year
massive structural expressionist cast exoskeleton, "exterior" escalators enclosed in transparent tube

40/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

773
Notre Dame de Paris
1163 to 1250
Architect: Maurice de Sully
Location: Paris, France
Building Type: church, cathedral
Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone
Style: Early Gothic
one of the most celebrated Gothic cathedrals in France
twin towers marking the entrance
probably the most famous image in French Gothic art

774
Paris Opera House
1857 to 1874
Architect: Charles Garnier
Location: Paris, France
Building type: theater, opera house
Construction system: masonry, cut stone
Style: Neo-Baroque
polychrome faade, opulent staircase
commission by competition
masterpiece of 19th century architecture
one of the largest and most opulent theaters in the world
false ceiling painted by Marc Chagall

775 Elysee Palace


1718
Architect: Claude Mollet
official residence of the president of France

776 Hotel de Invalides


Napoleons tomb is within the structure
founded by Louis XIV for disabled soldiers
late 17th century

777
La Madeleine
Architect: Napoleon I
church of Ste. Marie Madeleine
constructed as a church in 1842
surrounded by 52 Corinthian columns

778
Chartres Cathedral
1194 to 1260
Location: Chartres, France
Building type: cathedral
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Gothic exemplar
the elevation was in three tiers as it had no gallery and the vaulting was quadripartite, which eliminated the need for
alternating supports
supreme monument of High Gothic art and architecture

41/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

779

Rheims Cathedral
one of the greatest monument of Gothic art and architecture
construction commerced by Jean dOrbais and was completed by Robert de Coucy
a work of remarkable unity and harmony

780
Eiffel Tower
1887 to 1889
Architect: Gustave Eiffel
Location: Paris, France
Building Type: exposition observation tower
Construction system: exposed iron
Style: Victorian Structural Expressionist
dominates the sky line of Paris
one of the most famous landmarks in the world
built for the Paris Exposition of 1889

781 Sorbonne
most famous building at the University of Paris

782

British Museum
1823 to 1847
Architect: Sir Robert Smirke
Location: London, England
Building type: art and historical museum, library
Construction system: masonry, cut stone
Style: Victorian Ionic faade,
Classical Revival
Includes one of the world's great library rooms. Glazed roof over restored courtyard by Norman Foster

783

Salisbury Cathedral
1220 to 1258
Location: Salisbury, England
Building type: Cathedral (church, temple)
Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone
Style: English Gothic
Cathedral of Saint Mary
an outstanding example of the Early English architectural style
tallest in England 404ft (123m)
use of Purbeck marble to create a strongly coloured

42/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

784
Queens House
1616 to 1635
Architect: Inigo Jones the greatest of English Classical architect
Location: Greenwich, England
Building type: large house
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Palladian, Late English Renaissance
was built by Jones for Anne of Denmark, wife of James I

785

Somerset House
1776 to 1786
Architect: William Chambers
Location: London, England
Building type: government offices and art school
Construction system: cut stone masonry
Style: Neoclassical
Home of Royal Academy of the Arts. Corinthian orders above arched courtyard apertures, rusticated base

786
Saint Pauls Cathedral
1675 to 1710
Architect: Sir Christopher Wren
Location: London, England
Building type: church
Construction system: masonry, brick, timber and cut stone
Style: Late renaissance to Baroque
the dome peaks at 366 feet above pavement
a masterpiece of Baroque architecture
largest cathedral in England

787
Chiswick House
1729
Architect: Lord Burlington
Location: Chiswick, England
Building type: large house
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Palladian
also known as Burlington House

788
Westminster Palace
1836 to 1868
Architect: Sir Charles Barry
Location: London
Building type: seat of government, government center
Construction system: cut stone bearing masonry
Style: English Gothic Revival
Big Ben: the clock tower best known is a great symbol of London
originally seat of kings as a royal residence

43/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

789

Durham Cathedral
1093 to 1280
Location: Durham, England
Building type: church, cathedral
Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone
Style: Romanesque
one of the most impressive Norman Romanesque style in Europe
had a reciprocal influence on the architecture of Normady
the rib vault covering of Durham Cathedral is the oldest example that has survived

790
Glasgow School of Art
1897 to 1909
Architect: Charles Rennie Mackintosh
Location: Glasgow, England
Building type: college
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: art and crafts, art nouveau

791 Buckingham Palace


Architect: sir George Goring
built during the reign of king James I

792 1. Salginatobel Bridge,

793 2. Einstein Tower, Eirch Mendelsohn

794 3. Chapel of Notre Dame, Le Corbusier

795 4. Johnson Wax Building, Frank Lloyd Wright

796 5. Falling Water, Frank Lloyd Wright

797 6. Dulles International Airport, Eero saarinen

798 7. Guggenheim Museum, Frank Lloyd wright

799 8. Sydney opera House, Jorn Utzon

800 9. Geodesic dome, Buckminster Fuller

801
Temple of Heaven
Location: China
700 acre enclosure built by the Ming Dynasty emperor Yongle (Yung-Io)
means Perpetual Help

44/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

802

Hagia Sofia
532 to 537
Architect: Isidoros and Anthemios
Location: Istanbul, Turkey
Building type: church
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Byzantine
a tremendous domed space
built as the new Cathedral of Constantinople by the Emperor Justinian
a masterpiece of Byzantine architecture
additional minarets when the church became a mosque

803 Cathedral of Siena


Location: Southern Italy
incorporated Gothic elements in a strongly Mediterranean design

804

Pisa Cathedral
103 to 1350
Location: Pisa, Italy
Building type: church complex
Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone, white marble
Style: Romanesque
"Pisa Cathedral with Baptistery, Campanile and Campo Santo, together form one of the most famous building groups in
the world
the cathedral complex includes the famous Leaning Tower, La Torre Pendente
white marble with colonnaded facades

805

Florence Cathedral
1296 to 1462
Architect: Arnolfo di Cambio
Location: Florence, Italy
Building type: domed church, cathedral
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Italian Romanesque
1296: Cathedral begun on design by Arnolfo di Cambio
1357: Project continued on a modified plan by Francesco Talenti
1366-7: Talenti's definitive design emerged calling for an enormous octagonal dome
1418: competition for construction of dome.
1420: technical solution for vaulting proposed by Brunelleschi approved and construction begun
The Duomo dome added by Brunelleschi
1436 church consecrated

45/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

806
Krak des Chevaliers
1150 to 1250
Location: Syria
Building type: fort
Style: Medieval
crusader castle
the best preserved and most wholly admirable castle in the world

807

Alhambra
1338 to 1390
Location: Granada, Spain
Building type: palace
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Moorish (Islamic)
palace of Nasrid Dynasty
the most beautiful remaining example of Western Islamic Architecture
built as a cathedral in the mid-1200s
hall of justice: noted from its elaborate stalactite (maqarnas) decoration

808
Casa Batllo
1905 to 1907
Architect: Antonio Gaudi
Location: Barcelona, Spain
Building type: apartment building
Construction system: concrete
Style: Expressionist or Art Nouveau
uses animal styles al through-out the structure

809

Casa Mila
1905 to 1910
Architect: Antonio Gaudi
Location: Barcelona, Spain
Building type: multifamily housing
Construction system: masonry and concrete
Style: Art Nouveau
expressionistic, fantastic, organic forms in undulating facade and roof line
light court
it could be compared with the steep cliff walls in which African tribes build their cave-like dwellings

46/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

810
Sagrada Familia
1882 to 1926
Architect: Antonio Gaudi
Location: Barcelona, Spain
Building type: church
Construction system: masonry
Style: Expressionist
Church of the Holy Family
uncompleted during Gaudis lifetime
crowned by four spires

811
Taj Mahal
1630 to 1653
Architect: Emperor Shah Jahan
Location: Agra, India
Building type: Islamic tomb
Construction system: bearing masonry, inlaid marble
Style: Islamic
onion-shape domes, flanking towers, built for wife Mumatz Mahal
located on the Jumna River
1. roofs at 45 degrees gradient or less
museum for Mogul emperors consort
2. use of bricks, limestone, hardwood, capiz shells (G.I. sheets and clay tiles or tisa were imported)
3. elaborate lace-like grillwork (1870s)
4. transoms with floral and foliate scroll work (1890s)
812 5. 1890s Art Nouveau brought swirling vines and flowers for staircase balustrades, etched or colored glass
1.shrine of freedom,
a regime
panels replaced capizdesigned
of reinforced by Father
concrete Antonio Cedeno,
and galvanized iron with Diego Jordan as engineer
2.
6. Neo-Classical
emergence of styles and foreign architects working in the Philippines
Filipino
813 famous
3. DANIEL walled city within
BURNHAM a city; seven gates; completed 1872; made of bricks and hardPlan
adobe from the Pasig
a.
RiverFELIX ROXAS
quarries; wall first45
are commissioned
Filipino
ft architect;
thick and
byserved
rise
Gov.
25 ft
General
as architect
above the
W.H.toTaft
moat; the to draft
Manila
structures
the Master
government;
inside the
for Manila
studied
city include:
and
in England and
government buildings (Agri-Finance Building, Senate Building, among others)
Spain
814 4.
b. MASTER
JUAN HERVAS BUILDERS (maestro
uncontrolled
a Catalan who de obras) ofacquired title either from invited
practical to experience
reconstruct or completed
- mediocre
academic design,of
training Master andwas
Builders hastyonerebuilding
course
the Spanish architects
only resurrected old designs Manila after the
earthquake
- commercial of 1863
building and 1880
drew
815 5.
7. LICEO
churches DE MANILA firstinspiration
school to open from three
contemporary
year course architecture in the West
in architecture
6.- development
Movement
TOMAS in
MAPUA of community
20th Century,
first art
licensedplanning
that represented
architect; the
established revolutionary
the second effort of
school young Italian
(followed by UST and Adamson)
a. Sto. Domingo Church,
-Concrete,
BUNGALOW introduced Intramuros
in 1948; one-storey house with wide picture windows, a lanai and a carport for up to
816 7.
b. MASONIC
Sancars steel and
TEMPLE, glass Escolta first multi-storey
Ignacio, Intramuros first church designed by a Filipino architectreinforced concrete building in the Philippines
three
Advocators:
8. CHALET Jim Slade
suburban and Robert
house; Colley.
simple design
c. San
Cubist
- modern Sebastian
style Church,
developed Manila
in Germany only Gothicwith
andinterest
Austria
verandah
inchurch in the in front or around the house; middle-class
Philippines
(1900s).CHARACTERISTICS:
an
9.
8. 1930s
brides architecture
architects. continued with
urban adevelopment;
renewed emergence Filipino
of motifs
multi-storey, multi-family dwellings and commercial
817 Devoid
a.
The use ofofpointed
ornamentation
architecture ofroofs, lattices,
reinforced screens,
concrete wood
iron carvings
andPasigglass.
structures;
a. Fuente distinct
de Espana simplification
firstplans
bridge of to
lines,
span emphasis
the onRiver
verticality;
linkingother architects
Intramuros and contradicted
Binondo the trend by
Symmetrical/Assymetrical
b. architecture
Calculation
putting of
horizontal of LEANDRO
audacity
strips and
of LOCSIN
simplicity
glass window and FRANCISCO MANOSA
b. Colgante
Sought
Overlappingfor Bridge
solutions suspension
for
& intersecting alternative bridge;
2-dimensionalcheap only for
forms pedestrians;
of construction framework
in timber, of iron
brick & imported
metal. from England
818 Capable
Initiated of British
by expressing tangible
(pre-fab. miracles.planes that enclose 3-dimensional space.
Architecture)
Pure
Inspiredcolor like white & grey ofMarinetti.
exterior walls.
A designby
Distribution of Filippo
something Tommaso
of wall to window Auspicious. space
819 Non-representational
Other definitions: style of art w/c isuses
approximately equal. materials: plastic & glass.
modern industrial
Ideal
Refers abstract art movement
to low-cost arose in Europe & Russia (1913-1920)
820 Out
Based viewoninthew/c thehousing
idea: major
Art is anactivities
absolute or entity,
environmental
whose origin factorliewas
in theemployed
mind & in the structure
whose forms are in unrelated
a non-intellectual
to objects
Pre-Fabricated
manner. unit
of visible world.
CHARACTERISTICS:
Concept of art: includes painting & sculpture.
821 Continuity of forms rather than proportionality and geometric terms/means.
Tendency to avoid rectangular forms.
822 Tends to individual
, first built in the 13th sensibility.
century and reconstructed in 19061909, is the largest clay building in the world.

823 developed the first safe passenger elevator. In addition to this, was the development of techniques for
manufacturing rolled steel
824 architecture OF THE borrowing and OF free selection
movement for aesthetic and moral crusade
825 - escape FROM THE Industrial World
- John Ruskin(1819-1900) and William Morris(1834-1896) were THE key figures
826 In Egyptian architecture, the tomb of the pharaohs is the.

827 The great pyramid at Gizeh was built during the 4th dynasty by.

47/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

828 The beginner of the great hypostyle hall at karnak and the founder of the 19th dynasty.

829 The mineral of greatest importance to Greek architecture of which Greece and her domains had ample supply
of was.
830 Greek architecture was essentially.

831 Forming the imposing entrance to the acropolis and erected by the architect Mnesicles

832 The building in the acropolis generally considered as being the most nearly perfect building ever erected is the.

833 With the use of concrete made possible by pozzolan, a native natural cement, the Romans achieved huge
interiors with the.
834 Which of the order was added by the Romans to the orders used by the Greeks.

835 From the 5th century to the present, the character of Byzantine architecture is the practice of using.

836 The finest and remaining example of Byzantine architecture.

837 The architectural character of the Romanesque architecture is.

838 Romanesque architecture in Italy is distinguished from that of the rest of Europe by the use of what material for
facing walls.
839 The most famous and perfect preservation of all ancient buildings in Rome.

840 The space between the colonnade and the naos wall in Greek temple.

841 Amphitheaters are used for ___.

842 An ancient Greek Portico, a long colonnaded shelter used in public places.

843 The fortified high area or citadel of an ancient Greek City.

844 An upright ornament at the eaves of a tile roof, concealing the foot of a row of convex tiles that cover the joints
of the flat tiles.
845 Strictly, a pedestal at the corners or peak of a roof to support an ornament, more usually, the ornament itself.

846 Also called a 'Honeysuckle' ornament.

847 In ancient Greece and Rome, a storeroom of any kind, but especially for storing wine.

848 The characteristic of Greek ornament.

849 The use of ___ for facing walls distinguishes Romanesque architecture in Italy from that of the rest of Europe.

850 The outstanding group of Romanesque is found in ___.

851 The dining hall in a monastery, a convent, or a college.

852 The architecture of the curved line is known as ___.

853 The open court in an Italian palazzo.

854 The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part of a Gothic window.

855 Japanese tea house.

856 A Muslim temple, a mosque for public worship, also known as place for prostration.

48/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

857 Domical mound containing a relic.

858 Ifugao house (southern strain).

859 In Mesopotamian architecture, religion called for temples made of sun-dried bricks.

860 The style of the order with massive and tapering columns resting on a base of 3 steps.

861 Tomb of the pharaohs.

862 Earthen burial mounds containing upright and lintel stones forming chambers for consecutive burials for several
to a hundred persons.
863 A semi-circular or semi-polygonal space, usually in church, terminating in axis and intended to house an altar.

864 Temples in Greece that have a double line of columns surrounding the naos.

865 Senate house for chief dignitaries in Greek architecture

866 Architect of the Einstein Tower.

867 Founder of the Bauhaus School of Art.

868 What architectural term is termed to be free from any historical style?

869 From what architecture is the Angkor Vat?

870 The architect of Chrysler building in N.Y.

871 Another term for crenel or intervals between merlon of a battlement.

872 Taj Mahal temple is located in ___.

873 In the middle kingdom, in Egyptian architecture, who consolidate the administrative system, made a survey of
the country, set boundaries to the provinces, and other helpful works.
874 Who erected the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis.

875 Jubilee festivals of the pharaohs.

876 The world's first large-scale monument in stone.

877 The highest sloped pyramid in Gizeh

878 A vault created when two barrel vaults intersect at the right angles.

879 Sarimanok is a dcor reflecting the culture of the ___.

880 Caryatid porch is from what architecture?

881 Female statues with baskets serving as columns.

882 A small tower usually corbelled at the corner of the castle.

883 A hall built in Roman Empire for the administration of justice.

884 The Parthenon is from what architecture.

885 A roof in which 4 faces rests diagonally between the gables and converge at the roof.

49/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

886 A compound bracket or capital in Japanese architecture.

887 A concave molding approximately quarter round.

888 Architect of Iglesia ni Cristo.

889 A Filipino architect whose philosophy is 'the structure must be well oriented'.

890 What is not required as a feature in modern Muslim mosque.

891 Architect of Robinson's Galleria

892 Major contribution of the Renaissance Architecture.

893 "A house is like a flower pot"

894 Richly carved coffins of Greece and Mesopotamia.

895 King Zoser's architect who was deified in the 26th dynasty.

896 The council house in Greece.

897 Elizabethan Architecture is from what architecture.

898 Art Noveau style first appeared in what structure.

899 A faced without columns or pilaster in renaissance architecture.

900 Art Noveau is known as the international style, in Germany it is known as ___.

901 Less is more.

902 First school which offered architecture in the Philippines.

903 Embrasures.

904 Formal architecture, one of the principles of composition.

905 Different historical styles combined.

906 Architect of TWA airport.

907 The falling water by Frank Lloyd Wright is also known as ___.

908 First president and founder of PAS.

909 "Modern architecture need not be western".

910 Architect of the national library, Philippines.

911 The xerxes hall of hundred columns was introduced during the Mesopotamian architecture, which palace was it
used.
912 Taj Mahal is a building example of what architecture.

913 The convex projecting molding of eccentric curve supporting the abacus of a Doric capital.

914 Pantiles used for Chinese roofings.

50/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

915 Greek equivalent of the Roman forum, a place of open air assembly or market.

916 A slight vertical curvature in the shaft of a column.

917 The very ornate style of architecture developed in the later renaissance period.

918 A multi-storied shrine like towers, originally a Buddhist monument of diminishing size with corbelled cornice and
moldings.
919 "cubicula" or bedroom is from what architecture.

920 From the Greek forms of temple, the three where it lies is known as ___.

921 From the Greek temples, a temple that have porticoes of columns at the front and rear.

922 Memorial monuments of persons buried elsewhere in Roman architecture.

923 The three pyramids in Gizeh

924 The cistern storage of collected rainwater underneath the azotea of the bahay na bato.

925 A shallow cistern or drain area in the center of a house.

926 In Greek temples, the equivalent of the crypt is the ___.

927 The tomb beneath a church.

928 A raised stage reserved for the clergy in early Christian churches.

929 A decorative bracket usually taking the form of a cyma reversa strap.

930 Semi-palatial house surrounded by an open site.

931 A roman house with a central patio.

932 Revival of classical Roman style


The style emerging in western Europe in the early 11th century, based on Roman and Byzantine elements, and
933 powerful vaults, and lasting until the advent of Gothic architecture.characterized by massive articulated wall
structures, round arches,
934 Architect and furniture designer.

935 First registered architect in the Philippines.

936 The public square of imperial Rome.

937 Architect of Manila Hilton Hotel.

938 Finest example of French-Gothic architecture

939 How many stained glass are there in the Chartres Cathedral?

940 Agora is from what architecture?

941 Sacred artificial mountains of Babylon and Assyria.

942 A plant whose leaves form the lower portions of the Corinthian capital.

943 Structure of wedge-shaped blocks over an opening.

51/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

944 The space between the sloping roof over the aisle and the aisle vaulting, so also called a blind story.

945 A windowed wall that rises above the roof of adjacent walls that admit light into the interior.

946 A standard, usually of length, by which the proportions of a building are determined.

947 The triangular or segmental space enclosed by a pediment or arch.

948 A line of counterthrusting arches on columns or piers.

949 In the classical order, the lowest part or member of the entablature; the beam that spans from column to
column.
950 In classical architecture, the elaborated beam member carried by the columns.

951 Parts of an entablature, in order of top to bottom.

952 Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda.

953 Usual number of stories for a Chinese pagoda.

954 A special feature of Japanese houses, used to display a flower arrangement or art.

955 Plan shape of a Japanese pagoda.

956 The most famous structure of Byzantine architecture and notable of its large dome.

957 Triangular piece of wall above the entablature.

958 A spherical triangle forming the transition from the circular plan of a dome to the polygonal plan of its supporting
structure.
959 A long arcaded entrance porch in an early Christian church.

960 The principal or central part of a church, extending from the narthex to the choir or chancel and usually flanked
by aisles.
961 The covered walk of an atrium.

962 A basin for ritual cleansing with water in the atrium of an early Christian basilica.

963 A large apsidal extension of the interior volume of a church.

964 An ornamental canopy of stone or marble permanently place over the altar in a church.

965 A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing a statue.

966 A recess in a wall to contain a statue or other small items.

967 A tower in the Muslim Mosque used to call people to prayer.

968 Coffers, sunken panels in the ceiling.

969 The Buddhist temple in ancient Cambodia which feature four faces of the compassionate Buddha.

970 A term given to the mixture of Christian, Spanish, and Muslim 12th-16th century

971 architecture.

972 Projecting blocks of stone carved with foliage, typical in Gothic architecture.

52/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

973 A slab forming the crowning member of the capital.

974 The crowning member of a column.

975 A rectangular or square slab supporting the column at the base.

976 A low screen wall enclosing the choir in early Christian church.

977 The cold section of a Roman Bath.

978 This church in the Philippines is the seat of the Malolos Congress.

979 The palace proper in Assyrian palaces.

980 Holy mountains.

981 Architect of the famous propylaea, Acropolis.

982 Private family apartments in Assyrian palaces.

983 The most stupendous and impressive of the rock-cut-temples.

984 The four-seated colossal statues of Rameses II is carved in the pylon of the ___.

985 Favorite motifs of design of the Egyptians.

986 Two main classes of temples in Egyptian Architecture.

987 Egyptian temples for ministrations to deified pharaohs.

988 Structure whose corners are made to face the four cardinal points.

989 Structure whose sides are made to face the four cardinal points.

990 Egyptian temples for the popular worship of the ancient and the mysterious gods.

991 The use of monsters in doorways is prevalent in what architecture?

992 The Greek male statues used as columns.

993 A recessed or alcove with raised seats where disputes took place.

994 A single line of columns surrounding the Naos.

995 The uppermost step in the crepidoma.

996 The lowest step in the crepidoma.

997 A building in Greek and Roman for exercises or physical activities.

998 The three chamber of a Greek temple.

999 A Greek building that contains painted pictures.

1000 Temple with a portico of columns arranged in front.

1001 The clear space in between columns.

53/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1002 Intercolumniation of 2.25 diameters.

1003 Intercolumniation of 4 diameters.

1004 Intercolumniation of 2 diameters.

1005 Pycnostyle intercolumniation has how many diameters?

1006 Diastyle intercolumniation has how many diameters.

1007 A kindred type to the theater.

1008 Roman building which is a prototype of the hippodrome of the Greek.

1009 Roman building for which gladiatorial battles took place.

1010 What sporting event takes place in the Palaestra?

1011 A foot race course in the cities.

1012 A temple with 1-4 columns arranged between antae at the front.

1013 A temple with 1-4 columns arranged between antae at the front and rear.

1014 In Greek, it is the Roman prototype of the Thermae.

1015 Greek order that has no base.

1016 The most beautiful and best preserved of the Greek theaters.

1017 What orders did the Etruscans and the Romans add making 5 in all?

1018 What allowed the Romans to build vaults of a magnitude never equaled till the birth of steel for buildings.

1019 The finest of all illustrations of Roman construction.

1020 The oldest and most important forum in Rome.

1021 Who commenced the 'hall of hundred columns'?

1022 Who completed the 'hall of hundred columns'?

1023 Architects of the Parthenon.

1024 Master sculptor of the Parthenon.

1025 In Roman fountains, the large basin of water.

1026 Spouting jets in Roman fountain.

1027 The oldest circus in Rome.

1028 The colosseum in Rome also known as the "flavian amphitheater" was commenced by whom and completed by
whom?
1029 Architect of the Erechtheion.

1030 A water clock or an instrument for measuring time by the use of water.

54/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1031 The finest of Greek Tombs, also known as the 'tomb of Agamemnon'.

1032 Architect of the Temple of Zeus, Agrigentum

1033 Architect of the Temples of Zeus, Olympia.

1034 Roman architect of the Greek Temples of Zeus, Olympius.

1035 Both the regula and the mutule has guttae numbering a total of ___.

1036 A quadrigas is a ___.

1037 The water-leaf and tongue is a usual ornament found in the ___.

1038 The Corona is usually painted with the ___.

1039 Greek sculptures may be classified as "architectural sculpture, free standing statuary,

1040 One of the best examples of a surviving megaron type of Greek domestic building.

1041 The molding that is often found in the Doric Order.

1042 The wall or colonnade enclosing the Temenos

1043 The private house of the Romans.

1044 Roman rectangular temples stood on a ___.

1045 Roman large square tiles.

1046 A type of Roman wall facing with alternating courses of brickworks.

1047 A type of Roman wall facing which is made of small stone laid in a loose pattern roughly resembling polygonal
work.
1048 A type of Roman wall facing with a net-like effect.

1049 A type of roman wall facing with rectangular block with or without mortar joints.

1050 A Roman structure used as hall of justice and commercial exchanges.

1051 A type of monument erected to support a tripod, as a prize for athletic exercises or

1052 musical competitions in Greek festivals.

1053 A type of ornament in classic or renaissance architecture consisting of an assemblage of straight lines
intersecting at right angles, and of various patterns.
1054 Figures of which the upper parts alone are carved, the rest running into a parallelopiped or diminishing
pedestal.
1055 Marble mosaic pattern used on ceilings of vaults and domes.

1056 Conceptualized the Corinthian capital.

1057 The sleeping room of the 'megaron'.

1058 The origin of the door architrave.

1059 The atrium type of house originated with the ___.

55/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1060 Roman apartment blocks.

1061 A building in classic architecture decorated with flowers and plants with water for the purpose of relaxation.

1062 !5th to 18th century architecture.

1063 "Form follows function".

1064 The dominating personality who became an ardent disciple of the Italian renaissance

1065 A pillared hall in which the roofs rests on the column in Egyptian temples.

1066 Who began the building of the Great Hypostyle Hall at Karnak?

1067 Architect of the Great Serapeum at Alexandria.

1068 He created the Dymaxion House, "the first machine for living".

1069 Tombs built for the Egyptian nobility rather than the royalty.

1070 Architect of the Lung Center of the Philippines.

1071 The warm room in the Thermae.

1072 The Hot room of the Thermae.

1073 The cold or unheated pool in the Thermae.

1074 The dry or sweating room in the Thermae.

1075 The dressing room of the Thermae.

1076 The room for oils and unguents in the thermae.

1077 Orientation of the Roman temple is towards the ___.

1078 Orientation of the Greek temple is towards the ___.

1079 Orientation of the Etruscan temple is towards the ___.

1080 Orientation of the Medieval Church.

1081 The space for the clergy and choir is separated by a low screen wall from the body of the church called ___.

1082 On either side of the choir, pulpits for the reading of the epistle and the gospel are

1083 In some churches, there is a part which is raised as part of the sanctuary which later developed into the
transept, this is the ___.
1084 In early Christian churches, the bishop took the central place at the end of the church

1085 The iconoclastic movement during the Byzantine period forbade the use of ___.

1086 Type of plan of the Byzantine churches.

1087 Architects of the Hagia Sophia. (St. Sophia, Constantinople)

1088 The supreme monument of Byzantine architecture.

56/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1089 Smallest cathedral in the world. (Byzantine period)

1090 One of the few churches of its type to have survived having a square nave and without

1091 cross-arms, roofed by a dome which spans to the outer walls of the building.

1092 A tower raised above a roof pierced to admit light.

1093 the covered passage around an open space or garth, connecting the church to the chapter

1094 house, refectory and other parts of the monastery.

1095 The prominent feature of the facades in Romanesque Central Italy.

1096 The best example of a German Romanesque church with apses at both east and west

1097 The term applied to the Episcopal church of the diocese and also the important structure of the Gothic period.

1098 The first plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Bramante.

1099 The final plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Carlo Maderna.

1100 He erected the entrance Piazza at St. Peter's Basilica.

1101 Used as food storage in the Bahay na Bato.

1102 The granary in traditional Bontoc House.

1103 Architect of the World Trade Center.

1104 The Erechtheion of Mnesicles is from what architecture?

1105 The part of the Corinthian capital without flower.

1106 The Pantheon is from what architecture.

1107 The architect of the Pantheon.

1108 The senate house of the Greeks.

1109 Architect of the Bi-Nuclear House, the H-Plan.

1110 Mexican Architect/Engineer who introduced thin shell construction.

1111 In the Doric Order, the shaft terminates in the ___.

1112 In what Order is the Parthenon.

1113 In what Order is the temple of Nike Apteros, Athens.

1114 This temple is dedicated to 'Wingless Victory'.

1115 This structure in Greece was erected by Andronikos Cyrrhestes for measuring time by means of a clepsydra
internally and sun dial externally.
1116 In the Cyma Reversa molding of the Romans, what ornaments are usually found?

1117 From what architecture is the Stoa?

57/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1118 The Egyptian Ornament symbolizing fertility.

1119 Egyptian Temple for popular worship of the ancient and mysterious gods.

1120 A small private bath found in Roman houses or palaces.

1121 Corresponds to the Greek naos.

1122 The large element in the frieze.

1123 "A is a machine to live in".

1124 Architect of the Chicago Tribune Tower.

1125 "Architecture is Organic".

1126 Invented reinforced concrete in France.

1127 First elected U.A.P. president.

1128 Designer of the Bonifacio Monument.

1129 Sculptor for the Bonifacio Monument.

1130 Designer of the Taj Mahal.

1131 Male counterpart of the Caryatids.

1132 Like Caryatids and Atlantes, this is a three-quarter length figures.

1133 This is a pedestal with human, animal, or mythological creatures at the top.

1134 A small payer house in Egyptian architecture.

1135 Where "Constructivism" originated?

1136 Expressionist Architect.

1137 Founders of the "Art Noveau".

1138 Combination of the new art and the graphing of the old art.

1139 Return in the use of Roman Orders in modern age.

1140 Scheme or solution of a problem in architecture.

1141 Architect of the Batasang Pambansa.

1142 Architect of the Philippine Heart Center.

1143 Architect of the Rizal Memorial Stadium.

1144 The architect of the Quiapo Church before its restoration.

1145 Built by the Franciscan priest Fr. Blas dela Madre, this church in Rizal whose design depicts the heavy
influence of Spanish Baroque, was declared a national treasure.
1146 This church, 1st built by the Augustinian Fr. Miguel Murguia, has an unusually large bell which was made from
approximately 70 sacks of coins donated by the towns people.

58/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1147 Architect of SM Megamall.

1148 Central Bank of the Philippines, Manila.

1149 G.S.I.S. Building, Roxas Boulevard.

1150 The tower atop the torogan where the princess and her ladies in waiting hide during occasions.

1151 Found in the ground floor of the bahay na bato, it is where the carriages and floats are kept.

1152 The emergency hideout found directly behind the neadboard of the Sultan's bed.

1153 The flat, open terrace open to the toilet, bath, and kitchen areas and also used as a laundry and drying space
and service area for the servants.
1154 In the kitchen of the bahay kubo, the table on top of which is the river stone, shoe-shaped stove or kalan is
known as ___.
1155 Form follows function

1156 Form does not necessarily follow function

1157 Art and Architecture, the new unity

1158 A house is a house

1159 Cube within a cube

1160 A bridge is like a house

1161 Less is more

1162 Ornament is a crime

1163 Less is more only when more is too much

1164 FUNCTION INFLUENCE BUT DOES NOT DICTATE FORM

1165 MODERN ARCHITECTURE NEED NOT BE WESTERN

1166 RCHITECTURE MUST MEET 3 REQUIREMENTS: STENGTH, BEAUTY, UNITY

1167 Formulated Cubism and Futurism

1168 Less is Bore / Complexity and Contradiction in Architecture

1169
The reality of the building does not consist in the roof and walls, but in the space within to be lived in

1170 LEVER HOUSE - was one of the earliest steel and glass office towers and the first such tower in New York City.

1171 CHRYSLER BUILDING, NY

1172 GEODESIC DOME

1173 SYDNEY OPERA HOUSE

1174 SOLOMON GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM

1175 PARLIAMENT BUILDINGS, BRAZIL

59/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1176 BAUHAUS BLDG, GERMANY

1177 EINSTEIN TOWER

1178 CHAPEL OF NOTRE DAME

1179 CULTURAL CENTER OF THE PHILIPPINES

1180 TAHANANG FILIPINO/ COCONUT PALACE

1181 ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK OF THE PHILIPPINES

1182 SAN MIGUEL CORP. BUILDING

1183 BANK OF CHINA, HK

1184 TWA KENNEDY AIRPORT, NY

1185 AT&T BLDG, NY

1186 Casa Batllo, Barcelona Spain

1187 Crystal Palace, England

1188 Glass House, New Caanan, Connecticut

1189 Notre Dame Cathedral, Paris France - OLDEST CATHEDRAL IN FRANCE-EARLY GOTHIC

1190 Sagrada Familia, Spain

1191 John Hancock Center, Chicago Illinois

1192 Woolworth Building, NY

1193 Price Tower, Oklahoma

1194 St.Basil Cathedral, Russia

1195 Notre Dame du Haut or Ronchamp, France


Italian architect
1196 Member of Bauhaus
Popularized the Tubular steel cantilever chair
1197
German-American architect, the leading and most influential exponent of the glass and steel architecture of the
20th-century International Style.
Skin and bone construction.

60/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1198
American architect, born in Cleveland, Ohio, and educated at Harvard University in the classics and later in
architecture
The architect who equated with an exhibition of modern architecture (1932)
Invented the International Style
Father figure of Post Modernism.
INTERNATIONAL STYLE
Volume rather than mass.
Regularity rather than axial symmetry
Prescribing arbitrarily applied decorations.
WORKS:
Glass hose, Connecticut
Seagram Building, N.Y. (w/Mies Van Der Rohe)
Theatre of the Dance, Lincoln Center
Williams Proctor Museum, N.Y.
Art Gallery for the University of Nebraska
Ammon Corter Museum, Texas
AT&T Building N.Y.

1199
professional name of Charles douard Jeanneret (1887-1965), Swiss-French architect, painter, and writer, who
had a major effect on the development of modern architecture.
PHILOSOPHY:
The house is a machine to live in.
WORKS:
Palace of the League of Nations, Geneva (1927-1928)
The Swiss Building at the Cit Universitaire, Paris (1931-1932);
Unit d'Habitation (1946-1952)
an apartment house in Marseille, France;
Notre Dame du Haut (1950-1955)
a pilgrimage church in Ronchamp, France
High Court Buildings (1952-1956) Chandgarh, India

1200
Kahn, Louis I(sadore) (1901-1974),
American architect and teacher, whose original, powerful designs in brick and concrete won him a prominent
place in 20th-century architecture.
Highly ordered sequence of space & noble structural systems.

PHILOSOPHY:

Searching for a materials want to be.

WORKS:
Yale Art Gallery w/ Douglas Orr
Alfred Newton Richards Medical Center

61/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1201

French architect, one of the most important pioneers of the modern French style.
Advocator of reinforced concrete architecture.
THEORIES:
The truth is indispensable in architecture & every architecture lie courrupts.
Any project is bad if it is more difficult or more complicated to construct the necessary.
WORKS:
The Temple Tower 1889, Exposition Universale in Paris
The Apartment Building Rue FranklinFrench Legation, Istanbul
Theatre Des Champs, Lysees
- redesigning, original by Van del Velde
Notre Dame Church, Paris
Palace of the League of Nations, Geneva
Eiffel Monument, Paris
Palace of the Soviets, Moscow

1202
American architect, who was a pioneer of the modern style. He is considered one of the greatest figures in 20th-
century architecture.

1203

Finnish-American architect and designer, son of Eliel Saarinen and one of the leading architects of the mid-20th
century.
PHILOSOPHIES:
Function influences but does not dictate form.
Spiritual function is inseparable from practical function.
Architecture is not just to fulfill mans belief in the nobility of his exsistence on earth.
WORKS:
Saint Louis Jefferson National Expansion Memorial
The General Motors Technical Center, Warren Michigan:1948-1956
Air Force Acadaemy
U.S. Embassy in London
The Chapel & Kresge Auditorium, Massachussetts Institute of Technology
T.W.A. Terminal, Kennedy Terminal, N.Y.
- In a for m of bird about to fly.
T.J. Watson Research Center, York Town, N.Y.
The Chapel of Concordia Senior College.
Gateway Arch, St. Louis

1204
Finnish-American architect, who strongly influenced modern architecture.
Popular w/ railway station designs especially in Europe.
2nd place in the Chicago Tribune Tower

PHILOSOPHY:
Beauty grows from the necessity not from repetition of formulas.

WORKS:
Cranbook School, Michigan
Christ Church, Minneapolis
Helsinki Railroad Station, Finland
National Museum Finland

62/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1205

Italian architect and engineer, whose technical innovations, particularly in the use of reinforced concrete, made
possible aesthetically pleasing solutions to difficult structural problems.
Discovered ferro-cemento
- consist of layers of fine steel mesh sprayed w/ cement mortar & it could be used either for shell construction
or for heavier units w/ reinforcing rods inserted between the layers of mortar & mesh.
WORKS:
Municipal Stadium Florence
Fiat Factory, Turin
Italian Embassy, Brazilia
Papal Audience Hall, Vatican City
Australian Embassy, Paris

1206

American architect and teacher, one of the most influential architectural theorists of the late 20th century.
PHILOSOPHIES:
We promote an architecture responsive to the complexities and contradictions of the modern experience. The
particularities of context, the varieties of the users taste; Culture & the symbolic & decorative dictates of the
program.
Less is Bore
More is More
Modern movement was almost right
WORKS:
Walker & Dunlop Office Building
Transportation Square, Washington
Master Plan & Uraban Design of California City
Convention Center, Conversion plan Canada
West Mount Airy Clustered Housing Plan
Philadelphia

1207

Japanese architect, the most prominent modern architect of the country. In his designs for public buildings, has
reconciled 20th-century Western styles and materials with traditional Japanese forms.
Furyu
Anti realist attitude, anti action element in the Japanese life.
PHILOSOPHIES:
Modern Architecture need not be Western.
The city must be subjected to growth, decay and renewal.

1208 House of Michealerplatz, Vienna

1209 Sanatorio di Paimo, Finland

1210 Notre Dame du Raincy, France

1211 Sagrada de Familia

1212 US Capitol, Washington DC

1213 Glasgow School of Art

1214 Petronas Towers, Kuala Lumpur

63/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1215 Flatiron Building, NY

1216 Jewish Museum, Berlin

1217 TWA Terminal

1218 Helsinki Railway Station

1219 Los Manantiales, Mexico

1220 Jay Pritzker Pavilion, USA

1221 Taliesin West, Arizona

1222 Munich Olympic Stadium

1223 Tokyo, Japan

1224 Eiffel Tower, Paris

1225 Bank of China, Hong Kong

1226 Sydney Opera House

1227 Chrystal Palace

1228 Fuji TV Headquarters

1229 Auditorium Building, Chicago

1230 Salk Institute, California

1231 Unite d Habitacion, France

1232 Catedral de Brasilia

1233 Seagram Building

1234 Portland Building, Oregon

1235 Habitat 67, Montreal

1236 London City Hall

1237 At & T Building, NY

1238 Lippo Building , Hong Kong

1239 Red House, England

1240 Max Reinhardt House, Germany

1241 Turin Exhibition Hall

1242 Tjibao Cultural Center, New Caledonia

1243 Jubilee Church, Rome

64/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1244 CCTV China

1245 Saginatobel Bridge

1246 El Auditorio de Tenerife

1247 Church of the Light, Osaka

1248 CHRYSLER BUILDING, NY

1249 UN Building

1250 Allianz Arena

1251 Lloyds Building, London

1252 Torre Agbar

1253 DULLES AIRPORT VIRGINIA, USA

1254 THE ESPLANADE Singapore

1255 DUBAI BURJ-AL-ARAB

1256 HSBC Hongkong


JIN MAO TOWER Shanghai - Number of floors: 88
1257 Height: 420.60 meters
design most refer to the number 8, an auspicious number for Chinese
1258 WORLD TRADE CENTER New York

1259 TAIPEI 101 TAIPEI,TAIWAN

1260 GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM Bilbao,Spain

1261 GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM New York

1262 John Hancock Center Chicago

1263 PETRONAS TWIN TOWER KUALA LUMPUR, MALAYSIA - Number of floors: 88


Height: 452 meters
1264 THE LOUVRE

1265 CITIC PLAZA Guangzhou, China

1266 EMPIRE STATE BUILDING New York

1267 CENTRAL PLAZA Hong Kong

1268 SEARS TOWER Chicago

1269 Two International Finance Centre Hong Kong

1270 Rock and Roll Hall of Fame Cleveland, Ohio

1271 SHUN HING SQUARE Shenzhen, China

1272 East Building, National Gallery of Art 1978 Washington, D.C.

65/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1273 EGLIS STE. GENEVIEVE (THE PANTHEON (1755-1792) PARIS FRANCE

1274 ST. PAULS CATHEDRAL, LONDON (1675-1710

1275 ROYAL CRESCENT, BATH ENGLAND (1767-1775)

ROYAL CHAPEL,
1276 SEARS THE PALACE
TOWER, CHICAGO OF VERSAILLES
(1947-1976) (1707-1710)
110 STOREY NumberFRANCE
of floors: 110
Height: 443 meters
1277 still the tallest building if the antennas are included
has the highest occupied floors
1278 1st Suspension Bridge

1279 1st Multi-Structure & Concrete Building

1280 1st Mall in the Country

1281 1st Prefabricate Structure

1282 1st School in the American Period

1283 1st Skyscrapper in the Philippines

1284 1st Skyscrapper in Manila

1285 1st Hotel in Asia w/ an Elevator

1286 1st Registered Architect

1287 1st Filipino Architect of the American Period

1288 1st Building to use an Elevator

1289 Metropolitan Theatre

1290 U.S.T. Main Building

1291 F.E.U. Main Building

1292 Alejandro Legardo

1293 Antonio Toledo

1294 Carlos Barretto

1295 Juan Arellano

1296 Tomas Mapua

1297 Mapua Institute of Technology

1298 University of Santo Tomas

1299 Adamson University

1300 Adrian Wilson

1301 Andres Luna de San Pedro

66/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1302 Andres Luna de San Pedro

1303 Andres Luna de San Pedro

1304 Andres Luna de San Pedro

1305 Antonio Sindiong

1306 Antonio Sindiong

1307 Antonio Toledo

1308 Antonio Toledo

1309 Antonio Toledo

1310 Antonio Toledo

1311 Antonio Toledo

1312 Carlos Arguelles

1313 Carlos Arguelles

1314 Carlos Santos-Viola

1315 Carlos Santos-Viola

1316 Carlos Santos-Viola

1317 Cesar Concio

1318 Cesar Concio

1319 Cesar Concio

1320 Cesar Concio

1321 Cesar Concio

1322 Chika Go, Desu Go

1323 Cresencio C. Castro

1324 Cresencio C. Castro

1325 Felipe Mendoza

1326 Felipe Mendoza

1327 Felipe Mendoza

1328 Felipe Mendoza

1329 Fernando Ocampo

1330 Fernando Ocampo

67/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1331 Fernando Ocampo

1332 Francisco Manosa

1333 Francisco Manosa

1334 Francisco Manosa

1335 Francisco Manosa

1336 Francisco Manosa

1337 Gabino de Leon

1338 Gabriel Formoso

1339 Gabriel Formoso & Partners

1340 Gabriel Formoso & Partners

1341 Gabriel Formoso & Partners

1342 Gabriel Formoso & Partners

1343 Gabriel Formoso & Partners

1344 Gabriel Formoso & Partners

1345 Guillermo Tolentino

1346 Jorge Ramos

1347 Jorge Ramos

1348 Jose Ma. Zaragosa

1349 Jose Ma. Zaragosa

1350 Jose Ma. Zaragosa

1351 Jose Ma. Zaragosa

1352 Jose Ma. Zaragosa

1353 Jose Ma. Zaragosa

1354 Jose Ma. Zaragosa

1355 Jose Ma. Zaragosa

1356 Juan Arellano

1357 Juan Arellano

1358 Juan Arellano

1359 Juan Arellano

68/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1360 Juan Arellano

1361 Juan Arellano

1362 Juan Arellano

1363 Juan Arellano

1364 Juan Arellano

1365 Juan Nakpil

1366 Juan Nakpil

1367 Juan Nakpil

1368 Juan Nakpil

1369 Juan Nakpil

1370 Juan Nakpil

1371 Juan Nakpil

1372 Juan Nakpil

1373 Juan Nakpil

1374 Juan Nakpil

1375 Juan Nakpil

1376 Juan Nakpil

1377 Juan Nakpil

1378 Juan Nakpil

1379 Juan Nakpil

1380 Leandro V. Locsin

1381 Leandro V. Locsin

1382 Leandro V. Locsin

1383 Leandro V. Locsin

1384 Leandro V. Locsin

1385 Leandro V. Locsin

1386 Leandro V. Locsin

1387 Leandro V. Locsin

1388 Leandro V. Locsin

69/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1389 Leandro V. Locsin

1390 Leandro V. Locsin

1391 Leandro V. Locsin

1392 Leandro V. Locsin

1393 Luis Ma. Zaragosa Araneta

1394 Maosa Brothers

1395 Manuel Go

1396 Otilio Arellano

1397 Otilio Arellano

1398 Otilio Arellano

1399 Pablo Antonio

1400 Pablo Antonio

1401 Pablo Antonio

1402 Pablo Antonio

1403 Pablo Antonio

1404 Pablo Antonio

1405 Pablo Antonio

1406 Pablo Antonio

1407 Palafox & Associates

1408 Palafox & Associates

1409 Palafox & Associates

1410 Palafox & Associates

1411 Palafox & Associates

1412 Richard Kissling

1413 Rogelio Villarosa

1414 Tomas B. Mapua

1415 Tomas B. Mapua

1416 Tomas B. Mapua

1417 Tomas B. Mapua

70/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1418 Walter Gropius

1419 William Coscolluela

1420 William Coscolluela

1421 William Coscolluela

1422 William Coscolluela

1423 William Coscolluela

1424 William Coscolluela

1425 William Coscolluela

1426 William Coscolluela

1427 William Coscolluela

1428 William Coscolluela

1429 William Coscolluela

1430 William Parson

1431 William Parson

1432 William Parson

1433 William Parson

1434 William Parson

1435 William Parson

1436 Leandro Locsin

1437 Recio Casas/ KPF

1438 Gabriel Formoso

1439 Gabriel Formoso

1440 William Coscolluela/ SOM

1441 Antonio Sindiong

1442 Antonio Sindiong

1443 Adrian Wilson

1444 Juan Nakpil

1445 GF and Partners

1446 Franciso Maosa

71/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1447 William Coscolluela

1448 GF and Partners

1449 Recio Casas

1450 Leandro Locsin

1451 GF and Partners / SOM

1452 William Coscolluela/ SOM

1453 Gabriel Formoso

1454 Anonio Sindiong

1455 Gabriel Formoso

1456 Vicente C. Rodriguez/ Medi A. Nasrabadi

1457 Gabriel Formoso

1458 Engracio Mariano

1459 Gabriel Formoso

1460 Rogelio Villarosa

1461 Rogelio Villarosa

1462 Angel Nakpil

1463 Recio Casas

1464 Otilio Arellano/ Felipe Mendoza

1465 Antonio Sindiong

1466 Gabriel P. Formoso

1467 RMJM

1468 Carlos Arguelles

1469 Antonio Sindiong

1470 Leandro Locsin

1471 Palafox/ SOM

1472 Gabriel Formoso

1473 Jose Ma. Zaragoza

1474 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.

1475 Maosa Brothers

72/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1476 William Coscolluela

1477 Leandro Locsin/ Dominic Galicia

1478 GF and Partners

1479 Fernando Ocampo

1480 Leandro V. Locsin

1481 Leandro V. Locsin

1482 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.

1483 Antonio Toledo

1484 Cresencio De Castro

1485 Gabriel Formoso

1486 Francisco Maosa

1487 Leandro V. Locsin

1488 Leandro V. Locsin

1489 Froilan Hong

1490 Leandro V. Locsin

1491 Jorge Ramos

1492 Leandro Locsin

1493 Leandro Locsin

1494 Carlos Arguelles/ Gabriel Formoso

1495 Gabriel Formoso (preservation)

1496 Carlos Santos-Viola

1497 Alfredo Luz

1498 Gabriel Formoso

1499 Rogelio Villarosa

1500 Carlos Arguelles

1501 Leandro V. Locsin

1502 William Parsons

1503 William Parsons/ Leandro V. Locsin

1504 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.

73/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1505 Arcenas, Payumo & Andrews

1506 Cesar Concio

1507 Leandro Locsin

1508 Jose Ma. Zaragoza

1509 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.

1510 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.

1511 Angel Nakpil

1512 Juan Nakpil

1513 Juan Nakpil

1514 Carlos Arguelles

1515 Juan Nakpil

1516 Jose Ma. Zaragoza

1517 Galvan

1518 Fernando Ocampo

1519 Fernando Ocampo

1520 Fernando Ocampo

1521 William Parsons

1522 Juan Hervas

1523 Juan Nakpil

1524 Juan Nakpil

1525 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.

1526 Antonio Toleda

1527 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.

1528 Federico Ilustre

1529 Andres Luna de San Pedro

1530 Angel Nakpil

1531 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.

1532 Juan Nakpil

1533 Antonio Sindiong

74/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1534 Gabriel Formoso

1535 Juan Arellano

1536 Otilio Arellano

1537 William Parsons

1538 Antonio Toledo

1539 Jose Ma. Zaragoza

1540 Juan Arellano

1541 Federico Ilustre

1542 Juan Arellano/ Toledo/Duane

1543 Andres Luna de San Pedro

1544 Andres Luna de San Pedro

1545 William Parsons and Antonio Toledo

1546 Tomas B. Mapua

1547 Tomas B. Mapua

1548 William Parsons/ Leandro V. Locsin

1549 Otilio Arellano

1550 Cesar Canchela

1551 Antonio Toledo

1552 Luis Araneta

1553 Carlos Arguelles

1554 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.

1555 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.

1556 Felipe Mendoza

1557 Gabriel Formoso

1558 Arcadio Arellano/ Juan Arellano

1559 Alfredo Luz

1560 Fernando Ocampo

1561 Juan Hervas

1562 Otilio Arellano

75/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1563 Angel Nakpil

1564 Luciano Oliver/ Manuel Maosa (restoration)

1565 Victorio C. Edades

1566 Rogelio Villarosa

1567 Juan Hervas

1568 Antonio Sindiong/ Fernando Ocampo

1569 Dominador Lugtu

1570 Felipe Mendoza

1571 Felipe Mendoza

1572 Cesar Concio

1573 Antonio Toledo

1574 Juan Nakpil

1575 Cesar Concio

1576 Guillermo Tolentino

1577 Gabriel Formoso

1578 Jorge Ramos

1579 Cesar Concio

1580 Carlos Arguelles

1581 Carlos Santos-Viola

1582 William Coscolluela

1583 Juan Nakpil

1584 Federico Ilustre

1585 William Coscolluela/ R. Villarosa

1586 Engracio Mariano / SOM

1587 Philip Recto

1588 Art Alcantara

1589 William Coscolluela

1590 Leandro V. Locsin

1591 Pedro Pimentel/ Medi Nasrabadi

76/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1592 Vicente Rodriguez/ Medi Nasrabadi

1593 Felipe Mendoza

1594 Philip Recto

1595 Maosa Brothers

1596 RR Payumo

1597 Carlos Santos-Viola

1598 Rogelio Villarosa

1599 Francisco Maosa

1600 Antonio Sindiong

1601 Rogelio Villarosa

1602 Francisco Maosa

1603 GF and Partners/ KPF

1604 William Coscolluela

1605 Francisco Maosa

1606 Jose Ma. Zaragoza

1607 Nick Feliciano

1608 Francisco Maosa

1609 Felipe Mendoza

1610 Gabriel Formoso/ Nestor Mangio

1611 William V. Coscolluela

1612 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.

1613 Recio Casas

1614 William Coscolluela/ IM Pei

1615 GF and Partners

1616 Gabriel Formoso

1617 William Coscolluela

1618 G and W

1619 Francisco Maosa

1620 Francisco Maosa

77/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1621 Felipe Mendoza

1622 Francisco Maosa

1623 Leandro V. Locsin

1624 Maosa Brothers

1625 Francisco Maosa

1626 Juan Arellano

1627 Gabriel Formoso

1628 Temple of Luxor

1629 Abu Simbel

1630 Pyramid of King Zoser

1631 The Great Pyramid

1632 Partheon

1633 Erechtheum

1634 Epidaurus Theater

1635 The Pantheon

1636 Trajan's Forum

1637 Colosseum

1638 White House

1639 Capitol of the United States

1640 National Gallery Of Art

1641 Washington Monument

1642 University of Virginia

1643 Massachusetts State House

1644 Saint Patrick's Cathedral

1645 Connecticut State Capitol

1646 Monticallo

1647 New York City Hall

1648 Fallingwater

1649 Guggenheim Museum

78/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1650 Coonley House

1651 Ennis House

1652 Johnson Wax Building

1653 Larkin Building

1654 Wingspread

1655 Golden Gate Bridge

1656 The Louvre

1657 Tuileries

1658 Palais Royal

1659 Sacre-coeur

1660 Hotel de Ville

1661 Arc de Triomphe

1662 Pompidou Centre

1663 Notre Dame de Paris

1664 ParisOpera House

1665 Elysee Palace

1666 Hotel de Invalides

1667 La Madelaine

1668 Sorbonne

1669 Chartes Cathedral

1670 Amien's Cathedral

1671 Reims Cathedral

1672 Eiffel Tower

1673 Notre Dame du Haut

1674 Villa Savoye

1675 Burgtheater

1676 Berlin Opera House

1677 Wurzburg Residenz

1678 Einstein Tower

79/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1679 British Moseum

1680 Salisbury Cathedral

1681 Queen's House

1682 Somerset House

1683 St. Paul's Cathedral

1684 Chiswick House

1685 Westminster Palace

1686 Glasgow School of Art

1687 Durham cathedral

1688 Buckingham Palace

1689 Temple of Heaven

1690 Hagia Sofia

1691 Cathedral of Siena

1692 Pisa Cathedral

1693 Florence Cathedral

1694 Krak des Chevaliers

1695 Alhambra

1696 Casa Batllo

1697 Casa Mila

1698 Sagrada Familia

1699 Taj Mahal

1700 Paoay Church

1701 Vigan Church

1702 Santa Maria Church

1703 Tumauini Church

1704 Angat Church

1705 Barasoain Church

1706 San Sebastian Church

1707 San Augustine Church

80/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1708 Taal Church

1709 Daraga Church

1710 Miagao Church

1711 Santo Nino de Cebu Basilica

1712 PBCom Tower

1713 Petron Mega Plaza

1714 G.T. International Tower

1715 Robinson's Equitable Tower

1716 ICEC (LKG) Tower

1717 Pacific Plaza Tower 1& 2

1718 Roxas Triangle 1 & 2

1719 Petronas Tower

1720 Sears Tower

1721 Jin Mao Building

1722 Plaza Rakyat

1723 Empire State Building

1724 Central Plaza

1725 Bank of China

1726 Emirates Tower I

1727 The Center

1728 T & C Tower

1729 AON Center

1730 John Hancock Center

1731 Shun Hing Square

1732 Citic Plaza (Sky Center Plaza)

1733 Burj Al-Arab Hotel

1734 Baiyoke Tower 2

1735 Chrysler Building

1736 Bank of American Palza

81/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1737 Library Tower

1738 Malaysia Telecom HQ

1739 AT & T Corporate Center

1740 Chase Tower

1741 Ryugyong Hotel

1742
the first architect to be conferred the National Artist award in 1973 for his outstanding talents and services in
creating edifices, both private and public, that are conceptually well designed and conscientiously executed
1. Geronimo Reyes Building
2. Capitol Theatre
3. Rizal theatre
4. Manila Jockey Club
5. Quezon Institue
6. UP administration building (Quezon Hall)
7. Library Building (Gonzales Hall)
8. SSS (use of folded concrete plates as aesthetic features)

1743
o 2nd National Artist of Architecture o Buildings:
1. Bel-Air Alhambra Apartments
2. Syquia Apartments
3. Sea Tower apartments
4. Far Eastern University Building
5. Ideal Theatre
6. Lyric Theatre
7. May building (brise soleil)

1744 o Most prolific artist-designer


o Buildings:
1. Legislative building, major work
2. Post Office building
3. Metropolitan Theatre
4. Rizal Memorial Stadium
5. Benitez Hall (UP)
6. Malcolm Hall (UP)

1745
VETERAN'S MEMORIAL BUILDING

1746 o Master of Neoclassicist style


o Among the first architect-educators
o Assistant to William Parsons
o Buildings:
1. Cebu Custom House
2. National Museum Building
3. City Hall of Manila

82/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1747
o Buildings:
1. Church of the Risen Lord (UP)
2. Melchor Hall (UP- Eng& Arch building))
3. Palma Hall (UP-CAS building))
4. Insular Life Building (1st brise soleil)
5. Childrens Hospital (NORTH General Hospital/Jose Reyes Hospital Pablo Cruz

1748

1749

1750

1751
Prepared development plan forManila & Baguio (summer capital)
Reliance Building, Chicago
Monadnock Building, Chicago
Paid a 6 week visit to Philippines
Prepared site for
1. Manila Hotel
2. Army & Navy Club
3. Philippine General Hospital
4. Post Office

1752
Implementation of D. Burnhams plans

1753
o Appointed by C.G. Taft as consulting architect for the Americans
o Insular Ice Plant & Storage, first large building erected by Americans
o Pioneered the setting up of an Architectural & Surveying office in the Philippines

1754
the son of the great Filipino painter Juan Luna o Popularized the El Nido style
o Buildings:
1. Legarda Elemntary School
2. Regina Building
3. Crystal Arcade
4. Natividad Building
5. Perez-Samanillo Building
6. Insular Life ???

1755 1976 Most beautiful Hotel in the world

1756 1987 Likha Awardee (UAP Highest)

1757 1990 - 3rd National Artist for Architecture

1758 he produced 71 residences, 81 buildings and sultanate palace

1759 the first registered architect in the Philippines and worked with the Bureau of Public Works

1760 his most enduring contribution is the Mapua institute of Technology, which is the oldest architectural school in
the country
1761 the first and only Art Noveau high-rise in the Philippines

83/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1762 o Public administrator; advocated Building Code of Manila


o First Filipino architect with academic degree abroad (Pennsylvania)
1763 o Pioneering Staff of Division of Architecture

1764 Q. I. Hospital - superimposed a native touch on the art deco faade through the high-pitch roof in the central
building
1765 Quiapo Church

1766 The Ever Theater the first to use glass as prominent architectural material

1767 Mabini Shrine Batangas

1768 Rizal Home Restoration

1769 Bonifacio Monument

1770 SSS Bldg

1771 Sn Miguel Church

1772 UP admin Bldg & Conservatory of Music

1773 Phil. National bank

1774 Manila Railroad Company

1775 FEU

1776 Manila City Hall ( w/ Toledo)


Metropolitan Theatre - colorist art deco, considered as the zenith of Art Deco aesthetics in the Philippines,
1777 exterior and interior exhibit locally mediated approaches such as detailing : tropical fruits and flora motifs,
bamboo banister railings, carved banana and mango ceiling relief, and Batik mosaic patterns
1778 Rizal Memorial

1779 Post Office Building at Liwasang Bonifacio

1780 Agriculture Bldg (w/ Antonio Toledo)

1781 Legislative Bldg (now the National Museum) on Agrifina Circle neoclassicism

1782 Supreme Court

1783 Quezon Memorial Circle

1784 OLD MIA

1785 GSIS

1786 Veterans Memorial Bldg

1787 Asian Institute of Tech. Bangkok

1788 Manila City Hall ( w/ Arellano)

1789 Legislative Bldg ( w/ Arellano)

1790 Agriculture Bldg ( w/ Arellano)

84/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1791 Finance Bldg

1792 Baclaran Church

1793 US Protestant Church

1794 Perpetual Help Church

1795 UP Eng'g & liberal Arts Bldg.

1796 Childrens Hospital

1797 ABS CBN QC

1798 DBP - Makati

1799 Manila Hilton

1800 UPLB Masterplan

1801 UP Social Science & Humanities Center

1802 Malacanang

1803 Manila Hotel

1804 PGH (Tomas Mapua)

1805 Phil. Normal college

1806 Manila Cathedral Rehabilitation

1807 UST Chapel

1808 Antipolo Church

1809

1810 Baguio

1811 Luneta Park

1812 Old Congress Bldg. (Legislative Bldg)

1813
1. Manila Hotel
2. Army & Navy Club
3. Philippine General Hospital
4. Philippine Normal School
5. Womens Dormitory of the Normal School
6. University Hall of the University of the Philippipnes (Padre Faura)
7. YMCA building
8. Elks Club
9. Manila Club
10. Gabaldon schoolhouse, most visible, 5 prototypes

1814

1815 Manila POLO Club

85/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1816 FEU Main Bldg

1817 Lyric Ideal Theather

1818 Jai Alai

1819 Central bank of the Philippines

1820 Asian Inst. Of Managemnt - Makati

1821 San Agustin Church

1822 UST Main Bldg

1823 Araneta Coliseum

1824 Sto. Domingo Church

1825 Quiapo Church (1985 Restoration)

1826 Iglesia ni Kristo

1827 New Era

1828 Rustans QC

1829 Sulo Hotel reconstruction

1830 Vista De Loro

1831 San Beda Chapel

1832 1. Legarda Elementary School French renaissance

1833 2. Rafael Fernandez House French renaissance and official residence of Corazon Aquino during her
presidency
1834 3. Perez-Samanillo Building art deco and modern style

1835 4. Crystal Arcade art deco and modern style, precursor of the modern-day shopping mall

1836 5. Perkins House also known as El Nido (The Nest), awarded first prize in Manilas 1925 House Beautiful
Contest
1837 Malacanang residence

1838 UP Catholic Chapel

1839 St. Andres Church - Makati

1840 Mandarin hotel

1841 Istana Nurul Iman (Palace of Religious Light) the palace of the Sultan of Brunei, which reinterprets traditional
Islamic Southeast Asian motifs based on a modernist idiom
1842 National Arts Center

1843 NAIA

1844 Manila Hotel , New

86/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1845 CCP, PICC, FAT, Philcite,etc

1846 Edsa Shrine

1847 Coconut Palace a luxurious guesthouse at the CCP Complex. It showcased a double roof reminiscent of the
salakot (a wide brimmed hat) and swing-out (naka-tukod) window borrowed from the bahay kubo
1848 Las Pinas Church Restoration

1849 San Miguel Office bldg. - Ortigas

1850 Antonio Pacific

1851 Pacific Plaza

1852 Ali Mall

1853 SM

1854 China Bank - Paseo de Roxas

1855
Tektite Tower

1856
National Bookstores

1857
Shangrila Edsa Plaza

1858
Shangrila Makati

1859
Kings Court 1 & 2

1860
Silahis Hotel

1861 Stella Maris College

1862 Manila Doctors Hospital

1863 Times Theater

1864 Makati Med. Center

1865 Quezon City Hall

1866 De La salle University

1867 Nurses Home

1868 UY-CHACO building

1869

1870

87/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1871 o Magsaysay Center


o WHO building
o Ermita Center
1872 Robinson's Galeria

1873 Quiapo Mosque

1874 Phil. Heart center

1875 Meralco Building

1876 o Feati University Building


o Ambassador Hotel (1st skyscraper 4flrs)
o UST seminary building
1877
PLDT TOWER, Ayala avenue, Makati City
6790, Ayala avenue, Makati City
CITIBANK TOWER, Paseo de Roxas, Makati City
AYALA LIFE FGU, Ayala avenue, Makati City
EQUITABLE BANK TOWERS,
RENNAISANCE 2000
RENNAISANCE TOWERS

1878 AYALA TOWER 1, Ayala Avenue, Makati City (consultant: S.O.M.)

1879
PACIFIC PLAZA TOWERS, Fort Bonifacio (arquitectonica)
ICEC TOWER, manila (Kohn Petersen Fox Associates)
KINGSWOOD, Vito Cruz, Makati City
MANANSALA TOWER, Rockwell center, Makati City

1880 GT INTERNATIONAL TOWER, Ayala avenue, Makati City


OAKWOOD PREMIER RESIDENCE
PBCOM TOWER, Ayala avenue, Makati City
1881
PETRON, MEGAPLAZA
JIN MAO TOWER

1882 ROCKWELL (S.O.M.)


FORBES TOWER, manila (RMJM London unlimited)
1883 ONE SAN MIGUEL, ortigas

1884 ESSENSA TOWERS (Pablo Antonio jr)

1885 Clasiao Church, Pangasinan

1886 Laoag Church, Ilocos Norte

1887 Las Pinas Church

1888 Loboc Church Bohol

1889 Manila Cathedral

1890 Miagao Church, iloilo

1891 Morong Church, Rizal

1892 Panay Church, Rizal

88/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1893 Quiapo Church

1894 San Agustin Church

1895 World Trade Center

1896 Jose Ma. Zaragosa

1897 Carlos Arguelles

1898 Edmundo Lucero

1899 Francisco Fajardo

1900 Gavino de Leon

1901 Cezar de dios

1902 Antonio Turalba - Architecture

1903 Cesar Concio - Environmental Planner

1904

1905

1906

1907

1908

1909

1910

1911

1912

1913

1914

1915

1916

1917

1918

1919

1920

1921

89/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1922

1923

1924

1925

1926

1927

1928

1929

1930

1931

1932

1933

1934

1935

1936

1937

1938

1939

1940

1941

1942

1943

1944

1945

1946

1947

1948

1949

1950

90/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1951

1952

1953

1954

1955

1956

1957

1958

1959

1960

1961

1962

1963

1964

1965

1966

1967

1968

1969

1970

1971

91/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Rameses I

Marble

Columnar trabeated

Propylaea

Parthenon

Arch and vault

Composite

Domical roof construction

Marble

Pantheon

Pteroma

Gladiatorial Contests

Stoa

Acropolis

Antefix

Acroterion

Anthemion

Apotheca

Anthemion

Refectory

Baroque

Cortel

Tracery

Roman

176

92/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

a. i, ii, iii

Octagonal

13..

Square

Pediment

Pendentive

Narthex

Nave

Stylobate

Stereobate

Eustyle

Areostyle

Systyle

1.5 Diameters

3 Diameters

Circus

Colosseum

Wrestling

Stadium

Callicrates and Ictinus

Lamin

Zaguan

Bilik

Dapogan

Cha-sit-su

Masjid

93/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Stupa

Bale

Doric

Tumuli

Apse

Dipteral

Prytaneion

Erich Mendelsohn

Walter Gropius

Art Noveau

Van Alen

Embrasures

Amenemhat I

Senusret I

Pyramid of Zoser

Pyramid of Khufu

Canephora

Bartizan

Masu-gumi

Cavetto

Carlos Santos Viola

Caesar Homer Concio

William Cosculluela

Imhotep

Richard Josef Neutra

94/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Jugendstijl

Eero Saarinen

Kenzo Tange

Khufu

Console

Chartres Cathedral

Octagonal

Tokonama

Hagia Sophia

Baldachino

Tabernacle

Exedra

Niche

Mudejar

Mnesicles

Pinacotheca

Odeion

Epidauros

Opus Mixtum

Opus Incertum

Opus Recticulatum

Opus Quadratum

Opus Tesselatum

Louis Sullivan

Buckminster Fuller

95/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Marcel Lajos Breuer

Felix Outerino Candela

Agrippa

Minoru Yamasaki

Bernini

Anthemius and Isidorus

George Ramos

Thothmes I

Ptolemy III

Iigo Jones

Callimachus

Theron

Libon

Cossutius

Mnesicles

Phidias

Welton Becket

Le Corbusier

Eliel Saarinen

Frank Lloyd Wright

Hennevique

Jose Herrera

Juan Nakpil

Felipe Mendoza

Juan Nakpil

Guillermo Tolentino

Shah Jahan

Erich Mendelsohn

96/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

John Ruskin and William Moris

Felipe Mendoza

Juan Nakpil

Juan Nakpil

Juan Nakpil

Antonio Sin Diong

Gabriel Formoso

George Ramos

Morong Church

Panay Cathedral in Capiz

Bema

Naos

Amphi-Prostyle

Cella

Greek Cross

Latin Cross

Ambo

Bema

Apse

Forum

East

South

West

Cancelli

Little Metropole Cathedral, Athens

97/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Nea Moni

Centralized

Liceo de Manila

Worms Cathedral

Bouleuterion

Prytaneion

Circus Maximus

Forum Romanum

Tepidarium

Calidarium

Sudatorium

Apodyteria

Unctuaria

Vespasian / Domitian

Treasury of Atreus

Xerxes

Domus

Thalamus

Insulae

Villa

Atrium House

Balneum

Menhir

Pylon

Royal pyramids

Megaron

98/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Order

Crepidoma

Naos

Thermae

Velarium

Insula

Baldachino

Narthex

Gymnaceum

Voussoirs

Cenotaph

West door

Rayonnant

Plough

Camber

Rustication

Sir Joseph Paxton

Antonio Gaudi

James Hoban

Carlos Baretto

Masjid

Muenzzin

Islamic

Kibla

Shah-Jehan

Cluniac

99/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

sober & dignified

sixtite

pilaster strips

campanile

ambrogio

Altars

Castle

Alexander

Helm Roof

Church bldgs.

Portugal

Alocabaca, Portugal

Fortress

fortification

machicolations

battlement

merlons

bailey

Steve church

domestic

100/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

crocket

buttress

transept

tudor

mouldings

tracery

presbytery

West minister abbey

pantry

cimborio

finial

retablo

kibla

Florence Cathedral

crypt

Renaissance

Palladian

antiquarian

mannerists

Rustication

Reliquary

Brunelleschi

101/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Piano Noble

Donato Bramante

Mullion

transom

wreath

scroll

nymphaneum

rocaile

cherubin

newel

strapwork

intercolumnation

fretwork

pulpitum

polychromy

expressionism

eyebrow

skylight

reja

cella

Burma

viharas

shwe dagon pagoda

pitakat-taik

102/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

pailou

Alexandre Gustav Eiffel

Louis Henry Sullivan

Yamasaki and Roth

Charles Mackintosh

Tomas Mapua

Frank Gehry

Erich Mendelsohn

Kahn, Louis

Antonio Gaudi

Buckminster Fuller

Francisco Manosa

Gustave Eiffel

Francisco Manosa

Lucio Costa

Buckminster Fuller

Robert Adam

Peter Behrens

Francisco Manosa

984 ft.

Buckminster Fuller

Le Corbusier

Mies van de Rohe

103/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Richard Meier

Oscar Niemeyer

Nervi, Pier Luigi

Lucio Costa

Kenzo Tange

hierogyphics

Parthenon

Epidaurus Theater

Colosseum

Trajans forum

Agrippa

Robert Mills

Reims Cathedral

104/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Elysee Palace

Torogan House

Ivatans Rakuh

Manila Metropolitan Theatre

G.F.& Partners

Lao Tze

Plinth

Caryatid

Finial

le Corbusier

Telamon

105/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Crepidoma

Federico Ilustre

Archivolt

Eisodos

Obelisk

Aokum

Gargoyle

Monument

Bouleuterion

Great Temple of Ammon, Karnak

Andrea Palladio

Ten books of Architecture by Marcus Vitruvius

Tomb of Agamemnon

Trajans Column

Queen Anne style

Sir Christopher Wren

Temenos

106/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Walter Gropius

Le Corbusier

Prytaneion

Kankanay

Decorated style

Cromlech

Mannerism

Bouleuterion

Great Temple of Ammon, Karnak

Firewall; Fireblock

Andrea Palladio

10 books of architecture by Vitruvius

Engr's & Archt. Law Act 2986

Tomb of Agamemnon

Trajans Column

Medieval Organic City

Queen anne Style

107/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Unite d Habitation

Sir Christopher Wren

Temenos

Walter Gropius

Le Corbusier

prytaneion

Kankanay

Cavaea

Decorated Style

Chromlech

Palladianism

Egyptian Architecture

Romanesque Architecture

Gothic Architecture

Rayonant

Flamboyant

Renaissance Architecture

Palladianism

Mannerism

108/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Baroque

Antiquarian

Rococco

Plateresque Architecture

Elizabethan Architecture

Jacobean Architecture

Gregorian Architecture

Picturesque Architecture

Sphinx

Mastaba

Obelisk

Pyramid

Batter

Stonehenge

Ziggurat

109/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Hieroglyphics

Dolmen

Voussoirs

Exedra

Cella

Stupa

Eclectic

Soffit

Fortress

Pendentive

Mayan Temple Pyramid

Picturesqueness

Fresco

Stoa

110/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Atlantes

Abacus

Entasis

Flutes

Caryatids

Daado

Arris

Fillets

Pediment

Plinth

Agora

Triumphal Arch

Thermae

Colosseum

Aquaducts

111/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Forum

Pinaccle

Sarcophagus

Mausolleum

Groins

Coffers

Butress

Vault

Narthex

baptisteries

Font

Dome

Bema

Arcade

Ambo

Mosaic

Baldachino

Aisle

Nave

112/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Apse

Kiosk

Mosque

Corbel

Minaret

Chamfer

Atrium

Squinch

Harem

Cenotaph

Ogee

Keystone

Iconostasis

Verandah

Piazza

Arabesque

Spandrel

Turret

113/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Mullions

Chateau

Fleche

Niche

Boss

Pilaster Strip

Chatris

Tracery

Podium

Transept

Rib & Panel

Cimborio

Larder

Spire

Steeple

Wardrobe

Camber

Coisters

Pantry

Stellar Vault

114/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Monastery

Oriel Window

Refectory

Scroll

Palazzo

Baluster

Rococo

baroque

Belfry

Entablature

Doge's Hall

Pavillion

Chancel

Quoins

Console

Crypt

Newel

115/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Doge's Palace

Cupola

Vestibule

Lantern

Wreath

Salon

Mansard

Nymphaeum

Finial

Pedestal

Dormer

Hermes

Mullions

Patio

116/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Modilions

Transom

Tabernacle

Ambulatory

Finial

Dais

Bay Window

Helm Roof

Gallery

Strapwork

Intercolumnation

Cherubs

Terracotta

Heraldic

Plateresque Architecture

Pulpit

117/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Belvedere

Churrigueresque

Candelabra

Fretwork

Wata Dage

Tudor Revival

Torus

Pagoda

Bungallow

Faience

Stambas / Laths

Great Wall

Art Noveau

bauhaus

Fenestration

Architectonic

Rarhs

118/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Space Frame

Baloon Framing

Pai Lou

Bonsai

Antillan House

Belvedere

Tea House

Ken

Ifugao/ Bontoc House

Nipa House

maranao House

Ivatan House

Loggia

Irrimoya Gable

Torii

119/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Trompel o Eil

Country House

Art Deco

Gazebo

Stoa

Pinacle

Boss/ Groin

Quoins / Squinch

Serdab

Glypthoteca

Pinacotheca

Themenos

Lacunaria

Peroma

Dromos

Thalamus

The Great Temple of Arnak

God Horus

120/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Egyptian Architects

Propylaea

Partenon

Theatre of Dionysus

Forum Romanum

Circus Maximus

Forum of Trajan

Prehistoric Period

Egyptian Architecture

Mesopotamian Architecture

121/666
PREPARED BY:
Mesopotamian Architecture ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Pre columbian Architecure

Greek Architecture

Roman Architecture

Early christian Architecture

Byzantine Architecture

Islamic Architecture

Romanesque Architecture

122/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Romanesque Architecture

Gothic Architecture

Renaissance Architecture

Britain Architecture

Continental Europe

American Architecture

123/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Modern International

India / pakistan

Sri Lanka

Afghanistan, Nepal, Tibet

124/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Burma, Cambodia, Thailand, Indonesia

China

Japan

Philippines

Pre Historic Period - Structures


125/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Pre Historic Period - Structures

Egyptian Buildings

Ancient near East (mesopotamia) Buildings

Pre Columbian Bldgs (Maya, Aztec, Peru, Mexico)

126/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Greek Buildings

127/666
Roman Buildings
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Roman Buildings

Early Christian Structures

Byzantine Structures

Islamic Buildings

128/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Romanesque Buildings

Gothic Buildings

Rennaissance Buildings

Britain Buildings

Continental Europe Buildings

129/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

American Structures

130/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

131/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

French Architecture

132/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

133/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

English architecture

134/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Modern International

135/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

136/666
Asian & Spain Architecture
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Asian & Spain Architecture

137/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Real Fuerza de Santiago (Fort Santiago)

Intramuros

Late Spanish Period

American Period

Post War Architecture

Futurism

Functionalism

Utilitarianism

Constructivism

Neo-expressionism

The Great Mosque of Djenn in Mali,

Elisha Graves Otis

Ecclectism

The Arts & Crafts Movement

Pyramid

Cheops

138/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Rameses 1

Marble

Columnar trabeated

Propylaea

Parthenon

Arch and vault

Composite

Domical roof construction

St. Sophia, Constantinople

Sober and dignified

Marble

Pantheon

Pteroma

Gladiatorial Contests

Stoa

Acropolis

Antefix (Antefixae)

Acroterion / Acroterium

Anthemion

Apotheca

Anthemion

Marble

Pisa

Refectory

Baroque

Cortel

Tracery

Cha-sit-su

Masjid

139/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Stupa

Bale

Ziggurat

Doric

Pyramid

Tumuli

Apse

Dipteral

Prytaneion

Erich Mendelsohn

Walter Gropius

Art Noveau

Cambodian

Van Alen

Embrasures

Agra

Amenemhat I

Senusret I

Heb-sed

Pyramid of Zoser

Pyramid of Khufu

Groin Vault

Visayan

Greek

Canephora

Bartizan

Basilica

Greek

Helm Roof

140/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Masu-gumi

Cavetto

Carlos Santos Viola

Caesar Homer Concio

Pinnacle

William Cosculluela

Baroque for of Ornamentation

Richard Josef Neutra

Sarcophagus

Imhotep

Bouleuterion

U.S. / English Renaissance

Tussel House

Astylar

Jugendstijl

Ludwig Mies Van Der Rohe

Liceo de Manila

Crenel

Balance

Eclecticism

Eero Saarinen

Kaufman House

Juan Nakpil

Kenzo Tange

Felipe Mendoza

Palace of Persepolis

Saracenic Architecture

Echinus

S-tiles

141/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Agora

Entasis

Baroque

Pagoda

Roman

Crepidoma

Amphi-Prostyle

Cenotaphs

Cheops / Chefren/ Mykerinos

Aljibe

Impluvium

Naos

Crypt

Bema

Console

Villa

Atrium House

Romanesque

Romanesque

Alvar Aalto

Tomas Mapua

Forum

Welton Becket

Chartres Cathedral

176

Greek

Ziggurat

Acanthus

Arch

142/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Triforium

Clerestory

Module

Tympanum

Arcade

Architrave

Entablature

Cornice, Frieze, Architrave

Octagonal

13

Tokonama

Square

Hagia Sophia

Pediment

Pendentive

Narthex

Nave

Ambulatory

Cantharus

Exedra

Baldachino

Tabernacle

Niche

Minaret

Lacunaria

Bayon

Mudejar

Crocket

143/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Abacus

Capital

Plinth

Chancel

Frigidarium

Barasoain Church

Seraglio

Ziggurat

Mnesicles

Harem

Great Temple, Abu Simbel

Great Temple, Abu Simbel

Palm, Lotus, and Papyrus

Mortuary and Cult Temples

Mortuary Temple

Ziggurat

Pyramid

Cult Temple

Persian

Atlantes

Exedra

Peripteral

Stylobate

Stereobate

Gymnasium

Pronaos, Naos, and Epinaos

Pinacotheca

Prostyle

Intercolumniation

144/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Eustyle

Areostyle

Systyle

1.5 Diameters

3 Diameters

Odeion

Circus

Colosseum

Wrestling

stadium

In Antis

Amphi-Antis

Gymnasium

Doric

Epidauros

Tuscan and Composite

Use of Concrete

Pantheon

Forum Romanum

Xerxes

Artaxerxes

Callicrates and Ictinus

Phidias

Lacus

Salientes

Circus Maximus

Vespasian / Domitian

Mnesicles

Clepsydra

145/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Treasury of Atreus

Theron

Libon

Cossutius

18

4-horse Chariot

Cyma Reversa

Key Pattern

Sculptured Reliefs

House #33

Bird's Beak

Peribolus

Domus

Podium

Bepidales

Opus Mixtum

Opus Incertum

Opus Recticulatum

Opus Quadratum

Basilica

Choragic Monument

Fret

Termini

Opus Tesselatum

Callimachus

Thalamus

Timber-enframed Portal

Etruscans

146/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Insula

Nymphaeum

Renaissance

Louis Sullivan

Iigo Jones

Hypostyle Hall

Thothmes I

Ptolemy III

Buckminster Fuller

Rock-Hewn Tombs

George Ramos

Tepidarium

Calidarium

Frigidarium

Sudatorium

Apodyteria

Unctuaria

Forum

East

South

West

Cancelli

Ambo

Bema

Apse

Statues

Centralized

Anthemius and Isidorus

St. Sophia, Constantinople

147/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Little Metropole Cath., Athens

Nea Moni

Lantern

Cloisters

Ornamental Arcades

Worms Cathedral

Cathedral

Greek Cross

Latin Cross

Bernini

Dispensa

Falig

Minoru Yamasaki

Greek

Balteus

Roman

Agrippa

Prytaneion

Marcel Lajos Breuer

Felix Outerino Candela

Hypotrachelion

Doric

Ionic

Temple of Nike Apteros, Athens

Tower of the Winds, Athens

Acanthus and Dolphin

Greek

148/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Papyrus

Cult Temple

Balneum

Cella

Triglyph

Le Corbusier

Eliel Saarinen

Frank Lloyd Wright

Hennevique

Jose Herrera

Juan Nakpil

Guillermo Tolentino

Shah Jahan

Telamones or Atlantes

Herms

Terms

Madrassah

Moscow

Erich Mendelsohn

John Ruskin and William Moris

Eclecticism

Neo-Classism

Parti

Felipe Mendoza

George Ramos

Juan Nakpil

Juan Nakpil

Morong Church

Panay Capiz

149/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Antonio Sin Diong

Gabriel Formoso

George Ramos

Lamin

Zaguan

Bilik

Azotea

Dapogan

Louis Sullivan

Antonio Gaudi

Walter Gropius

Louis Khan

Le corbusier

Robert Mailart

Ludwig Mies Van De Rohe

Adolf Loos

Frank Loyd Wright

EERo Saarinen

Kenzo tange

Marcus Vitruvius

Ludwig Mies Van De Rohe

Robert Venturi

Lao Tse

SOM

Willian Van Allen

Buckminster Fuller

Jorn Utzon

Frank Loyd Wright

Lucio Costa & Oscar Niemeyer

150/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Walter Gropius

Erich Mendelson

Le corbusuier

Leandro Locsin

Francisco Bobby Manosa

CC. de cstro

Manuel manosa

IM pei

Eero Saarinen

Philip Jhonson

Antonio Gaudi

Joseph Paxton

Philip Jhonson

Maurice de Sully

Antonio Gaudi

Bruce Graham & SOM

Cass Gilbert

Frank Loyd Wright

Barma & Posnik

Le corbusuier

Marcel Brever

Mies van de Rohe

151/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Philip Jhonson

Le corbusuier

Louis Khan

152/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Perret Auguste

Frank Loyd Wright

Eero Saarinen

Eliel Saarinen

153/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Pier Luigi Nervi

Robert Charles Venturi

Kenzo Tange

Adolf Loos

Alvar Aalto

Auguste Perret

Antonio Gaudi

Benjamin Latrobe

Charles Rennie Macintiosh

Cesar Pelli

154/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Daniel Burnham

Daniel Libeskind

Eero Saarinen

Eliel Saarinen

Felix Candela

Frank Gehry

Frank Loyd Wright

Frei Otto

Fumihiko Maki

Gustave Eiffel
Ieoh Ming Pei

Jorn Utzon

Joseph Paxton

Kenzo tange

Louis Sullivan

Louis Khan

Le corbusuier

Oscar Niemeyer

Mies van de Rohe

Michael graves

Moshe Safdie

Norman Foster

Philip Jhonson

Paul Rudolph

Philip Webb

Peter Eissenman

Pier Luigi Nervi

Renzo Piano

Richard Meier

155/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Reem Koolhaas

Robert Mailaart

Santiago Calatrava

Tadao Ando

Willian Van Allen

Wallace Harrison
Jacques Herzog and
Pierre de Meuron
Richard Rogers

Jean Nouvel

Eero Saarinen

DP Archts & Micheal Wilford

W.S. Atkins & partners

Lord Norman Robert Foster

SOM

Minoru Yamasaki

C.Y. lee & partners

Frank Gehry

Frank Loyd Wright

SOM

Cesar Pelli

IM Pei

Dennis Lau & NG Chun Man

SHREVE, HARMON & LAMB

Dennis Lau & NG Chun Man

Bruce Graham

CESAR ANTONIO PELLI

IM pei

Shreve , Lamb & Harmon

IM pei

156/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Jacques Germain Souflot

Sir Christopher Wren

John Wood

Robert de Cotte

Bruce Graham / SOM

Puente Colgante

Masonic Temple, Escolta

Crystal Arcade, Escolta

San Sebastian Church

Philippine Normal School

Ambassador Hotel (4-Storey)

PSB Building (Picache Building)

Manila Hotel

Tomas Mapua

Carlos Barretto

Burke Building, Escolta (1910's)

Juan Arelleno

Roque Ruano

Pablo Antonio

Daniel Doane

Daniel Burnham

S. Rowland

Harold Keys

William Birt

1925

1930

1941

Rufino Tower

Chaco Building (Philtrust)

157/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Crystal Arcade (demolish)

Department of Health

Evangelista House

SM Megamall

VIP Building

Department of Finance

Department of Tourism

Leyte Capitol

Lyric Theatre (demolish)

Manila City Hall

Manila Hilton

Trader's Hotel (Holiday Inn)

Iglesia ni Cristo

Nuestra Seora de Guia

Our Lady of Lourdes Church

Baclaran Church (Mother of Perpetual Help)

Insular Life Building

Union Church

UP Melchor Hall

UP Palama Hall

World Trade Exchange

Department of Foreign Affairs (ADB)

SM Makati

Ateneo de Manila University

Ateneo de Manila University

FEU Hospital

Mormon Temple

Ambassador Hotel

Manila Cathedral

158/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Philippine Women's University

Coconut Palace (Tahanang Pilipino)

Corregidor Island Landscaping

EDSA Shrine

Metrorail Stations (LRT)

Moonwalk Church

UE Chapel (Recto)

Metropolitan Museum

Glorietta

Greenbelt-3

Heritage Hotel

Manila Peninsula

Oakwood Towers

Prudential Bank Building

Bonifacio Monument

Manila Golden Mosque

Philippine Heart Center

Batasan Pambansa

Don Bosco Chapel

Meralco Building

Philippine Airlines Building

Sta. Catalina College

Sto. Domingo Church

Union Church (demolish)

Virra Mall

Court of Appeals

Metropolitan Theatre

National Museum / Legilative Building

Post Office Building

159/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Sariaya Municipal Hall

SMS Building

Supreme Court

Tayabas Capitol

UP Villamor Hall

Capitan Pepe Building

Elena Apartments

Ever Theatre

Manila Jockey Club

Philippine Trust Building

Quezon City Hall

Quezon Institute

Quiapo Church

Rizal Theatre (demolish)

Rufino Building

San Carlos Seminary

San Lazaro ..

State Theatre

UP Administration Bldg

UP Library

Ayala Triangle Tower-1

CCP Theatre

Citibank Building

Cultural Center of the Philippines

Folk Art's Theatre

Hyatt Regency Hotel

Makati Stock Exhchange

Malacaang Palace

Mandarin Oriental Manila

160/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Manila International Airport

Philippine Stock Exchange

UP Chapel

Valle Verde Country Club

Makati Medical Center

San Miguel Corporation Center

La Fayette 1 & 2

Mehan Garden

National Bureau of Investigation

San Juan Municipal Hall

Bel-Air Apartment

Conception Theatre (demolish)

FEU Main Building

Forum Theatre

Galaxy Theatre

Ideal Theatre (demolish)

Manila Bulletin Building

Manila Polo Club

Forbes Tower

Rockwell Center

SM Centerpoint

SM Fairview

SM Southmall

Rizal Monument

College of St. Benilde

CEU Main Building

De La Salle University

Mapua Residence

PGH Nurse's Home

161/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

U.S.T. Engineering Building (Sun Breaker)

JAKA Tower

Robinson Tower /Building

Robinson's Galleria

Robinson's PCI Tower

Robinson's Place

SM Cebu

SM City EDSA

Tutuban Mall

Twin Towers

The World Center

World Trade Center

Army Navy Club

Manila Hotel

Normal School

PGH (Philippine General Hospital)

UP Manila

YMCA Arroceros

(PLDT) Ramon Cojuangco Building

LKG Tower

Manila Peninsula

Prudential Bank Ayala

RCBC Plaza (Yuchengco)

Ritz Towers

Pacific Plaza

Rufino Tower

Rufino Building

Shangrila Hotel Ayala

Ateneo Professional Schools Building

162/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Atrium

Greenbelt

Greenbelt 2

Greenbelt Chapel

Oakwood Hotel (now Ascott)

Philamlife Tower

BA Lepanto

China Bank Building

Asian Institute of Management

Citibank Tower

Doa Narcisa De Leon Building

New World Hotel (Renaissance)

Hotel Nikko Manila Garden (Dusit Hotel)

King's Court II

Makati Sports Club

PLDT Dela Rosa

Shangrila Grand Tower

RCBC Buendia

Metrobank Buendia

Pacific Star

The Columns Buendia

Development Bank of the Philippines

Le Metropole

St. Andrews Church

Amorsolo Square (Amorsolo East West)

Coco Bank Makati

Don Bosco Chapel

Manila Polo Club

Colegio de San Agustin

163/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Galleria De Magallanes

Magallanes Church

1322 Roxas

Admiral Apartments

Cultural Center of the Philippines

CCP Theater
Boulevard-Alhambra Building now Bel-Air
Apartments
Department of Finance

Department of Foreign Affairs ADB

Metropolitan Museum

Coconut Palace

PICC

Philippine Plaza (Sofitel)

Manila Film Center/ Film Center of the Philippines

Folk Arts Theater / Tanghalang Francisco Balagtas

GSIS Building CCP

National Arts Center

PHILCITE

Manila Hilton

Fort San Antonio De Abad

Nuestra Seora de Guia

Magsaysay Center

Central Bank of the Philippines

Grand Boulevard Hotel (Silahis Int'l)

Holiday Inn (Trader's Hotel)

Hyatt Regency Hotel

Museo Pambata (Elks Club Building)

Manila Hotel

Monterey Apartment

164/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Manila Midtown Hotel


Baclaran Church (Mother of Perpetual Help
Church)
Manila International Airport (NAIA 1)

Philippine Airlines Bldg

Galaxy Theater

Ideal Theater

Picache Building

Philippine Trust Building (Plaza Goiti)

Quiapo Church

PNB Escolta

Avenue Theater

Casino Espaol

Instituto Cervantes

Ambassador Hotel

Arguelles Building

Paterno Building Sta. Cruz

Army Navy Club

Assumption Convent

Capitol Theater

Ever Theater

Galaxy Theater

Lyric Theater

Ideal Theater

GSIS Building

Perez- Samanillo Building

Petrona Apartments

Captain Luis Gonzaga Building

Captain Pepe Building

Cebe Plaza Building

165/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Metropolitan Museum

Metropolitan Theater

Mehan Garden

Museo ng Maynila

Manila City Hall

National Library

Post Office Building

Planetarium

National Museum (Old Legislative Building)

Crystal Arcade

Regina Building
Philippine Normal School/ Philippine Normal
University
De La Salle University

Nurses Home (PGH)

PGH

National Burieau of Investigation

Manila Astral Tower

Department of Tourism (agriculture and commerce)

Manila Doctors Hospital

Philam Life UN Ave.

Ramon Roces Publications Building

FEU Building

FEU Hospital

PLDT Espaa

Gota De Leche

Far East Bank Intramuros

Manila Cathedral

Manila Highschool

Palacio del Gobernador

166/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

National Press Club

San Agustin Church

Phoenix Building

Philippine Columbian Clubhouse

Manila Railroad Station Tutuban

Ali Mall

Araneta Coliseum

Ateneo De Manila University

Batasan Pambansa
Melchor Hall (College of Engineering and
Architecture)
Benitez Hall ( College of Education)

Quezon Hall (UP Admin)

Palma Hall (UP Arts and Science)

Bonifacio Monument

Central Bank of the Philippines

Philippine Heart Center


Children's Memorial Hospital / Lungsod ng
Kabataan Hospital
Philam Homes QC

Iglesia ni Kristo Commonwealth

Quezon City Sports Club

Quezon Institute

Quezon Memorial

Alexandra Condominium

Asian Development Bank

One Corporate Center

Tiendesita's

Robinson's Galleria

Benguet Center

Renaissance 1000

167/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Renaissance 2000

Development Academy of the Philippnes

One San Miguel

San Miguel Building

Discovery Suites

Our Lady of Lourdes Church

Tektite Towers

JMT Tower

SM Megamall

EDSA Plaza Hotel

EDSA Shrine

GT Tower

Wack-Wack Twin Towers

Medical City Hospital

Meralco Building

Loyola Memorial Chapel

Metro Rail Transit Stations (MRT)

Mormon Temple

Club Filipino

One Beverly Place


White Cross Orphanage also White Cross
Preventarium
Bellagio 1 and 2

Essensa Tower

Serendra

Alabang Golf and Country Club

Alabang 400

Insular Life Alabang

Las Pias Church Restoration

Mary Immculate Parish Church

168/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Assumption College Antipolo

Corregidor Island

Istana Nurul Iman (Palace of Religious Light)

Maya-Maya Resort

Pearl Farm

Negros Occidental Provincial Capitol

Valley Golf Club

Amenhotep III

Ramses II

Imhotep

Pharaoh Khufu / Cheops

Itchinus, Callicarates, with Phidias

Mnesicles

Polykleitos

Acrippa

Apollodorus of Damascus

Vespacian and Domitian

James Hoban

Thorton, Latrobe, Bulfinch

John Russel Pope

Robert Mills

Thomas Jefferson

Charles Bulfinch

James Renwick

Richard Upjohn

Thomas Jefferson

Pierre L'enfant

Frank Lloyd Wright

Frank Lloyd Wright

169/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Frank Lloyd Wright

Frank Lloyd Wright

Frank Lloyd Wright

Frank Lloyd Wright

Frank Lloyd Wright

Joseph Strauss

Peirre Lescot

Philbert de l'Orme

Jacques Lemercier

Paul Abadie, Lucien Magne

Domencio de Cortona
Jean-Francois-Therese Chalgrin, Jean-Arnaud
Raymond

Richrad Rogers, Renzo Piano

Maurice de Sully

Charles Garnier

Claude Mollet

Libral Bruant

Napoleon I

Henri Paul Nnot

Frdric Didier

Robert de Luzarches

Jean d'Orbais

Gustave Eiffel

Le Corbusier

Le Corbusier

Gottfried Semper with Karl Von Hasenaver

Georg Wenzeslaus Von Knobelsdorf

Balthazar Neumann

Erich Mendelsohn

170/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Sir Robert Smirke

Richard Poore

Inigo Jones

William Chambers

Sir Christopher Wren

Lord Burlington

Sir Charles Barry

Charles Rennie Mackintosh

George Gilbert Scott

Sir George Goring

Ming Emperor Jiajing

Isidoros and Anthemios

Giovanni Pisano

Buscheto and Rainaldo

Arnolfo di Cambio

Antonio Gaudi

Antonio Gaudi

Antonio Gaudi

Emperor Shah Jahan

Antonio Estavillo

Benigno Fernandez

Genaro Palacios

Juan Macias

171/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Fray Marcos Anton

Fray Juan de Albarran

Skidmore, Owings, Merill

Skidmore, Owings, Merill

Kohn Pedersen Fox Recio Casas

HOK

Kohn Pedersen Fox Recio Casas

Arquitectonica

Skidmore, Owings, Merill

Cesar Pelli & Associates

Skidmore, Owings and Merill

Skidmore, Owings and Merill

Skidmore, Owings and Merill

Shreve Lamb & Harmon

Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man and Associates

I.M. Pei & Partners

NORR Group Consultants

Hellmuth, Obata & Kassabuam/Cy Lee

Edward D. Stone &

Skidmore, Owings and Merill

K.Y. Cheung Design

Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man

Tom Wright of WS Atkins

Plan Architect Co.

William Van Allen

Johnson/Burgee Architects

172/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Pei Cobb Freed and Partners

Hijjas Kasturi Associates

Peter Ellis, SOM

Pei Cobb Freed and Partners

Baikdoosan Architects &Engineers

Juan Nakpil

Pablo Antonio

Juan Arellano

Federico Ilustre

Antonio Toledo

173/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Cesar Concio

Carlos Arguelles

William Parson

Fernando Ocampo

Daniel Burnham

William Parson

Arcadio Arellano

Andres Luna de san Pedro

Leandro Locsin

Tomas Mapua

174/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Tomas Arguelles

Carlos Baretto

Juan Nakpil

Pablo Antonio

Juan Arellano

Federico Ilustre

Antonio Toledo

175/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Antonio Toledo

Cesar Concio

Carlos Arguelles

William Parson

Fernando Ocampo

Daniel Burnham

William Parson

Arcadio Arellano

176/666
Pablo Antonio
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Pablo Antonio

Gabriel Formoso (GF)

Antonio Herrera

Fr. Roque Roano

Rufino Antonio

Jose Ma. Zaragosa

Carlos Santos Viola

Renato Punzalan ( 1995 UAP design Awardee


for Architecture)

Andres Luna de san Pedro

Leandro Locsin

177/666
Leandro Locsin

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Francisco Manosa

Antonio Sidiong

Rogelio Villarosa

Luis Araneta

Ruperto Gaite

Tomas Mapua

Tomas Arguelles

Carlos Baretto

178/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Alfredo Luz

William Coscolluela

Jorge Ramos

Jose Zaragosa

Fernando Ocampo

(PRS) PIMENTEL, RODRIGUEZ, SIMBULAN &


PATNERS

LOCSIN & PARTNERS

RECIO + CASAS

GABRIEL FORMOSO & PARTNERS

SOM

Palafox

Recto

PEI COBB FREED & PARTNERS

ROMAN Dalinao

Joseph Ruiz

Fr. Diego cera

Salazar

Comporedando & Gonzales

dela Madre

179/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

restored by Nakpil & zaragosa

Macias

Minoro Yamasaki

Hezagon Architects

PRC Awardee 1996

180/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

181/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

182/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

1 It is a structural system without complete vertical local carrying


Bearing wall system
space frame. (NSCP 208.20)
2 Is a component including its attachments having fundamental
Rigid component
period less than or equal to 0.06 sec. (NSCP 208.20)
3 Is a component including its attachments having fundamental
Flexible component
period greater than 0.60 sec. (NSCP 208.20)
4 Concrete filled driven piles of uniform section shall have a nominal
200 mm
outside diameter of not less than (NSCP 307.7.3)
5
A complete record of test of materials and of concrete shall be
available for inspection during the progress of work and _______
2 years
years after completion of the project and shall be preserved by the
inspecting engineer or architect for that purpose, (NSCP 403.20)

6 The minimum bend diameter for 10mm through 25mm bars


6 db
(NSCP 407.30)
7 The minimum bend diameter for 28mm through 36mm bars
8 db
(NSCP 407.30)
8 The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in a layer must
25mm
be db but not less than? (NSCP 407.7.3)
9 In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members,
clear distance between longitudinal bars shall not be less than? 1.50 db
(NSCP 407.7.3)
10
In walls and slabs other than concrete joist construction, primary
flexural reinforcement shall not be spaced farther apart than 3 times 450 mm
wall or slab thickness nor farther than? (NSCP 407.7.5)

11 Groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in contact to act as


one unit shall be united to ___ pieces in one bundle. (NSCP 4
407.7.6.1)
12 Bars larger than ___mm shall not be bundled in beams:
36 mm
(NSCP 407.7.6.3)
13 Individual bars within a bundle terminated within the span of
flexural members shall terminate at different points with at least 40 db
____ stagger: (NSCP 407.7.6.4)
14 Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed
75 mm
to earth: (NSCP 407.8.1)
15 The minimum clear concrete covering for cast in place slab:
20 mm
(NSCP 407.8.1)
16 In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor for
0.90'
flexure without axial loads: (NSCP 409.2.1)
17 In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor for
0.85'
shear and torsion: (NSCP 409.4.2.3)
18 The minimum one way slab thickness which is simply supported
L / 20
at the ends only is: (NSCP 409.6.2)
19 The minimum one way slab thickness for a ONE end continuous
L / 24
slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)
20 The minimum one way slab thickness for a BOTH ends continuous
L / 28
slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)
21 The minimum cantilevered slab thickness is : (NSCP 409.6.2) L / 10

22 Deep continuous flexural members has overall depth to clear


0.40'
span ratio greater than: (NSCP 410.8.10)
23 Deep simple span flexural members has overall depth to clear
0.75'
span ratio greater than: (NSCP 307.4.2)
24 Spacing of shear reinforcement placed perpendicular to axis of
d/2
non-prestressed member shall not exceed: (NSCP 411.6.4.1)
25 Development length Ld for deformed bars in tension shall be less
300 mm
than: (NSCP 412.3.1)
26 Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or
Braced Frame
eccentric type that is provided to resist lateral forces: (NCSP 208.1)
27 Is a horizontal or nearly horizontal system activity to transmit
Diaphragm
lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements:
28 Is a frame in which members and joints are capable of resisting forces primarily by flexure: Moment resisting frame
In the determination of seismic dead load with a minimum of
29 ________% of floor live load shall be applicable for storage and 25%
warehouse occupancies. (NSCP 208.5.1.1)
30 The slope of cut surfaces shall be no steeper than _______%
50%
slope. (NSCP 302.2.2)
31 Before commencing the excavation work, the person making the
excavation shall notify in writing the owner of the adjoining building
10 days
not less than _____days before such excavation is to be made. (NSCP
302.2.4)
32 Fill slopes shall not be constructed on natural slopes steeper than
50%
____% slope (NSCP 302.3.1)
33 The minimum distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site
0.60m
boundary line: (NSCP 302.4.3)
34 The max. distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site
6.00 m
boundary: (NSCP 302.4.3)

183/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

35 In using sand backfill in the annular space around column not


embedded in poured footings, the sand shall be thoroughly
200 mm
compacted by tamping in layers not more than _____mm in depth?
(NSCP 305.7.3)
36 In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column
not embedded in poured footings, the concrete shall have ultimate 15 mpa
strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)
37 When grillage footings of structural steel shapes are used on
soils, they shall be completely embedded in concrete. Concrete cover 150 mm
shall be at least _____mm on the bottom. (NSCP 305.8)
38 Temporary open air portable bleachers may be supported upon
wood sills or steel plates placed directly upon the ground surface, 50 kpa
provided soil pressure does not exceed ____Kpa. (NSCP 305.9)
39 The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates
or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 2 seismic area in the 12 mm
Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)
40 The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates
or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 4 seismic area in the 16 mm
Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)
41 Individual pile caps and caissons of every structure subjected to
seismic forces shall be interconnected by ties. Such ties shall be
capable of resisting in tension or compression a minimum horizontal 10%
force equal to _____% of the largest column vertical load. (NSCP
306.20)
42 Such piles into firm ground may be considered fixed and laterally
1.50m
supported at _____M below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)
43 Such piles into soft ground may be considered fixed and laterally
3,0 m
supported at _____M below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)
44 The maximum length of cast in place piles/bored piles shall be
30 times
_____times the average diameter of the pile. (NSCP 307.2.1)
45 Cast in place/bored piles shall have a specific compressive
17.50 mpa
strength Fc of not less than ______Mpa. (NSCP 307.2.1)
46 Pre-cast concrete piles shall have a specific compressive strength
20 mpa
Fc of not less than _____Mpa. (NSCP 304.7.1)
47 The maximum spacing of ties and spirals in a driven pre-cast
75 mm
concrete pile center to center. (NSCP 307.5.1)
48 Pre-cast pre-stressed concrete piles shall have a specified
35 mpa
compressive strength Fc of not less than ____Mpa.
49 The minimum outside diameter of pipe piles when used must be?
250 mm
(NSCP 307.6.3)
50 Aviation control towers fall to what type of occupancy? Essential facilities
51 Private garages, carports, sheds, agricultural buildings fall to
Miscellaneous occupancy
what type of occupancy?
52 Buildings used for college or adult education with a capacity of 500 or more students fall to what type of occupancy? Special occupancy

53 Buildings or structures therein housing and supporting toxic or


Hazardous facility
explosive chemicals or substances fall to what type of category?
54 The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with
L / 360
live load only. (NSCP 107.2.2)
55 The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with
L / 240
dead load and live load only.
56 Retaining walls shall be designed to resist sliding by at least
2 times
_______times the lateral force. (NSCP 206.6)
57 Retaining walls shall be designed to resist overturning by at least
1. 5 times
______times the overturning moment. (NSCP 206.6)
58 As per NSCP 2001 sect. 206.9.3 vertical impact force for crane
load, if powered monorail cranes are considered, the max. wheel
25%
load of the crane shall be increased by what percent to determine
the induced vertical impact? (NSCP 206.9.3)
59 The lateral force on a crane runway beam with electrically
powered trolleys shall be calculated as ______% of the sum of the
20%
rated capacity of the crane and the weight of the hoist and trolley.
(NSCP 206.9.4)
60 The longitudinal forces on crane runway beams, except for bridge
cranes with hand geared bridges shall be calculated as _____% of the 10%
max. wheel load of the crane. (NSCP 206.9.5)
61 This is a secondary effect in shears and especially moments of
frame members induced by vertical loads acting on laterally P-delta effect
displaced building frame.
62 A storey whose strength is less than 80% of the strength of the
Weak Storey
storey above is considered as __________.
63 Hospitals, Communication Centers, and others, which are
necessary for emergency post-earthquake operations, are classified Essential Facilities
as ___________.
64 A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral
forces to the vertical resisting system including the horizontal bracing Diaphragm
system.

184/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

65 This is essentially a vertical truss system provided to resist lateral


Braced Frame
forces of a building.
66 Constructing a high- rise building requires concrete that can easily
be pumped. What type of admixture in concrete the contractor will
provide which can reduce the requirement of mixing water and Plasticizer
produce a flowing concrete that does not segregate and needs very
little vibration
67 The records of test material and of concrete must be preserved
2 years
after the completion of the project for at least _________.
68 What is the weight of 1 cu. m. of steel? 7850 Kg

69 A type of gunite mixed with an accelerating admixture with


aggregate larger than 10mm originally sprayed under high air Shotcrete
pressure of lining tunnels.
70 If a structure is judged under the condition either to be no
longer useful for its intended function or to unsafe, it has reached its Limit state
__________.
71 A phenomenon of failure or damage that may result in sudden
and brittle fracture of a ductile material due to reversals of stresses Metal Fatigue
applied to a body repeatedly or a great number of times.
72 The load at which a perfectly straight member under compression
Buckling load
assumes a deflected position.
73 It is a point within the structure at which a member
(beam/column) can rotate slightly to eliminate all bending moment Hinge
in the member at that point.
74 It is a beam type supported by a hinge/roller at one end and the
Semi-continuous beam
other end is projecting beyond a fixed support.
75 15. Floors in office buildings and in other buildings where partition
locations are subject to change shall be designed to support in 1000 pa
addition to all other loads, a uniformly distributed load equal to
76 The upward pressure against the bottom of the basement floor of
Uplift pressure
a structure or road slab caused by the presence of water.
77 The particular type of pin-connected tension member of uniform
thickness with forged loop or head of greater width than the body,
Eyebar
with is proportioned to provide approximately equal strength both in
the head and the body.
78 A revetment consisting of rough stones of various sizes placed
compactly to protect the banks or bed of a river from the eroding Riprap
effects of the flowing water.
79 A three-dimensional spatial structure made up of one or more curved slabs or folded plateshose thicknesses are
small compared to Thin shell
their other dimensions.
80 It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or
Overturning moment
other horizontal forces on a building.
81 It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or
Sway brace
other horizontal forces on a building.
82 This is designed as special foundation for intense column loads
on a platform consisting usually of two layers of rolled steel joists, Grillage foundation
one on top of other, at right angles.
83 Referring to any artificial method of strengthening the soil to
reduce its shrinkage and ensure that it will not move. Common Soil Stabilization
methods are mixing the soil with cement or compaction
84 A pit dug in the basement floor during excavation made to
collect water into which a pump is placed the liquid to the sewer Sump pit
pipe.
85 It is a long, straight beam which by the inspection if two hinges
Gerber beam
in alternate spans, functions essentially as a cantilever beam.
86 An instrument which measures the actual displacement of the
Seismometer
ground with respect to a stationary point during an earthquake.
87 The behavior of sandy soil to weaken its capacity to carry
imposed loads when subjected to vibration such as earthquake Liquefaction
particularly when water table saturates this layer.
88 It is a beam especially provided over an opening for a door or
Lintel beam
window to carry the wall over opening.
89 For any given granular material, the steepest angle with
horizontal, a heaped soil surface will make in normal condition that Angle of repose
will not slide.
90 An open building is a structure having all walls at least _____%
80%
open. (NSCP 207)
91 Low rise buildings is an enclosed or partially enclosed with mean
18 m
roof height less than or equal to? (NSCP 207.20)
92 The wind load importance factor lw for essential facilities is
1.15
equal to? (NSCP 207.50)
93 The wind load importance factor for hazardous facilities is equal
1,15
to?
94 The wind load importance factor for standard occupancy
1
structures is equal to?
95 The wind load importance factor for miscellaneous structures is
0.87
equal to?
185/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

96 Large city centers with at least 50% of the buildings having a height greater than 21M. falls on what exposure
category for wind Exposure A
loading? (NSCP 207.5.3)
97 Open terrain with scattered obstructions having heights less than
Exposure C
9M. Falls on what exposure category for wind loading?
98 Flat unobstructed areas exposed to wind flowing over open water
for a distance of at least 2 km falls on what exposure category for Exposure D
wind loading?
99 Urban and suburban areas, wooded areas or other terrain with
numerous closely spaced obstructions having the size of single family Exposure B
dwelling or larger falls on what exposure category for wind loading?
100 Zone 1 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 250

101 Zone 2 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 200

102 Zone 3 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 125

103 In testing concrete laboratory cured specimens, no individual


strength test (average of 2 cylinders) falls below fc by more than 3.50 mpa
_______. (NSCP 405.7.3.3)
104 Spacing for a lateral support for a beam shall not exceed
_______times the least width b of compression flange or face. 50 times
(NSCP 410.5.10)
105 For a rectangular reinforced concrete compression member, it
shall be permitted to take the radius of gyration equal to
0.30
_______times the overall dimension of the direction of stability is
being considered. (NSCP 410.12.20)
106 For members whose design is based on compressive force, the
slenderness ratio kL/r preferably should not exceed ________? 200
(NSCP 502.8.1)
107 For members whose design is based on tensile force, the
300
slenderness ratio L/r preferably should not exceed _________.
108 For pin connected members, the allowable stress on the net area
0.45 fy
of the pinhole for pin connected members is _________.
109 Other than pin connected members, the allowable tensile stress
0.60 fy
shall not exceed _______ on the gross area. (NSCP 504.2.1)
110 For pin connected plates, the minimum net area beyond the
pinhole parallel to the axis of the member shall not be less than 2/3.
_______of the net area across the pinhole. (NSCP 504.4.2.1)
111 For pin connected members in which the pin is expected to
provide for relative movement between connected parts while under
0.80mm
full load, the diameter of the pinhole shall not be more than
______mm greater than the diameter of the pin. (NSCP 504.4.2.3)
112 The maximum longitudinal spacing of bolts, nuts and intermittent
welds correctly two rolled shapes in contact for a built up section 600 mm.
shall not exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.4)
113 The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in single system shall not
140 mm
exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.80)
114 The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in double system shall not
200 mm
exceed ________.
115 For members bent about their strong or weak axes, members
with compact sections where the flanges continuously connected to .66 fy
web the allowable bending stress is _________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)
116 For box type and tabular textural members that meet the non
compact section requirements of section 502.6, the allowable .60 fy
bending stress is ________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)
117 Bolts and rivets connecting stiffness to the girder web shall be
300 mm
spaced not more than ______mm on centers. (NSCP 507.5.3)
118
Ira composite beam section, the actual section modulus of the
transformed composite section shall be used in calculating the
concrete flexural compressed stress and for construction without 75%
temporary shores, this stress shall be based upon loading applied
after the concrete has reached _____% of its required strength.

119 Shear connectors shall have at least ________mm of lateral


25 mm
concrete covering. (NSCP 509.5.8)
120 The minimum center to center spacing of stud connectors along
6 d of connector
the longitudinal axis of supporting composite beam is ____________.
121 The maximum center to center spacing of stud connectors along
8 d of connector
the longitudinal axis of supporting composite beam is ____________.
122 Connections carrying calculated stresses, except for lacing, sag
bars and girts, shall be designed to support not less than ________Kn 26.70 kn
of force. (NSCP 510.10.61)

186/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

123 The connections at ends of tension or compression members in


trusses shall develop the force due to the design load, but no less
than _______% at the effective strength of the member unless a
50%
smaller percentage is justified by engineering analysis that considers
other factors including handling, shipping and erection.
(NSCP 510.2.5.1)
124 When formed steel decking is a part of the composite beam, the
spacing of stud shear connector along the length of the supporting 900 mm
beam or girder shall not exceed _______mm. (NSCP 509.6.1.2)
125 The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness greater
8mm
than 20mm is ________. (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
126 The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness 6mm is
3mm
________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
127 The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness over
6mm
12mm to 20mm is ________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
128 A property of a material that enables it to undergo
plastic deformation after being stressed beyond the
elastic limit and before rupturing._____________is a
desirable property of structural material since plastic ductility
material since plastic behavior is an indicator of
reserve strength and can serve as a visual warning of
impending failure.

129
In structural design ________________is considered
as wide shallow rectangular beam. The reinforcing
steel is usually spaced uniformly over its width. The one way slab
flexural reinforcement of a one way slab extends in
one direction only.

130 It is an external shear force at a cross section of a


beam or other member subject to bending. Equal to
transverse shear
the algebraic sum of transverse forces on one side of
the section.
131 The structural term which critical point at which a
column carrying its critical buckling load, may either
bifurcation
buckle or remain undeflected. The column is
therefore in the state of neutral equilibrium.
132 In concrete protection for reinforcement
___________mm is the standard minimum thickness
20mm
for concrete covering not exposed to weather or in
contact with ground, such as slabs walls and joists.
133 An instrument for measuring minute deformation in
a test specimen caused by tension, compression, stain gauge
bending or twisting. It is also called EXTENSOMETER.
134 For structural properties of A36 steel the maximum
24 ksi
allowable stress (Fb) for bending is.
135
It is a part of a beam that is thickened or deepened
to develop greater moment resistance.
The efficiency of a beam can be increased by shaping haunch
its length in response to the moment and shear
values which typically vary along its longitudinal axis.

136
Program Evaluation Review
What is the meaning of PERT-CPM? Technique-Critical
Path Method

137 They maybe categorized as building or non building.


It is an assembleage designed to support gravity structure
loads and resist lateral forces.
138 It is a vertical pipe, often sheet metal, used to
conduct water from a roof drain or gutter to the rainwater leader
ground. It is another term for down spout,
139
The area where water is pumped from within to
permit free access to the area. A temporary
watertight enclosure around an area of water or
coffer dam
water bearing soil, in which construction is to take
place, bearing on a stable statum at or above the
foundation level of new construction.

140 A membrane structure that is placed in tension and


net structure
stabilized by the pressure of compresses air.
141
A steel beam fabricated by the dividing the web of a
wide flange section with a lengthwise section zigzag
cut, then welding both halves together at the peaks, castellated beam
thus increasing its depth without increasing its
weight.

187/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

142 A structure of cables suspended and pre-stressed


between compression members to directly support suspension structure
applied loads.
143 One pair of vertical angles fastened to each side of
stiffener
web plate to solidify it against buckling.
144 Integral part of a beam that forms a flat, rigid
connection between two broader, parallel parts, as web
the flanges of the structural shape.
145 A high tension bolt having splined and twists off
tension control bolt
when required torque has been reached.
146 The oscillating, reciprocating or other periodic
motion of an elastic body or medium when forced Vibration
from a position or state of equilibrium.
147 Is a horizontal structural member in a timber-framed wall. resist lateral loads from wind and support wall cladding
Girt
materials.
148 A brace fitted into a frame work to resist force in the direction of its length. Struts

149

Is a structural element which divides adjacent window units, may also vertically divide double doors, acts as a
structural member, and it carries the dead load of the weight above the opening and the wind load acting on the
Mullion
window unit back to the building structure. The term is also properly applied to very large and deep structural
members in many curtain wall systems.

150
Is a quantity expressing the two-dimensional size of a defined part of a surface, typically a region bounded by a
Area
closed curve.

151
The stress at which material strain changes from elastic deformation to plastic deformation, causing it to deform
Yield strength
permanently.

152
In engineering mechanics, (also known as flexure) characterizes the behavior of a structural element subjected to an
Bending
external load applied perpendicular to the axis of the element.

153
Is a statue, building, or other edifice created to commemorate a person or important event. They are frequently used
Monument
to improve the appearance of a city or location.

154
A loads are weights of material, equipment or components that are relatively constant throughout the structure's
Dead Load
life.

155
Are analytical tools used in conjunction with structural analysis to help perform structural design by determining the
Shear and bending moment diagram
value of shear force and bending moment at a given point of an element.

156
Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed to earth: (NSCP 407.8.1) 75mm

157 Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type that is provided to resist lateral forces:
Braced frame
(NCSP 208.1)
158
A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall Shear

159
In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in poured footings, the concrete shall
15 mpa
have ultimate strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)

160 Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and columns is ( Class "A"

161
In engineering, buckling -is a failure mode characterized by a sudden failure of a structural member subjected to high
compressive stresses, where the actual compressive stress at the point of failure is less than the ultimate
compressive stresses that the material is capable of withstanding. This mode of failure is also described as failure Buckling
due
to elastic instability.

162 What is known as the deformation in which parallel planes slide relative to each other so as to remain parallel? Shear

163 periodic reversal of stresses fatigue

164 elongation of material subject to axial force strain


165 deformation that accompanies bending of a beam deflection
166
A column that is subjected to both direct axial stress and bending stress is known as? eccentrically loaded

167 concrete column whose load capacity must be reduced, according


long column
to code requirements, because of its slenderness
168 projected beyond it supports cantilevered
169
state of a body in which the forces acting on it are equally balanced equillibrium

188/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

170
What is known as an imaginary line in a beam, shaft, or other bending, where there is no tension nor compression
neutral axis
and where no deformation takes place?

171 Unit stress in a bar just before it breaks is called? ultimate strength
172 bending magnitude wherever the shear passes through zero maximum moment

173 the product of the force and lever arms which tends to twist the body Torque

174 unit stress at which deformation increases without any increase in


yield point
the load
175 tendency of one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to
vertical shear
an adjacent part
176 in the design of structures, the maximum unit stress permitted
working stress
under working loads by codes and specifications
177 It is the tendency of a force to cause rotation about a given point or axis. moment

178 state of rest or motion inertia

179 ratio of the force applied to a structure to the corresponding


stiffness
displacement
180
It is a method of concrete building construction in which floor (and roof) slabs are cast usually at ground level and
lift slab
then raised into position by jacking.

181 concrete floor system which has no beam flatslab

1 It is a structural system without complete vertical local carrying space frame. (NSCP 208.20) Bearing wall system

2 Is a component including its attachments having fundamental period less than or equal to 0.06 sec. (NSCP 208.20) Rigid component

3 Is a component including its attachments having fundamental period greater than 0.60 sec. (NSCP 208.20) Flexible Component

4 Concrete filled driven piles of uniform section shall have a nominal outside diameter of not less than (NSCP 307.7.3) 200 mm

A complete record of test of materials and of concrete shall be available for inspection during the progress of work
5 and _______ years after completion of the project and shall be preserved by the inspecting engineer or architect for 2 years
that purpose, (NSCP 403.20)

6 The minimum bend diameter for 10mm through 25mm bars (NSCP 407.30) 6 db

7 The minimum bend diameter for 28mm through 36mm bars (NSCP 407.30) 8 db

In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members, clear distance between longitudinal bars shall not be
8 1.50 db
less than? (NSCP 407.7.3)

In walls and slabs other than concrete joist construction, primary flexural reinforcement shall not be spaced farther
9 450 mm
apart than 3 times wall or slab thickness nor farther than? (NSCP 407.7.5)

Groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in contact to act as one unit shall be united to ___ pieces in one bundle.
10 4 pcs
(NSCP 407.7.6.1)

11 Bars larger than ___mm shall not be bundled in beams: (NSCP 407.7.6.3) 36mm

Individual bars within a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall terminate at different points with
12 40 db
at least ____ stagger: (NSCP 407.7.6.4)

13 Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed to earth: (NSCP 407.8.1) 75 mm

14 The minimum clear concrete covering for cast in place slab: (NSCP 407.8.1) 20 mm

15 In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor for flexure without axial loads: (NSCP 409.2.1) 0.9

16 In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor for shear and torsion: (NSCP 409.4.2.3) 0.85

17 The minimum one way slab thickness which is simply supported at the ends only is: (NSCP 409.6.2) L / 20

18 The minimum one way slab thickness for a ONE end continuous slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2) L / 24

189/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

19 The minimum one way slab thickness for a BOTH ends continuous slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2) L / 28

20 The minimum cantilevered slab thickness is : (NSCP 409.6.2) L / 10

21 Deep continuous flexural members has overall depth to clear span ratio greater than: (NSCP 410.8.10) 0.4

22 Deep simple span flexural members has overall depth to clear span ratio greater than: (NSCP 307.4.2) 0.75

Spacing of shear reinforcement placed perpendicular to axis of non-prestressed member shall not exceed: (NSCP
23 d/2
411.6.4.1)

24 Development length Ld for deformed bars in tension shall be less than: (NSCP 412.3.1) 300 mm

Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type that is provided to resist lateral forces:
25 Braced Frame
(NCSP 208.1)

26 Is a horizontal or nearly horizontal system activity to transmit lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements: Diaphragm

27 Is a frame in which members and joints are capable of resisting forces primarily by flexure: Moment Resisting Frame

In the determination of seismic dead load with a minimum of ________% of floor live load shall be applicable for
28 25%
storage and warehouse occupancies. (NSCP 208.5.1.1)
29 The slope of cut surfaces shall be no steeper than _______% slope. (NSCP 302.2.2) 50%

Before commencing the excavation work, the person making the excavation shall notify in writing the owner of the
30 10 days
adjoining building not less than _____days before such excavation is to be made. (NSCP 302.2.4)

31 Fill slopes shall not be constructed on natural slopes steeper than ____% slope (NSCP 302.3.1) 50%

32 The minimum distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site boundary line: (NSCP 302.4.3) .60 m

33 The max. distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site boundary: (NSCP 302.4.3) 6 m.
In using sand backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in poured footings, the sand shall be
34 200 mm
thoroughly compacted by tamping in layers not more than _____mm in depth? (NSCP 305.7.3)

In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in poured footings, the concrete shall
35 15 mpa
have ultimate strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)

When grillage footings of structural steel shapes are used on soils, they shall be completely embedded in concrete.
36 150 mm
Concrete cover shall be at least _____mm on the bottom. (NSCP 305.8)

Temporary open air portable bleachers may be supported upon wood sills or steel plates placed directly upon the
37 50 kpa
ground surface, provided soil pressure does not exceed ____Kpa. (NSCP 305.9)

The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 2
38 12 mm
seismic area in the Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)

The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 4
39 16 mm
seismic area in the Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)

Individual pile caps and caissons of every structure subjected to seismic forces shall be interconnected by ties. Such
40 ties shall be capable of resisting in tension or compression a minimum horizontal force equal to _____% of the 10%
largest column vertical load. (NSCP 306.20)

Such piles into firm ground may be considered fixed and laterally supported at _____M below the ground surface.
41 1.50 m.
(NSCP 306.20)

Such piles into soft ground may be considered fixed and laterally supported at _____M below the ground surface.
42 3.0 m
(NSCP 306.20)

The maximum length of cast in place piles/bored piles shall be _____times the average diameter of the pile. (NSCP
43 30 times
307.2.1

44 Cast in place/bored piles shall have a specific compressive strength Fc of not less than ______Mpa. (NSCP 307.2.1) 17.50 mpa

45 Pre-cast concrete piles shall have a specific compressive strength Fc of not less than _____Mpa. (NSCP 304.7.1) 20 mpa

46 The maximum spacing of ties and spirals in a driven pre-cast concrete pile center to center. (NSCP 307.5.1) 75 mm

Pre-cast pre-stressed concrete piles shall have a specified compressive strength Fc of not less than ____Mpa.
47 35 mpa
(NSCP 307.5.1)

48 The minimum outside diameter of pipe piles when used must be? (NSCP 307.6.3) 250 mm

190/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

49 Aviation control towers fall to what type of occupancy? Essential facilities

50 Private garages, carports, sheds, agricultural buildings fall to what type of occupancy? Misc. Occupancy

51 Buildings used for college or adult education with a capacity of 500 or more students fall to what type of occupancy? Special Occupancy
Buildings or structures therein housing and supporting toxic or explosive chemicals or substances fall to what type of
52 Hazardous Facility
category?
53 The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with live load only. (NSCP 107.2.2) L / 360

54 The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with dead load and live load only. (NSCP 104.2.2) L / 240

55 Retaining walls shall be designed to resist sliding by at least _______times the lateral force. (NSCP 206.6) 2 times
Retaining walls shall be designed to resist overturning by at least ______times the overturning moment. (NSCP
56 1.5 times
206.6)

As per NSCP 2001 sect. 206.9.3 vertical impact force for crane load, if powered monorail cranes are considered, the
57 max. wheel load of the crane shall be increased by what percent to determine the induced vertical impact? (NSCP 25%
206.9.3)

The lateral force on a crane runway beam with electrically powered trolleys shall be calculated as ______% of the
58 20%
sum of the rated capacity of the crane and the weight of the hoist and trolley. (NSCP 206.9.4)

The longitudinal forces on crane runway beams, except for bridge cranes with hand geared bridges shall be
59 10%
calculated as _____% of the max. wheel load of the crane. (NSCP 206.9.5

60 An open building is a structure having all walls at least _____% open. (NSCP 207) 80%

61 Low rise buildings is an enclosed or partially enclosed with mean roof height less than or equal to? (NSCP 207.20) 18 m

62 The wind load importance factor lw for essential facilities is equal to? (NSCP 207.50) 1.15

63 The wind load importance factor for hazardous facilities is equal to? 1.15

64 The wind load importance factor for standard occupancy structures is equal to? 1

65 The wind load importance factor for miscellaneous structures is equal to? 0.87

Large city centers with at least 50% of the buildings having a height greater than 21M. falls on what exposure
66 Exposure A
category for wind loading? (NSCP 207.5.3)

Open terrain with scattered obstructions having heights less than 9M. Falls on what exposure category for wind
67 Exposure C
loading?

Flat unobstructed areas exposed to wind flowing over open water for a distance of at least 2 km falls on what
68 Exposure D
exposure category for wind loading?

Urban and suburban areas, wooded areas or other terrain with numerous closely spaced obstructions having the size
69 Exposure B
of single family dwelling or larger falls on what exposure category for wind loading?

70 Zone 1 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 250 kph

71 Zone 2 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 200 kph

72 Zone 3 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph? 125 kph

In testing concrete laboratory cured specimens, no individual strength test (average of 2 cylinders) falls below fc by
73 3.50 mpa
more than _______. (NSCP 405.7.3.3)

Spacing for a lateral support for a beam shall not exceed _______times the least width b of compression flange or
74 50 times
face. (NSCP 410.5.10)

For a rectangular reinforced concrete compression member, it shall be permitted to take the radius of gyration equal
75 0.3
to _______times the overall dimension of the direction of stability is being considered. (NSCP 410.12.20

For members whose design is based on compressive force, the slenderness ratio kL/r preferably should not exceed
76 200
________?

For members whose design is based on tensile force, the slenderness ratio L/r preferably should not exceed
77 300
_________.

For pin connected members, the allowable stress on the net area of the pinhole for pin connected members is
78 .45 fy
_________. (NSCP 504.4.1.1)

Other than pin connected members, the allowable tensile stress shall not exceed _______ on the gross area. (NSCP
79 0.60 fy
504.2.1)

191/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

For pin connected plates, the minimum net area beyond the pinhole parallel to the axis of the member shall not be
80 2/3
less than _______of the net area across the pinhole. (NSCP 504.4.2.1)

For pin connected members in which the pin is expected to provide for relative movement between connected parts
81 while under full load, the diameter of the pinhole shall not be more than ______mm greater than the diameter of the 0.80mm
pin. (NSCP 504.4.2.3)

The maximum longitudinal spacing of bolts, nuts and intermittent welds correctly two rolled shapes in contact for a
82 600 mm
built up section shall not exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.4)

83 The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in single system shall not exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.80) 140 mm

84 The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in double system shall not exceed ________. 200 mm

For members bent about their strong or weak axes, members with compact sections where the flanges continuously
85 .66 fy
connected to web the allowable bending stress is _________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)

For box type and tabular textural members that meet the non compact section requirements of section 502.6, the
86 .60 fy
allowable bending stress is ________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)

Bolts and rivets connecting stiffness to the girder web shall be spaced not more than ______mm on centers. (NSCP
87 300 mm
507.5.3)

Ira composite beam section, the actual section modulus of the transformed composite section shall be used in
88 calculating the concrete flexural compressed stress and for construction without temporary shores, this stress shall 75%
be based upon loading applied after the concrete has reached _____% of its required strength

89 Shear connectors shall have at least ________mm of lateral concrete covering. (NSCP 509.5.8) 25 mm

The minimum center to center spacing of stud connectors along the longitudinal axis of supporting composite beam
90 6 dia. Of connector
is ____________.

The maximum center to center spacing of stud connectors along the longitudinal axis of supporting composite beam
91 8 dia. Of connector
is ____________. (NSCP 509.5.8)

Connections carrying calculated stresses, except for lacing, sag bars and girts, shall be designed to support not less
92 26.7
than ________Kn of force. (NSCP 510.10.61)

The connections at ends of tension or compression members in trusses shall develop the force due to the design
93 load, but no less than _______% at the effective strength of the member unless a smaller percentage is justified by 50
engineering analysis that considers other factors including handling, shipping and erection. (NSCP 510.2.5.1)

When formed steel decking is a part of the composite beam, the spacing of stud shear connector along the length of
94 900
the supporting beam or girder shall not exceed _______mm. (NSCP 509.6.1.2)

95 The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness greater than 20mm is ________. (NSCP 510.3.3.2) 8 mm

96 The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness 6mm is ________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2) 3 mm

97 The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness over 12mm to 20mm is ________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2) 6 mm

This is a secondary effect in shears and especially moments of frame members induced by vertical loads acting on
98 P- Delta Effect
laterally displaced building frame.

99 A storey whose strength is less than 80% of the strength of the storey above is considered as __________. Weak Storey

Hospitals, Communication Centers, and others, which are necessary for emergency post-earthquake operations,
100 Essential facilities
are classified as ___________.

A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical resisting system including the
101 Diaphragm
horizontal bracing system.

102 This is essentially a vertical truss system provided to resist lateral forces of a building. Braced Frame

192/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Constructing a high- rise building requires concrete that can easily be pumped. What type of admixture in concrete
103 the contractor will provide which can reduce the requirement of mixing water and produce a flowing concrete that Plasticizer
does not segregate and needs very little vibration

104 The records of test material and of concrete must be preserved after the completion of the project for at least 2 years

105 What is the weight of 1 cu. m. of steel? 7850 kg.

A type of gunite mixed with an accelerating admixture with aggregate larger than 10mm originally sprayed under high
106 Shotcrete
air pressure of lining tunnels

If a structure is judged under the condition either to be no longer useful for its intended function or to unsafe, it has
107 reached its __________. Limit State

A phenomenon of failure or damage that may result in sudden and brittle fracture of a ductile material due to
108 reversals of stresses applied to a body repeatedly or a great number of times. Metal Fatigue

??? act parallel to each other (offset to each other, a distance d apart), of the same magnitude but ???
109 Couple

110 The load at which a perfectly straight member under compression assumes a deflected position. Buckling Load

It is a point within the structure at which a member (beam/column) can rotate slightly to eliminate all bending moment
111 Hinge
in the member at that point.

112 It is a beam type supported by a hinge/roller at one end and the other end is projecting beyond a fixed support. Semi-Continous Beam

Floors in office buildings and in other buildings where partition locations are subject to change shall be designed to
113 1000 pa
support in addition to all other loads, a uniformly distributed load equal to

The upward pressure against the bottom of the basement floor of a structure or road slab caused by the presence of
114 water. Uplift Pressure

The particular type of pin-connected tension member of uniform thickness with forged loop or head of greater width
115 than the body, with is proportioned to provide approximately equal strength both in the head and the body. Eyebar

A revetment consisting of rough stones of various sizes placed compactly to protect the banks or bed of a river from
116 the eroding effects of the flowing water. Riparap

A three-dimensional spatial structure made up of one or more curved slabs or folded plateshose thicknesses are
117 small compared to their other dimensions. Thin Shell

It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or other horizontal forces on a building.
118 Overturning Moment

119 It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or other horizontal forces on a building Sway Brace

This is designed as special foundation for intense column loads on a platform consisting usually of two layers of
120 rolled steel joists, one on top of other, at right angles. Grillage Foundation

Referring to any artificial method of strengthening the soil to reduce its shrinkage and ensure that it will not move.
121 Common methods are mixing the soil with cement or compaction Soil Stabilization

A pit dug in the basement floor during excavation made to collect water into which a pump is placed the liquid to the
122 sewer pipe. Sump Pit

An instrument which measures the actual displacement of the ground with respect to a stationary point during an
123 Seismometer
earthquake

The behavior of sandy soil to weaken its capacity to carry imposed loads when subjected to vibration such as
124 Liquefaction
earthquake particularly when water table saturates this layer.

125 It is a beam especially provided over an opening for a door or window to carry the wall over opening. Lintel Beam

For any given granular material, the steepest angle with horizontal, a heaped soil surface will make in normal
126 Angle of Repose
condition that will not slide
It is a long, straight beam which by the inspection if two hinges in alternate spans, functions essentially as a
127 Gerber Beam
cantilever beam.

1. One of the constituent parts into which a structure may be resolved by analysis, having a unitary character and
128 Structural member
exhibiting a unique behavior under an applied load.

193/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

A major spatial division, usually one of a series, marked or partitioned off by the principal vertical supports of a
129 Bay
structure.
130 Of a pertaining to a structure or structural member having a load-carrying mechanism that acts in one direction only. One way

Any condition, as fracturing, buckling, or plastic deformation, that renders a structural assembly, element, or joint
131 Structural failure
incapable of sustaining the load-carrying function for which it was designed.

A point, surface, or mass that supports weight, esp. the area of contact between a bearing member, as a beam or
132 Bearing
truss, and a column, wall, or other underlying support.

133 A structural member essential to the stability of a structural whole. Primary Member

134 The load on a structural element or member collected from its tributary area. Tributary Load

135 A means for binding a structural member to another or to its foundation, often to resist uplifting and horizontal forces. Anchorage
A slender rod driven through holes in adjacent parts to keep the parts together or to permit them to move in one
136 Pin
plane relative to each other.

137 A structural support that allows rotation but resist translation in a direction perpendicular into or away from its face. Roller Support

138 A wall of treated timber, masonry or concrete for holding in place a mass of earth. Retaining Wall

139 A wall supporting no load other than its own weight. Non bearing Wall

140 A finish or protective cap or course to an exterior wall, usually sloped or curved to shed water. Coping

141 A foundation wall that encloses a usable area under the building. Basement Wall

142 Any wall within a building, entirely surrounded by exterior wall. Interior Wall

143 A beam supporting the weight above a door or window opening. Lintel

A retaining wall of reinforce concrete or reinforce concrete masonry, cantilevered from and securely tied to a spread
144 Cantilever wall
footing that is shaped to resist overturning and sliding.

145 A galvanize wire basket filled with stones and used in constructing an abutment or retaining structure. Gabion

146 Yard lumber 5 or more in the least dimension. Timbers

147 Softwood lumber intended for general building purpose, including boards, dimension lumber, and timber. Yard Lumber

148 A check that extends completely through a board or wood veneer. Split

149 The presence of bark or absence of wood at a corner or along an edge of a piece. Wane

A vertical laminated wood beam made by fastening together 2 or more smaller members with bolts, lag screws, or
150 Built up Beam
spikes, equal in strength to the sum of the strengths of the individual pieces if none of the laminations are spliced.

151 A building material made of wood or other plant fibers compressed with a binder into rigid sheets. Fiber board

A pitched truss having tension members extending from the foot of each top chord to an intermediate point of the
152 Scissors Truss
opposite top chord.

153 Yard lumber less than 2 thick and 2 or more wide. Boards

154 A plate for uniting structural members meeting in a single plane. Gusset

A structural frame based on the geometric rigidity of the triangle and composed of linear members subject only to
155 Truss
axial tension or compression.

A joint that physically separates two adjacent building masses so that free vibratory movement in each can occur
156 Seismic Joint
independently of the other.

The ability of a structure, when disturbed from a condition of equilibrium by an applied load, to developed internal
157 Stability
forces or moments that restore the original condition.

158 A cable anchorage that allows rotation but resists translation only in the direction of the cable. Cable Support

159 Yard lumber from 2 4 thick and 2 or more wide. Dimension Lumber

160 The potential high-shearing stress developed by the reactive force of a column on a reinforce slab. Punching Shear

161 A butt splice made by arc-welding the butted ends of two reinforcing bars. Welded Splice

194/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Any of the U-shaped or closed-loop bars placed perpendicular to the longitudinal reinforcement of a concrete beam
162 Stirrup
to resist the vertical component of diagonal tension.

163 The integral system of members connecting the upper and lower chords of a truss. Web

An imaginary line passing through the centroid of the cross section of a beam or other member subject to bending,
164 Neutral axis
along which no bending stress occur.

The perpendicular distance a spanning member deviated from true course under transverse loading, increasing with
165 load and span, and decreasing with an increasing in the moment of inertia of the section or the modulus of elasticity Deflection
of the material.

166 The extent of space between two supports of a structure. Span

167 A projecting beam supported at only one fixed end. Cantilever Beam

The buckling of a structural member induced by compressive stresses acting on a slender portion insufficiently rigid
168 Lateral Buckling
in the lateral direction.

A graphical representation of the variation in magnitude of the bending moments present in a structure for given set
169 Moment Diagram
of transverse loads and support conditions.

170 A beam resting on a simple supports at both ends, which are free to rotate and have no moment resistance. Simple Beam

A point at which a structure changes curvature from convex to concave or vice versa as it deflects under a transverse
171 Inflection Point
load: theoretically an internal hinge and therefore a point of zero moment.

172 A slight convex curvature intentionally built into a beam, girder, or truss to compensate for an anticipated deflection. Camber

173 The center-to-center distance between the supports of a span. Effective Span

174 A rigid structural member designed to carry and transfer transverse loads across space supporting elements. Beam
An upright, relatively slender shaft or structure, usually of brick or stone, used as a building support or standing alone
175 Pillar
as a monument.

The lowest division of a building or other construction, partly or wholly below the surface of the ground, designed to
176 Foundation
support and anchor the superstructure and transmit its load directly to the earth.

A long slender column of wood, steel, or reinforced concrete, driven or hammered vertically into the earth to form part
177 Pile
of a foundation system.

The part of foundation bearing directly upon the supporting soil, set below the frostline and enlarged to distribute its
178 Footing
load over a greater area.

179 A continuous or strip footing that changes levels in stages to accommodate a sloping site or bearing stratum. Stepped Footing

A graphical representation of the variation in magnitude of the external shears present in a structure for a given set of
180 Shear Diagram
transverse load and support conditions

181 A thick, slablike footing or reinforced concrete supporting a number of columns or an entire building. Mat

The actual pressure developed between a footing and the supporting soil mass, equal to the quotient of the
182 Soil Pressure
magnitude of the forces transmitted and the area of contact.

The gradual reduction in the volume of a soil mass resulting from the application of a sustained load and an increase
183 Consolidation
in compressive stress.

A reinforced concrete beam distributing the horizontal forces from an eccentrically load pile cap or spread footing to
184 Tie Beam
other pile caps or footings.

A foundation system that extends down through unsuitable soil to transfer building loads to a more appropriate
185 Deep Foundation
bearing stratum well below the superstructure.

186 One of several piles or post for supporting a structure above the surface of land and water. Stilt

187 A load extending over the length or area of the supporting structural element. Distributed Load

188 The forces exerted on a structure by an earthquake. Earthquake Load

189 A load acting on a very small area or particular point of a supporting structural element. Concentrated Load

A reinforced concrete slab or mat joining the heads of a cluster of piles to distribute the load from a column or grade
190 Pile Cap
beam equally among piles.

191 The moment of a force system that causes or tends to cause rotation. Torque

195/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

192 A load applied slowly to a structure until it reaches its peak value without fluctuating rapidly in magnitude or position. Static Load

193 A wall occurring below the floor nearest grade designed to support and anchors the superstructure. Foundation Wall

194 An applied force producing or tending to produce shear in a body. Shear Force

The twisting of an elastic body about its longitudinal axis caused by two equal and opposite torques, producing
195 Torsion
shearing stresses in the body.

The maximum tensile, compressive, or shearing stress a material can be expected to bear without rupturing or
196 Ultimate Strength
fracturing.

197 Length required for 180 deg Hook. 4d

198 Curing temperature for concrete. 22.8 deg. C

199 Who decides if Footing on Piles is needed for a building? Soil Mechanics

200 Minimum effective depth of pile cap? 300 mm

201 Minimum controudment of pile on pile cap? 100 mm


16d (rebar) , 48d (tiebar), least dim. Of a
202 The following are how to determine the spacing of a tie bar of a column? column

203 Minimum concrete cover of a column exposed in air / atmosphere. 40 mm

204 Minimum concrete cover of column pedestal exposed in underground soil. 70 mm

205 Length required for 90 deg hook. 12 d

206 ACI code: Minimum column dimension. 200 mm

207 Induce cracking at preselected location. Control Joints

208 The stress beyond which a marked increase in strain occurs in a material without a concurrent increase in stress. Yield Point
A joint between 2 parts of a building or structure permitting thermal or moisture expansion to occur without damage to
209 Expansion Joint
either part.
210 The breaking of a material resulting from the rupturing of its atomic bonds when stressed beyond its ultimate strength. Fracture

211 The act of shortening or state of being pushed together, resulting in a reduction in size or volume of an elastic body. Compression

212 Length required for 135 deg hook 6d

213 The deformation of a body under the action of an applied force. Strain

214 Allow movement between slab and fixed parts of the building such as columns, walls, and machinery bases. Isolation Joints

The resistance of a material to longitudinal stress, measure by the minimum amount of longitudinal stress required to
215 Tensile Strength
rupture the material.
The axial stress that develops at the cross section of an elastic body to resist the collinear compressive forces
216 Compressive Stress
tending to shorten it.

The property of a material that enables it to retain its appearance and integrity when exposed to the effects of sun,
217 Weatherability
wind, moisture, and changes in temperature.

A joint between two successive placement of concrete, often keyed or doweled to provide lateral stability across the
218 Construction Joint
joint.
219 The elongation of a unit length of material produced by a tensile stress. Tensile Strain

220 An internal force tangential to the surface on which it acts, developed by a body in response to a shear force. Shearing Force

221 A high-strength steel strand or bar for prestressing concrete. Tendons

222 A structural steel column thoroughly encased in concrete reinforced with both vertical and spiral reinforcement. Composite Column

Any of the longitudinal bars serving as tension reinforcement in the section of a concrete beam or slab subjected to a
223 Top Bar
negative movement.

224 The depth of a concrete section measured from the compression face to the centroid of the tension reinforcement. Effective Depth

A concrete section in which the tension reinforcement reaches its specified yield strength before the concrete in
225 Under reinforced Section
compression reaches its assumed ultimate strain.

226 Minimum number of stories recommended to be provided with at least 3 approved recording accelerographs 14

227 Maintenance and service of accelorographs shall be provided by the Owner

196/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Who shall be responsible for keeping the actual live load below the allowable limits and shall be liable for any failure
228 Occupant of the Building
on the structure due to overloading

The period of continuous application of a given load or the aggregate of periods of intermittent application of the
229 Load Duration
same load

230 Minimum area in square meters a member supports which the design live load may be reduced 14 sq.m.

231 Minimum height of any wall requiring structural design to resist loads onto which they are subjected 1.50m

232 Maximum deflection of a brittle finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied. Perpendicular to said wall 1/240 wall span

233 Maximum deflection of flexible finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied perpendicular to said wall 1/120 wall span

234 Maximum floor area for a low-cost housing unit 60 m2

The level at which the earthquake motions are considered to be imparted to the structure of the level at which the
235 Base
structure as a dynamic vibrator is supported

A member or an element provided to transfer lateral forces from a portion of a structure to vertical elements of the
236 Collector
lateral force resisting system

A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements it includes
237 Diaphragm
horizontal bracing system

238 The total designed lateral force or shear at the base of a structure Base Shear

239 An element at edge of opening or at perimeters of shear walls or diaphragm Boundary Element

240 An essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or accentric type which is provided to resist lateral forces Brace Frame

241 A essentially complete space frame which provides supports for gravity loads Building Frame System

242 A combination of a Special or Intermediate Moment Resisting Space Frame and Shear Walls or Braced Frame Dual System

The form of braced frame where at least one end of each brace intersects a beam at a point away from the column
243 Eccentric Brace Frame
girder joint

244 The entire assemblage at the Intersection of the members Joints


The horizontal member in a frame system, a beam
245 -the major horizontal supporting member of the floor system Girder

An element of a diaphragm parallel to the applied load, which collects and transfers diaphragm shear to vertical
246 Diaphragm Strut
resisting elements of distributes loads within the diaphragm. Such members may take axial tension or compression

The boundary element of a diaphragm or a shear wall which is assumed to take axial stresses analogous to the
247 Diaphragm Chord
flanges of a beam

248 Those structures which are necessary for emergency post earthquake operations Essential facilities

249 That part of the structural system assigned to resist lateral forces Lateral Force Resisting system

250 Moment resisting space frame not meeting special detailing requirements for ductile behavior Ord. Moment Resisting Space Frame

251 The displacement of one level relative to the level above or below Story Drift
The usable capacity of a structure or its members to resist loads within the deformation limits prescribed in this
252 Strength
document
253 The lower rigid portion of a structure having a vertical combination of structural system Platform

254 Horizontal truss system that serves the same function as a diaphragm Horizontal Bracing System

255 An assemblage of framing members designed to support gravity loads and resist lateral forces Structure

A structural system without complete vertical load carrying space frame. This system provides support for gravity
256 Bearing wall system
loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames

A structural system with essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity loads. Resistance to lateral
257 Building Frame System
load is provided by shear walls or braced frames

A structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity loads. Moments resisting
258 Moment resisting Frame system
space frames provide resistance to lateral load primarily by flexural action of members.

259 Is one in which the story strength is less than 80% of that the story above Weak Storey

197/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

An elastic or inelastic dynamic analysis in which a mathematical model of the structure is subjected to a ground
260 motion time history. The structures time dependant dynamic response to these motion is obtained through numerical Time History analysis
integration of its equations of motions.

The effect on the structure due to earthquake motions acting in directions other than parallel to the direction of
261 Orthogonal Effect
resistance under consideration

The secondary effect on shears and moments of frame members induced by the vertical loads acting on the laterally
262 p-Delta effect
displaced building frame

Material other than water aggregate or hydraulic cement used as an ingredient of concrete and added to concrete
263 Admixture
before or during its mixing to modify its properties

264 Concrete that doesnt not conform to definition of reinforced concrete plain concrete

Upright compression member with a ratio of unsupported height to average least lateral dimension of less than three
265 Pedestal
(3 m)

Ratio of normal stress to corresponding strain for tensile or compressive stresses below proportional limit of material
266 -in the formula e=PL/AE, E stands for ___ Modulus of Elasticity

267 In prestressed concrete, temporary force exerted by device that introduces tension into prestressing tendons Jacking Force

268 Length of embedded reinforcement provided beyond a critical section Embedment Length

Stress remaining in prestressing tendons after all losses have occurred, excluding effects of dead load and
269 Effective Prestress
superimposed loads

270 Length of embedded reinforcement required to develop the design strength of reinforcement at a critical section Development Length

271 Friction resulting from bends or curves in the specified prestressing tendon profile Curvature Friction

272 Concrete containing lightweight aggregate Structural Lightweight concrete

273 Prestressing tendon that is bonded to concrete either directly or through grouting Bonded Tendon

274 ASTM A36 Structural Steel

275 True or False, bar larger than 32mm in diameter shall not be bundled in beams 1

276 Minimum concrete cover for a Prestressed concrete for beams and columns for primary reinforcement 40 mm

In a material under tension or compression, the absolute value of the ratio transverse strain to the corresponding
277 Poisson Ratio
longitudinal strain

278 In column, the ratio of its effective length to its least radius of gyration Slenderness Ratio

279 A quantity which measures the resistance of the mass to being revolved about a line Torsion

280 A type of concrete floor which has no beam Flat Slab

281 The tendency for one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent part Shear

282 A change in shape of a material when subjected to the action of force Deformation

283 The maximum value of tension, compression, or shear respectively the material sustain without failure Yielding Stress

It means that by which a body develops internal resistance to stress


284 -Intensity of force per unit area Stress

The greatest stress which a material is capable of developing without permanent deformation remaining upon the
285 Allowable Stress
complete release of stress

286 Loop of reinforcing bar or wire enclosing longitudinal reinforcement Stirrup / Tie

287 The measure of stiffness of a material Stiffness Ratio

288 The failure in a base when a heavily loaded column strikes hole through it Punching Shear

289 The deformation of a structural member as a result of loads acting on it Deflection

198/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

290 Nominal thickness of a timber 6 inches

291 The sum of forces in the orthogonal directions and the sum of all moments about any points are zero Equillibrium

The complete records of tests conducted (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be preserved and made available for
292 2 years
inspection during the progress of construction and after completion of the project for a period of not less than ___

293 Wood board should have a thickness specification not less than 1"x4"

294 The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight Run

295 A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving on solid wood Portable Hand Router

296 Wood defects are: heart shake, cup shake, star shake and ___ Knots

297 Dressed lumber is referred to ___ Smooth & Planed Lumber

298 It refers to the occupancy load which is either partially or fully in place or may not be present at all Live Load

299 The other kind of handsaw other than rip cut saw Cross cut Saw

300 The distance between inflection points in the column when it breaks Effective Length

301 An expansion joint of adjacent parts of a structure to permit expected movements between them Contraction Joint

302 The total of all tread widths in a stair Total Run

303 The force adhesion per unit area of contact between two bonded surfaces Bond Stress

304 A structural member spanning from truss to truss or supporting a rafter Purlin
A connector such as a welded strut, spiral bar, or short length of channel which resists horizontal shear between
305 Shear Connector
elements
306 The force per unit area of cross section which tend to produce shear Shear Stress

307 The law that relates the linear relationship between stresses and strain Hooks Law
Minimum spacing of bolts in timber connection measured from center of bolts parallel for parallel to grain loading is
308 4 x dia. Of bolt
equal to ___

According to the provision of the NSCP on timber connection and fastening the loaded edge distance for
309 4 x dia. Of bolt
perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least

NSCP specifies spacing between rows of bolts for perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least ___ times bolt
310 2.5 times
diameter for L/d ratio of 2

311 Minimum diameter of bolts to be used in timber connections and fastening in accordance with NSCP specifications 12 mm

312 Simple solid timber columns have slenderness ratio not exceeding ___ 50

Nails and spikes for which the wire gauges or lengths not set forth in the NSCP specifications shall have a required
313 11 dia.
penetration of not less than __

314 Notches in sawn lumber bending members in accordance with the NSCP specifications shall not exceed 1/6 depth of member

315 Notches in sawn lumber shall not be located in the middle third span

316 Notches in the top and bottom of joist shall not exceed 1/4 depth

317 Allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of gross area .60 of specified yield strength

318 Allowable tensile stress of structural steel based on effective area .50 of specified min. tensile strength

319 Allowable stress for tension on pin connected members based on net area 0.45 fy

320 Allowable shear stress on structural steel on the cross sectional area effective in resisting shear 0.40 fy

For structures carrying live loads which induce impact, the assumed live load shall be increased sufficiently to provide
321 100%
for same, for supports of elevators the increase shall be

322 The slenderness ratio of compression members shall not exceed ___ 200

323 The slenderness ratio main members in tension shall not exceed ___ 240

324 Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete exposed to earth or weather 40 mm

Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete not exposed to earth or
325 20 mm
weather
199/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Curing of concrete (other than high-early strength) shall be maintained above 10 C and in moist condition for at least
326 7 days
the first ___ days after placement
If concrete in structure will dry under service conditions, cores shall be air-dried for ___ days before test and shall be
327 7 dyas
tested dry.

Cutting for high early strength concrete shall be maintained above 10 C and in moist condition for at least the
328 3 days
___days after placement

329 The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in layer shall be db (diameter of bar) but not less than ___ 25mm

180 deg. Bend +4db extension but not less than


330 Standard hooks used in reinforced concrete beam shall mean 65 mm at the end of bar

331 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 16mm bar and smaller
90 deg. Bend + 6db extension at free end

332 Standard hooks for stirrups and thie hooks 20-25 mm bar 90 deg. Bend + 12db extension at free end

333 Allowable tolerance on minimum concrete cover for depth greater than 200 mm .-12mm

334 Allowable tolerance for longitudinal location of bends and ends of reinforcement .+/- 50mm

Individual bars with a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall terminate at different points with a
335 40db
stagger of at least

336 Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be less than ___ for strands 3db

337 Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each of member shall to be less than ___ for wire 4db

Minimum concrete cover provided for reinforcement of cast in place against permanently exposed earth or weather
338 75 mm
using bars larger than 36 mm

Commonly designed as a beam which bears directly on the column footing


339 Grade Beam
a surface discontinuity caused by roughening or scratching
340 Abrasion

341 a narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edges of two parallel boards in the same plane Batten
bulges in plaster finish coat resulting from applying finish coat over to damp a base coat
342 Blistering
concrete structures under construction, a space where concrete is not to be placed.
343 Block out

344 an iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has high compressive strength but low tensile strength. Cast iron

in a suspended acoustical ceiling, a groove cut into the edges of an acoustical tile to receive splines or supporting
345 members of the ceiling suspension system Kerf

a roofing tile which is the shape of an s when laid on its side


346 Pantile
a metaphoric rock made up of mostly calcite or dolomite
347 Marble

the process of producing metal shapes of a constant cross section by forcing the hot metal through an orifice in a die
348 Extrusion
by means of a pressure ram

349 a body acted upon by a balanced force system is in equilibrium Static Equilibrium
is the action of one body upon another
350 Force

351 is a single force, a couple, or a force and a couple which acting alone produces the same effect as the force system Resultant

states that the external effect of a force on a body acted upon is independent of the point of application of the force
352 but the same for all points along its line of action Priniples of Transmissibility

353 is an arrangement of any two or more forces that act on a body or on a group of related bodies Force System

354 a sketch of a body showing the forces exerted by other bodies on the one being considered Free body diagram
is acting parallel to member axis
355 Load
in uniform for homogenous sections
356 Stress
tends to elongate the body
357 Stress due to tension
tends to shorten the body
358 Stress due to compression

is an articulated structure composed of lines or bars assumed to be connected by frictionless pin at the joints and
359 arranged so that an area enclosed within the boundaries of the structure is subdivided by the bars into geometric Truss
figures which are usually triangles.

200/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

are usually horizontal or nearly horizontal elements carrying a stress primarily due to shear and flexure, they usually
360 carry load directly from the floor. Beam & Girders

is a structure in which the reaction components and internal stress cannot be solved completely using the equation of
361 static equilibrium Detrminate structure

a system of framing a building on which floor joists of each storey rest on the top plates of the storey below and the
362 Western Framing
bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each step

a pressure exerted against the underground portion of a building created by the presence of water in the soil.
363 Hydrostatic Pressure

a steel bolt usually fixed in building structures with its thread portion projecting
364 Anchor Bolt
a narrow piece of lumber nailed to the side of a beam along its bottom edge which carries joist flush with the upper
365 edge of the beam Ledger Strip

a flexible blanket type thermal insulation commonly used between studs or joists in frame construction
366 Batt insulation

a system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to the roof supporting the second floor joists
367 Balloon Framing

368 the boxing in or covering a joist, beam or girder to give the appearance of a larger beam Beam Blocking
allowable sag (NSCP)
369 100 mm

370 that part of a building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure below grade Foundation Wall

joints employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls


371 Control Joints
a process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape or dimension
372 Forging

373 a commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility Wrought Iron
carries the roof load between trusses or rafters
374 Purlin
usually a sloping beam carrying the reactions of purlins
375 Rafter
carries the masonry across the opening made by a door or window
376 Lintel
a closely spaced beam supporting the floor of a building
377 Joist

378 similar to a joist, it carries the flooring of a bridge Stringer


large sized beams usually carrying the floor beams
379 Girder
spans between columns and supports the floor and curtain walls
380 Spandrel
circular beam that transmits power to the machinery
381 it also carries torsion in addition to shear and flexure Shaft

201/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

large roughly molded sun-dried bricks of varying sizes


382 Adobe

383 is a mixture of sand and gravel held together in a rock-like mass with a paste of cement and water. Concrete

is a combination of concrete and steel wherein the steel reinforcement provides the tensile strength lacking in
384 Reinforced Concrete
concrete
Pedestal or short compression
385 height is less than three times the least dimension
blocks
386 strength of column is significantly reduced due to slenderness long or slender column
failure is initiated by material failure
387 Short column

388 a structural system without a complete vertical load-carrying space frame Bearing wall system

389 a structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing supports for gravity loads Building Frame System

the method of stiffening floor construction by fitting solid blocks between joists
390 Bridging

391 a shallow crack at closely spaced by irregular intervals on the surface of mortar or concrete Checking

the stressing of un-bonded tendons after the concrete has cured


392 Post tensioning
a ready means of determining the consistency of freshly mixed concrete
393 Slump Test

394 the permanent reformation of a material under a sustained load Creep


a principal member of a truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist bending
395 Chord

a composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property
396 alloy

the horizontal distance from the face of a lock latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder
397 Backset

a joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or plated and joining them by riveting, soldering and brizing.
398 Lap seam

399 the tendency for one part of the beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent part Shear

400 any material change in shape when subjected to the action of a force Deformation

401 the maximum value of tension, compression or shear respectively which the material can sustain without failure Working Stress

402 a permanent roofed structure attached to and supported by the building and projecting over public property Marquee

403 is an extension or increase on floor area or height of a building structure Addition

is a method of proportioning structural elements such that computed stresses produced in the elements by the
404 Allowable Stress Design
allowable stress load combinations do not exceed specified allowable stress (also called working stress design)

is any change, addition to or modification in construction or occupancy


405 Alteration
is any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy
406 Building

407 a building erected prior to the adoption of NSCP, or one for which a legal building permit has been issued Existing Building

is a method of proportioning structural elements using load and resistance factors such that no applicable limit state
LFRD (Load & Resistance Factor
408 is reached when the structure is subjected to all appropriate load combinations
Design)
the term used in the design of steel and wood structures

is a method of proportioning structural elements such that the computed forces produced in the elements by the
409 factored load combinations do not exceed the factored element strength Ultimate Strength Design
the term is used in the design of concrete and masonry structures

is that which is built or constructed, an edifice or a building of any kind, or any piece of work, artificially built up or
410 Structure
composed of parts joined together in some definite manner

is a resigned civil engineer with a special qualification in the practice of structural engineering as recognized by the
411 Structural Engineer
board of civil engineering of the professional regulation commission

202/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

is a structural unit, the integral parts of which have been built up or assembled prior to incorporating in the building
412 Prefab / precast assembly

in-place solid rock


413 Bedrock
is a relatively level step excavated into earth material on which fill is to be placed
414 Bench
is earth material acquired from an off-site location for use in grading on-site
415 Borrow
is the densification of fill by mechanical means
416 Compaction
is any rock, natural soil or fill or any combination thereof
417 Earth Material

418 is the wearing away of the ground surface as a result of the movement of wind, water or ice Erosion
is the mechanical removal of earth material
419 Excavation
is a deposit of earth material placed by artificial means
420 Fill

421 is the vertical location of the ground surface Grade

is the grade prior to grading


the elevation of the original ground surface before excavation or grading begins
422 Existing grade
also called natural grade

final grade of the site that conforms to the approved plan


the elevation of drives, walks, lawns, or other improved surfaces after completion of construction or grading
423 Finish Grade
operations

the stage at which the grade approximately conforms to the approved plan
424 Rough Grade
is any excavating or filling or combination thereof
425 Grading
is an inclined ground surface the inclination of which is expressed as a ration of vertical distance to horizontal
426 Slope
distance
is a designed compacted fill placed in a trench excavated in earth material beneath the toes of a proposed fill slope
427 Key

is naturally occurring deposits overlying bedrock


428 Soil

is a relatively level step constructed in the face of a graded slope for drainage and maintenance purposes
429 Terrace

is an assembly consisting of panels mounted on pedestals to provide an under-floor space for the installation of
430 mechanical, electrical, communications or similar systems or to serve as an air supply or return air plenum Access floor system

is a building or portion of a building for the gathering together of fifty or more persons for such purposes as
431 deliberation, education, instruction, worship, entertainment, amusement, drinking or dining or awaiting transportation Assembly Building

is a shelter supported entirely from the exterior wall of the building


432 Awning
is an exterior floor system projecting from a structure and supported by that structure with no additional independent
433 supports Exterior Balcony

434 consist of the weight of all materials and fixed equipment incorporated into the building or other structure Dead Loads
is an exterior floor system supported on at least two opposing sides by an adjoining structure and/or posts, piers, or
435 other independent supports Deck

are buildings and other structures that are intended to remain operational in the event of extreme environmental
436 loading from wind or earthquakes Essential facilities

is a building or portion thereof in which motor vehicle containing flammable or combustible liquids or gas in its tank is
437 stored, repaired or kept Garage

is a building or portion of a building, not more than 90sq.m in area, in which only motor vehicles used by the tenants
438 of the building or building on the premises are kept and stored Private Garage

is a condition in which a structure or component is judged either to be no longer useful for its intended function or to
439 be unsafe Limit state

440 a condition in which a structure or component is judged to be no longer useful for its intended function Serviceaility Limit State
is a condition in which a structure or component is judged to be unsafe
441 Strength Limit State

loads produced by the use and occupancy of the building or other structure and do not include dead load,
442 Live Load
construction load, or environmental load such as wind load, snow load, rain load, earthquake load or flood load

203/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

forces or other actions that result from the weight of all building materials, occupants and their possessions,
443 Loads
environmental effects, differential movements, and restrained dimensional changes

is the highest part of a bridge pier, on which the bridge bearings or rollers are seated. It may be of
444 Bridge Cap
stone, brick or plain or reinforced concrete, usually the last for heavy loads.

445 a wood, steel, or pre-cast concrete beam directly supporting a floor. Usually wooden joist. Joist

load which may be removed or replaced on a structure, not necessarily a dynamic load excluding
446 Liveloads
wind and earthquake loads. Live loads are moving loads or movable loads.

a large beam, originally of wood or iron, now usually of steel or concrete, though light alloys have
447 Girder
occasionally been used. Apart from the bowstring girder its chords are parallel.

total bending effect at any section of a beam is called the bending moment. It is equal to thealgebraic sum of all the
moments to the right of the section (or to the left of the section, whichamounts to the same thing) and is called M for
448 Bending moment
short. Every bending moment can be expressed as aforce times a distance called the arm. units are pound-inches,
ton-inches, kg-m, N-m, tonne-m, etc.

gravel, sand, slag, crushed rock or similar inert materials which form a large part of concretes,asphalts or roads
449 Aggregates
including macadam.

in concrete or mortar, a substance other than aggregate, cement or water added in small quantity,normally less than
5% of the weight of the cement, to alter the properties of the mix or the hardenedsolid. Some 80% of the concrete
made in North America, Australia, Japan and most of Europecontains an admixture, and more than half contains air-
entraining agent. Other admixtures are
450 accelerators, bonding admixtures, super plasticizers, water reducers, retarders, anti-freeze,corrosion inhibitors, pore Admixture
fillers and thickening agents. Shrinkage preventers, coloring (pigments),damp-proofing, expanding, fungicidal, gas-
forming, grouting and flocculating agents also exist. Forconcretes with high cement needed to such an extent that the
admixture pays for itself without harmto the physical properties. But this saving probably never occurs with very lean
concretes.

an admixture which hastens the hardening rate and/or initial setting time of concrete. Calciumchloride (CaCI2) was
widely used, but because it can corrode embedded steel it is now banned inthe UK except in unreinforced concrete.
451 Chloride-free accelerators that are safe with steel are based on inorganic chemicals including formats, nitrates and Accelerator
thiocyanates. Sodium carbonate (washing soda) can be used to make a flash set for quick repairs but It weakens the
concrete.

an admixture which slows up the setting rate of concrete, sometimes applied to formwork so thatwhen it is stripped
452 Retarder
the cement paste which has been in contact with it can be removed by light brushing.

453 making a hole in rock blasting, using a rotative or percussive drill. Boring

454 piece of steel plate, usually roughly rectangular or triangular, w/c connects the members of a truss. Gusset Plate

When a heavily loaded column punches a hole through a base, the base is said to fail by punching shear. Punching
455 shear is prevented by thickening the base or enlarging the foot of the column so that the shear stress (assumed Punching Shear
uniform) round the perimeter of the column does not exceed twice the allowable shear stress in concrete.

456 for any material the ratio of the stress (force per unit area) to the strain (deformation per unit length). Modulus of Elasticity

457 the stress at which noticeable, suddenly increased deformation occurs under slowly increasing load Yield Point

the stress beyond which further load causes permanent set. In most materials the elastic limit is also
458 Elastic Limit
the limit of proportionality.

the water content at the lower limit of the plastic state of a clay. It is the minimum water content at which a soil can be
459 Plastic Limit
rolled into a thread of 3 mm diameter without crumbling.

204/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

the elastic movement of loaded parts of a structure. The word often refers to the sinking of the midspan of a beam
460 Deflection
which in British housing generally is not allowed to exceed 1/325 of the span.

the load acting across a bean near its support. For a uniformly distributed load or for any other symmetrical load, the
461 Shear
maximum shear is equal to half the total load on a simply supported beam, or to the total load on a cantilever beam.

the force on a member divided by the area which carries the force, formerly expressed in psi, now in N/mm2, MPa,
462 Stress
etc.

a change in length caused usually by a force applied to a piece, the change being expressed as a ratio, the increase
463 Strain
or decrease divided by the original length.

464 a core wall. Shear Wall

test for the stiffness of wet concrete. A conical mold is filled with concrete, well rammed, and then carefully inverted
and emptied over a flat plate. The amount by which the concrete cone drops below the top of the mold is measured
465 and is called the slump. This test is valuable only when the aggregates are used all the time and in the same Slump Test
proportions. It then gives a rough idea if the water content of the mix. This otherwise most useful test cannot be
applied to stiff concretes with slump of less than about 20 mm.

a structural member designed to resist loads which bend it. The bending effect at any point in a beam is found by
466 Beam
calculating the bending moment. Beams are usually of wood, steel, light alloy, or reinforced or pre-stressed concrete.

467 a post carrying compressive force. Column

the bending moment at the support of a beam required to fix it in such a way that it cannot rotate, so that it has a
468 Fixed End Moment
fixed end.

in concrete work, a break in a structure made to allow for the drying and temperature shrinkages (of concrete or
469 masonry) thus to prevent cracks forming at undesirable places. Since all materials containing cement' shrink Contraction Joint
appreciably on drying, contraction joints are needed in every long structure.

470 a pre-stressing bar, cable, rope, strand or wire. Tendon

471 the US term for ground beam Grade Beam

concrete members are pre-cast, in a works, with the tensioned wires embedded in them. The wires are anchored
either against the molds or against permanent abutments in the ground. After hardening, the concrete is released
from the mold and the wires are cut at the anchorage. This method may give a larger loss of pre-stress than with
472 post-tensioning but is usually economical for small members and may produce better concrete since it is always Pre-tensioning
factory controlled. In long-line pre-stressing, used for the pre-casting of pre-tensioned floor slabs or beams, the
casting bed may be as much as 180 m long; enabling units may be 1.2 m, and their thickness 15, 20 or 25 em. They
usually have tubular voids running down the length and occupying about 30% of the cross-section.

concrete beams, columns, lintels, piles, and parts of walls and floors which are cast and partlymatured on the site or
in a factory before being lifted into their position in a structure. Where many of the same unit are required, pre-casting
473 Pre cast Concrete
may be more economical than casting in place, may give a better surface finish, reduce shrinkage of the concrete on
the site, and make stronger concrete.

either a geophone, used in seismic prospecting, or a device for detecting earthquake shocks. An early seismometer
474 made in Japan about AD 136 consisted of balls dropping from a dragon's mouth into a frog's to show the direction of Seismometer
the shock.

475 the waste glass-like product from a metallurgical furnace. which flows off above the metal. Slag

476 ACI term for grip length. Embedment Length

477 the weight of a structure and any permanent loads fixed on it. Dead Loads

gradually increasing permanent deformation of a material under stress, well known in metals as hightemperature
478 Creep
creep.

205/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

479 the effective height of a column divided by its radius of gyration, Slenderness Ratio

the strain energy stored in an elastic material per unit of volume.Steel can store 0.027 kg-m/cm3, rubber about 0.54
480 Resillience
kg-m/cm3.

481 the ability of a metal to undergo cold plastic deformation without breaking, particularly by pulling in cold drawing. Ductility

482 the ratio of the shear stress to the shear strain in a material. Modulus of Rigidity

the breaking stress of a cast-iron, wooden or mass concrete rectangular beam, calculated onthe assumptions that
483 Modulus of rupture
the tensile strains in the beam are equal distances from the neutral axis.

484 A link around the main steel in a concrete column, beam or pile. Tie

485 a pile (usually driven not bored) at an angle to the vertical. Batter Pile

a widening of any structure at the foot to improve its stability, in breakwaters, earth or other dams, or
486 Footing
simple walls.

487 the vertical plate joining the flanges of any beam or rail, of whatever material. Web

488 a weld of roughly triangular cross-section between two pieces at right angles. Fillet Weld

489 a relatively fixed point whose level is known and used as a datum for leveling. Bench Mark

490 a flat roof or a quay, jetty or bridge floor, generally a floor with no roof over. Deck

491 a long column, usually of wood or metal, not necessarily vertical. Strut

for elastic materials strained by a force in one direction, there will be a corresponding strain in all
492 Poisson Ratio
directions perpendicular to this, equal to p times the strain in the direction of the force.

Zoning, site characteristics Occupancy,


493 The procedures and limitations for the design of structures shall be determined by the following factors. configuringstructural system, and height

494 Minimum number of stories recommended to be provided with at least 3 approved recording accelerographs. 14

495 Maintenance and service of accelerographs shall be provided by the___. Owner

Who shall be responsible for keeping the actual live load below the allowable limits and shall be liable for any failure
496 Occupant of the building
on the structure due to overloading.

The period of continuous application of a given load or the aggregate of periods of intermittent application of the
497 Load duration
same load.

498 Minimum area in square meters a member supports which the design live load may be reduced. 14 sqm.

499 Minimum height of any wall requiring structural design to resist loads onto which they are subjected. 1.50 mts.

500 Maximum deflection of a brittle finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied perpendicular to said wall. 1/240 of wall span

501 Maximum deflection of a flexible finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied perpendicular to said wall. 1/120 of wall span

502 Maximum floor area for a low-cost housing unit. 60 sqm.

The level at which the earthquake motions are considered to be imparted to the structure or the level at which the
503 Base
structure, as a dynamic vibrator, is supported.

A member or an element provided to transfer lateral forces from a portion of a structure to vertical elements of the
504 Collector
lateral force resisting system.

A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements, it includes
505 Diaphragm
horizontal bracing system.

506 The total designed lateral force or shear at the base of a structure. Base Shear, V

507 An element at edge of opening or at perimeters of shear walls or diaphragm. Boundary Element

206/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

508 An essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type which is provided to resist lateral forces. Braced Frame

509 An essentially complete space frame which provides supports for gravity loads. Building Frame System

510 A combination of a Special or Intermediate Moment Resisting Space Frame and Shear Walls or Braced Frames. Dual System

That form of braced frame where at least one end of each brace intersects a beam at a point away from the column
511 Eccentric Braced Frame (EBF)
girder joint.

512 The entire assemblage at the intersection of the members. Joint

513 The horizontal member in a frame system, a beam. Girder

An element of a diaphragm parallel to the applied load which collects and transfers diaphragm shear to vertical
514 Diaphragm Strut
resisting elements or distributes loads within the diaphragm. Such members may take axial tension or compression.

The boundary element of a diaphragm or a shear wall which is assumed to take axial stresses analogous to the
515 Diaphragm Chord
flanges of a beam

516 Those structures which are necessary for emergency post-earthquake operations. Essential facilities

517 That part of the structural system assigned to resist lateral forces. Lateral Force Resisting System

518 Moment resisting space frame not meeting special detailing requirements for ductile Ordinary Moment Resisting

519 The displacement of one level relative to the level above or below. Story Drift

The usable capacity of a structure or its members to resist loads within the deformation limits prescribed in this
520 Strength
document.

521 The lower rigid portion of a structure having a vertical combination of structural system. Platform

522 Horizontal truss system that serves the same function as a diaphragm. Horizontal Bracing System

523 An assemblage of framing members designed to support gravity loads and resist lateral forces. Structure

A structural system without complete vertical load carrying space frame. This system provide support for gravity
524 Bearing Wall System
loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames.

A structural system with essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity loads. Resistance to lateral
525 Building Frame System
load is provided by shear walls or braced frames.

A structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity loads. Moment resisting
526 Moment Resisting Frame System
space frames provide resistance to lateral load primarily by flexural action of members.

527 Is one in which the story strength is less than 80% of that of the story above. Weak Story

An elastic or inelastic dynamic analysis in which a mathematical model of the structure is subjected to a ground
528 motion time history. The structure's time-dependant dynamic response to these motion is obtained through numerical Time History Analysis
integration of its equations of motions.

The effects on the structure due to earthquake motions acting in directions other than parallel to the direction of
529 Orthogonal Effect
resistance under consideration.

The secondary effect on shears and moments of frame members induced by the vertical loads acting on the laterally
530 P-delta Effect
displaced building frame.

Material other than water, aggregate, or hydraulic cement, used as an ingredient of concrete and added to concrete
531 Admixture
before or during its mixing to modify its properties.

532 Concrete that does not conform to definition of reinforced concrete. Plain Concrete

207/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

533 Upright compression member with a ratio of unsupported height to average least lateral dimension of less than three. Pedestal

534 Ratio of normal stress to corresponding strain for tensile or compressive stresses below proportional limit of material. Modulus of Elasticity

535 In prestressed concrete, temporary force exerted by device that introduces tension into prestressing tendons. Jacking Force

536 Length of embedded reinforcement provided beyond a critical section. Embedment Length

Stress remaining in prestressing tendons after all losses have occurred, excluding effects of dead load and
537 Effective Prestress
superimposed loads.

538 Length of embedded reinforcement required to develop the design strength of reinforcement at a critical section. Development Length

539 Friction resulting from bends or curves in the specified prestressing tendon profile. Curvature Friction

540 Concrete containing lightweight aggregate. Structural Lightweight Concrete

541 prestressing tendon that is bonded to concrete either directly or through grouting. Bonded Tendon

542 ASTM A36 Structural Steel

543 High-Yield Strength Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Plate, Suitable for Welding. ASTM A514

544 True or False, Bar larger than 32mm in diameter shall not be bundled in beams. 1

545 Minimum concrete cover for a Prestressed concrete for beams and columns for primary reinforcements. 40 mm

In a material under tension or compression, the absolute value of the ratio of transverse strain to the corresponding
546 Poisson's Ratio
longitudinal strain.

547 In column, the ratio of its effective length to its least radius of gyration. Slenderness Ratio

548 A quantity which measures the resistance of the mass to being revolved about a line. Torsion

549 A type of concrete floor which has no beam. Flat Slab

550 The tendency for one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent part. Shear

551 A change in shape of a material when subjected to the action of force. Deformation

552 The maximum value of tension, compression, or shear respectively the material sustain without failure. Yielding Stress

553 It means that by which a body develops internal resistance to 'stress'. Stress

The greatest stress which a material is capable of developing without permanent deformation remaining upon the
554 Allowable Stress
complete release of stress.

555 Intensity of force per unit area. Stress

556 Loop of reinforcing bar or wire enclosing longitudinal reinforcement. Tie / Stirrup

557 The measure of stiffness of a material. Stiffness Ratio

208/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

558 The failure in a base when a heavily loaded column strikes a hole through it. Punching Shear

559 The deformation of a structural member as a result of loads acting on it. Deflection

560 Nominal thickness of of a timber. 6 inches

561 The sum of forces in the othorgonal directions and the sum of all moments about any points are zero. Equilibrium

The complete records of tests conducted (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be preserved and made available for
562 2 years
inspection during the progress of completion of the project for a period of not less than. construction and after

563 Wood board should have a thickness specification of. not less than 1"X4"

564 The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight. Run

565 A high-speed rotary shaping had power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving on solid wood. Portable Hand router

566 The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system. Girder

567 Wood defects are: heart shake, cup shake, star shake, and___. Knots

568 Dressed lumber is referred to ___. Smoothed or planed lumber

569 The other kind of handsaw other than rip-cut saw. Cross-cut saw

570 It refers to the occupancy load which is either partially or fully in place or may not be present at all. Live load

571 The distance between inflection points in the column when it breaks. Effective length

572 The amount of space measured in cubic units. Volume

573 In the formula e=PL/AE, E stands for___. Modulus of Elasticity

574 An expansion joint of adjacent parts of a structure to permit expected movements between them. Contraction joint

575 the total of all tread widths in a stair. Total run

576 The force adhesion per unit area of contact between two bonded surfaces. Bond Stress

577 A structural member spanning from truss to truss or supporting a rafter. Purlin

578 Size of camber for a 25 meters steel truss. Size of Dead Load Defelection

A connector such as a welded strut, spiral bar, or short length of channel which resists horizontal shear between
579 Shear Connector
elements.

580 The force per unit area of cross section which tends to produce shear. Shear Stress / Shearing Stress

581 Size of camber for a 25 meters steel truss. Size of Dead Load Defelection

582 The law that relates the linear relationship between stresses and strains Hook's Law

209/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Minimum spacing of Bolts in timber connectionn measured from center of bolts parallel for parallel to grain loading is
583 4 X diameter of bolt
equal to ___.

According to the provisions of the NSCP on timber connections and fastenings, the lodaed edge distance for
584 4 X diameter of bolt
perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least ___.

NSCP specifies spacing between rows of bolts for perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least ___ times bolt
585 2.5
diameter for L/d ratio of 2.

586 Minimum diameter of bolts to be used in timber connections and fastening in accordance with NSCP specifications. 12 mm

587 Simple solid timber columns have slenderness ratio not exceeding ___. 50

Nails or spikes for which the wire gauges or lengths not set forth in the NSCP specifications shall have a required
588 11 diameters
penetration of not less than ___.

589 Notches in sawn lumber bending members in accordance with the NSCP specifications shall not exceed. 1/6 depth of member

590 Notches in sawn lumber shall not be located in the ___. Middle Third Span

591 Notches in the top and bottom of joists shall not exceed ___. 1/4 the depth

592 Allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of gross area. 0.60 of specified min. yield stress

0.50 of specified minimum tensile


593 Allowable tensile stress of structural steel based on effective area.
strength

594 Allowable stress for tension on pin connected members based on net area. 0.45 Fy

595 Allowable shear stress on structural steel on the cross sectional area effective in resisting shear. 0.40 Fy

For structures carrying live loads which induce impact, the assumed live load shall be increased sufficiently to provide
596 100%
for same, for supports of elevators the increase shall be.

597 The slenderness ratio of compression members shall not exceed ___. 200

598 The slenderness ratio main members in tension shall not exceed ___. 240

599 Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete exposed to earth or weather. 40 mm

Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete not exposed to earth or
600 20 mm
weather.

Curing of concrete (other than high-early strength) shall be maintained above 10C and in moist condition for at least
601 7
the first ___ days after placement.

If concrete in structure will dry under service conditions, cores shall be air-dried for ___ days before test and shall be
602 7
tested dry.

Curing for high-early strength concrete shall be maintained above 10C and in moist condition for at least the ___
603 3
days after palcement.

604 The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in layer shall be db (diameter of bar) but not less than ___. 25 mm

180 bend + 4db extension but not


605 Standard hooks used in reinforced concrete beam shall mean.
less than 65mm at free end of bar

606 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 16mm bar and smaller. 90 bend + 6db extension at free end

90 bend + 12db extension at free


607 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 20-25mmbar.
end

210/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

608 Allowable tolerance on minimum concrete cover for depths greater than 200mm 12 mm

609 Allowable tolerance for longitudinal location of bends and ends of reinforcement. 50 mm

Individual bars with a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall teminate at different points with a
610 40db
stagger of at least ___.

611 Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be less than ___ for strands. 3db

612 Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be less than ___ for wire. 4db

Minimum concrete cover provided for reinforcement of cast in place against permanently exposed to earth or weather
613 75 mm
using bars larger than 36mm.

614

615

616

617

618

619

620

621

622

623

624

625

626

627

628

629

630

631

632

633

634

635

636

637

638

639

640

641

642

643

644

211/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

645

646

647

648

649

650

651

652

653

654

655

656

657

212/666
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1 Short metal "T" beam used in suspended ceiling systems to bridge the spaces between the main beams
2 Roofing tile which has the shape of an S laid on its side
Clay roofing tile approximately semi cylindrical in shape laid in courses with units having their convex side alternately
3
up and down
4 Groove cut into a board or panel intended to receive the edge of a connecting board
5 Part of the building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure below grade
Part of a foundation system which supports the exterior walls of a superstructure and bears directly on the column
6
footing
7 Black, tar like waterproofing material applied to the exterior of a foundation wall
8 System of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to
roof supporting second floor joints
System of framing a building on which floor joists of each storey rest on the top plates of the storey below and the
9
bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey

10 An exterior security lock installed on exterior entry doors that can be activated only with a key or thumb-turn
11 Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operated machine
12 Principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist bending
13 Composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property
14 Horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder
15 Vertical members in a railing used between a top rail and bottom rail or the stair treads
16 An iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has high compressive strength but low tensile strength
Ferrous metal that offers great resistance to abrassion and finds important use in the cutting edges of heavy digging
17
tools
18 Commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility
19 Window or door in which two panes of glass are used with a sealed air space between
20 The wall of Intramuros
21 Concrete slab should have a minimum clearance
22 Special type of plate girder consisting of tees, angles and multiple web
23 Beam that projects beyond one or both its support
24 Wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall
25 Modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on wooden boards sub-flooring
26 Standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper floors
27 Dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum T-runners used for dropped-ceiling in offices
28 Horizontal exterior roof overhang
29 Structural method used for longer span/ interval of columns

30 Humidification and condensation in exterior walls are minimized by providing:

31 Corrugated metal or concrete barrier walls installed around a basement window to hold back the earth
32 Type of slab when the ratio of short span to the long span of a slab is less than 0.50
33 Tar paper. Installed under the roof shingles
34 Longitudinal beams which rest on the top chord and preferably at the joints of the truss
35 The section of which the moment changes from positive to negative
36 Narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edges of two parallel boards in the same plane

37 A wood or plywood piece used to fasten the ends of two members together at a
38 butt joint with nails or bolts
39 The stressing of unbounded tendons after concrete has cured
40 The boxing in of covering a joist, beam or girder to give the appearance of a larger beam

213/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

41 Pressure exerted against the underground portion of a building created by the presence of water in the soil
Window which projects outside the main line of a building and the compartment in which it is located extends to the
42
floor
43 Joint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls
44 Joint used for adjoining existing building to new building
45 Joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed against it
Joint used when vertical and horizontal surface is reinforced concrete where concreting was stopped and continued
46
later
47 Joint that is a straight groove which is used on concrete floors to "control" where the concrete should crack

48 Joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or plated and joining them by riveting, soldering or brazing

49 Interior paint that contains a high proportion of pigment and dries to a flat/ lusterless finish
50 Filipino term for horizontal stud
51 Filipino term for floor joist
52 Filipino term for rabbet
53 Filipino term for plastered course
54 Filipino term for bottom chord
55 Filipino term for purlin
56 Filipino term for eave
57 Filipino term for top chord
58 Filipino term for temper (metal work)
59 Filipino term for plumb line
60 Filipino term for projection
61 Filipino term for rafter
62 Filipino term for baseboard
63 Filipino term for alignment
64 Filipino term for bath tub
65 Filipino term for brace
66 Filipino term for cast iron
67 Filipino term for contractor
68 Filipino term for downspout
69 Filipino term for pattern
70 Filipino term for mortar
71 A steel plate attached to both sides at each joint of a truss
72 Climatic factor that is considered in the structural and architectural design of tall buildings
73 Dry walls are customarily finished
74 One method of leveling batterboards without the transit is the use of

75 Manual method of squaring the corners of a building lines in building layout

76 The direction, size, arrangement, appearance, or quality of the fibers in wood


77 The most common materials used for roofing of urban residential houses
78 Block or panel type insulating material used in flat roof of commercial or industrial building
79 Standard size overlap for corrugated G.I. roofing
80 A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts, etc.
81 Building stone of igneous origin and composed of quartz, hornblende and mica
82 Form of brick bond which is composed of alternating courses of headers and stretchers
83 Form of brick bond which is composed entirely of stretchers
84 Form of brick bond which is a variation of a running bond with a full course of headers at regular intervals

85 Form of brick bond in which each course is alternately composed of entirely of headers or of stretchers

214/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

87 A notch cut in the end of a rafter to permit it to fit flat on a wall and on the top, doubled, exterior wall plate

88 A geological or ground condition considered in determining the size and type of foundation of the building
89 Materials excellent as vapor barrier in the roofing system of residential buildings
90 The chief structural materials, used for tall buildings
Material that holds less moisture, is very light, less water absorptive capacity and is very good in sidings of dwelling
91
units
92 The finished frame surrounding a door
93 A door lock with a spring bolt controlled by one or both knobs and dead bolt controlled by a key

94 Door consisting of two separate leaves, one above the other, this leaves may operate independently or together

95 A twisting force
The appearance concrete makes when rocks in the concrete are visible and where there are void areas in the
95
foundation wall, especially around concrete foundation windows
97 A barrier or diaphragm formed to prevent the movement of soil to stabilize foundation
98 Refers to the term stone-cut
99 Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and columns
100 Chord splice connectors for trusses
101 A specialized fastener used to pull on to hold mitered joints together
102 Most waterproofed type of mortar joints for wall
103 Rafters laid diagonally from corner of a plate or girts to the ridge
104 The horizontal boards nailed to corner post to assist in the accurate layout of foundation and excavation lines

105 Columns in which a concrete core is reinforced with a steel or cast-iron core designed to support a part of load
106 Instrument or tool capable of vertical and horizontal line check
A three-dimensional structural system without bearing walls composed of interconnected laterally supported so as to
107
function as a complete self-contained unit with or without the aids of horizontal diaphragms or floor-bracing system
108 The metal latch plate in a door frame into which a doorknob plunger latches
109 The appropriate painting material type for wood surfaces
110 Coating of commercially made corrugated G.I. sheets, ga. 26, having standard corrugation
111 Wood flooring finishing material
112 A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from the surface inward occurs
113 Time required for the removal of a form works of a concrete footing
114 Wall partition wooden framing
115 The appropriate paint material for G.I. sheet roofing
116 The paint finishing material of long-span pre-painted roofing sheet
117 Hardware used to fasten corrugated asbestos cement roofing sheet on a steel purlin
118 Hardware used to fasten an asphalt strip roof shingle on wooden sheets/planks
119 A type of concrete floor which has no beam
120 Tool used for guiding and testing the work to a vertical and horizontal position
121 Tool for testing and for framing work
121 Vertical surface on face of a stair step
The complete records of test conduction (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be preserved and made available for
123
inspection during the progress of construction and after completion of the projects for a period of not less than
124 Nominal 1" - 2" thk members connecting opposite roof rafters to stiffen the roof structure
125 Thickness of a wood plank
126 Distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight
127 A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving on solid wood
128 A mixture of sand and stone and a major component of concrete

215/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


129 The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system
130 A wall supporting no load other than its own weight
131 A wall that support weight from above as well as their own dead weight
132 A wall that holds back on earth embankment
A wall which supports vertical loads in addition to its weight without the benefit of a complete vertical load carrying
133
space frame
134 A non-bearing wall built on a concrete floor
135 It is designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the plane of the wall
136 The occupancy load which either partially or fully in place or may not be present at all
137 Distance between inflection point in the column when it breaks
138 The most important component to determine the strength of a concrete mix
139 The total of all the tread widths in a stair
140 A pit in a basement floor made to collect water into which a pump is placed to pump the liquid to the sewer pipe
141 The pre-construction of components as a part of a whole
142 An opening in the roof for admitting light
143 Wood coming out from trees with needle leaves, rather than broad leaves
144 A kind of brick used for high temperature
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as guide and support for finish trim around
145
openings and near the base of the wall
146 Distance between two structural supports
147 Scientific name for wood
148 A small member which divides the glass or openings of sash or doors
149 Roof that has four sloping sides
150 Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion
151 A tough used for carrying off water
152 The process of removing concrete forms from the cured concrete
153 A structural member spanning from truss-to-truss or supporting rafters
154 A threaded steel bent inserted of masonry construction for securing wood or metal plates to concrete construction
A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window opening to bear the weight of
155
the walls above the opening
156 The placing of glass in windows or doors
157 Another word for handmill on a stair construction
158 A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials
159 The most common type of hinge where one leaf attaches to the door's edge, the other to its jamb
160 Lumber that still contains moisture or sap
161 The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof
162 A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters
163 A large heavy nail
164 Underwater watertight chamber to allow construction work to be done
165 Lumber specification S4S
167 The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a roof or bridge truss
168 Strips of hardwood, usually 2x2 laid over a concrete slab floor
169 Miter square is a guiding and testing tool that has a permanent blade set
170 A beveled metal tongue operated by a spring-loaded knob or lever
171 A wall that serves two (2) dwelling units, known also as party wall
172 The hardware on a door to accommodate the knob and lockset keyhole
The material used for the process of making watertight the roof intersection and other exposed areas on the exterior of
173
a building
174 A short wood bracket or cantilever that supports an overhang portion of a roof
175 The term to describe the putting up of the skeleton of the building
176 Wedge-shaped stone of an arch
177 Fireproof door with metal covering
178 The triangular, decorative and supporting member that holds a mantel or horizontal shelf
179 Lumber that is not squared or finished
A round steel bolt embedded in concrete or masonry use to hold down machinery, steel columns or beams, casting,
180
shoes, beams plates and engine heads

216/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


Simplest type of fiber carpet weaving where pile forms as the wrap yarns loop over removable wires inserted
181
consecutively across the loom
A pretreatment of poured concrete such as walls beams and columns where a thin layer of lean cement grout mixed
182 with flexible base additives is splattered by tampico brush or masonry spoon to the surface to give a tooth for
excellent plaster adhesion
A special coating system with a high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities, maintenance free, used
183
to finish and topcoat wood flooring
184 A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equal angles diagonally
A type of terazzo floor described by its physical appearance whereby the stone or pebble is intentionally exposed while
185
the cement matrix is depressed
186 An extension of a rafter beyond the wall line
A type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90 degrees to 180 degrees about the header and sill or about the
187
side jamb
188 Used to fill a joint with mastic or asphalt plastic cement to prevent leaks
189 Type of joint is used to install a glass into a lite of a French window
190 Water-mixed productwith a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime activity in new masonry surface
191 A crosswise groove at the end of a board
192 Shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow natural light only
The act of excavating or filling of earth or any sound material or combination thereof, in preparation for a finishing
193
surface such as paving
194 Adjustable metal column used to support a beam or bearing point
One of a series of parallel framing members used to support ceiling loads and supported in turn by larger beams,
195
girders or bearing walls
A floor finish commercially size 1 x 12 x 12 utilizing clay and fired in traditional manner making interesting and
196
attractive rustic clay shade patterns
Steel element such as wire, cable, bar, rod or strand, or a bundle of such elements, used to impart prestress to
197
concrete
198 The upper member of a column, pilaster, door cornice, molding, or fireplace
199 A trim board that is installed beneath a window sill
200 A unit of measure for lumber equal to 1 inch thick by 12 inches wide by 12 inches long
201 Frames of wood or metal enclosing part (or all) of a window sash
202 The replacement of excavated earth into a trench around or against a basement or crawl space foundationwall
Frame lumber installed between the wall studs to give additional support for drywall or an interior trim related item,
203
such as handrail brackets, cabinets, and towel bars
204 Window with hinges on one of the vertical sides and swings open like a normal door
205 Horizontal beam rafter that supports shorter rafters
206 Window space projecting outward from the walls of a building
207 Bonding together two or more layers of materials
208 Bottom horizontal member of an exterior wall frame which rests on top a foundation, sometimes called sill plate
209 Small-diameter, pre-drilled hole that guides a nail or screw
210 A joist that runs around the perimeter of the floor joists and home
In a building frame, a structural element that is shorter than usual, as a stud above a door opening or below a window
211
sill
212 Carpentry joint by 2 uneven timbers,each of which is notched at the place where they cross
A step usually lowest in a flight, having one or both ends rounded to a semi-cricle and projecting beyond the face of
213
the stair string/s
214 A massive concrete wall that resists overturning by virtue of its own weight
215 n masonry, a hard stone or brick used to reinforce an external corner of a wall
216 A type of half lapped joint used to resist tension
217 One of a number of short vertical member often circular in section to support a stair handrail
218 The arrangement and design of window in a building
219 What concrete block that is used in making a corner of an anchor wall
220 Lateral ties used for 36mm main bars for column is
221 Portion of a beam where bending moment changes from positive to negative

217/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


222 A brick laid on its edge so that its end is visible
223 A short flat piece of lumber which is bolted, nailed or screwed to butting pieces in order splice them together
224 Diagonal bracing in pairs between adjacent floor joist to prevent the joist fro twisting
225 A bar used to hold the reinforcement on a beam
226 A small finishing nail is called
227 A roof wherein the four sides are sloping towards the center terminating at a point
228 A metal sheet used to connect girder and floor joist at the same level
229 A slender structural unit introduced onto the ground to transmit load to underground strata
230 Brick set on end with the narrow side showing is called
231 Finely divided solid particles added to the vehicle to contribute color and durability to paint
232 End lapping of corrugated G.I. roofing sheets
233 Inclined structural member that supports the steps of a stair
234 Structural steel shape having unsymmetrical balance
235 Hooked end of a 12mm stirrups
236 Which among the concrete block is the header block
237 A device used as a guide of the hand saw in cutting object to form a milter joint
238 The best and accurate tool for guiding the work in establishing a horizontal level
239 Minimum thickness of suspended R.C. slab
240 Total board foot of 10 pcs. 2"x2"x12'
241 Which among the brick work is a common flemish bond
242 Xyladecor is a product of
243 Wall that support weight from above as well as their own dead weight
244 The distance between inflection point in the column when it breaks
245 The amount of space measured in cubic units.
246 A bended rod to resist shear and diagonal stresses in a concrete
247 The most important component to determine the strength of concrete
248 Another term for plaster board
249 The face or front of a building
250 An opening in the roof for admitting light
251 Wood coming from trees with needle leaves, rather than broad leaves
252 A kind of brick used for high temperature
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as guide and support for finish trim around
253
opening and near the base of the wall
254 The distance between two structural supports
255 Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion
256 Hammer is a
257 Which among the finger joint is the hidden dove tail
258 The process of removing concrete forms from the cured concrete
259 A structural member spanning fron truss to truss or supporting rafters
260 Steel bent inserted in masonry construction for scouring wood or plates to concrete const
A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window opening to bear the weight of the
261
walls above the opening
262 The placing of glass in windows and doors
263 A rejected building material because of its below standard grade
264 A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials
265 Lumber that still contains moisture or sap
266 The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof
267 A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters. It is part of the cornice
268 A large heavy nail is referred to as
269 What is the scientific name of wood
270 A wall that holds back on earth embankment
270 The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a roof or bridge truss
272 Strips of hardwood usually 2"x2" laid over a concrete slab floor
273 A vertical structural member which acts as a supporting element in a wall or partition
274 Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operated machine

218/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


275 Curing of concrete or mortar without the gain or loss of heat during the curing period
276 A floor tile composed principally of polyvinyl chloride
277 The permanent deformation of a materials under a sustained load
278 The vertical face of a stair
279 Groove extended along the edge or face of the wood member being cut parallel to grain
280 The stressing of unbonded tendons after concrete has cured
281 A brick whose face has been hacked to resemble roughly hacked stone
282 A type of tape used in finishing joints between gypsum board
283 Employed to reduce restraint by accomodating movement of masonry walls
284 A window sash which opens inward and is hinged at the bottom
285 Inlaid wood flooring usually set in simple geometric pattern
286 Anchor bolts and strap are molded out of
287 Common hardware fastener for truss braces
288 Sealer type of washer for G.I. roofing sheets
289 Trade name for anti-termite surface application on wood
290 Retarders or accelerators concrete setting
291 Coated with zinc
292 Technical term for earthquake
293 Vertical frame of paneled door
294 Fascia between floor and wall
295 Cement, sand, and water
296 Filipino term for framework
297 Filipino term for bottom chord
298 Filipino term for collar
299 Filipino term for plastered course
300 Filipino term for purlins
301 Filipino term for wainscoating tiles
302 Filipino term for wrought iron strap
303 Filipino term for ceiling joist
304 Filipino term for door fillet
305 Filipino term for girder
306 Filipino term for masonry fill
307 Filipino term for downspout
308 Filipino term for cabinet hinge
309 Filipino term for brace
310 Filipino term for bathtub
311 Filipino term for temper (metal work)
312 Horizonatal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder
313 A principal member of a truss
314 Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operatingn machine
315 A roofing tile which has the shape of "S" laid on its side
316 A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility
317 Joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed
318 Has high compressive strength but low tensile strength
319 Horizontal surfaces on which the stone units lie on course
320 That part of the foundation for a building which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure below grade
321 The boxing in or covering a joist beam or girder to give appearance of a larger beam
A system of framing building in which floor joist of each storey rest on the top plates of the storey below and the
322
bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey
323 Pressure equivalent to that exerted on a surface by a column of a water at a given height
324 Fashion tone ceiling tiles manufacturer
325 Pre painted longspan roofing manufacturer
326 Combination of aluminum foil, installed beneath the ceiling under G.I. Roofing
327 Anodizing gives aluminum oxide coating by means of this

219/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

328 Use of aluminum sheets is not allow in this material


329 A brand name of asbestos roofing
330 Anchor bolts and column straps are made of this
331 Tradename for plastic materials
332 First group of wood used as shoring
333 Minimum thickness of footing according to NBC
334 A passageway of a chimney
335 A defects in softwood consist of an opening in the grain that contains pitch or resin
336 Lumber defects caused by broken twigs
337 They are used for unpainted surfaces or those to be repainted after most of the original paint has been removed
338 Concrete mixed ideal for road pavement and waterproof structure
339 Lumber defects due to the effects of fungi
340 To coat steel or iron by immersing in a bath of zinc
341 A boring bit having a conical shaped cutter to accommodate the head of the screw
342 A metal plate attached to the face of a door, around the shaft for the door knob
343 The process of marking wood, metal bricks using pointed material
344 A brand of liquid solution of pigment in suitable vehicle of oil, organic solvent or water
345 A building material made of fused silica with alkaline bases, drawn up with a metal bar from a tank
346 A low wall around a chalet type house
347 Common hardware fastener for truss braces
348 A material which provides a seal as a result of pressure between he faces of a joint
349 The cross bar of a panic exit device; serves as a push bar to actuate the panic hardware
350 Rock volume to collect water in retaining wall
351 A horizontal timber which serves as a base for the stud in a stud partition
352 One of the outer structural member of a frame; as at the outer edge of a door or a window sash
353 A tradename for for anti-termite surface application on wood
354 A roofing material having a galvanized steel as base with acrylic overglazedd
355 Concrete with low cement content
356 Pre-casted custom designed architectural panel with specially designed waterproof joints

357 A barrier or diaphragms formed to prevent the movement of the soil, to stabilize the foundations
358 A fireproof door with metal covering
359 Comes from decidous or broadleaf trees and are typically used for flooring, stairs, paneling, furniture and interior form

360 The evergreens and are used for general construction relatively soft and easy to cut and work
361 Used for posts, girder, jambs attached to concrete and also for wooden decks
362 Finest wood for furniture
363 Used for paneling and plywood veneer
364 Tanguile like for framing chests, jewel boxes, stair frames
365 Philippine mahogany for framing chests, stair, frame
366 Used for framing joist, truss
367 Most expensive used for furniture and paneling, flooring, door pnels, stairs
368 The most common lumber in the market; used generally for framing, joists, nailer, studs
369 Used for paneling
370 The hard cross grained mass of wood formed in a trunk at the place where a branch
A crack due to natural causes occuring in timber; includes ring shakes, cup shakes heart shakes, star shakes and
371
wind shakes
372 A defects in softwoods; consist of an opening in the grain that contains pitch or resins
373 A cracks that extends completely throug a piece of wood or veneer
374 A small crack running parallel to the grain in wood and across the rings, usually caused by shinkage during drying
375 Distortion in shape of parallel plane surface

220/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


A round edge or bark along an edge at a corner of a piece of lumber; usually caused by sawing too near the surface of
376
the lag
377 The decay of seasoned wood caused by fungi of a type capable of carrying water into the wood they infest
378 1 inch x 12 inches x 1 foot of length
379 Thickness x Width x Length / 12
380 1" TO 1 1/2" thk and wider
381 2" to 4" thk
382 5" x 5" and larger
A bi-product of wood where waste wood boards are compressed finishes on both sides with a thin layer of wood, glued
383
together with industrial glues
384 Hip roof support
385 Another term for plaster board
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as a guide and support for finish trims around
386
openings and near the base of the wall
387 Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion
388 Strips or hardwods usually 2" x 2" laid over a concrete slab floor
389 Steel window section for muntins
390 A hardener mixture mixed with marble dust to fill-up the gap of marble slabs during installatiuon of floor or wall finishes
391 A type of handless lockset key operatd to give double security
392 Admixture that impart color on concrete
393 Tension is placed on the reinforcing prior to the placing of the concrete

394 Subjecting reinforcement bars, tendons to tension on a stress bed prior to concrete pouring
395 The soil or rock directly beneath the footing
396 Minimum time required for removing the form for sides of beams and girders
397 To improve the water repellant qualities of cement in concrete mixing
398 A paint defects causes by applying a finish coat over too damp a base coat
398 A type of concrete floor which has no beam
399 A 2" to 5" thick piece of lumber
400 A flat glass sheet possesing high quality polished, smooth surface
401 A protein; the chief nitrogenous ingredient of milk
A type of roofing materials made from semi solid mixture of complex hydrocarbons derived from coal of petroleum and
402
before installation dissolved in solvent, emulsified, heated to liquid

The tradename for flouroplastic which is transparent to opaque in character and is used primarily for electrical fixture
403
and pipe sealing
403 The chemical reaction between cement and water which produces hardened cement
405 The process of striking the concrete in order to bring the surface to the required grade
406 Temporary structure used to support a permanent structure during its erection and until its become self supporting
408 An excavation whose length greatly exceeds its width
A type of steel that develops a protective oxide coat on its surface upon exposure to the elements so that the painting
409
is not required for protection
410 A pattern bond with alternate strechers and headers in each with headers centered over stretchers in the course below

411 Such as barite, magnitite and steel punching and is used primarily for nuclear radiation shielding
A type of scaffold which has one line of standard to support the outside of the scaffold deck, while the inside edge is
412
supported from the wall being built
413 A portland cement specification
A clad aluminium sheet used for standrad corrugated, ribbed or V-beam section and various embossed pattrens for
414
industrial roofing and curtain wall sheets
415 A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from the surfaces inward occurs
416 Inlaid wood flooring usually set in simple geometric patterns

221/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

A special coating system with high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities, maintenance free, used to
417
finish topcoat and wood flooring
A type of plastic rigid to flexible, translucent to opaque and is used in insulation, siding, wood imitation, flooring and
418
piping
419 The paint materials used for sealing, filling, correcting surface defects on wood surfaces
A type of cement that provides 190% of type I strength after one day curing and also produces about 150% of the heat
420
of hydration of normal cement during first seven days
421 The process of proportioning cement, water, aggregates and additives prior to concrete mixing
422 Minimum slump recommended for mass concrete
423 The placing of concrete using pneumatic pressure of dry mix concrete or mortars
424 A standing position of brick construction having length and height as the exposed surface

A process employed to reduce the amount of free water present in plastic concrete after the concrete has been placed
425
and screen
An electrolytic process in which the aluminum is emmersed in a specific acid solution through which a direct current is
426
passed between the aluminum and the solution
427 The substance in the paint which gives continuity and provides adhesion to the surface or subtrite
428 A more substantial framework progressively built up as tall building rises up
429 No. 5 designation of a bar
430 A water tight structure or chamber within which work is carried on in building foundation or structures below water level
A wood defect that is a small crack running parallel to the grain in wood and across the rings, usually caused by
431
shrinkage during drying
432 Bolts w/c incorporate torque control groove so that the stem breaks under a specified torque
433 A soil condition where the soil material is in the natural state before the disturbamnce
The process of increasing the density of a soil by mechanically forcing the soil particles closer together, thereby
434
expelling the air from the void spaces
435 A special form of cast in place concrete pile in which an enlarged based is formed during driving
436 A beam usually distributed horizontal forces to footings
A type of glass produced by heating annealed glass almost to the melting point and then chilling it rapidly which is 3 to
437
5 times stronger than ordinary glass
438 A type of paint that produces a very smooth and glossy surface and sometimes referred to as pigmented lacquer
439 A horizontal layer of mortar on which bricks are laid
Walls made up of two masonry wythes separated by an air space 2" (50mm) or more in width and tied together by
440
metal ties
A type of soft formwork with no shoring along its span and is supported instead of trusses frames along its span and
441
shoring on both ends
442 Class AA concrete mixture ratio
443 A column usually reinforced concrete, constructed below the ground surface
A defect in lumber which is round edge or bank along an edge at a corner of a piece of lumber, usually caused by
444
sawing too near the surface
A liquid component of a paint to increase its fluidity, they volatize or evaporated during drying and not became part of
445
the film
446 A plate usually wood used to anchor a stair to concrete
447 A type of settlement that cause the grade slab to bend upward due to wet soil expansion
448 A special type of paint made with varnish as the vehicle, applied in wood and metal
449 Whitish powder that forms on the surface of bricks or stone walls due to evaporation of moisture or containing salts

450 The most widely used type of building brick which is made of natural sand and clay or shale

451 A vertical joints between brick wythes

222/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

452 A paint defect coat by soft undercoat, forming shallow cracks at closely spaced but irregular interval
453 It is not a vehicle of paint
454 A double unit glass
A pattern consisting of stretcher or running bond six or seven courses with a course of headers laid perpendicular to
455
the stretcher course
456 Additive used to ensure that all particles of cement and water are mixed thoroughly in a concrete setting

457 Flouropolymers, powder coatings, siliconized acrylics and polyesters are these types of coatings for aluminium

458 A process of coating steel products by immersing them in a bath of motten zinc after cleaning them
Another term used for ASTM A572 high strength low alloy. It is a structural steel which uses a natural form of oxidation
459
for protective coating

A rigid frame which is done by welding together its two spanning members, both are connected homogenously to the
460
vertical column members fastened conventionally to the concrete pedestal

Steel plate under the end of a beam used to distribute the end reaction where the beam rests on a masonry or
461
concrete support
Used as a dry sheet to protect wood sheating from dripping asphalt, usually composed of combination of felted
462
papers, shredded wood fibers and asphalt saturated
A type of surfacing in built-up roof where a flood coat of bitumens is applied over the top ply and a layer of aggregate
463
is applied while the flood coat is hot
464 Unitary roofing materials which are similar to shingles except that they are split out
PAINT DEFECTS
An incomplete form of peeling where the paint cracks into the large segments, the edges of which breakaway from the
465
surface while the center remains attached.Usually due to repeated application of new coats over old coats

Discoloration of coating caused by solube color in the underlying surface,may be prevented by applying an
466
impermeable undercoating
Formation of blisters or pustules in coating, may be due to underlying spots of grease,the sun during the process of
467
drying
468 Progressive powdering from the surface inward
469 Loss of luster, due to insufficient or defective undercoat, improper filling of wood
470 Clouding of the laquer film through precipitation of moisture in the film
471 Constant temperature and constant low humidity in the finishing will help
472 Rough appearance resembles very closely the peel of the orange, improper surface cleaning

473 Indicate imperfect attachment to the surface; due to dampness, greasy surface and moisture
As it called, changes in atmospheric conditions during application over sweating or incompletely dried undercoats,
474
spots of grease or soap
475 Irregularities of surface due to uneven flow of varnish or paint, too much varnish, inc brushing
Adhesive property of incompletely dried coating, it is caused especially in the refinishing of old work, over unclean or
476
greasy surface
477 Due to applications of few heavy coats for more thin ones, due to cold weather
478 The loss of color of a paint film through exposure to sunlight and weather
STANDARD WEIGHT OF PLAIN OR DEFORMED ROUND STEEL BARS
479 What is the standard weight of 8mm hot weld deformed bar
480 What is the standard weight of 10mm hot weld deformed bar
481 What is the standard weight of 12mm hot weld deformed bar
482 What is the standard weight of 16mm hot weld deformed bar
483 What is the standard weight of 20mm hot weld deformed bar
484 What is the standard weight of 25mm hot weld deformed bar
485 What is the standard weight of 28mm hot weld deformed bar
486 What is the standard weight of 32mm hot weld deformed bar
487 What is the standard weight of 36mm hot weld deformed bar

223/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


488 What is the standard weight of 40mm hot weld deformed bar
5 TYPES OF PORTLAND CEMENT
489 Is used for general concrete construction where the special properties are specified
Is for use in general concrete construction exposed to moderate surlfate action or where moderate heat of hydration is
490
required
491 is used where high early strength is required
492 is used where low heat of hydration is required
493 is for use when high sulfate resistance is required
TYPES OF DOORS
This is workhose of metal windows available in many combination of fixed and operating sash. Usually, the lowest light
494
will project in and the upper ends projects out for maximum comfort

Another version of the projected sash, this window provides an integral grill permitting ventilations but restricting the
495
size of an object that can pass through the window
496 Operating sash for ease of operation
It provide flush interior and exterior wall surfaces without the need for counter- balancing hardware intrinsic in the
497
double hung window
498 A larger amount of light than ventilation is desired
499 Vertically proportioned sash that swing outward, somewhat like a door
500 It offers 100% ventilation combined with a degree of rain protection not attainable with casement sash
An awning window which is reduced in to an operating louver, with a profound effect on appearance and ability to
501
provide weatherstripping
502 Popular in multi-storey, AC commercial building. They usually rotate90deg up to 180deg
TYPES OF HINGES
503 A movable joint used to attached, support and turn a door about a pivot
504 Two rectangular metal plate which are joined with a pin
505 A hinge containing one or more spring, when the door is open the hinge returns it to the open position automatically
506 The axle or pin about which a window or door rotates
TYPES OF HINGES ACCORDING TO APPLICATIONS
507 A hinge designed for attachment on the surface of the door and jamb without mortising
508 Having one leaf mortised into the dge of the door and the other surface mounted on the door frame

509 A hinge, one plate of which is mortised in the door leaf, the other being surface mounted on the jamb leaf
510 A hinge which is applied to the surface of a door leaf and to a mortise jamb leaf
TYPES OF FOUNDATIONS
511 Structural elements that carry or support the superstructure of the building
512 Foundaion w/c transfers load to the earth at the base of column or wall of substructure
513 Transfer the load at a point far below the substructure
TYPES OF COLUMN FOOTING
514 A combined footing of prismatic shape, which supports two or more columns in a row
515 Large footing extending a wide area
Intended to transmit structural loads through the upper zone of poor soil to a depth where the earth is capable of
516
providing the desired support
Uses wide flange or I beam; A series of steel beams, bolted together and placed over a footing used to distribute a
517
concentrated column over the top of footing
518 A footing which supports more than one column load
TYPES OF FOUNDATIONS
519 A footing which is especially wide, usually of reinforced concrete
520 A foundation cut in series of steps in a sloping bearing stratum to prevent sliding when subject to the bearing load

521 An arch in which intrados below the springing line use to distribute concentrated loads in foundations

522 A watertight structure or chamber within which work is carried on in building foundations or structures below water level
523 A continuous foundation under a full extent of the structure

224/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


A footing having a tie beam to another footing to balance a structural load not symmetrically located with respect to the
524
footing
525 A series of steel beam bolted together and placed over a footing used to distribute
A system of piles, pile caps and straps that transfers the structural load to the bearing stratum into which the piles are
526
driven
MIXING OF CONCRETE
527 About 10% of the mixing water is placed in the drum before drying materials are added
READY MIXED CONCRETE
528 Concrete is mixed completely in the truck mixer 1 1/2-3 minutes mixing
529 Concrete is mixed in a stationary mixer and delivered in the truck agitator
530 Concrete is mixed partially in a stationary mixer and mixing is completely in the truck mixer
PLACING OF CONCRETE
Concrete must be placed in position properly compacted within WHAT minutes after adding water, then cement setting
531
will start
MIXING OF CONCRETE
532 It shall be continued for at least WHAT minutes, after all the materials are in the drum
CURING OF CONCRETE
Concrete (other than high early strength) shall be maintained above 10 C and in a moist condition for at least the
533
WHAT days after placement High early strength shall be maintained above 10 C and in a moist condition for at
534 least the WHAT days
HANDLING OF CONCRETE
535 General purpose concrete
536 Load bearing 4" CHB
537 Non load bearing 4" CHB
538 Cement mortar
539 Stacking of cement bags Maintain a clearance of WHAT feet (minimum) beteween G.I. Roofing and cement bag stack
REBAR LIMITATIONS FOR FOOTINGS
540 Minimum bar size of footing
541 Spacing of rebars is WHAT of times the size of aggregate or 25mm
REBAR LIMITATIONS FOR FOOTINGS
542 Minimum size of column rebar
543 Minimum number of column rebar for square/rectangular coulumns
544 Sizes of column ties
BENDING AND BENDING POINTS OF REBAR
545 Beams and girders which require bent bars from face of the support for END span
546 Beams and girders which require bent bars from face of the support for INTERIOR span
547 Angle of inclination of bent bars from the horizontal
548 Column rebars to be embedded to footing should have an anchorage is
549 Distance of column rebars should be continued uninterrupted above the floor line
550 If rebars are to be spliced by welding, it should be cut at these distances from each point of cut
SPLICING OF REBARS
551 Splices at point of maximum tensile stress (bottom, center bars, at midspan) Or it should be lapped or welded
SIZES OF LAP SPLICES
552 24 times bar diameter
553 30 times bar diameter
554 36 times bar diameter BUT NOT LESS THAN 305mm
555 Both ENDS of BOTTOM bars should be BENT UPWARDS at this ANGLE
556 Aluminum-Concrete reactions

THEY SHALL NOT BE LARGER in outside diameter than 1/3 THE OVERALL THICKNESS OF SLAB, WALL OR
557 BEAM which they are EMBEDDED TOOLS FOR PLACING CONCRETE Or "STRIKE OFF" It is the first finishing tool
after the concrete is placed and is used to strike off the concrete surface to proper grade

225/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

558 JITTER BUG after the concrete has been struck off, it can be used to compact concrete in flatwork construction
A long flat rectangular piece of wood or aluminum from 3" to 4" wide with handle on top, used to float the surface of
559
concrete slab immediately
560 A tool or machine used to smooth uniformed surfaces of freshly placed concrete
561 A finishing tool used on the edges of fresh concrete or plaster to provide a rounded corner
562 A metal tool used to cut a joint partly through fresh concrete
THREE COAT PLASTER
563 First coat
564 Second coat
565 Third coat
A proportioned mixture of silaceous material and cement which after being prepared in plastic state with water hardens
566
into a stone-like mass
567 Refers to a piece of timber of either cylindrical or either geometrical cross section vertically placed to support a building

568 A vertical structure used to support a building made of stone, concrete, steel or combination of the above materials
COLUMN CLASSIFICATION TO TYPES OF REINFORCEMENT
569 Minimum of 6pcs. of 16mm diam. Reinforcing bar

570 Spiral column combined with WF steel column


571 A steel column used as a support for girders and beams
TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
572 Such an expansion joint, between two adjacent structures which are not in physical contact

573 A grooved which is formed in a masonry structure to regulate the location and amount of cracking

574 A joint formed by the insertion of the tounge of one member into the corresponding groove of another

575 Used for floor of 5" thick and greater


576 Used of heat to prevent contractions
PRE STRESSING OF CONCRETE
577 Process using hydraulic jacks on fixed abutments

578 Done by tying jacks based together with wires located at end of a beam
579 Strands are stretch between massive elements
580 Steel is heated by means of electric power; cooling
581 Used of expanding cement restrained by steel strands
SITE CASTS
Is used chiefly with two way flat plate structures, almost eliminates formwork by casting the slabs of the building in a
582
stack on the ground, then using hydraulic jacks to lift the slabs up the columns to their finl position

Is fabricated in large sections supported on deep metal trusses; the sections are moved from one floor to the next by
583
crane, eliminating much of the labor
Useful for tall wall structures such as elevator shafts; stairwells and storage soils. A ring of formwork is oulled steadly
584 upward by jacks supported on a vertical reinforcing bars, while workers add concrete and reinforcing in a continuous
process
Is a floor slab cast on the ground and reinforced concrete wall panels are poured over it in a horizontal position, then
585
tilted into positions and grouted together
(Pneumatically placed concrete) is sprayed into placed from a hose by a stream of compressed air and can be
586
deposited without formwork ven on vertical surfaces
587 The concrete is formed in thin sections as thin as 2 1/2" or a large shell
588 Concrete or mortar which is pumped through a hose and projected at high velocity on surface

226/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

589 A construction method relying primarily on the used of standardized manufactured components
A method of concrete building construction in which floor and roof slabs are cast at ground level and then raised into
590
sa position by jacking
CLASIFICATION OF PILES
591 A pile which carries a vertical load
592 A pile that transfer its loads to the soil through friction with the earth surrounding it
593 A pile driven at an inclination to the vertical to provide resistance to horizontal forces
One of a number of piles, interlocked with similar units, to form a barrier to retain soil or to keep water out of
594
foundation
A heavy square timber which is driven vertically downward to guide steel sheet piling; used for the construction of
595
coffer dams, caissons
FLOOR SYSTEMS
596 A horizontal beam supporting a floor joist
597 A wood member placed on top of the foundation wall in wood frame construction
598 Any joist which carries a floor
599 A short beam, joist or rafter supported by a wall at one end and by the header at the other
600 A wood strip nailed to the lower side of a girder to provide a bearing surface for joist
In concealed construction, a material or member which fills or seals the open construction to prevent or retard the
601
spread of fire
602 A short transverse joist that supports the end of the cut-off joist at stairwell holes
603 A beam joist or rafter supporting one end of a header at the edge of the opening in the floor or roof frame
STANDARD HOOKS
604 180-deg bend plus WHAT db extension but not less than 65mm at free end of bar
605 90-deg bend plus WHAT db extension, at free end of bar
FOR STIRRUPS AND TIE HOOKS
606 16mm bar and smaller, 90-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar
607 20mm and 25mm bar, 90-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar
608 25mm bar and smaller, 135-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar
MINIMUM BEND DIAMETERS
609 Inside diameter of bend for stirrups and ties shall be less than WHAT for 16mm bar and smaller
For bar larger than 16mm are the following:
610 10mm to 25mm
611 28mm to 32mm
612 36mm
SPACING LIMITS FOR REINFORCEMENT
613 Between parallel bars in a layer shall be WHAT db but not less than WHAT distance
614 Parallel layers two or more reinforcement, distance is not less than WHAT distance
In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members, clear distance between longitudinal bars shall be not
615
less than WHAT db nor WHAT SIZE
In walls and slabs other than joist, primary flexural reinforcement shall space not more than WHAT TIMES the wall or
616
slab thickness OF WHAT distance
MINIMUM SIZE OF FILLET AND PARTIAL PENETRATION WELDS
617 To 6 inclusive
618 Over 6 to 12
619 Over 12 to 20
620 Over 20
621 Over 40 to 60
622 Over 60 to 150
623 Over 150
Along edges of the material 6mm thick, not greater than the thickness of the material 6mm thick or more; not greater
624
than the thickness of the material minus WHAT LENGTH OF FILLET WELDS
625 Minimum effective length of a fillet weld; not less than WHAT times the nominal size,
626 or not exceed WHAT of its effective length

227/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

627 The transverse spacing of longitudinal fillet welds used in end connections shallnot exceed WHAT
628 The minimum amount of lap joint shall be WHAT times the thickness of the thinner
629 part, but not less than WHAT
630 The effective length shall not be less than WHAT the weld size, with minimum of WHAT
Size of fillet welds terminating at ends or sides; be returned continuously around the corners for a distance of not less
631
than WHAT times the nominal size of the weld

632 Roof insulation under purlins

633 Roof insulation over purlins

634 Damp Proofing / Moisture Barrier


635 Acoustical Installation
1999 BUILDING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
636 An alternative fastening material that can be used for metal on ceiling joist other than metal screws

A masonry finish using pure cement mixed wit flexible synthetic latex based additive like Plexibond to a tacky
637
consistency then applied by an applicator roller to give a remarkable finish

A paint defect that occurs on inferior brands where the paints contains soluble pigments thus softens and dissolves by
638
water or by chemical after sufficient drying
639 What is the standard weight of a 25mm diameter hot rolled weldable deformed or plain steel bar per meter length
640 A recommended method of joint by steel deck manufacturers
641 It does not comprise in the tie rod system of a steel deck scaffold
642 A paint defect by discoloration of coat caused by soluble color in the underlying surface
643 Glass block reinforcement in a spaced of 7/16" gap to accept it and the binder

644 System of measurement when utilising modular systems of construction and technology

645 A wood ceiling joist substitute for drop ceiling usually made of aluminium or pre-

646 painted GI used to hang lightweight boards such as fiber glass boards

647 Used to install brick plaqueta on to a scratch coat of a masonry wall in an evenly distributed manner

648 What is the standard weight of a 16mm diameter hot rolled weldable deformed or plain steel bar per meter length
649 What is not a brand of ceramic tiles
650 A ceramic tile is installed into a masonry wall over rough plaster by a uniform

651 Floor system by Jackbuilt


652 In lockset, this is the safest door lock recommended for main entry doors
653 Wood end joint requiring tensile strength
654 Natural coating which brings the natural beauty of wood

655 Coarse aggregates standard sizes

Mortise and tenon wood construction joint where tounge and grooves meet halfway making the connection clean of
656
joint traces
657 An accessory of tie rod scaffold system
658 Installation of Piedra tiles over mortar bed
659 A door type used between a dining and kitchen to allow a server to see through
660 Vertical location of a ground surface often used as a reference point with respect to the vertical height

228/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

661 Method of fastening jamb to concrete or masonry


662 Not a wood parquet geometric design
A highly trained labor used to prepare rough to finish plastering, lay concrete hollow blocks, install tiles and pebble
663
washout

A kind of masonry finish which utilise a chamfer wood block out, usually 1"x1" distance at 2" o.c. which serves a s form
664
when removes gives design line texture is added by chisel

665 A system of mass production and industrilisation by prefabrication of furniture and cabinets

666 A type of glass use in constructing vision door which must be shutter proof to be accident free
A construction technique in color reproduction applying the Munsell color principle-SECONDARY COLOR LIKE
667
ORANGE TURN TO BE YELLOW
668 A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equal angles diagonally
669 Steel window section for muntins

670 Basic parts of stressing anchor

671 A hardener mixture mixed with marble dust to fill up the gap of marble slabs during installation of floor or wall finishes
A bi-product of wood where waste wood boards are compressed finish on both sides with a thin layer of wood, glued
672
together

673 What is wrong with the installation of steel scaffold

674 In air condittioning duct, what type of strap is used to insure that there is no air gap is left

675 Woodwork equipment to form the different wood mouldings for balusters and newel posts

676 Method recommended by manufacturers to join the steel deck and the rebars Steel deck that can be used for two slab

677 It precludes good construction practice for pipes and conduits embedded in concrete

A construction technique in color reproduction applying the Munsell color principle-HAS A DEGREE OF ITS
678
COLORFULNESS or INTENSITY
679 A type of handless lockset key operated to give double security

680 A type of insulation recommended in air conditioning duct warp

To secure the steel purlins properly to the steel cleat considering the axial, torsion and shear stresses present at the
681
joint

682 Minimum concrete cover for 20mm and larger for shell and folded plate members for cast in place

683 The purpose of inverted channel shape at bottom edge of metal door

684 Structural member in steel truss framing to counter act compression in roof
1998 BUILDING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION

229/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

685 A concrete flooring and finish which transform ordinary plain concrete into an elegant decorative surface
686 Concrete hollow block laying
687 CARPETS Is made of inserting face yarns or tufts through premanufactured backing by used of needles
Simplest type of all carpet weaves. Pile is form as loom loops over wires inserted across loom. Pile height is
688
determined by height of wire inserted
The loom is highly specialized and nearly as versatile as hand weaving. Color combinations and designs are limited
689
only by the number of tufts in the carpet
690 The loom operates like a velvet loom, except that it has a Jacquard mechanism with up to six color frames
This process produces complete carpet by imbedding pile yarns and adhering backing to a viscous vinyl face that
691
hardens after the curing

The process resembles weaving in that the face and back are made simultaneously. Backing and pile yarns are
692
looped togeher with a stitching yarns with three sets of needles

A pretreatment of poured concrete such as wall, beams and column where a thin layer of cement grout mixed with
693 flexible base additives is splattered by tampico brush or masonry spoon on to the surface to give a tooth for excellent
plaster adhesion
694 Local species of wood used for studding, cabinet and flush door framing
A special coating system with a high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities, maintenance free to
695
finish and topcoat wood flooring
A common and cheap masonry finish wherein dry consistency of mortar mix is spray by mechanical or pneumatic
696
means. It is left to dry to give rustic finish
Terrazo floor described by its physical appearance, the stone or pebble is intentionally exposed while the cement
697
matrix is depressed
698 A type of window where the sash rotates 90 degrees to 180 degrees about the header or the sill or sides of the jamb
699 A door hinge at the left and the door leaf swings inside the room to the left
A water mixed product, mixed to a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime activity in new masonry surface. Without this mixture
700
will cause the subsequent painting to be defective
Indicates imperfect adhesion of the film to the surface, with the film getting strip off in relatively large pieces due to
701
application on damp or greasy surface
702 A threaded rod instead of masonry construction for anchoring the sill plate to the foundation

703 The finish board immediately below a window sill. Also the part of the driveway that leads directly into the garage
704 A series of arches supported by a row of columns
705 A curved structure that will support itself by mutual pressure and the weight above its curved opening

706 A recessed area below grade around foundation to allow light and ventilation into a basement window or doorway
707 A facing of squared stones

A concrete flooring and finish which transform ordinary plain concrete into an elegant and decorative trextured surface.
708 This is by adding dust-on-color pigments to the concrete to give a fast color and imprinted with a patented pattern and
texture while the concrete is still plastic to create the look and finish of stone, slate or brick

709 An installation method where the cabinet covers is recessed and flushed with the cabinet sidings
710 A type of wood end joint where both woods are cut at equal angles diagonally
A type of terrazo floor described by its physical appearance whereby the stone or pebble is intenionally exposed while
711
the cement matrix is depressed
712 The most common type; relatively small chip sizes
713 Larger chips with smaller chip filling the spaces between
Random fractured slab of marble up to approximately 15" greatest dimension 3/8 to 1" thk with smaller chips filling the
714
space
715 A type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90deg to 180deg about the header and sill or about the side jambs

230/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

716 To prevent plaster from improper adhesion, the substrate must be rough end
717 and the cement plaster should be..
718 It is not a brand of house paint
719 Type of joint used to install in the glass of a French window
720 An equipment uniformly distribute tile adhesive at the underside of the ceramic tile during installation

721 A type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow the natural light only
is the act of excavating or filling an earth or any sound material or combination thereof in preparation for a finishing
722
surface such as pavings
A floor finish commercially size 1"x1"x12" utilizing clay and fired in traditional manner making interesting and attractive
723
rustic clay shade patterns
724 Standard distance measure from the center of the drain hole of a water closet to a finish wall
725 A beam that supports smaller beams in floor system
A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window opening to bear the weight of the
726
walls above the opening
727 Pre-construction of components as part of the whole
728 Wood defects are heart shakes, cup shakes, star shakes
729 Lumber that is not squared or finished
730 hinges on left; open inward
731 hinges on right; open inward
732 hinges on left; open outward
733 hinges on right; open outward
734 A wall jointly used by two parties under easement agreement
Type hinge containing one or more springs, when a door is opened,
735 the hinge returns it to the open position automatically, may act in
one direction only, or in both directions.
A group of more-or-less transparent liquids which are used to
736 provide a protective surface coating at the same time they allow the
original surface to show but add a lustrous and glossy finish to it
A soft mineral consisting of a hydrated calcium sulfate from which
737 gypsum plaster is made (by heating); colorless when pure used as a
retarder in Portland cement.
738 Basic ingredient in clay
A class of rock composed silica grains. Colors include gray, buff,
739
light brown and red
A vent that does not serve as drain and is located where if is not
740
exposed to back up waste from drainage pipe
A vent installed so as to permit additional circulation of air
741 between the drainage and vent system where the drainage system
might otherwise be air bound.
Written or printed description of work to be done describing the
742
qualities of materials and mode of construction.
743 Additional information contract documents
Given the span of the slab as 5.40 m of 18 ft. The depth of the
744
girder shall be __________.
Given the depth of the girder mentioned above, what shall be
745
the size of its breadth?
Space in a building without a basement, an unfinished accessible
746 space below the first floor which is usually less than a full story
height.
The ability of a material to fix itself and cling to an entirely
747
different material.
The ability of particles of a material to cling tightly to one
748
another.
749 Which of the following is not a nonferrous metal?

231/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

A hard, brittle inorganic substance, ordinarily transparent or


750 translucent; produced by melting a mixture of silica, a flux and
stabilizer.
Materials used to reduce or stop the penetration of moisture
751
through the concrete. Reduces permeability.
An admixture which is used to speed up the initial set of
752 concrete. Such a material maybe added to the mix to increase the
rate of early-strength development for several reasons
A traditional building material, it is easily worked, has durability
and beauty. It has great ability to absorb shocks from sudden load. In
753
addition, has freedom from rust and corrosion, is comparatively light in weight, and is adaptable to countless variety of
purpose.
A mixture consisting of vehicles or binders, with or without
coloring pigments, adjusted and diluted with correct amounts and
754 types of additives and thinners, which when applied on a surface,
forms as adherent continuous film which provides protection,
decoration, sanitation, identification and other functional properties.
Is a cellular framework of squared steel, concrete, or timber
755 members, assembled in layers at right angles, and filled with earth
or stones.
756 Bigger than ceiling joist usually placed every 1.20m o.c.
Used for bearing walls of light buildings, the height usually
757 restricted to four stories. Structural load bearing wall tile are made
in 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12 in thickness.
What should be the maximum spacing of stirrups applied if the
758
depth of the girder is 0.40 m?
A wall which separates two abutting living units as to resist the
759
spread of fire.
Measures the density of granular soils and the consistency of
760
some clay.
Materials often added to the concrete or applied to the surface
761
of freshly placed concrete to produce some special result
Which of the following is not a Sheet Glass?
a. Picture Glass
762 b. Window Glass
c. Heavy Sheet Glass
d. Insulating Glass
A door made up of small horizontal interlocking metal slats which
763 are guided in a track; the configuration coils about an overhead drum
which is housed at the head of the opening, either manual or motordriven.
764 The minimum length of splice needed for column.
765 Minimum angle of inclination of an escalator
Which are timber, steel, or pre-cast planks driven side by side to
766
retain earth and prevent water from seeping into the exaction?
The main feed line of an electrical circuit to which branch
767
circuits are connected.
Are wooden sticks used as posts sharpened at once end driven
768
into the ground to serve as boundaries?
769 Identify the miter joint
770 Identify which figure is a dado wood joint
771 Identify which figure is flemish (double stretcher) brickwork
772 Identify which figure is a dado wood joint
773 Identify which figure is a blind and sub-mortise and tenon joint
774 Identify which letter in the target is a valley jack rafter?
775 A roofing tile which has the shape of an S laid on its side is a
That part of the building foundation which forms the permanent
776
retaining wall of the structure below grade is a
Joint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement
777
of masonry walls are known as

232/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous
778
to roof supporting second floor joints is known as
Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a
779
hand operated machine is
A principal member of the truss which extends from one end to
780
the other primarily to resist bending is a
781 A protein: the chief nitrogenous ingredient in milk is
a composition of two or more metals fused together usually to
782
obtain a desired property
The horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the
783
center of the knob or lock cylinder
A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its
784
corrosion resistance and ductility is
785 The Filipino term for horizontal stud is
786 The Filipino term for riser
787 The Filipino term for collar plate is
788 The Filipino term for temper (metal work)
789 The Filipino term for plumb line is
790 A beam that projects beyond one or both its support
791 A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral parallel to the wallforces
Using stair tread-riser proportion formula RT = 75, given riser
792 equals 6 how many risers will there be between two floors
having floor line to floor line distance of 7.8125 feet?
A modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on wooden
793
boards sub-flooring is by
The standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper
794
floors is
The dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum Trunners
795
used for dropped-ceiling in offices is
The total floor area 16 feet wide by 60 feet deep needs one inch
(1) x 4(commercial size) T & G flooring. Assuming that the
796
available T & G is 1 x 4 x 16 and the effective width is 3.5 , the
total board feet needed is
In the design of a large shopping centers where space is required,
797 intervals of columns can be wider than the ordinary by adopting a
structural method of construction called
In the design of a large shopping centers where space is required,
798 intervals of columns can be wider than the ordinary by adopting a
structural method of construction called

Humidification and condensation in exterior walls can be


799
minimized by

Heat gain through the structure of a habitable room occur in


800 tropical region at walls and roofs by conduction. This can be
minimized by the use of

801 A material used to remedy vapor flow

Dry walls do not require appreciable amount of moisture and


802
they are customarily finished with
Wallboards or plywood maybe applied over studs. They can also
803
be applied over CHB masonry wall by using
To turn back water whenever joints occur in which dissimilar
804
materials come together, it is necessary to provide
The part of a foundation system which supports the exterior
805
walls of a superstructure and bears directly on the column footing is
A narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edges
806
of two parallel boards in the same plane is a
807 The stressing of unbounded tendons after concrete has cured is

233/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


The boxing in of covering a joist, beam or girder to give the
808
appearance of a larger beam is known as
A system of framing a building on which floor joists of each
809 storey rest on the top plates of the storey below and the bearing
walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey is known as
Pressure exerted against the underground portion of a building
810
created by the presence of water in the soil is known as
A window which projects outside the main line of a building and
811 the compartment in which it is located extends to the floor is known
as
A form of brick bond in which each course is alternately
812
composed of entirely of headers or of stretchers is known as
A joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next
813
batch of concrete is placed against it is
An iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has high
814
compressive strength but low tensile strength is
815 The Filipino term for plastered course is
816 The Filipino term for bottom chord is
817 The Filipino term for purlin is
818 M
819 The Filipino term for top chord is
The capacity of a wall to hold moisture is important in the
820 design of dwelling units. Select the best material which will
reduce moisture in a wall when used
Plaster or plywood ceiling on nailers or joists below a
821 ventilated roof space may show pattern staining on the
ceiling. This can be prevented by
Heat gain through the walls in buildings exposed to
822 afternoon sun intensifies discomfort of inhabitants because of
conductivity. However, this can be minimized by the use of

Sound or noise between bedrooms may be reduced by using


823 less expensive materials with the application of construction
techniques

The staircase of a house has a total run of 3 meters and a


824 total rise of 2.16 meters, the tread width is 11 inches and riser
is 7 7/8, therefore, the stringer length is
825 Dry walls are customarily finished with
The riser of a stair is 6 inches. What is the run using
826
formula R/T = tan (R-3) x 8 degrees
One method of leveling batterboards without the transit is
827
the use of
A manual method of squaring the corners of a building
828
lines in building layout, is the use of

When dry conditions are demanded of asphalt tile floor


829 finishes on concrete over earth, apply the waterproofing (WP)
steps
Due to temperature effects in materials, concrete walls,
830 slabs of long buildings, new buildings adjoining existing
buildings should be provided with
A typical block or panel type insulating material used in
831
flat roof of commercial or industrial building
What is the height of the RC curtain wall surrounding a
water tank located at the penthouse whose capacity is 5000
832 U.S. gallons. The diameter of the tank is 2.5 meters (I.D.) and
freeboard of 0.30 meters. The wall shall be as high as the water
tank.

234/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


Select the grouping one subject of which is a criterion used
833
by architects in planning and design of buildings
Select the grouping one subject of which is a criterion used
834
by architects in planning and design of buildings
Narrow, high ceiling spaces where ceiling area is small
835 compared to wall area, will normally require acoustical
treatment of the
A ferrous metal that offers great resistance to abrassion and
836 finds important use in the cutting edges of heavy digging tools
is a
A building stone of igneous origin and composed of quartz,
837
hornblende and mica is a
A form of brick bond in which the course consists of
838
alternate stretchers and headers in known as
A system of framing a building on which floor joist of each
storey rests on the top plates of the storey below and the
839
bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey
is known as
840 The Filipino term for rabbet
841 The Filipino term for projection is
Given a riser equals six inches and using the stair treadriser
842 proportion formula 2R + T = 25, how many risers will
there be between two levels having a vertical distance of 9-0
A geological or ground condition considered in determining
843
the size and type of foundation of the building
These are materials excellent as vapor barrier in the roofing
844
system of residential buildings
845 The chief structural materials, used for tall buildings are
These are classified as good and less expensive insulating
846
materials used in buildings
This is a material that holds less moisture, is very light, less
847 water absorptive capacity and is very good in sidings of
dwelling units
The toilet bathroom floor finish is designed to be at least
one inch below the bedroom floor finish. What should be the
vertical distance between the bedroom floor finish and the top
line of the 2 x 6 yacal floor joists which carry the toilet bath
848
floor system assuming that thick mosaic vitrified tiles will be used in the toilet bathroom on 4 RC slab with
membrane
waterproofing, using standard acceptable measurement of
materials for residential houses

A Howe Truss is being considered to support the roofing


system of a residential building. The pitch of the truss is 1
849 vertical 3 horizontal. What is the total length of the top chord, if
the span of truss is 12 meters and the eave is 1.5 meters
horizontally?
850 The finished frame surrounding a door is a
A door lock with a spring bolt controlled by one or both
851
knobs and dead bolt controlled by a key is a
A door consisting of two separate leaves, one above the
852
other, this leaves may operate independently or together is a
A joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or
853
plated and joining them by riveting, soldering or brazing is a
A joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or
854
plated and joining them by riveting, soldering or brazing is a
A clay roofing tile approximately semi cylindrical in shape
855 laid in courses with units having their convex side alternately
up and down is a

235/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


The part of a foundation system which supports the exterior
856
wall of the super structure and bears directly on the column footing is a
857 The wall of Intramuros is
858 The Filipino term for rafter is
859 The Filipino term for baseboard is
A climatic factor that is considered in the structural and
860
architectural design of tall buildings
This is a ground condition that determines the size, type
861
and shape of the building footing/foundation
What is the height of a curtain wall for a downfeed water
tank at the deck roof with 60,000 gallons capacity and diameter
862
of 3 meters, freeboard of 0.30 meters, shall be as high as the
water tank

Select the grouping one subject of which is a general


863
criterion used by architects in planning and design of buildings
The most common materials used for roofing of urban
864
residential houses
For very large roof spans (for auditoria, transport buildings,
865
exhibition halls) of over 150 ft these structures are suggested economical solutions

Rise is the vertical distance between the upper surface of


866 two consecutive steps. The horizontal distance between the
nosing of two consecutive steps is the
Noise inside the building is o two kinds, namely, airborne
noise and impact noise . Insulation must be provided against
867
both of these by internal walls and floors. Examples of better
sound insulation are
When the soil beneath the building is not exceptionally
well drained and it is necessary to exclude dampness, the best
868
material to be used which is installed beneath the concrete slab
is
This material holds less moisture, is very light with less
869 absorptive capacity and is very good in exterior sidings of residential
houses in tropical regions
870 Standard size overlap for corrugated G.I. roofing is
A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts,
871
etc. is called
872 A twisting force is
A barrier or diaphragm formed to prevent the movement of soil
873
to stabilize foundation, etc. is
874 The term stone-cut refers to a
875 Wood with metal cladding is called
876 The Filipino term for floor joist is
877 The Filipino term for bottom chord is
Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and
878
columns is
879 Chord splice connectors for trusses is
880 A vertical line check uses a
A specialized fastener used to pull on to hold mitered joints
881
together is
882 Most waterproofed type of mortar joints for wall is
Rafters laid diagonally from corner of a plate or girts to the
883
ridge
The horizontal boards nailed to corner post to assist in the accurate layout of foundation and excavation lines are
884
called
Columns in which a concrete core is reinforced with a steel or
885
cast-iron core designed to support a part of load is
886 The Filipino term for ceiling joist is

236/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


887 The Filipino term for concrete beam is
Instrument or tool capable of vertical and horizontal line check
888
is called
The vertical and horizontal surface is reinforced concrete where
889
concreting was stopped and continued later is called
890 A twisting force is
A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts,
891
etc. is called
It is a special type of plate girder consisting of tees, angles and
892
multiple web
When the ratio of short span to the long span of a slab is less
893
than 0.50, slab is a
Longitudinal beams which rest on the top chord and preferably
894
at the joints of the truss
A three-dimensional structural system without bearing walls
composed of interconnected laterally supported so as to function as
895
a complete self-contained unit with or without the aids of horizontal
diaphragms or floor-bracing system
A three-dimensional structural system without bearing walls
composed of interconnected laterally supported so as to function as
896
a complete self-contained unit with or without the aids of horizontal
diaphragms or floor-bracing system
897 Concrete slab should have a minimum clearance of
It is designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the plane of the
898
wall
The section of which the moment changes from positive to
899
negative is called
900 What is the appropriate painting material type for wood surfaces?
Commercially made corrugated G.I. sheets, of gauge 26, having
901
standard corrugation are coated both sides with
902 Wood flooring finishing material
What hardware/material is needed to fasten an asphalt strip
903
roof shingle on wooden sheets/planks?
The time required for the removal of a form works of a concrete
904
footing
905 Wall partition wooden framing is called
How many corrugation is required as the minimum side lap of an
906
ordinary standard G.I. sheet roofing?
907 What is the appropriate paint material for G.I. sheet roofing?
The paint finishing material of long-span pre-painted roofing
908
sheet is
What hardware/material is needed to fasten corrugated
909
asbestos cement roofing sheet on a steel purlin
A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from
910
the surface inward occurs. It is called
A joint where two successive placement of concrete meet is
911
called
A wall which supports vertical loads in addition to its weight
912 without the benefit of a complete vertical load carrying space frame
is called
913 A type of concrete floor which has no beam is called

914 A one-way concrete slab are used when

915 Level tool is a

237/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

916 Steel square is a


917 The vertical surface on face of a stair step is called
918 Tin shear is a
919 Auger bit is part of
The complete records of test conduction (slump, compression
test, etc.) shall be preserved and made available for inspection
920
during the progress of construction and after completion of the
projects for a period of not less than

921 Wood board should have a thickness specification of


922 Wood plank is a piece of lumber that is
The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight is
923
called
A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make
924
smooth cutting and curving on solid wood is called
The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system is
925
called
926 Wood defects are heart shake, cup shake, star shake and
927 Dressed lumber is referred to
928 The other kind of handsaw other than rip-cut saw is
Walls that support weight from above as well as their own dead
929
weight
It refers to the occupancy load which either partially or fully in
930
place or may not be present at all is called
The distance between inflection point in the column when it
931
breaks is called
932 The amount of space measured in cubic units
An expansion joints adjacent parts of a structure to permit
933
expected movements between them is called
To find the volume of water in a cylindrical tank, multiply the
934
area of its base by its
The most important component to determine the strength of a
935
concrete mix is
936 A beam that projects beyond one or both its support is called
937 Jack rafter is used for
938 The total of all the tread widths in a stair is called
939 The face or front elevation of a building
A pit in a basement floor made to collect water into which a
940
pump is placed to pump the liquid to the sewer pipe
941 pre-construction of components as a part of a whole refers to
942 An opening in the roof for admitting light is called
Wood coming out from trees with needle leaves, rather than
943
broad leaves are called
944
The building frame construction system that uses one piece
945
structural stud from the foundation to the roof
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be
946 plastered to act as guide and support for finish trim around openings
and near the base of the wall
947 The distance between two structural supports
948 The scientific name for wood is
In designing a stair, to find the height of the riser, divide the
949
height of the stair by the number of
950 A kind of roof that has four sloping sides
951 Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion
952 A tough used for carrying off water

238/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


The process of removing concrete forms from the cured
953
concrete
A structural member spanning from truss-to-truss or supporting
954
rafters
A threaded steel bent inserted of masonry construction for
955
securing wood or metal plates to concrete construction
A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the
956 top of door or window opening to bear the weight of the walls above
the opening
957 The placing of glass in windows or doors
A rejected building material because of its below standard
958
grade is called
959 Another word for handmill on a stair construction
960 A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials

961 Green lumber is

The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof is


962
called
A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters. It is a part
963
of the cornice
964 A large heavy nail is referred to as
In designing a stair, to find the number of riser divide the
965
height of the stair by the height of each
Underwater watertight chamber to allow construction work to
966
be done

Stakes and batter board in a construction layouting procedure


967
refers to

968 Lumber specification S4S means


The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a
969
roof or bridge truss
970 Strips of hardwood, usually 2x2 laid over a concrete slab floor
Miter square is a guiding and testing tool that has a permanent
971
blade set at
972 A wall that holds back on earth embankment
973 In structural steel section joints, it is recommended NOT to use
A wall that serves two (2) dwelling units, known also as party
974
wall
975 Pertaining to a material description that resembles glass
To allow concrete to dry by keeping it moist to attain maximum
976
strength
The hardware on a door to accommodate the knob and lockset
977
keyhole
The material used for the process of making watertight the roof
978
intersection and other exposed areas on the exterior of a building
vertical space in a building intended for ducts, pipes, wire and
979
cables
The term to describe the putting up of the skeleton of the
980
building
981 The zig-zag rule is a

982 Keystone is

983 Kalomein door is

239/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


984 Lumber that is not squared or finished
How is a 90 degree bend standard hook for concrete
985
reinforcement constructed

Good high-strength-bolted connection for steel should have the


986
following physical characteristic for good workmanship. Which of the following listed is NOT ideal?

What are piles at an inclination to resist forces that are not


987
critical?

988 Which of the following criteria for bundle bars, do NOT apply?

What is a concrete beam placed directly on the ground to


989
provide foundation for the superstructure?
What is a round steel bolt embedded in concrete or masonry
990 use to hold down machinery, steel columns or beams, casting, shoes,
beams plates and engine heads?
A concrete flooring and finish which transforms ordinary plain
concrete into an elegant and decorative textured surface. This is
done by adding dust-on-color pigments to the concrete to give a fast
991
color and imprinted with a patented pattern and texture while the
concrete is still plastic to create the look and finish of stone, slate
or brick
992 Vernacular term for Concrete Hollow Block (CHB) laying
An installation method where the cabinet covers is recessed and
993
flushed with the cabinet sidings
Type of carpet weave important for an architect/designer to
know to guide him as to what type of construction and specification
994 should he recommend. What simplest type of fiber carpet weaving
where pile forms as the wrap yarns loop over removable wires
inserted consecutively across the loom?
A pretreatment of poured concrete such as walls beams and
columns where a thin layer of lean cement grout mixed with flexible
995
base additives is splattered by tampico brush or masonry spoon to
the surface to give a tooth for excellent plaster adhesion
Local species of wood commonly used for wall studding, cabinet
framing, and flush door framing, though scarcely available in the
996
market now due to forestry ban. This type of species is due to
cheaper cost than the other listed below
A special coating system with a high gloss shine while
997 maintaining the natural wood qualities, maintenance free, used to
finish and topcoat wood flooring
A common and cheap masonry finish wherein dry consistency
998 mortar mix is sprayed by mechanical or pneumatic means. The
sprayed cement is left to dry and give a rustic finish. Optional paint coat maybe required

What criterion conforms to good construction practice for the


earliest time to remove scaffolding for concrete flooring other than
999
early-strength concrete if no anticipated load is expected over
poured floor?

A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equal
1000
angles diagonally

240/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


When utilizing knock-down modular system of cabinets and
1001
furniture, an end user is constrain of using:
A type of terazzo floor described by its physical appearance
1002 whereby the stone or pebble is intentionally exposed while the
cement matrix is depressed

Which of the following concrete handling criterion impairs the


1003
quality of concrete?

A type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90 degrees


1004
to 180 degrees about the header and sill or about the side jamb
To prevent cement plaster from improper adhesion, the
1005
substrate must be roughened while observing the following:
A type of hands of door where the hinge is at the left and the
1006
door leaf swings inside the room to the left
What type of joint is used to install a glass into a lite of a
1007
French window?
An equipment to uniformly distribute tile adhesive at the
1008
underside of a ________ tile during installation
A water-mixed product mixed to a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime
1009 activity in new masonry surface. Without preparing the surface with
this mixture will cause the subsequent painting to be defective
A paint defect which indicates imperfect adhesion of paint to
1010 the surface, with the film getting stripped off in a relatively large
pieces due to application on damp or greasy surface
A type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door
1011
with glass to allow natural light only
1012 Vernacular term for rough plastering

Aggregates should conform to PNS or ASTM standards and must


be well graded, easy workability and method of consolidated are
1013 such that the concrete can be poured without honeycomb or voids.
What is the nominal maximum size of a course aggregate when
working spaces between reinforcements for proper bonding>

What is the minimum concrete cover for primary reinforcement


1014 of beams and columns not exposed to earth or weather for precast
manufactured under plant control conditions?
What is the act of excavating or filling of earth or any sound
1015 material or combination thereof, in preparation for a finishing
surface such as paving?
A floor finish commercially size 1 x 12 x 12 utilizing clay and
fired in traditional manner making interesting and attractive rustic
1016
clay shade patterns. Because of the rustic effect the floor is finished
rough and simply adhere by cement with some irregularities
What is a steel element such as wire, cable, bar, rod or strand,
1017
or a bundle of such elements, used to impart prestress to concrete?
1018 An admixture which is used to speed up the initial set of concrete
Class of rock changed from their original structure by the action of extreme pressure,heat, or combination of these
1019 forces.

A soft mineral consisting of a hydrated calcium sulfate from which gypsum plaster is made; colorless when pure used
1020
as a retarder in Portland cement

241/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

Is a traditional building material, easily worked, has durability and beauty has great ability to absorb shocks from
1021 sudden load. It is rust and corrosion proof.

A method of drying lumber where it is strip-piled at a slope on a solid foundation. This allows air to circulate around
1022 every place while the sloping allows water to run off quickly.

Term used to describe a wooden member built up of several layers of wood whose grain directions are all
1023 substantially parallel

It is made by bonding together thin layers of wood in a way that the grain of each layer is at right angles to the grain of
1024 each adjacent layer.

1025 In masonry, a joint or interstice between stones, to be filled with mortar or cement
A joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed against it.
1026

1027 A three-pieced rigid structural frame in the shape of the upright capital letter `A
To provide a hard, non-corrosive, electrolytic, oxide film on the surface of a metal, particularly aluminum, by electrolytic
1028 action.

1029 Squared building stone


1030 Usually the lowest storey of a building, either partly or entirely below grade.
A slight convex curvature built into a truss or beam to compensate for any anticipated deflection so that it will have no
1031 sag when under load

A mixture of water and any finely divided insoluble material such as clay or Portland cement and water
1032

1033 A brace or any piece of a frame which resists thrusts in the direction of its own length
1034 A process for preserving wood by impregnating the cell with creosote under pressure
That part of the building, the ceiling of which is entirely below or less than 4 feet above grade
1035

What is the protective plate surrounding the keyhole


1036
of a door
1037 A type of bolt used to fasten upper and lower door
A type of catches for closing of cabinet doors in
place. A fastener which holds a door in place by
1038
means of a projecting spring actuated steel hall
which is depressed when the door is closed
For finishing accessories, what is the term for a hand
1039 grip installed in a shower, which may be used in
steadying or support ones self.
For finishing accessories, a device attached above
1040
screen door as automatic door closer.
A type of tape used in finishing joints between
1041
gypsum board.
A threaded bolt having a straight shank and a
1042 conventional head such as square, hexagonal,
button or countersank.
It is a type of thermal insulation and it is made from
1043 fibrous materials such as mineral wool, wood fiber,
cotton fiber, or animal hair.
For the soil method of testing, it is a boring with
standard penetration tests can give indication of the
1044 bearing capacity of the soil by the number of blows
of a standard driving hammer required to advance a
sampling tube into the soil by a fixed amount.

242/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


For the soil type classification, if the particle of soil
1045
takes the whole hand to lift it is called.
1046 For Construction tagalong term for Fascia board is
For brick work construction.what brick work with
1047
alternate courses of headers and stretchers.
For control of concrete mix. It is prepared when
freshly mixed concrete and filled in the cone with
1048
three equal layers. Being tamped and rodded 25
times with a standard 5/8 bullet nosed rod.
A type of wall in construction that laterally braced
1049 that bears against an earth or other fill surface and
resists lateral and other forces.
It has been proven in construction that
_____________has durability and beauty. It has a
1050 great ability to absorb shocks from sudden load and
light in weight which adaptable in a countless variety
of purposes.
In construction, it is a mixture of cement, sand and
1051 water, used for laying brick or masonry. It is too
weak to be used by itself as a material for building.
In history of masonry,____________were apparently
first used around 3500 B.C. by the people who lived
1052
in the flat, low laying plain between Tigris and
Eupharates rivers in what called now Iraq.
A valve controlling the flow of water or gas from
1053
main to a service pipe. Also called corporation cock.
A shieve like device for mixing air with the water
1054
flowing from the end of the spigot.
Any of a class of thermoplastics characterized by
extreme toughness, strength and elasticity and
1055
capable of being extruded into filaments, fibers, and
sheets.

1056 These lower the freezing point of paint to avoid the posibility of the paint freezing in storage.

These are chemicals which cause the latex particles in water-thinned paints to pack together to form a uniform film
1057
during the time that the water is evaporating away from the surface.

These are silicon oils or fatty acid esters which help to keep the white hiding pigments and color particles from
1058
separating from each others.
1059 Tagalog term for "Corrugated G.I. sheet"
1060 English term for " Sinturon"
1061 A roofing tile which has the shape of an S laid on its side is a
1062 A principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist bending is a

1063 A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility is

It is a timber that most widely used for wharf and bridge construction, ships, posts, foundation sills, railroad tiles and
1064
other construction where strength and durability is required.

A Portland cement concrete to which chemical foam is added to generate gases in the process of deposition,
1065
resulting in lightweight pre-cast or shop-made unit in both hallow and solid forms.

1066 It is consist of a topping with a mixture of 1 part cement, 1 part sand and 1 part finely crushed stone. (

Equipment for Measure and Control Instrument for measuring the thickness of paint films and that is calibrated with a
1067
nonferrous metal reference gauge, of a thickness close to the film to be measured.

243/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1068 A type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow natural light only

1069 Which caps the end of rafters outside a building, which can be used to hold the rain gutter.

An opening carried out or fitted in a work allowing the passage of a person in order to be able to reach at some parts
1070
of this work. This opening is generally closed by an inspection cover.

A construction carried out by juxtaposition of elementary solid materials such as bricks, quarry stones, ashlars,
1071 concrete blocks, etc., constituting a set of given shapes and sizes and mostly
bonded between them by a binder,By extension, this word also points to the works made of not reinforced concrete.

These are hollow units as opposed to bricks which is solid. They are made from the same Materials as brick, but all
1072
are formed by extrusion in the stiff-mud process.

A hard Board made from relatively small materials. The materials are graduated from coarse at the center of the
1073 board to fine at the surface to help produce a product with smooth dense surface. Both faces are sanded. Uses are
floor underlay and selvings common as a base for wood veneers, plastic laminates.

1074 Filipino Term for "Ridge Roll"

is that part of woodworking that involves joining together pieces of wood, to create furniture, structures, toys, and
1075
other items. Some wood joints employ fasteners, bindings, or adhesives, while others use only wood elements.

1076 Filipino Term for "Terrace"

Two thicknesses of paper laminated together with a film of asphalt. Two kinds of paper is used-one is a kraft paper.
1077
The other, a mixture of ground wood pulps. Treated by the sulfate and the kraft methods.

In general finishes, what do you call the finishing process applied to fabrics for the purpose of removing fuzz of
1078
protruding fibers?
is the process of closing the weave and creating a heavy and compact
1079
appearance
1080 is a finish applied to wool fabrics, it is a pre-shrinking process
1081 In special finishes, what do you call the finish that is given to loosely constructed fabric or fabric with low thread count?
is a mechanical finish of subjecting the surface of a fabric to a brushing
1082
process to raise the fiber ends
is a chemical treatment designed to make a fabric bacteria
1083
resistant
also known as wash and wear, it dries smoothly and need a little
1084
or no ironing after washing
In fabric design, it is a kind of applied design in which the block is pressed down firmly by hand on the fabric until the
1085
color and design are transferred.
is method of fabric painting in which the design is cut on a
1086
cardboard wood or metal then color is applied, penetrating only the cut portions
is a machine counterpart of block printing, designs are engraved
1087
on rollers
is another method of fabric design wherein the color is
1088
removed from the fabric using chemicals, thus, creating design
1089 It is a kind of shade that consist of two rows of lightweight fabric seamed to fall into deep scallops.
have smaller pleats and are usually made of a heavy
1090
polyester fabric
are factory manufactured and can be insulated, also called
1091
accordion shades
have a flat surface when extended down, drawn upward by a cord
1092
and the surface overlaps in horizontal folds

244/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


1093 What do you call the horizontal bars separating the glass pane?
1094 is the wide molding covering the casing and the framing
1095 are the vertical bars separating the glass pane
Thin sheets that are used for controlling heat in
1096
drywall construction
During elevator emergency, to rescue passengers,
1097 this part of the elevator is used to open the doors from the
outside.
A device which extends across at least 1/2 the width
1098
of each door leaf which will open if subjected to pressure.
The following are examples of pre-fabricated acoustical units
1099
except ______.
Which material would effectively reduce reflected noise and
1100
reverberation time to produce safe and enjoyable surrounding?
This acoustical material is manufactured from rock wool, glass
1101 fibers, wood fibers, hair felt, etc. generally installed on wood or
metal framing system.
Acoustical cotton fiber composite board is manufactured using
1102
BAP. What does BAP stand for?
A type of gypsum board available in 1 1/2 inches or 5/8 inch
1103 thickness and has improved fire resistance through the use of fibers
mixed with gypsum core.
Any of a variety of soft floor finishes made of synthetic materials
such as nylon or natural material such as wool. It is either glued
1104
directly to the floor or installed over an underlayment of hair felt or
foam rubber. What is it?

Which of the following is a violation of all the provisionsWhich of the following is a violation of all the provisions in the
mechanical code on elevator design and installation?
a. 30mm is the diameter of hoisting and counterweight cables
1105 b. 600mm is the depth of elevator pit measured from the bottom of
pit to the underside of the car platform
c. 3 ropes are required for traction type elevator
d. 4 ropes are required for drum type elevator

Pyramid is a type of commercially produced acoustical tile.


Which of the following is not a characteristic of this material?
a. Made of open celled polyurethane acoustical foam
1106
b. Available in 2,3, & 4inch thickness
c. Tetrahedral in shape
d. Ideal for audio room application
Which material would exhibit the highest sound absorption
1107
coefficient (SAC) value?
These consist of loose fibers or granules and is made from
cellulose, fiberglass, rock wool, cotton or other materials. These
1108
materials come in bags and are usually blown into cavities using
special equipment. What are these?
Copper as a conductor has the property/properties of being ____.
1109 a. Ductile
b. Malleable
What are the property(ies) of concrete as an acoustical material
are/is important?
a. Aerated concrete is fairly absorptive
1110
b. Concrete provides virtually no absorption
c. Concrete accepts and transmits impact sound
d. All of the above
A roofing tile which has the shape of an S laid on its side is a
1111

245/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

That part of the building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure below grade is a
1112

Joint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls are known as
1113

A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to roof supporting second floor joints is known as
1114

A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to roof supporting second floor joints is known as
1115

A principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist bending is a
1116

A protein: the chief nitrogenous ingredient in milk is


1117
a composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property
1118

The horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder
1119

A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility is
1120

The Filipino term for horizontal stud is


1121
The Filipino term for riser
1122
The Filipino term for collar plate is
1123
The Filipino term for temper (metal work)
1124
The Filipino term for plumb line is
1125
A beam that projects beyond one or both its support
1126
A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall
1127

Using stair tread-riser proportion formula RT = 75, given riser equals 6 how many risers will there be between two
1128 floors having floor line to floor line distance of 7.8125 feet?

A modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on wooden boards sub-flooring is by


1129

The standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper floors is
1130

The dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum T-runners used for dropped-ceiling in offices is
1131

The total floor area 16 feet wide by 60 feet deep needs one inch (1) x 4(commercial size) T & G flooring. Assuming
1132 that the available T & G is 1 x 4 x 16 and the effective width is 3.5 , the total board feet needed is

In the design of a large shopping centers where space is required, intervals of columns can be wider than the ordinary
1133 by adopting a structural method of construction called

246/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

Heat gain through the structure of a habitable room occur in tropical region at walls and roofs by conduction. This can
1134 be minimized by the use of

Dry walls do not require appreciable amount of moisture and they are customarily finished with
1135

Wallboards or plywood maybe applied over studs. They can also be applied over CHB masonry wall by using
1136

To turn back water whenever joints occur in which dissimilar materials come together, it is necessary to provide
1137

The part of a foundation system which supports the exterior walls of a superstructure and bears directly on the column
1138 footing is a

** 6 to 8 - distances of nails
1139 ** Every 4 - distances of rivet at ridge roll for roofing

1140

1141

1142

1143

1144

1145

1146

1147

1148

1149

1150

1151

1152

1153

1154

1155

1156

1157

1158

1159

1160

247/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1161

1162

1163

1164

1165

1166

1167

1168

1169

1170

1171

1172

1173

1174

1175

1176

1177

1178

1179

1180

1181

1182

1183

1184

1185

1186

1187

1188

1189

1190

248/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1191

1192

1193

1194

1195

1196

1197

1198

1199

1200

1201

1202

1203

1204

1205

1206

1207

1208

1209

1210

1211

1212

1213

1214

1215

1216

1217

1218

1219

1220

249/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1221

1222

1223

1224

1225

1226

1227

1228

1229

1230

1231

1232

1233

1234

1235

1236

1237

1238

1239

1240

1241

1242

1243

1244

1245

1246

1247

1248

1249

1250

250/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1251

1252

1253

1254

1255

1256

1257

1258

1259

1260

1261

1262

1263

1264

1265

1266

1267

1268

1269

1270

1271

1272

1273

1274

1275

1276

1277

1278

1279

1280

251/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1281

1282

1283

1284

1285

1286

1287

1288

1289

1290

1291

1292

1293

1294

1295

1296

1297

1298

1299

1300

1301

1302

1303

1304

1305

1306

1307

1308

1309

1310

252/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1311

1312

1313

1314

1315

1316

1317

1318

1319

1320

1321

1322

1323

1324

1325

1326

1327

1328

1329

1330

1331

1332

1333

1334

1335

1336

1337

1338

1339

1340

253/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1341

1342

1343

1344

1345

1346

1347

1348

1349

254/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

Cross Tee

Pantile

Mission Tile

Dado

Foundation Wall

Grade Beam

Dampproofing
Balloon Framing
Balloon Framing

Western Framing

Dead Bolt

Tryolean Finish

Chord

Alloy

Backset

Baluster

Cast Iron

Nickel Steel

Wrought Iron
Double Glass
Fortification
15mm
Hybrid Girder
Cantilever Beam
Shear Wall
Gluing/ Pasting
0.90 m

24" x 48" x 1/2"

Eaves
Post-tensioning

Building paper sheathing and


space filled

Area Wells

One-Way Slab
Felt
Purlins
Inflection Point

Batten

Fish Plate or Gusset Plate

Post-tensioning
Beam Blocking

255/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

Atmospheric Pressure

Bay Window

Control Joints
Expansion Joint

Cold Joint

Construction Joint

Control Joint

Lap Seam

Flat Paint
Trabe-Anzo
Soleras
Vaciada
Kusturada
Tirante
Reostra
Alero
Tahilan
Poleva
Hulog
Bolada
Kilo
Rodapis
Asintada
Baniera
Pie De Gallo

Pundido (parang manny)

Kontratista (yeah!)
Tubo de Banada
Plantilya
Paupo
Gang Nail Plate

Lightning

Lath and Plaster

1/4 plastic hose filled w/ water

3-4-5 multiples with the use of


steel tape measure

Grain
G.I. Sheets

Corkboard

1 1/2 corr
Chase
Serpentine
English Bond
Running Bond

Common Bond / American Bond

Flemish Bond

256/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

Heel Cut

Soil Bearing Pressure

Aluminum Foil Sheets


Reinforced Concrete and High
Grade Steel

Asbestos-Cement Shingles

Door Jamb

Knob Bolt

Dutch Door

Torsion

Honey Combs

Sheet Piling
Wood Siding
AA
Split-Ring
Clamp Nail
Weathered
Hip Rafter

Batter Boards

Composite Column

Spirit Level

Space Frame

Keeper
Zinc Chromate

Aluminum Coating

7 & 6 Wood Planks

Chalking

24 hours
Studs
Acrylic Latex Paint
Acrylic Paint
L Hook Bolt
Staple Wire
Flat Slab
Level Tool
Steel Square
Riser

2 years

Collar Beam
2" to 5"
Run

Portable Hand Router

Aggregate

257/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
Girder
Nonbearing Wall
Load Bearing Wall
Retaining Wall

Bearing Wall

Floating Wall
Shear Wall
Live Load
Effective Length
Cement
Total Run

Sump Pit

Prefabrication
Skylight
Softwood
Firebrick

Plaster Ground

Span
Xylem
Muntin
Hip Roof
Rip-rap
Moat
Stripping
Purlin

Anchor Bolt

Lintel

Glazing
Banister
Lap Joint

Butt Hinge

Green Lumber
Valley
Facia
Spike
Caisson
Smooth on four sides
Chord
Wood Saddle
45
Latch
Common Wall
Escutcheon

Flashing

Lookout
Formworks
Keystone
Kalomein Door
Corbel
Milled Lumber

Foundation Bolt

258/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

Velvet

Scratch Coat

Polyurethane Floor Coating

Scarf

Standard Terazzo

Outrigger

Pivoted Window

Caulking
Rabbet
Masonry Neutralizer
Notch

Figured Wired Glass

Grading

Monopost

Ceiling Joist or Roof Joist

Vigan Tiles

Tendon

Cap
Apron
Boardfoot
Casement

Backfill

Backing

Casement Window
Barge
Bay Window
Laminating

Mudsill

Pilot Hole
Rim Joist

Cripple stud

Cogged joint

Bull-nosed step

Gravity wall
Quoin
Scarf joint

Baluster

Fenestration
Fig. A-1
12mm
Inflection point

259/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
Rowlock

Scab

Cross bridging
Web
Brad
Pyramid roof
Stirrup

Pile

Soldier
Pigment
30cm
Carriage
Channel
6cm
Fig B-2
Miter box
Plastic hose w/ water
100mm
40 bd.ft.
Fig. C-3
Boysen
Load bearing wall
Effective length
Volume
Stirrups
Cement
Gypsum board
Faade
Skylight
Soft wood
Fire brick

Plaster ground

Span
Rip-rap
Striking tool
Fig. D-2
Stripping
Purlins

Anchor bolts

Lintel

Glazing
Cull
Lap joint
Green lumber
Valley
Fascia
Spike
Xylem
Retaining wall
Chord
Sleeper
Stud
Tyrolean finish

260/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
Adiabatic curing
Vinyl tile
Creep
Riser
Plough
Post-tensioning
Ashlar brick
Perforated tape
Control joint
Hopper
Parquet
Wrought iron
Lag screw
Lead
Solignum
Admixture
Galvanized
Seismic
Stile
Baseboard
Mortar
Balangkas
Barakilan
Sinturon
Kusturada
Reostra
Asolehos
Platsuela
Kostilyahe
Batidora
Guililan
Lastilyas
Tubo de banada
Espolon
Pie de gallo
Baniera
SUBAN

BACKSET

CHORD

TYROLEAN FINISH

PANTILE
WROUGHT IRON
COLD JOINT
CAST IRON
BED

FOUNDATION WALL

BEAM BLOCKING

WESTERN FRAMING

HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE

ACI INSULATION
JACINTO COLOR STEEL
THERMAL INSULATION
ELECTROLYTIC ACTION

261/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

HIGH TENSILE STRENGTH

PLACA ROMANA
STEEL
FORMICA
TANGUILE
250mm
FLUE
PITCH POCKET
KNOTS

PRIMER SEALER

AA
MOLDS AND STAINS
GALVANIZING
COUNTERSINK
ROSE
SCRIBE
DAVIES

GLASS

ZOCALO
LAG SCREW
COMPRESSION SEAL
CRASH BAR
BLEEDER MASS
SOLEPLATE

STILE

SOLIGNUM
COLOROOF
LEAN

FLOOR PANEL

SHEET PILE

KALAMEIN

HARDWOOD

SOFTWOOD

YACAL
TINDALO
DAO
KAMAGONG
WHITE LAUAN
APITONG
NARRA
TANGUILE
ALMACIGA
KNOTS

SHAKES

PITCHPOCKETS
SPLIT

CHECK

WARP

262/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

WANE

DRY ROT

1 BOARD FOOT
BOARD FOOT FORMULA
BOARDS
DIMENSION LUMBER
TIMBERS

PLYBOARD

JACK RAFTER
GYPSUM BOARD

TRIMMING GUARD

RIPRAP
SLEEPERS
Z BAR

POLYMER

DEAD BOLT LOCK


TRUSCON

PRE-TENSIONED CONCRETE

PRE STRESSING

FOUNDATION BED
3 DAYS
SAHARA
BLISTERING
FLAT SLAB
WOOD PLANK
FLOAT GLASS
CASEIN

ASPHALTIC

TEFLON

HYDRATION
SCREEDING

FALSEWORK

TRENCH

WEATHERING STEEL

FLEMISH BOND

HEAVYWEIGHT

PUTLOG SCAFFOLD

ASTM C 150

ALCLAD

CHALKING

PARQUET

263/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

POLYURETHANE FLOOR
COATING

PVC

GLAZING PUTTY

TYPE III HIGH EARLY


STRENGTH

BATCHING

2 to 5 INCHES
SHOTCRETE

SOLDIERS

VACUUM DEWATERING

ANODIZING

VEHICLES

STAGING
16mm

CAISSON

CHECKS

TENSION SET BOLTS

BANK

COMPACTION

BULB PILE

TIE BEAM

TEMPERED GLASS

DUCO

BED JOINT

CAVITY WALL

FLYING FORM

1: 1 1/2 : 3
PIER

WANE

SOLVENTS

KICKER PLATE
EXPANSIVE SOIL HEAVING
ENAMEL

EFFLORESCENCE

KILN BURNED BRICKS

COLLAR JOINT

264/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

CHECKING

EMULSIFIERS
INSULATING GLASS

COMMON BOND

DISPERSAL AGENT

LAMINATED COATING

ANODIZING

WEATHERING STEEL

TWO HINGED FRAME

BEARING PLATE

TARRED FELTS

GRAVEL SURFACING

SHAKES

ALLIGATORING

BLEEDING

BLISTERING

CHALKING
DEADENING
MOISTURE BLUSH

ORANGE PEEL

PEELING

PINHOLING

RUNS AND SAGS

TACKINESS

WRINKLING
FADING

0.396 KILO
0.616 KILO
0.888 KILO
1.580 KILOS
2.466 KILOS
3.854 KILOS
4.834 KILOS
6.314 KILOS
7.992 KIOS

265/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
9.866 KILOS

TYPE I

TYPE II

TYPE III
TYPE IV
TYPE V

PROJECTED

SECURITY

DOUBLE HUNG

SLIDING

COMBINATION
CASEMENT

AWNING

JALOUSIE

PIVOTED

HINGE
BUTT HINGE

SPRING HINGE

PIVOT HINGE

FULL SURFACE

FULL MORTISE

HALF MORTISE

HALF SURFACE

FOUNDATIONS
SHALLOW FOUNDATION
DEEP FOUNDATIONS

CONTINUOUS
MAT/RAFT FOUNDATION

PILE FOUNDATION

GRILLAGE FOOTING

COMBINED FOOTING

SPREAD FOOTING

BENCH FOUNDATION

INVERTED ARCH

CAISSON'S FOUNDATION

MAT/RAFT FOUNDATION

266/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

CANTILIVER FOOTING

GRILLAGE FOOTING

PILE FOUNDATION

DRUM MIXING

TRANSIT MIXED
CENTRAL MIXED

SHRINK MIXED

30 to 60 MINUTES

1 1/2 MINUTES

FIRST 7

FIRST 3

16 to 20 L of water
28 to 32 L of water
36 to 40 L of water
16 to 20L of water

4 FEET

NO. 5 or 16mm
1 1/3 times the size of
aggreagates or 25mm

NO. 5 or 16mm
4 PIECES
NO. 2 or NO. 4

L/7
L/5
45degrees
12TIMES BAR DIAMETER or
305mm
L/4

102mm,152mm,254mm

IT SHOULD BE AVOIDED

276MPa
345MPa
414MPa
15 degrees
ELECTROLYTIC REACTION

STRAIGHT EDGE

267/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

HAND TAMPER

DARBY

BULL FLOAT

EDGER

JOINTER OR GROOVER

SCRATCH COAT
BROWN COAT
FINISH COAT

MORTAR

POST

COLUMN

SQUARED TIED SPIRAL


COLUMN
COMPOSITE COLUMN
COMBINED COLUMN
LALLY COLUMN

ISOLATION JOINT

CONTROL JOINT W/ DOWEL

T&G CONTROL JOINT

BUTT-TYPE CONSTRUCTION

THERMAL EXPANSION

PRE-COMPRESSING METHOD

SELF CONTAINED METHOD

BOND FRICTION
THERMAL PRESSING

VOLUMETRIC EXPANSION

LIFT SLAB CONSTRUCTION

FLYING FORMWORK

SLIP FORMING

TILT-UP CONSTRUCTION

SHOTCRETE

THIN SHELLS

SHOTCRETE

268/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

PRE-FABRICATED

LIFT SLAB

BEARING PILE
FRICTION PILE
BATTER PILE

SHEET PILE

GUIDE PILE

GIRDER
SILL
FLOOR JOIST

TAILPIECE

LEDGER STRIP

DRAFTSTOP/ FIRESTOP

HEDGER

TRIMMER

4db
12db

6db
12db
6db

4db

6db
8db
10db

db; 25mm
25mm

1.5db nor 40mm

3x or 450mm

3
4.5
6
7.5
9
12
16

MINUS 1.5mm

4x
ONE FOURTH or 1/4

269/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

200mm

5x;25mm
25mm
4x;40mm

2x

ALUMINIZED BACKING & TAPE


G.I. STRAP LINER G.I. TIE WAR

ALUMINIZED BACKINGRUBBER
CEMENT (RUGBY)

ASPHALT

NON FLAMMABLE ALUMINUM

3/16' x 1/2" ALUMINUM BLIND


RIVETS

CEMENT TEXTURED FINISH

WRINKLING

3.853 KILOS

SEAM LOCK
SWIVEL PIPE CLAMP
BLEEDING

#16 EXPANDED METAL LATH

MODULAR COORDINATION

MAIN/CROSS TEE AND WALL

ANGLE SUSPENSION SYSTEM

3/4" THK CEMENT GROUT

1.578 KILOS

PIEDRA TILES
3/4" LAYER OF CEMENT
MORTAR
PRESTRESS CONCRETE T-
BEAM FLOOR SYSTEM
MORTISE LOCKSET
SCARF
OIL WOOD STAIN

1/5 SIDE FORMS, 1/3 DEPTH


SLABS, 3/4 CLEAR SPACING

BLIND AND STUB

FORM CLAMP
UNIFORM 10mm THKCEMENT
PLASTER
VISION DOOR

BENCHMARK

270/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

SCREW WITH EXPANSION PLUG

HEPTAGON

FINISHING MASON

CURDOROY or TOOL FINISH

MODULAR SYSTEM

LAMINATED

HUE SCALE

PLAIN MITER
Z-BAR
SHIMS, BEARING PLATE,
STRESSING WASHER, BOTTOM
PLATE

POLYMER

PLYBOARD

CROSS BRACE MUST BE


INSTALL IN OPPOSITE
DIRECTION

75mm WIDE PRESSURE


SENSITIVE ALUMINIZED DUCT
TAPE STRAP AT 600mm O.C.

WOOD LATHE MACHINE or


TORNO

CONDECK

ALUMINUM PIPES & CONDUITS


AT R.C. SHALL BE SECURED
NOT BY TIE WIRES BUT MUST
BE EFFECTIVELLY COVERED

CHROMA SCALE

DEAD BOLT LOCK

INSTALL POLYETHELYNE
FOAM W/ ALUM. FOIL BARRIER.
ADHERE BY INDUSTRIAL
ADHESIVE TO GALVANIZED AIR
DUCT

REVERSE THE LOCATION OF


THE "Z" PURLINS

20 mm

SPACE TO INSTALL CONCEAL


DOOR CLOSER

PURLIN SAG RODS

271/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

STUCCO FLOORING FINISH

ASINTADA

TUFTED

VELVET

AXMINSTER

WILTON

FUSHION

KNITTED

SCRATCH COAT

TANGUILE
POLYURETHANE FLOOR
COATING

SANDBLASTING

RUSTIC TERRAZO

PIVOTED

LEFT HAND

MASONRY NEUTRALIZER

PEELING

ANCHOR BOLT

APRON

ARCADE

ARCH

AREAWAY

ASHLAR

IMPRESSO CRETE

INSET or INTERIOR

SCARF

RUSTIC TERRAZO

STANDARD TERRAZO
VENETIAN TERRAZO

PALLADIANA TERRAZO

PIVOTED

272/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

KEEP THE CEMENT PLASTER

AS THIN AS POSSIBLE
ICI DULUX
RABBET

EDGE STRIP TROWEL

SMOKED GLASS

GRADING

VIGAN TILES

305 mm

GIRDER BEAM

LINTEL BEAM

PRE FABRICATION
KNOTS
UNDRESSED LUMBER
LEFT HAND
RIGHT HAND
LEFT HAND REVERSE
RIGHT HAND REVERSE
Party Wall

Spring hinge

Varnishes

Gypsum

Brick

Sandstone

Dry Vent

Relief Vent

Specification

Bid Bulletin

16 inches or .46 m

9 inches o .23 m

Crawl Space

Adhesiveness

Cohesiveness

Steel

273/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

Glass

Damproofers

Accelerators

Wood

Paint

Cribbling

Ceiling rafters

Load bearing wall tile

8 inches

Fire Block

SPT Standard Penetration Test

Concrete Additives

Insulating Glass

Roll-up door

60 cm
35 degree

Sheet piles

Distribution Line

Brace or the Diagonal

pantile

foundation wall

control joints

274/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

balloon framing

tryolean finish

chord

Casein

alloy

Backset

wrought iron

Pabalagbag
takip silipan
sinturon
poleva
hulog
cantiliver
shear wall

15..

gluing/pasting

0.90 meters

24 x 48 x

1,098 bf

post-tensioning

post-tensioning

providing building paper


sheathing and space filled

wood

glossy surfaced asphalt


saturated paper, 50 lbs or more

lath and plaster

furring

flashing material

grade beam

batten

post-tensioning

275/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

beam blocking

western framing

atmospheric pressure

bay window

flemish bond

cold joint

cast iron

kusturada
estunyo
reostra
sopo
tahilan

1 thick V-cut wood boards

adequate insulation

combination of wood boards


and plywood with cavity
between
double wall plywood on
horizontal and vertical studs
with
absorbents

3.69 meters

lath and plaster

12.2247 inches

plastic hose filled with


water

3-4-5 multiples with the use of


steel tape measure

felt paper below sub-slab then


WP on top of the sub-slab

expansion joints

corkboard

4.16 meters

276/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

columns, splices, materials, lot

columns, splices, materials, lot

ceiling only

nickel steel

serpentine

flemish bond

western framing

vaciada
bolada

18 risers

soil bearing pressure

aluminum foil sheets

reinforced concrete and high


grade steel
porous concrete, glass fibers,
guilt materials

asbestos-cement shingles

6 inches

7.906 meters

door jamb

knob bolt

dutch door

lap seam

lap seam

mission tile

277/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

grade beam

fortification
kilo
rodapis

lightning

soil bearing pressure

3.513 meters

concrete, steel and wood, type


of floor finish

G.I. sheets

space frames, light steel


skeleton structures

going

double wall on 2 x 4 studs

pitch or bituminous felt

asbestos cement shingles

2 corr.

chase

torsion

sheet piling

wood siding
kalamein
soleras
tirante

AA

split-ring
plumb bob

clamp nail

weathered

hip rafter

batter boards

composite

kostilyahe

278/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
biga

spirit level

construction joint

torsion

chase

hybrid girder

one-way slab

purlins

space frame

space frame

15 mm

shear wall

inflection point

zinc chromate

aluminum coating

7 & 6 wood planks

staple wire

24 hours

studs

acrylic latex type

acrylic paint

L hook bolt

chalking

construction joint

bearing wall

flat slab

the slab is being supported by


two parallel beams

tool used for guiding and testing


the work to a vertical and
horizontal position

279/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
tool for testing and for framing
work
riser
masonry tool
bearing tool

2 years

not less than 1 thick x 4 and


up wide
2 to 5 thick

run

portable hand router

girder

knots

smoothed or planed lumber

cross-cut

load bearing walls

live load

effective length

volume

contraction joint

height

cement

cantilever beam
hip roof support
total run
faade

sump

Pre fabrication
skylight

softwood

firebrick

balloon framing

plaster ground

span
XYLEM

risers

hip roof
rip-rap
moat

280/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

stripping

purlin

anchor bolt

lintel

glazing

cult

banister
lap joint

lumber that still contains


moisture or sap

valley

facia

spike

risers

caisson

vertical and horizontal wood


sticks and lumber used to
determine the elevation and
ditances of the reference points
of the
proposed building

smooth on four sides

chord

wood saddle

45

retaining wall
oxy/acetyline welding

common wall

alabaster

stabilize

escutcheon

flashing

chase

formworks

carpenter measuring tool

wedge-shaped stone of an arch

a fireproof door with metal


covering

281/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
milled lumber

90 degree bend plus 12 db


extension, at free end of bar

Surface in contact with the bolt


head and nut shall have a
slope of not more than 1:10 with
respect to a plane normal to the
bolt axis

batter piles

group of parallel reinforcing


bars bundled in contact to act as
a unit shall be limited to three in
any one bundle

grade beam

foundation bolts

stucco floor finish

asintada

inset or interior

velvet

scratch coat

mahogany

polyurethane floor coating

sandblast

25% of scaffoldings can be


removed at slab area after 14
days
and 100% of scaffolds after 21
days after pouring

scarf

282/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

standard sizes, shapes and


forms

standard terazzo

concrete shall be carried on at


such a rate that concrete is at
all times plastic and flows
readily into space between
reinforcement

pivoted

keep the cement plaster as thin


as possible

left hand

rabbet

notch trowel

masonry neutralizer

peeling

figured wired glass

rebokada

Course aggregates shall be no


larger than the minimum
clear spacing between individual
reinforcing bars or wires,
bundles of
bars, or prestressing tendons or
ducts

db but not less than 30 mm

grading

vigan tiles

tendon

Accelerators

Igneous

Gypsum

283/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

Wood

Air Drying

Glue Laminated Timber

Plywood

Joint Filler

Cold joint

A-Frame

Galvanize

Ashlar
Cellar

Camber

Cement Paste

Brace, Diagonal
Boliden salt process

Cellar

escutcheon

cremone bolt

bullet catch

grab bar

spring door closer

perforated tape

machine bolt

blanket insulation

test boring

284/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

Cobble

senepa

English Bond

Slump test

retaining wall

Wood

mortar

bricks

Corporation stop

Aerator

nylon

Stabilizers

Coalesting agents

Anti-flooding Agents

Liso galvanisado Kanallado

Collar plate
French Tile

Chord

Wrough Iron

Bansalagin

Aerocrete

Granolithic finish

Magnetic Gauge

285/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

Figured wired glass

Fascia board

Manhole

Masonry

Structural tile

Particle board

Palupo

Joinery

Asotea

Vapor barrier

gassing

beetling

fulling

slip-resistant finish

napping

antiseptic finish

drip-dry finish

block printing

stencil painting

roller printing

discharge printing

Austrian shades

honeycombed shades

pleated fabric shades

roman shades

286/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER
mullions
frame
muntins

Rigid Board Insulation

Outside Door Latch

Panic Bar

Hardwood panel

Melamine foam linear wedges

Acoustical tile

Bonded acoustical panel

Type x

Carpet

3 ropes are required for traction


type elevator

Tetrahedral in shape

carpet

Loose fill insulations

A and b

All of the above

Pantile

287/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

Foundation Wall

Control Joints

Baloon Framing

Tyrolean Finish

Chord

Casein

Alloy

Backset

Wrought Iron

Pabalagbag

Takip silipan

Sinturon

Poleva

Hulog

Cantilever

Shear

15

gluing/ pasting

0.90 m.

24"x48"x1/2"

1098 bf

Post tensioning

288/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

Wood

lath & plaster

furrings

Flashing material

Grade Beam

notes

289/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

290/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

291/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

292/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

293/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

294/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

295/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

STRUCTION REVIEWER

296/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

1 These constituted the barriers to migration since the earliest periods of civilization (mountains; deserts; seas)

2 Visible architecture is composed of:

3 A plane extended in a direction other than its intrinsic direction. Conceptually it has three dimensions: length,
width and depth.

4 Primary shapes that can be extended or rotated to generate volume whose forms are distinct, regular and easily
recognizable

5 One of four basic possibilities for two forms to group together. This requires that the two forms be relatively close

to each other or share a common visual trait.

6 Defined geometrically as a line that is divided such that the lesser portion is to the greater as the greater is to be
the whole.
7 One type of cues used in depth perception where in one object appears to cut off the view of another

8 Is the primary identifying characteristic of a volume. It is determined by the shapes and interrelationships of the
planes that describe the boundaries of volume

9 Is the attribute that most clearly distinguishes a form from its environment.

10 It is a comparison showing differences, the opposite of similarity.

11 The most important kind of character in architecture is that which result from the purpose of the building or
reason of erection.
12 Most elementary means of organizing forms and spaces in architecture.

13 Characterized by an arrangement where all the part radiate from a center like the spikes in a wheel.

14 It means equality

15 It gives a feeling of grandeur, dignity and monumentality.

16 When lines, planes, and surface treatments are repeated in a regular sequence.

17 A kind of character that came from the influence of ideas and impressions related to or growing out of past
experience.

18 It is evident by a comparison which the eye makes between the size, shape and tone of a various object or part of
a competition.

19 Deals with the relationship between the different parts of the whole to the various parts.

20 It bears a certain relation to the same attribute to the life of an individual.

21 These systems are based on the dimension and proportion of the human body.

22 The size and proportion of an element appear to have relative to other elements of known or assumed size.

23 Kind of rhythm where equally spaced windows are introduced on the broken wall, then regular repetition is
presented.

297/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

24 The size of a building element or space relative to the dimensions and proportion of human body.

25 The art and science of building design and construction.

26 Who said that The magnificent display of volume put together in the light

27 That which the eye identifies, the mind perceives and interprets.

28 With respect to an observer.

29 A series of form arranged in sequence in a row.

30 A set of modular forms related and regulated by 3D grid.

31 Subtracting a portion of a forms volume to create another.

32 This refer to the manner in which the surface of a form come together to define its
shape and volume.
33 Who said The will of the epoch translated into space

34 A composition of linear forms extending outward from a central form in a radial manner.

35 Architecture is generally conceived, designed and realized.

36 A number of secondary forms clustered about a dominant, centra-perceive form.

37 One or more dimension are altered but will retain its identity.

38 A collection of forms grouped together by proximity or the sharing of a common


visual trait.
39 Can be regular or irregular, primary characteristic that identifies.

40 is a diagram, usually to scale, of the relationships between rooms, spaces and other physical features at one
level of a
structure.
41 Describes the relationships between elements of a design.

42 Is a commercial building with several small scale entrepreneurs who sell their commodities in a limited space or
modules that provide them low rentals for the buyers to avail cheaper merchandize, both to retail and wholesale.

43 What do you call the study that deals with human measurements?

44 deals with space planning in relationship with mans activities

45 human factor engineering

46 Early type of settlement in America taken after the baug


(military town) and fauborg (citizens town) of the medieval ages.
47
Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a super
building that contained 337 dwellings in only acres of land. What is
the structure that supposed to be located in Marseilles?

48 It is the first Development Garden City where it is a combination


of landscaping, informal street layouts, and main axis focusing on
town center.

298/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

49 A British pioneered in regional Planning for the Doncaster area


(1920-1922) and East Kent; Involved in greater London Plan; Use of
open space as structuring element.
50
He is remembered for his Ideal Cities star shaped plans with
street radiating from central point, usually proposed for a church,
palace or castle

51
Whose theory is the explanation of residential land uses in terms
of wedge-shaped sectors radial to the city center along established
lines of transportation.

52 Published the book called Fields, Factories and Workshops; or


Industry Combined with Agriculture with manual work.
53 Often enclosed and secluded the street, whose high density and
variety of planning conveys a garden image. It sometimes includes
flower planters and a water feature and usually supplies a variety of
seating possibilities.
54
A wide area of parks of undeveloped land surrounding a community.

55
The process in which a piece of land, referred to as the parent tract, is subdivided into two or more parcels.

56
Angles measured clockwise from any meridian, usually north; however, the National Geodetic Survey uses south.

57
Usually the last stage of the final site development process prior to issuance of building permit.

58 A 20th century problem emanating from rapid urbanization of areas surrounding a city which eats up the remaining adjacent
rural open spaces.

59 A type of planning which emphasizes that the proper role of the planner is not to serve the general public interest but rather to
serve the interests of the least fortunate or least well represented groups in society.

60
In the Philippines, this type of land use planning emphasizes the proper management of land resources to ensure that the
present generation can benefit from its continued use without compromising future generations.

61
This code mandates that all Local Government Units shall prepare their comprehensive

62
land use plans and enact them through zoning ordinances.

63
Reason for planning.

64 Phrase used to characterize development that meets the needs of the present generation without compromising the needs of
the future generations.

65
First Planner and developed the Gridiron.

66
A locale with a sizeable agglomeration of people having characteristics of an urban being.

67
The main reason why the nomadic existence of early man metamorphosed to village settlement and later to the birth of cities.

299/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

68
The rough equivalent of the present tenement cities that existed in ancient Rome, which resulted from the population growth of
the city and the congestion that existed in streets.

69
In urban geography, a concept where urban settlement is confined to the area within the legal limits of the city and the
congestion and virtually all of this area is occupied by urban residents.

70
A Land Development Decision is also what kind of decision.

71
The orderly arrangement of urban streets and public spaces.

72
He conceptualized the 'City Beautiful Movement'.

73
A tool used to control the manner in which raw kind is subdivided and placed on the marker for residential development.

74
A profession which falls between planning and architecture. It deals with the large-scale organization and design of the city,
with the massing and organization and the space between them, but not with the design of the individual buildings.

75
The science of human settlement.

76
By definition, settlement inhabited by man.

77
Planning for roads, bridges, schools, parking structures, pubic buildings, water supply, and waste disposal facilities.

78
The container of man, which consists of both the natural and man-made or artificial element.

79
A spatial organization concept a general view of the pattern of land use in a city developed by Ernest W. Burgess. The city is
conceived as a series of five concentric zones with the cores as the central business district and fanning out from which are
the residential and commuter zones.

80
The remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum open spaces.

81
A habitable room for 1 family only with facilities for living, sleeping, cooking, and eating.

82
This is a type of a retaining wall made of rectangular baskets made of galvanized steel wire or pvc coated wire hexagonal
mesh which are filled with stones to form a wall.

83
A very steep slope of rock or clay.

84 A piece of grassy land, especially one used for growing hay or as pasture for grazing animals; low grassy land near a river or
stream.

85
A long, narrow chain of hills or mountains.

86
A long, deep, narrow valley eroded by running water.

87
On land, an encumbrance limiting its use, usually imposed for community or mutual protection.

300/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

88
Of land, a contiguous land area which is considered as a unit, which is subject to a single ownership, and which is legally
recorded as a single piece.

89
A wall that serves 2 dwelling units, known also as party wall.

90
Niemeyer believed that relating large areas to each other is freedom as in the planned city of___.

91
In architectural terms, it is the relationship of the number of residential structures and people to a given amount of space.

92
The government arm responsible for the development and implementation of low cost housing in the Philippines.

93
Housing provided for low-income groups generally through government intervention and characterized by substantial subsidies
and direct assistance.

94 A written agreement between parties, but it allows a specific period during which the buyer can investigate the property and
make a decision.

95 Sometimes called "subscription money", this is a deposit given to the seller to show that the potential buyer has serious
intentions.

96
A provision made in advance for the gradual liquidation of a future obligation by periodic charges against the capital account.

97
Written document to transfer the property to one person to another.

98
They develop or improve the land as well as construct houses.

99
Determines the value of the house and also is familiar with trends in the local market and in the industry.

100
Helps people find a place to live, specializing and matching wants of buyers with the local supply.

101
Are usually large concrete slabs or otherwise panelized units fabricated in a shop and assembled at the site.

102
Codes that deal with the use, occupancy, and maintenance of existing buildings.

103 Designed to regulate land use, to ban industry and commerce from residential areas and to separate different types of living
units.

104
Construct three-dimensional volumetric units in a plant on a production line then hauled to the site.

105
System building is the complete integration of all ___.

106
The improvement of slum, deteriorated, and underutilized areas of a city.

107
An area which is within the city limits, or closely linked to it by common use of public utilities and services.

301/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

108
Two major hindrances to the prefabrication industry.

109
Three general types of structures.

110
A piece of land with an economic use for farming.

111
Lands for well-being like parks, plazas, and of similar nature.

112
Similarly as the cost of the land, neighborhood character have this effect.

113
Minimum road width in a neighborhood development to ease traffic flow.

114
Which building component receives priority over the location to have the morning sun.

115
Urban Planning is defined briefly as the guidance of ___.

116
A lattice structure that serves as a summer house.

117
In landscaping, ground cover is represented by ___.

118
The art of arranging buildings and other structures in harmony with the landscape.

119
The study of the dynamic relationship between a community of organisms and its habitat.

120
Preparations of an accurate base map for urban planning starts with ___.

121
Appraisal of adequacy of a city's water and sewer systems needs of future land uses are embodied in the ___.

122
Also called the blood-stream of a city.

123
A form of absence of all the principles and organized development of a community.

124
The city of Washington conforms to the plan type of ___.

125
An efficient and rapid transport system for automobiles to circulate across urban to urban areas.

126
A monument, fixed object, or marker used to designate the location of a land boundary on the ground.

127
A narrow passageway bordered by trees, fences, or other lateral barrier

128
The projection of a future pattern of use within an area, as determined by development goals.

302/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

129
The part of the surface of the earth not permanently covered by water.

130
A line of demarcation between adjoining parcels of land.

131
A survey of landed property establishing or reestablishing lengths and directions of boundary line.

132
The study of an existing pattern of use, within an area, to determine the nature and magnitude of deficiencies which might
exist and to assess the potential of the pattern relative to development goals.

133
A study and recording of the way in which land is being used in an area.

134
In surveying, the North-South component of a traverse course.

135
An open space of ground of some size, covered with grass and kept smoothly mown.

136 A contract transferring the right of possession of buildings, property, etc., for a fixed period of time, usually for periodical
compensation called 'rent'.

137
A tenure by lease; real estate held under a lease.

138 Early type of settlement in America taken after the baug (military town) and fauborg (citizens town) of the medieval ages.
(CDEP IX-15)

139
Under PD 1308, which of the following activities is not a part of the practice of environmental planning? (CDEP IX-45)

140
Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a super building that contained 337 dwellings in only ten acres of land.
What is this structure that supposed to be located in Marseilles? (CDEP IX-18)

141
Among the cities in Manila , what is the smallest in terms of land area?

142
It is one of the school of thought who believed that the problems of the cities should be tackled one item at a time, beginning
with the improvement of health and sanitary system. (CDEP IX-15)

143 It is the rate at which water within the soil moves through a given volume of material (also measured in cm or inches per hour).
(CDEP IX-2)

144 It is a slope pattern for Elementary and High school campus where slopes are gentle to mild and have moderately difficult
terrain. (CDEP IX-3)

145
What is the optimum slope requirement for factories? (CDEP IX-4)

146
The multiple nuclei hypothesis is built around the observation that frequently there are a series of nuclei in the patterning of
urban land uses rather than the central single core used in other two theories. Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36,
which among the zones is the medium class residential? (PTIT 132)

147
It is a type of point of reference where the observer does not enter within them, they are external. They are usually a rather
simply defined physical object, buildings, sign, store or mountain. (PTIT 133)

303/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

148
In the book called The Neighborhood Unit he discussed the idea of organized towns into cohesive neighborhoods which was
applicable not only to new towns but to large city areas. (PTIT 113)

149
A British pioneered in regional planning for the Doncaster area (1920-1922) and East Kent; Involved in greater London Plan;
Use of open space as structuring element. (PTIT 109)

150 t is the first developed Garden City where it is a combination of landscaping, informal street layouts, and main axis focusing on
town center. (CDEP IX-16)

151
first conceptualized the Garden Cities; and author of Tomorrow: A Peaceful Path To Social Reform. (CDEP IX-16)

152
Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, identify zone no. 7. (PTIT 132)

153
Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, identify zone no. 6. (PTIT 132)

154 These are points, the strategic spots in a city into which an observer can enter, and which are the intensive foci to and from
which he is traveling. (PTIT 133)

155
Often enclosed and secluded from the street, whose high density and variety of planting conveys a garden image. It
sometimes included flower planters and a water feature and usually supplies a variety of seating possibilities. (PTIT 137)

156
When was the first Land Use zoning in New York initiated particularly the Incentive zoning? (CDEP IX-31)

157
He is remembered for his Ideal Cities star shaped plans with street radiating from central point, usually proposed for a
church, palace or castle. (PTIT 102)

158
An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., Ct. Peters and St. Paul Cathedral; Proposed a Network of avenues
connecting the main features of London. (PTIT 103)

159 The author of The Death and Life of Great American Cities one of the most influential book in the history of planning. (PTIT
116)

160
Refers to the program of the NHA of upgrading and improving blighted squatter areas within the cities and municipalities of
Metro Manila pursuant to existing statutes and issuances. (R.A. 7279)

161
Whose theory is the explanation of residential land uses in terms of wedge-shaped sectors radial to the city center along
established lines of transportation? (PTIT 131)

162 Published the book called Fields, Factories and Workshops: or Industry Combined with Agriculture with manual work. (PTIT
128)

163
Approaches town planning as a science which include planning and design with the contribution of other disciplines, all of
those are focused into one science known as____________. (PTIT 130)

129

95

304/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

61

27

-7

-41

-75

-109

-143

-177

-211

-245

-279

-313

-347

-381

-415

-449

-483

-517

-551

-585

-619

305/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

-653

-687

-721

-755

-789

-823

-857

-891

-925

306/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Geography

Volume & Depth

Volume

Platonic Solids

Face to face contact

Golden section

Juxtaposition

Form

Color

Contrast

personal character

Balance

Centralized

Balance

Scale

Rhythm

Assoc. Character

proportion

balance

personal char.

anthropomorphic proportion

visual scale

unaccented rhythm

307/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

human scale

architecture

Le Corbusier

form

visual inertia

linear form

grid form

subtracting transformation

articulation of form

Adolf Hitler

Radial Form

design process

. clustered

dimensional trans.

grid form

color

Floor Plan

Balance

Tiangge

anthropometrics

ergonometrics

ergonomics

Medieval Organic City

Unite d Habitation

Letchworth

308/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Leslie Patrick Abercrombie

Leon Battista Alberti

Homer Hoyt

Peter Kropotkin

Garden Oasis

Greenbelt

Platting

Azimuths

Final Plat

Urban Sprawl

Advocacy Planning

Sustainable Land Use Planning

Local Government Code, 1991

R.A. 7160

Promote Human Growth

Sustainable Development

Hippodamus of miletus

City

Agricultural Surplus

309/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Insula

Truebounded City

Traffic.

City Planning

Daniel Burnham

Subdivision Regulations

Urban Design

Ekistics

Human Settlement

Capital Facilities Planning

Physical Settlement

Concentric Zone Concept

Buildable Area

Dwelling Unit

Gabion Wall

Cliff

Meadow

Ridge

Ravine

Restriction

310/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Parcel

Common Wall

Brasilia

Density

National Shelter Program

Social Housing

"Option to Buy"

Earnest Money

Amortization

Deed

Developers

Appraiser

Real Estate Broker

Total System

Housing Codes

Zoning

Prefabrication Manufacturer

Subsystems

Urban Renewal

Urban Area

311/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Code of Multiplicities and


Tradition

Primitive / Vernacular / Grand

Productive Use

Health and General Use

Social Implications

6.00 mts.

Bedrooms

Growth and Change

Gazebo

Grass and Plants

Site Planning

Ecology

Accurate Aerial Mosaic

Comprehensive Plan

Transportation System

Urban Blight

Star

Freeways

Landmark

Lane

Land-use Plan

312/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Land

Land Boundary

Land Survey

Land-use Analysis

Land-use Survey

Latitude

Lawn

Lease

Leasehold

Medieval Organic City

d. National Development
Planning

Unite d Habitation

Pateros

Specialists

Permeability

10-15 %

2%

Landmarks

313/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Clarence Perry

Leslie Patrick Abercrombie

Letchworth

Ebenezer Howard

Outlying Business Districts

Heavy Manufacturing

Nodes

Garden Oasis

1916

Leon Battista Alberti

Sir Christopher Wren

b. Jane Jacobs

ZIP

Homer Hoyt

Peter Kropotkin

c. ekistics

314/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

315/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

316/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1 Minimum exit door width.

2 Minimum floor to ceiling height.

3 Maximum stair rise height for a class A stair.

4 Maximum height between landings for class A stair.

5 Minimum headroom for class A & B stairs.

6 Unit area per person for waiting areas or standing rooms.

7 Number of exits for place of assembly for 1000 occupants

8 Travel distance to an exit without fire sprinkler system.

9 Travel distance to an exit with fire sprinkler system.

10 Minimum spacing of rows of seats from back to back for a public assembly building.

11 Maximum number of seats in a row in between aisles.

12 Maximum number of seats in a row opening on to an aisle at one side.

13 Standard width of a seat without dividing arms for places of assembly.

14 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60.

15 Minimum headroom created by any projection from the ceiling.

16 Minimum clear width of turnstiles.

17 Minimum dimension of landings in direction of travel for class A & B stairs.

18 Minimum number of risers in any one (1) flight of stairs.

19 Minimum height of a handrail above the upper surface of the tread.

20 Minimum clearance of a handrail from any wall.

21 Minimum height of a guard rail.

22 Maximum height of a guard rail.

23 Minimum inner radius of a monumental stair.

24 Minimum width of any balcony or bridge.

25 Minimum width of a class A ramp.

26 Maximum rise of any floor from the balcony floor to which an access door leads.

27 Maximum vertical height in floors for an escalator.

28 Minimum width of a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

29 Minimum width of landing for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

317/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

30 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for small buildings.

31 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for a small building.

32 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for existing stairs.

33 Maximum height between landings for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

34 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

35 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for small buildings.

36 Number of exits for place of assembly for 600-1000 occupants.

37 Maximum occupant load for a class C public assembly.

38 Minimum number of exit for an Institutional type of structure.


Maximum travel distance between room door intended as exit access and exit with sprinkler system for
39
institutional use.
40 Maximum travel distance from the door of any room to exit for hotels with sprinkler.

41 Maximum travel distance from the main entrance door to exit for apartments with sprinkler.

42 Minimum increase in width for an aisle per linear meter.

43 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving one side for a public assembly building.

44 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving two sides for a public assembly building.

45 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of below 60 for a public assembly building.

46 Minimum width of an aisle for an educational use building.

47 Minimum width of an aisle for hospitals or nursing homes.

48 Minimum width of an aisle for custodial care institutions.

49 Minimum width of an aisle for business use structure.

50 Minimum width of an aisle for an industrial building.

51 Occupant load per person for laboratories.

52 Jails are classified under what classification of occupancy.

53 Courtrooms with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of occupancy.

54 Armories with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of occupancy

55 Libraries are classified under what classification of occupancy.

56 Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials segregated into desired sizes or groups.

57 Buildings or structures 15 meters or more in height.

58 Buildings or structures used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile, etc.

318/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


An air compartment or chamber to which 1 or more ducts are connected and which form part of an air
59
distribution system.
60 A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion.

61 Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air.

62 A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to stimulate or support combustion.

63 A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape and dimension.

The process of first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less volatile parts and then
64
cooling and condensing the result vapor so as to produce a nearly purified substance.

A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper proportion and ignited will cause an
65
explosion.
66 Temperature rating at flash point.

67 A class of fire with flammable liquid and gasses.

68 The temperature at which a liquid is transformed or converted into vapor.

69 Minimum fire resistance rating for a firewall.

70 A continuous passageway for the transmission of air.


The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in sufficient concentration to form an ignitable
71
mixture with air.
72 A gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects, fungi, vermin, germs, rodents or other pests.

73 Minimum width of any driveway in and around a lumber yard / piles.

74 Minimum height of fence for a lumber yard for exterior storage of lumbers.

75 Maximum width of sumps for the retention of oil and petroleum products.

76 For Refineries, distilleries, and chemical plants, the minimum height for a fence.

77 Minimum travel distance from any individual room subject to occupancy by not more 6 persons.

78 Maximum distance of travel from the high hazard area to an exit.

79 Minimum distance of an incinerator from any structure used other than a single family dwelling.

80 Maximum reduction in width of a stair by a handrail.

81 Minimum door width of a single door in a door way.

82 Maximum change in elevation between the interior of a door to the outside of it other than a balcony.

83 Maximum force in kilograms required for a panic hardware.

84 Maximum height required for a panic hardware installation.

85 Minimum height required for a panic hardware installation.

86 Maximum number of occupant for a subdivided room or space by a folding partition.

87 Minimum width of a door for family day care homes.

319/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

88 Minimum stair width for a class B stair serving an occupant load of less than 50.
Length of a nosing or effective projection over the level immediately below it for tread below 25 cms in
89
dimension.
90 Maximum height of a handrail.

91 A combustible liquid is any liquid having a flash point at or above.

92 The time duration that a material or construction can withstand the effect of standard fire test is known as.
Any material which by its nature or as a result of its reaction with other elements produces a rapid drop in
93
temperature of the immediate surrounding.
94 Classified as mercantile occupancies, the travel distance from exits shall be.

95 Under what classification of occupancy does pool rooms fall.

96 Under what classification of occupancy does home for the aged fall.

97 Under what classification of occupancy does court houses fall.

98 Under what classification of occupancy does refineries fall.

99 Under what classification of occupancy does drugstores fall.

100 Minimum width of an aisle in a store for mercantile occupancies.

101 Minimum number of aisles for Class 'A' stores.

102 Minimum clear width of aisles for a Class 'A' store.

103 Minimum clear width of an exit access through a covered mall.

104 Minimum height of buildings requiring automatic sprinkler protection.

105 Standard inner radius of a curved stair in business occupancies.

106 Maximum height of riser for Class 'A' stairs.

107 Maximum height of riser for Class 'B' Stairs.

108 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving more than 50 persons.

109 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving 50 persons and below.

110 Maximum horizontal projection of a handrail over a stair.

111 Minimum width of a stair width for Class 'A' stairs.

112 Maximum height between landings for a Class 'B' stairs.

113 Minimum width of landings in direction of travel for Class 'A / B' stairs.

114 Minimum width of Class 'A' ramp.

115 Minimum width of Class 'B' ramp.

116 Standard slope of Class 'B' ramp in percentage.

320/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

117 Maximum height between landings for Class 'A' ramp.

118 Maximum height between landings for Class 'B' ramp.

119 Minimum width of ramps of 3 stories or more in height.

120 Minimum width for fire escape for existing stairs.

121 Minimum horizontal dimension of any landing of platform for existing stairs for fire escape.

122 Maximum rise for a fire escape for very small buildings.

123 Maximum height between landings for fire escape for existing stairs.

124 Minimum distance travel to an exit for storage occupancies of high hazard commodities.

Class of fire involving combustible metals, such as magnesium, sodium, potassium, and other similar
125
materials.

126 Class of fire involving ordinary combustible materials, such as wood, papers, cloth, rubber, and plastics.

A tank, vat or container of flammable or combustible liquid in which articles or materials are immersed for the
127
purpose of coating, finishing, treating or similar processes.

An integrated system of under ground or overhead piping or both connected to a source of extinguishing
128 agents or medium and designed in accordance with fire protection engineering standards which when actuated
by its automatic detecting device, suppresses fire within the area protected.

129 A continuous and unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building to a public way.

130 Minimum distance of an incinerator containing kindled fire or rubbish fire or bonfires.

131 Under what classification of occupancy does museums fall?

132 Under what classification of occupancy does town halls fall?

133 Maximum width of a single door in a doorway.

134 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

135 Maximum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder.

136 Minimum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder.

137 Class III combustible liquids shall mean any liquid having a flash point at how many degrees Celsius?

138 In standard seating, the minimum spacing from back to back.

139 Minimum space from the back of chair to the front of the chair behind.

140 Maximum slope for aisles for public assembly structures.

141 Size of standpipe provided for each stage for public assembly building.

142 Occupant load per person for classrooms.

143 Where exterior corridors or balconies are provided as means of exit, they shall open to the

321/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

144 outside and shall be spaced ___ meters apart. (Educational)

145 Minimum dimension of a rescue window for educational occupancies.

146 Maximum height from the floor for a rescue window for educational occupancies.

147 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in hospitals and nursing homes.

148 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in residential-custodial care.
Any room for sleeping in institutional occupancies if subdivided shall have a maximum area of how many
149
square meters?
Includes buildings or groups of building under the same management in which there are more than 15 sleeping
150
accommodations for hire.

Includes buildings containing three or more living units independent cooking and bathroom facilities, whether
151
designed as rowhouse, apartment house, tenement, garden apartment, or by any other name.

152 Minimum number of stories of apartment buildings requiring fire alarm system.

153 Minimum number of apartment units requiring fire alarm system.

154 Fuel + Oxidizer used to set off explosives

155 Highly combustible/explosive cmpd. (nitric aid + cellulose)

156 Any plastic substance with cellulose nitate

157 Materials easily set on fire

158 Free burning fiber (cotton, oakum, hay, straw, etc.)

159 Liquid w/ flash pt. ^37.8 deg.C (100deg.F)

160 Liquid w/c causes fire when in contact w/ organic matter/chemicals

Vertical panel of non-combustible/fire-resistive materials attached and extending below the bottom chord of
161 roof trusses; divide the underside of the roof to several compartments so that heat and smoke will be directed
upwards to a roof vent.

162 Any material w/c produces rapid drop of temperature to its immediate surroundings.

163 Device installed inside an airduct w/c automatically closes to restrict smoke or fire.

164 Raising temperature, cooling & condensing to produce a nearly purified substance

165 Continuous passageway for transmission of air

166 Finely powdered substance when mixed w/ air and ignited will cause explosion.

Extremely hot, luminous bridge formed by the passage of electric current across a space between 2
167
conductors due to the incandescence of the conducting vapor

322/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

168 Hot piece or lump partially burned, still oxidizing w/o the manifestation of flames

169 Active principle of burning

170 Building unsafe in case of fire

171 Visual/audible signal, device or system; warn the occupants or fire fighting elements of presence/danger of fire

172 Fire resistive door


condition/act which increase probability of fire; delay/hinder/interfere fire fighting, safeguarding of life &
173
property.
174 Portion of road/publicway kept opened/unobstructed for fire fighting units.

Built-in protection system (sprinklers, automatic extinguishing system, heat/smoke detectors, warning system)
175 - Personal protective equipment (fire blankets, helmets, fire suits, gloves)

Design & installation of walls, barriers, windows, vents, means of egress; treatment of building components
176
with flame retardant chemicals; to minimize danger of fire and safe evacuation of people.

177 Minimum temperature a material gives off vapor to form ignition

178 Metal is heated prior to changing shape/dimension

179 Stable explosive compund; explodes by percussion

180 manufacturing, fabrication, conversion w/c uses/produces materials that cause fires or explosions.

181 Passageway from one building to another or through or around the wall in approximately same floor level.

182 Box/cabinet where fire hoses, valves and other equipment ware stored.

183 Cylindrical device where fire hose is wound and connected

184 Rocket or liquid propellant

Industrial process of heating materials to remove solvents/moisture, and fuse certain salts to form uniform
185
glazing on the surface of treated materials
186 Piece of metal or conductor used to bypass a safety in an electrical system
187 Intended use/purpose of a building
Any person occupying/using a building (or portions) by virtue of lease contract/permission with the
188
owner/administrator

Strong oxidizing organic compound w/c causes fire when in contact w/ combustible material under condition of
189
high temperature.

190 Use of electrical appliances/devices beyond the designed capacity of existing electrical system.

191 Person who holds the legal right of possession or title to a building/property
192 Yields oxygen; stimulates/supports combustion

Type of burner where pressurized fuel is discharged to combustion chamber which includes fans for
193
introduction of air.

194 building/structure; 50 or more people congregate/gather/assemble

323/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

195 street, alley, strip of land unobstructed from ground to sky intended for public use

196 Ignites spontaneously when exposed to air

197 partial distillation & electrolysis; removing impurities/deleterious materials from mixture

198 Automatic closing doors; confines smoke & heat; delays spread of fire.
199 Melting/fusing metal ores; separate impurities from pure metals.
Integrated network of hydraulically designed piping with outlets w/c automatically discharges water when
200
activated by heat.

Vertical pipes to which firehoses can be attached on each floor; includes system where water is made available
201
to outlets as needed.

202 Passage hall/antechamber between outlet doors and interior parts of building

203 Vertical space/passage extending from floor to floor, base to top of the building

Integrated system of underground or overhead piping connected to extinguishing agent actuated by automatic
204
detecting device to suppress fire.

205 Temperature at which liquid is transformed to vapor


206 Combustible materials (wood, cloth, paper, rubber & plastics)
207 Flammable liquids and gases
208 Electrical
209 Combustible metals (magnesium, sodium, potassium, etc.)

Pipeline system filled with water and connected to a constant water supply for the use of Fire Service and
210
occupants of the building solely for suppression purposes.

211 Isolated structure where loose fibers are stored.

Tank, vat, container of flammable/combustible liquid in which articles or materials are immersed for the
212
purpose of coating, finishing, treating, or similr processes.

213 pipes not filled with water; water is introduced thru Fire Service connections

214 Building, structure or facilities used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile and ammunition

215 Fire alarm system transmitted to designated locations instead of sounding a general alarm to prevent panic

An assembly incorporated in a structure designed to prevent the spread of fire (dampers, curtain board, fire
216
stoppers)

217 Time duration a material can withstand the effect of hundred fire test

A wall designed to prevent the spread of fire w/ fire resistance rating of not less than 4 hours and structurally
218
stable.

219 Time w/c flame will spread over the surface of a burning material.

220 Compound/mixture w/c improves fire resistant quality of fabrics and other materials

Land covered with dry grass, cogon, reeds, brush and other highly combustible growth that fires are likely to
221
occur and hard to suppress.

324/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

222 Buildings, structures, facilities 15 meters or more in height.

223 Continuous unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building, structure or facility to a public way.

224 Maximum number of persons that may occupy a building, structure or facility or portions thereof.

Liquid mixture of binders (alkyd, acrylic) w/c when spread on surface becomes protective and decorative
225
finish.

Mechanical device consisting of linkages and a horizontal bar across a door, which when pushed from the
226
inside will cause the door to open and facilitate exit from a building, structure or facility.

227 Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials are segregated into desired sizes or groups.

228 Air compartment or chamber w/ one or more ducts are connected to form part of an air distribution system.

229 density and volume of smoke developed within a certain period of time.

230 PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE OF EXITS - 3 STORIES OR LESS

231 PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE OF EXITS - 4 STORIES OR more

TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXITS


232 INDIVIDUAL ROOM (Not more than 6 Occupants)
MAX. ______ from any point of the room to exit door.

Lot Occupancy Corner Lot 90%


Inside Lot 80%
*at least 2m from property line
Sanitation At least one (1) sanitary toilet & adequate washing & drainage
Foundation Footings 250mm thick & 600mm below ground
Floor Live Load
1st Floor 200 kilograms per sq.m
233
2nd Floor 150 kilograms per sq.m
*minimum
Roof Wind Load 120 min. kilograms per sq.m for vertical projections
Stairs Clear width 750mm
Rise 200mm
Run 200mm
Entrance & Exit At least 1 entrance & 1 exit

Min. horizontal dimension not less than 2.00m / - inner courts shall be connected to a street or yard, or by a
234
passageway 1.20m min.

a. Natural Ventilation min of 2.70m


Artificial Ventilation (min.)
1st storey 2.70m
235
2nd storey 2.40m
3rd storey 2.10m
b. Mezzanine min. of 1.80m

325/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


1. Rooms for Human Habitations 6 sq.m w/ at least dimension of 2m (2x3m)
2. Kitchens 3 sq.m w/ a least dimension of 1.5 (1.5x2m)
236
3. Bath & Toilet 1.20 sq.m w/ at least of 0.90m (0.90x1.3m)

1. School Rooms 3.00 cu.m w/ 1.00 sq.m of floor area per person
2. Workshops, Factories, Offices 12.00 cu.m of air space per person;
237
3. Habitable rooms 14.00 cu.m of air space per person.

eaves over required windows not less than 750mm. minimum over from the side & rear property lines / sum
238
of areas of openings must not exceed 50 % of sum of areas of walls

239 at least 10% of floor area (not provided w/ artificial ventilation system)

a. Ventilation or vent shafts horizontal cross-sectional area not < 0.10 sq.m per meter height of shaft
240
b. Air Ducts 0.30 sq.m w/ at least dimension of 300mm

1. Office, Administrative purposes not < 3 changes of air per hour


2. Bakeries, Hotel, Restaurants, Kitchens not < 10 changes of air per hour
241
3. Auditoriums, Assembly purposes not < 0.30 cu.m of air per minute
4. Wards, Dormitories of Institutional Bldgs. not < 0.45 cu.m of air per minute, supplied each person

a. Footings at least 2.40m below grade along national roads, may project not > 300mm beyond Property line.
242
b. Foundations not < 600mm below the grade, may encroach 500mm into public sidewalk areas

243 Min. of 3.00m above the established sidewalk grade

a. Definition a permanent roofed structure above a door attached to and supported by the building and
projecting over a wall or sidewalk
244 b. Projection & Clearance outermost edge of the marquee and the curb line shall be not < 300mm, vertical
clearance bet pavement or GL & undersurface of marquee shall not < 3.00m
c. Construction incombustible materials not < 2 hrs fire-resistive

a. Definition a movable shelter supported from an exterior wall of a bldg. w/c can be retracted, folded,
collapsed against the face of a supporting bldg.
b. Clearance
245
Awning to curb line not < 300mm
Vertical Clearance (undermost surface of the awning or GL) not < 2.40m

not less than 2.40m above pavement or GL shall not, when fully opened, project beyond PL except fire exit
246
doors

a. Public Street or alley less than 3.60m in width shall be truncated at the corner Chaflan
247
b. If arcaded bldg, no chaflan reqtd notwithstanding the width of public street, 12.00m

a. Temporary walkway 1.20m wide (during construction


248
b. Capable of supporting a uniform live load of 650 kg per sq.m

a. Railings street side of the sidewalk at least 1m in height


249 b. Fences not < 2.40m above grade
c. Canopies 2.40m above the railway, live load 600 kg per sq.m.

250 a. Removal protective fence or canopy shall be removed _______ after protection no longer required.

326/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

251 1. Excavation made on public property - restored immediately to its former conditions w/in ______

Escalator draft curtain at least 200mm on all sides


252 Automatic Sprinklers provided around perimeter of the opening w/in 600mm of draft curtain. Distance bet
sprinklers - max of 1.80 center to center

1. Access not < 600mm sq. or in diameter, min clear headroom of 800mm
253 2. Area Separation enclosed attic space of combustible construction shall be divided into horizontal area max
of 250 sq.m. area, 750 sq.m. in area for attic with Fire-extinguishing system.
1. Number of Exits
Above 1st storey 10 occupant 2 exits
Mezzanine 185 sq.m area or more than 18m in dimension 2 exits
500-999 3 exits
2. Exits if only 2 exits required, shall be placed distance apart not < 1/5 of the perimeter area.
3. Distance of Exits w/o sprinkler 45m from exterior exit door, w/ sprinkler 60m
4. Doors
a. Swing exit door shall swing to exit travel in hazardous areas w/ 50 or more occupant load
b. Double acting doors view panel of not < 1,300 sq. cm.
c. Width and Height not < 900mm in width, not < 2.00m in height, opening 90 degrees and exit way clear
width not < 700mm
5. Door Leaf Width max of 1.20
6. Corridors and Exterior Exit Balconies
a. Width not < 1.10m
b. Dead Ends max 6.00m in length
7. Stairways
a. Width serving an occupant load of more than 50 shall not be < 1.10m, occupant load of 50 or less may be
90m (900mm) wide, private stairways serving an occupant load of < 10 may be .75m (750mm)
b. Rise and Run. Rise max 0.20m (200mm), Run - 0.25m (250mm)
254
c. Winding Stairways narrower side of the thread 150mm 300mm
d. Circular Stairways used as exit w/ min width of run not < 250mm
e. Landings straight run max of 1.20m, vertical
f. Distance bet landings max of 3.60m vertical distance landings.
g. Handrails not < 800mm nor more than 900mm.
h. Stairway to Roof if 4 or more storeys in height
i. Headroom clearance 2.00m
8. Ramps width 1.10m min
9. Exit Outlets, Courts, Passageways
a. Slope exit courts max of 1:10, exit passageway max of 1:8
b. Openings on exit court not < 3.00m protected by fire assemblies not < hour fire resistive. Except
openings > 3.00m may be unprotected
c. Exit signs illumination not < 10.7 lux at the floor level
10. Aisles
a. Width not < 800mm if serving one side, not < 1m if serving both sides, side aisles shall not < 1.10m
b. Exit Distance
1. Groups H, I occupancies w/o seats, line of travel to exit door by an aisle is not > 45.00m
2. Exit doors clear width 1.70m if 30 seats bet aisles and 1m distance of seat back to back
c. Slope max of 1:8
a. Shall be constructed w/ metal frames Except Group A and J. Glass is set an angle of < 45 degrees, if
located above 1st storey, set at least 100mm (0.10m) above the roof.
b. Space bet supports
- flat wire glass not exceed 625mm
255 - corrugated wire glass - 1.5m
- glass no wired 2.5m in diameter w/ mesh not larger than 25mm
c. Ordinary Glass if ridge doesnt exceed 6.00m above the grade
d. Glass for Transmission of Light not < 12.5mm thick, glass over 100 sq.cm. area have wire mesh

327/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1. Every storey, basement or cellar w/ 200sq.m or more w/c is used for habitation, etc. w/c has an occupant
load of more than 20.
2. Dressing, rehearsal rms., workshops or factories w/ occupant load of more than 10 or assembly halls w/
256
occupant load of more than 500, if the next doors of rooms are more than 30.00m from safe dispersal area.
3. Photographic x-ray, nitrocellulose films and inflammable articles

1. Construction and Test shall be wrought iron of GS w/ fittings, connections to withstand 20 kg per sq.cm of
water pressure
2. Size 900 liters water per minute
3. Number Required every bldg 4 or more storeys where any floor above 3rd floor is 950m or less, equipped
w/ 1 dry standpipe.
4. Siamese Connections:
257 2 way 100mm dry standpipe
3 way 125mm
4 way 150mm
Siamese inlet (located on street front) Not < 300mm nor more than 1.20m above grade
5. Outlets standpipe 63mm outlet not more than 1.20m above each floor level, with 2 way standpipes 63mm
outlet above the roof (all with gate valves)

1. Size Interior wet standpipes deliver 190 liters/water per minute under 2.0 kg per sq.cm water pressure
2. Outlets 38mm valve each storey located not < 300mm nor more than 1.20m above the floor.
3. Water Supply street main not < 100mm in diameter
258 4. Pressure and Gravity Tanks 1500 liters/water per minute for not < 10 minutes
5. Fire pumps capacity not < 1000 liters per minute w/ pressure not < 2 kg per sq.cm connected to street
main w/ not < 100mm diameter

1. Sheds, greenhouses, and the like not exceeding 6sq.m. in floor area
2. Addition of open terrace/patios not exceeding 20sq.m
3. Window Grilles
259
4. Garden pools for water plants/aquarium not exceeding 500mm in depth.
5. Erection of garden walls other than walls not exceeding 1.80m

1. Structural member, such as replacement of roofing sheets, etc.


2. Non load-bearing partition walls.
3. Interior portion of a house
4. Replacement of windows
260 5. Replacement of flooring
6. Perimeter fence & walls
7. Replacement of sanitary & plumbing fixtures
8. Replacement of faulty & deteriorated wiring devices, fixtures, safety devices

328/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

Any letter, word, numeral, illustration use to announce or advertise


Specific Provisions:
1. Business Signs max width 1.20m & length not exceeding the frontage of the bldg.
2. Ground Signs shall not exceed 6.00m in height from the street crown, self supporting outdoor signs
10.00m away from PL
3. Projecting Signs - Sign Boards 1m to electric & telephone wires
261 4. Wall Signs not extend more than 300mm & not < 3m above the sidewalk. W/ combustible materials shall
not exceed 4.00sq.m. area
5. Temporary Signs
a. Steamers lowest pt. of bottom edge have min clearance 4.30m above the pavement
6. Administrative Provisions
a. Exemptions sign not exceeding 0.20sq.m. of display surface.

1. Width
1.1 Sidewalks of 2m w/ planting strip of 800mm in width separating curb & sidewalk
1.2 Arcades shall be cantilevered from bldg. line, horizontal distance bet the curb line & the outermost face of
bldg not < 500mm
1.3 Combined open & arcaded sidewalks w/ planting strip not < 800mm in width separating bet arcaded portion
262
and open portion of sidewalk
2. Driveways, Entrances and Exits
2.1 Entrances and Exits of Building abutting sidewalks shall be made of either ramps or steps
2.1.1 Steps shall have treads not < 300mm. Min no. of steps shall be (2), w/ risers not exceeding 100mm

1.1. Primary Lines min vertical clearance of 10m from the crown of road pavement, 7.5m from the top of the
shoulder/sidewalk
263
1.2. Secondary Lines min vertical clearance of 7.5m from the crown of road pavement

a. Fire Hydrants not < 5m


264 b. Curbs not < 150mm from curb away from the roadway

265 a. Clearances Over Roof Conductors have clearance not< 2.5m from highest pt. of roofs

4.1 New Building load demand 200KVA or above provided w/transformer vault
4.2 Location ventilated to outside air
4.3 Walls, Roof and Floor. Reinforced concrete not < 150mm, masonry/brick not less than 200mm, 300mm
266
load bearing hollow concrete blocks. Inside wall and roof surface constructed of HCB shall have a coating of
cement/gypsum plaster not < 20mm. Concrete floor not < 100mm thick.

5.1 Ventilation Openings


5.1.1. Size not < .006sq.mm per KVA of transformer capacity in service, except the net are shall not be <
267 0.1sqm for any capacity under 50KVA
5.1.2. Drainage vaults w/ more than 100KVA transformer capacity shall be provided w/ drain

329/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

268 6.1 Transformers Used w/ Capacitors KVA rating shall not be < 135% of capacitor rating

1.1 Hoistway pits clearance of not < 600mm remains bet the underside of car & bottom of pit.
1.2 Min number of hoisting ropes shall be 3 for traction elevators and 2 for drumtype elevators.
1.3 Min diameter of hoisting & counterweight ropes shall be 30mm
269 1.4 Elevators w/ over-load relay and reverse polarity relay.
1.5 In high rise apts. or residential condos of more than 5 stories, at least 1 passenger elevator shall be kept
on 24 hour constant service.

2.1 Angle of inclination shall not exceed 35 degrees from the horizontal
2.2 Width bet balustrades shall not be < 558 mm nor more than 1.20m. The width shall not exceed the width
270 of the steps by more than 330mm.
2.3 Rated speed, not more than 38mpm.

3.1 Location
3.1.1 Main Bldg. is not made up of fire resistive materials, boilers shall be located outside w/ distance not <
3.00m outside the wall of main bldg. & bldg. housing the boiler
3.1.2 No part of the boiler shall be closer than 1m from any wall
3.2 Smokestacks - shall able to withstand a wind load of 175km per hour & shall rise at least 5m above the
eaves of any bldg. w/in a radius of 50m.
271 3.3 Boilers more than 46sq.m. heating surface shall be provided w/ 2 means of feeding water, 1 steam driven
and 1 electrically driven, 1 pump and 1 injector.
3.4 2 check valves shall be provided bet any feed pump and boiler
3.5 Boilers rms. shall have at least 2 separate exits.
3.6 Each boiler shall at least 1 safety valve. Having more than 46.sq.m pressure of water heating
surface/generating capacity exceeding 97kg. per hour, 2 or more safety valves are required.

4.1 68-74 degrees F temperature and humidity for comfortable cooling, 4.57 to 7.60 MPM temperature at an air
movement.
4.2 Not more than 136kgs of refrigerant shall be stored in a machine rm.
4.3 Where ammonia is used into a tank of water at least 1 gallon of water shall be provided for every .04536kg
272
of ammonia in the system.
4.4 Refrigerant piping crossing a passageway in any bldg. shall not < 2.3m above the floor.
4.5 Window type AC (Air Con) shall not be < 2.13m from the ground

5.1 To maintain water pressure in all floors of a bldg./structure, the ff. systems may be used:
5.1.1 Overhead tank supply may be installed above the roof w/ a vent and an overflow pipe leading to a
273 storm drain and be fully covered.
5.1.2 Pneumatic Tank unfired pressure vessel

330/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

6.1 Piping 100mm in diameter and above shall be flanged. Small diameter pipes may be screwed
6.2 Color coding of Piping:
Steam Division High Pressure White
Exhaust System Buff
Water Division Fresh Water, low pressure - Blue
Fresh Water, high pressure - Blue
Salt water piping Green
274
Oil Division Delivery Brass or Bronze
Discharge Yellow
Pneumatic Division All piping Gray
Gas Division All piping Black
Fuel Oil Division All piping Black
Refrigerating Division Pipes Black
Fittings - Black

275 erected @ sidewalks/walkways not < 2.40m in height above curb line.

4.1 Protective canopy - 2.40m above the walkway


4.2 Railings not < 1m high and solid toe boards not < 300mm placed along the street and ends of the
276
canopy. Canopy safely sustaining a load of 800kg per sq.m.
4.3 Underside of canopy properly lighted not < one (1) 100 watt bulb every 6m of its length

277 G.I wire gauge 16,38mm mesh nylon net; canvas

6.1 Temporary walkway adjacent to the street line not more than 1.20m wide (for the use of pedestrians).
Where the road right of way is 5m or less, no temporary walkway shall be allowed
6.2 Width of walkway shall not < 1.20m but more than 1/3 the width of the sidewalk.
278
6.3 Walkways capable of supporting uniform live load of 650kg per sq.m.
6.4 Railings not < 1m in height

279 7.1 Every Trench, 1.50m or more in depth, provided w/ means of exit at least 7.50 of its length

8.1 No materials piled/stacked higher than 1.8m except in yards/sheds. When Piles exceed 1.2m height,
280
material be arranged that the sides & ends of the piles taper back.

9.1 All buildings 1 standpipes outlet @ each floor.


9.2 In every construction at least 1 approved handpump, tank or portable chemical or dry fire extinguisher.
281
9.3 No material/construction equipment shall be placed w/in 3m of such hydrant/connection bet it and the
center of the street.

10.1 Where more than 200 workers are employed, a properly first-aid room shall be provided w/ a
282
physician/nurse.

11.1 Passageways, stairways and corridors average light intensity not < 2 foot candles.
283
11.2 Locations where tools & or machinery are used 5 foot candles.

284 shall be screened/protected on all sides not < 1.80m height

331/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

13.1 Stairways shall be erected as the bldg. exceeds 18.00m in height


13.2 No single ladder shall exceed 6.00m in length. Ladder landings at least 1.20m w/ handrails & toe boards.
Ladder rungs shall be spaced uniformly as near to 30mm.
13.3 Ladders leading to floors, stagings/platforms shall be at least 900mm above level of such floors
285 13.4 Ladders serving traffic in both directions simultaneously at least 1m wide.
13.5 Ladders shall not be painted, inspected at least once every 30 days.
13.6 Stairs and Stairways shall be support a load at least 490kq./sq.m
13.7 Temporary stairs (the sum of the 2 risers and width of 1 tread shall not < 160mm nor more than 660mm)
2R+T=160mm-660mm. Not < 915mm wide. Landings not < 762mm long

14.1 At least (3) three 250mm planks


14.2 Slope not steeper than 1:3
286 14.3 When riser is steeper than 1:6, or more than 1.8m and steeper than 1:8, runways/ramps shall be provided
w/ cleats spaced not more than 200mm apart
14.4 Total rise of more than 1.80m passing over/near floor openings

15.1 Support at least 4 times the max load.


15.2 Planks used in construction shall be not < 50mm nominal thickness, overlap at the end shall not < 150mm
15.3 Ropes, cables and blocks used in support shall be sufficient size & strength to sustain @ least 6 times the
287 max load
15.4 Platform level of w/c is more than 1.80m above the ground
15.5 Substantial overhead protection not more than 3m above the scaffold platform

16.1 Used as hoistways/elevator shaftways be protected all sides, expect the side used for loading &
unloading. Protection shall be in barricades not < 1.20m high near the edges of openings, guard rails not <
288 910mm high placed not < 600mm.
16.2 Solid barriers not < 910mm high

17.1 Guard Rails - Top rail not < 910mm high above the platform level. An intermediate rail shall be provided
bet the top rail & the platform. Guard rails shall have supports not more than 2.40m apart, shall be constructed
to withstand a horizontal force of 30kgs. per meter
289 17.2 Toe Boards shall extend not < 150mm above the platform level. Toe Boards of Wood shall not < 25mm
nominal thickness w/ supports not more than 1.20m apart, Metal shall not < 3.175mm thick w/ supports not
more than 1.20m apart.

18.1 Chutes for removal of materials & debris shall be provided in demolition operations w/ are more than 6m
above pt. of material to be removed
18.2 Intervals of 7.60m or less w/ substantial stops to prevent descending matls
18.3 Chutes w/c at an angle 45 degrees from the horizontal be enclosed on all 4 sides
290
18.4 Chutes w/c at an angle 45 degrees from the horizontal may be left open on the upper side
18.5 Openings into matls/debris are dumped are dumped at the top of a chute shall be protect by a substantial
guardrail extending @ least 1.90m above the level of the floor

332/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

Private Open Space Requirements


% OF OPEN SPACE
TYPE OF LOT A & B (Residential) All Other
a. Interior Lot (accessible from a public street/alley by means of a private access road) 50% 25%
291
b. Inside Lot (non-corner/single frontage lot) 20% 15%
c. Corner and/or Through Lot 10% 5%
d. Lots bounded on 3 or more sides by public open space (streets, alleys, easement of seashores, etc) 5% 5%

unoccupied space bet bldg. lines & lot lines other than yard: free, open and unobstructed from the ground
upward.
a. Inner court bounded on all sides/around its periphery by bldg. lines.
b. Open court bounded by 3 sides by bldg. lines w/ 1 side bounded by another open space
c. Through court bounded on 2 opposite sides by bldg. lines w/ the other opposite sides bounded by other
292 open space.
Every court shall have a width not < 2.00m for 1 and 2 storey bldgs. This may reduced to not < 1.50m in
cluster living units (quadruplexes, rowhouses) for 1 or 2 storeys in height w/ adjacent courts w/ area not <
3.00m. Irregularly shaped lots like triangular shall be < 3.00m
Bldgs more than 2 storeys in height, min width of the court shall be increased at the rate of 300mm

Yards for Commercial, Industrial, Institutional & Recreational Buildings


ROAD RIGHT OF WAY FRONT SIDE REAR
30M & above 10m 3m
25-29m 8m 3m
293
20-24m 6m
10-19m 4m 2m
Below 10m 2m

2.1 Mixed occupancies, parking requirements shall be the sum of 100% dominant use & 50% of each of the
non-dominant
294
2.2 20% of parking requirements may be provided w/in premises

295 Average automobile parking size

296 Truck or bus

333/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1.2 Low Income Single Detached living units in housing project areas w/ individual lots not more than 100sq.m
Pooled parking at 1 slot/10 living units
1.3 Multi family units w/ unit floor of: a. Up to 50sq.m 1 slot/8 living units
b. Above 50sq.m to 100sq.m 1 slot/4 living units
c. More than 100sq.m 1 slot/living unit
1.4 Hotels 1 slot/10 rooms
1.5 Residential Hotels & Apartels 1 slot/5 rooms
1.6 Motels 1 slot/unit
1.7 Neighborhood shopping center 1 slot/100 sq.m of shopping floor area
1.8 Markets 1 slot/150 sq.m of shopping floor area
1.9 Restaurants, fast-food centers, bars and beerhouses 1 slot/30 sq.m of customer area
1.10 Nightclubs, supperclubs and theater-restaurants 1 slot/20 sq.m of customer area
1.11 Office Bldgs 1 slot/125 sq.m of gross floor area
297
1.12 Pension/Boarding/Lodging houses 1 slot/20 beds
1.13 Other Bldgs in Business/Commercial Zones 1 slot/125 sq.m of gross floor area
1.14 Public assembly bldgs such as theaters, cinemas, etc. 1 slot/50 sq.m spectator area
1.15 Places of Worship & Funeral Parlors 1 slot/50 sq.m of congregation area
1.16 Schools Elementary, Secondary, Vocational & Trade schools 1 slot/10 classrooms
College & Univ. 1 slot/5 classrooms
1.17 Hospitals 1 slot/25 beds
1.18 Recreational Facilities Bowling Alleys 1 slot/4 alleys
Amusement Centers 1 slot/50 sq.m of gross floor area
Clubhouses, beach houses and the like 1 slot/100 sq.m of gross floor area
1.19 Factories, manufacturing establishments, mercantile bldgs, warehouses and storage bins 1 car slot/1,000
sq.m of gloss floor area
1.20 Tourist bus parking areas 2 bus slots/hotel or theater restaurant

1. A Filipino citizen and Good Moral Character


2. Duly registered Architect or Civil Engineer
298 3. Member of Accredited organization of not less than 2 years
4. At least 5 years diversified experience in building design and construction

1. Public Buildings
2. Traditional Indigenous Family
299 Dwellings native materials
Cost doesnt exceed P15,000

Null & Void not commenced in a period of 1 year


300 Abandoned work for 120 days

301 P.D.. 1096

302 Maximum height of a combustible stand.

303 Minimum spacing for seats in a chair type measurement from back to back.

304 Maximum line of travel to an exit of an aisle.

305 Maximum slope of an aisle.

334/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

306 In standard seating, the minimum spacing of rows measured from back to back.

307 Minimum width of any seat.

308 Minimum area of a double acting door view panel.

309 Minimum clear width of an exit doorway.

310 Maximum width of an exit door leaf.

311 Minimum width of an exit corridor.

312 Minimum number of exit for floors above the first storey having an occupant load of more than 10

313 Number of exit for occupant load of 599-999.

314 Minimum downward projection of a draft curtain

315 Maximum floor area for an attic made of combustible materials.

316 Maximum center to center spacing of a draft curtain sprinkler.

317 Maximum floor area for an attic made of incombustible materials.

318 Standard gauge for metal hoods in barbeques.

319 Minimum height of a Siamese connection above grade.

320 Standard maximum distance of a standpipe from an opening in a stairway.

321 Minimum wall thickness of a fireplace.

322 Minimum number of exit for a projection room.

323 Minimum extended portion of a chimney above the roof.

324 Minimum air space between walls of a masonry chimney above the roof.

325 Minimum thickness of glass used for floors.

326 Maximum rise of one row of seat to the next.

335/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

327 Minimum number of exit for stands within a building serving an occupant load of 300.

328 Minimum height of a guard rail located in front of the grandstand.

329 Minimum width of a run in a stand stair.

330 Minimum spacing for seats with backrests measured from back to back.

331 Minimum spacing for seats without backrests measured from back to back.

332 Minimum width of an exit door in an aisle.

333 Minimum intensity of lights for exits.

334 Minimum width of side aisles.

335 Minimum increase in width of aisles for every linear meter.

336 Minimum width of an aisle serving only one side.

337 Open space requirement for an interior lot.

338 Open space requirement for a corner lot or a through lot.

339 Bounded on all sides or around its periphery by building lines.

340 Minimum stair width for a residence.

341 Standard minimum area of a toilet.

342 Minimum dimension of a kitchen.

343 Minimum area for vent shafts.

344 Air space requirement for a school room per person.

345 Air space requirement for a habitable room per person.

346 Minimum area of opening of an air duct.

Maximum projection beyond the property line of a footing along the national road and at least 2.40 mts. In
347
depth.

336/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

348 Minimum clearance of a canopy or a marquee from the sidewalk.

349 Minimum stair width for occupant load of less than 50.

350 Minimum width of a temporary walkway.

351 Minimum clearance of an arcade above sidewalk.

352 Vacant space left between the building and lot lines less than 2.00 mts in width.

353 Minimum horizontal dimension of a court.

354 Minimum width of a passageway connecting a street and a court.

355 Standard air space requirement per person for factories.

356 Minimum headroom clearance for a mezzanine.

357 Air supply per person per minute for auditoriums.

358 Minimum total area of a window or an opening for a room without artificial ventilation.

359 Minimum dimension for a vent shaft.

360 Minimum horizontal clearance of the curb line to the outermost edge of the marquee.

361 Minimum clearance of the lowest portion of an awning to the ground.

362 Minimum height of a construction fence.

363 Minimum live load bearing capacity of a construction canopy.

364 Minimum height of a protective railing in a construction.

365 Minimum wind load capacity for roofs for vertical projection.

366 Maximum height of a handrail above the stair thread.

367 Minimum ceiling height for naturally ventilated rooms.

368 Minimum height of a handrail above the stair thread.

337/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

369 Maximum dimension of a stair landing.

370 Maximum slope of an exit court.

371 Minimum width of run for circular stair.

372 Minimum headroom clearance for any stair.

373 Maximum slope for an exit passageway.

374 Maximum height of a Siamese connection above the ground.

375 Maximum distance of any portion of a building from the nozzle of a 23 mts fire hose.

376 Minimum number of exit for any stage.

377 Minimum extension of a proscenium wall above the roof.

378 Minimum width of a stair in a stage egress.

379 Minimum thickness of glass for jalousies.

380 Maximum length of glass for jalousies.

381 Minimum width of exit in a stage.

382 Minimum lateral spacing for plastic skylights.

383 A store window in which goods are displayed.

384 Maximum width of a business sign.

385 Minimum distance of a sign from any electrical post or telephone wires.

386 Minimum open space requirement for a corner lot.

387 Minimum size of thread for an entrance or exit step.

388 Maximum slope for an entrance or exit ramp.

389 Minimum number of steps for an entrance or exit stair.

338/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

390 Standard turn circle of a wheelchair.

391 Office building parking ratio.

392 Standard size of a perpendicular parking slot.

393 Hotel building parking ratio.

394 Hospital building parking ratio.

395 Maximum distance of a handicapped parking from the facility being served.

396 Colleges and university parking ratio.

397 Theaters, cinemas, auditoria, and stadia parking ratio.

398 Minimum number of wheelchair seating space for 51-300 seating capacity for auditoriums.

399 Minimum width of a dropped curb.

400 Minimum Dimensions of an accessible elevator.

401 Maximum distance of an accessible elevator from the entrance of a building.

402 Minimum height of signs on walls and doors for the disabled to see comfortable.

403 Minimum door width for an accessible elevator.

404 Minimum dimensions for an accessible water closet stall.

405 Maximum height of signs on walls and doors for the disabled to see comfortably.

406 Minimum width of a parking slot for the disabled.

407 Minimum run of a stair for Group A dwellings (residential)

408 Minimum ceiling height from 3rd floor to succeeding floors with artificial ventilation.

409 Minimum area of rooms for human habitation.

410 Least dimension of rooms for human habitation.

339/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

411 Least dimension of an air duct.

412 Maximum encroachment into a public sidewalk of a foundation at least 600 mm below the grade line.

413 Minimum width of an exit door.

414 Maximum width reduced by handrails and doors fully opened to balconies and corridors

415 Minimum width of stairs serving more than 50 occupants.

416 Minimum width of stairs serving less than 10 occupants.

417 Maximum reduction in width of a stair due to trims and handrails.

418 Minimum run of a winding stair.

419 Maximum run of a winding stair.

420 Allowable tolerance in the rise and run of every step.

421 Width of stair requiring an intermediate handrail.

422 Minimum width of an aisle serving both sides.

423 Maximum number of seats between the wall and the aisle.

424 Maximum distance between the back of each seat to the front of the seat behind it.

425 Maximum width of seat in a stand.

426 Maximum projection of a penthouse or other projections above the roof.

427 Maximum ratio of a penthouse area to that of the supporting roof.

428 Minimum thickness of masonry chimney for residentials.

429 Minimum thickness of rubble stone masonry chimney for residentials.

430 Minimum firebox wall thickness.

431 Minimum thickness of smoke chamber back walls.

340/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

432 minimum thickness of front and side smoke chamber walls.

433 Minimum number of storeys requiring one (1) or more dry standpipes.

434 Minimum volume of water a dry standpipe should provide.

435 Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a two-way Siamese connection.

436 Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a three-way Siamese connection.

437 Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a four-way Siamese connection.

438 Minimum volume of water an interior wet standpipe should provide.

439 Minimum diameter of a wet standpipe.

440 Standard diameter of a dry standpipe opening.

441 Standard length of a fire hose.

442 Maximum distance of a hose nozzle to any portion of a building.

443 Standard diameter of a wet standpipe valve.

444 Maximum projection into a sidewalk of a sign 4.50 mts. above grade.

445 Minimum vertical clearance from the bottom of a signage to an arcaded sidewalk.

446 Minimum vertical clearance from the bottom of a signage to non-arcaded sidewalk.

447 Number of days of work abandonment of stoppage for a building permit to expire.

448 Width of planting strip for sidewalks 2.00 mts in width.

449 Minimum horizontal distance of the curb line to the outermost face of an arcade.

450 Maximum vertical clearance of an arcade above grade.

451 Slope of ramp of road-way to sidewalk.

452 Slope of driveway to sidewalk where the height of curb is 200 mm and above.

341/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

453 Minimum vertical clearance of primary lines from the crown of the pavement when crossing the highway.

454 Minimum vertical clearance of primary lines from top of sidewalk when installed along the side of the highway.

455 Vertical clearance of secondary lines from sidewalks along or crossing the street.

456 Minimum clearance of conductors from the highest point of a roof.

457 Maximum height of a dumbwaiter.

458 Maximum area of a dumbwaiter.

459 Minimum clearance of conductors from any platform or ground or projection from which they might be reached.

Minimum vertical clearance of service drop of communication lines above ground at its point of attachment to
460
than building or pedestal.

461 Vertical clearance of a service drop communication line when crossing a street.

462 Maximum capacity of a dumbwaiter.

463 Minimum width of an access road to a cul-de-sac.

464 Unit area per occupant for dwellings.

465 Unit area per occupant for Hotels.

466 Unit area per occupant for offices and garages.

467 Unit area per occupant for class rooms.

468 Unit area per occupant for stores - retail sales rooms upper floors.

469 Unit area per occupant for nurseries for children.

470 Unit area for stores -retail sales room for basement and ground floor.

471 Unit area for hospitals and sanitaria.

472 Unit area per occupant for aircraft hangars without repairs.

473 Unit area per occupant for warehouses and mechanical equipment room.

342/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

474 Unit area per occupant for theaters and the like.

475 Parking requirement for Hotels.

476 Parking requirement for public assembly buildings such as cinemas, auditoria, theaters, and the like.

477 Parking requirement for multi family living unit of 50 sqm floor area.

478 Parking requirement for multi family living unit above 100 sqm floor area.

479 Parking requirement for multi family living unit for 50-100 sqm floor area.

480 Parking requirement for clubhouses, beach houses, and the like.

481 Parking requirement for motels.

482 Minimum parking requirement for the handicapped.

483 Parking requirement for colleges and universities.

484 Parking requirement for elementary, secondary, and vocational schools.

485 In BP344, the required width of a corridor.

486 Maximum slope of a drop curb towards the street.

487 Maximum slope of a drop curb towards adjoining curb.

488 Maximum spacing for wheelchair turnabouts.

489 Maximum slope of a ramp.

490 Maximum distance of handicapped parking from the structure served.

491 Preferred width of corridor for the disabled.

492 Maximum height of a water closet from the floor.

493 Preferred height of switches from the floor.

494 Minimum height of a switch from the floor.

343/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

495 Maximum height of a switch from the floor.

496 Least dimension for a parking slot for the disabled.

497 In BP344, the minimum height of a handrail.

498 Maximum length of a ramp for wheelchair.

499 Minimum length of a ramp landing for wheelchairs.

One or more habitable rooms which are occupied or which are intended or designated to be occupied by one
500
family with facilities for cooking , sleeping, living, and eating.

501 That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits loads directly to the ground or soil.

502 A continuous horizontal layer of masonry units.

A room or suite of two or more rooms, designed and intended for , or occupied by one family for living,
503
sleeping, eating, and cooking purposes.

504 A stationary open hearth or brazier, either fuel-fired or electric, used for food preparation.

A portion of the seating space of an assembly room, the lowest part of which is raised 1.20 mts or more above
505
the level of the main floor.

506 The pipe which connects a flue-burning appliance to a chimney.

A hearth and fire chamber or similarly prepared place in which a fire may be made and which is built in
507
conjunction with a chimney.

508 A horizontal structural piece which supports the end of the floor beams or joists or walls over opening.

509 Same as heliport except that no refueling, maintenance, repairs, or storage of helicopters is permitted.

510 The vertical supports, such as posts or stanchions, as used in indigenous or traditional type of construction.

Any surface or underground construction covered on top, or any fire-proof construction intended for the
511
storage of valuables.

512 A term which may be used synonymously with a partition.

513 The unit area per occupant for hotels.

514 The unit area per occupant for dining establishments.

515 The unit area per occupant for theaters.

344/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

A building permit shall expire if work authorized is abandoned or suspended at any time after commencement
516
for a period of.

Front yards for commercial buildings abutting a road-right-of-way of 25-29 meters shall have a minimum width
517
of

518 Offices shall be provided how many cubic meters of air per person?

Multiple living units of up to 6 units built on the same lot shall have an access road directly connecting said
519
building to a public street a width of.

Sidewalks of 2 mts or more in width shall include on its outer side a planting strip of not less than how many
520
millimeters in width?

Arcades shall be cantilevered from the building line over the sidewalk and the horizontal clearance between
521
the curb line and the outermost face of any part of the arcade shall not be less than.

522 Printing plants shall be classified under what type of occupancy.

523 Power plants shall be classified under what type of occupancy.

524 Convents shall be classified under what type of occupancy.

525 Repair garages shall be classified under what type of occupancy.

526 Reformatories shall be classified under what type of occupancy.

527 Turnabout should also be provided at or whithin how many meters of dead end.

528 In B.P. 344, the maximum slope a ramp is.

529 Under B.P. 344, a level area of not less than how many meters shall be provided at the

530 top and bottom of any ramp.

531 Under what classification of occupancy does Mental Hospitals fall?

532 Under what classification of occupancy does Monasteries fall?

533 Under what classification of occupancy does Aircraft hagars fall?

534 Under what classification of occupancy does cold storage and creameris fall?

535 Under what classification of occupancy does private garage fall?

536 Minimum loading slot requirement for Hospitals and hotels.

345/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

537 Minimum travel distance from handicapped parking to facility being served.

538 Percentage required for number of parking if parking garages are available within 200 meters of structure.

539 Parking requirement for amusement centers.

540 Parking requirement for markets.

541 Parking requirement for neigborhood shopping centers.

542 Parking requirement for multi-family living units of more than 100 sqm of living unit area.

543 Parking requirement for multi-family living units of up to 50 sqm of living unit area.

544 Parking requirement for places of worhip.

545 Maximum projection of a balcony over a street of over 3 meters but not more than 6 mts.

546 Maximum projection of a balcony over a street of 10 mts to less than 11 mts in width.

547 Maximum height of 1st the floor for a 2-story wood structure with a height of 7 mts.

548 Maximum spacing of posts for 2-story wooden structure with a height of 8 mts.

549 Under what classification of occupancy does fences of over 1.80 mts in height fall?

550 Under what classification of occupancy does Aircraft repair hangars fall?

Under what classification of occupancy does factories and workshops using incombustible and non-explosive
551
materials.

552 Under what classification of occupancy does wood working establishements fall?

553 Under what classification of occupancy does police and fire stations fall?

554 Standard length of a Wheelchair.

555 Standard width of a wheelchair.

556 How many meters above the floor is the comfortable reach of persons confined to a wheelchair.

557 How many meterd is the comfortable clearance for knee and leg space under tables for wheelchair users.

346/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

Accessibility, reachability, usability, orientation, workability and efficiency, and ___ are the basic planning
558
requirements of BP344.

559 Number of wheelchair seating for an assembly seating capacity of 51-300.

560 R.A. 7277

561 A long interior passageway providing access to several rooms.

562 A raised rim of concrete, stone or metal which forms the edge of street, sidewalk, etc.

The purpose of the NBC is to provide for all buildings and structures, a framework of
563
standards and requirements which is the

564 Under the NBC abutment on lot lines are allowed only in

Under the NBC, every corridor and exterior exit balcony servings as a required exit for
565
an occupant load of more than ten width shall not be less than

566 Under the NBC, the vertical distance between landings shall not be more than

567 Under the NBC, open spaces for corners and through lots is

568 Under the NBC, open spaces inside lots is

569 Under the NBC, space required for interior lots is

Under the NBC, the minimum dimension for court or near yard from the property line
570
to the face of the building is
Under the NBC, a building in R-1 zone shall comply with the open space requirement
571 in the form of

Under the NBC, clearance between established grade of the street and/ or sidewalk
572 and the lowest under surface of any part of the balcony shall not less than

573 Under the NBC, the interior lots shall have an access road with a minimum width of

Under the NBC, gasoline filling and service stations shall classified under what
574
occupancy classification?

Under the NBC, display windows or wall signs within how many meters above the
575
sidewalk

Under the NBC, areas where adequate parking lots/ multi-floor parking garages are
576 available within 200 mts. of the proposed building / structures only what percent of
the parking requirements maybe provided within the premises?

Under the NBC, general units of measurement on consonance with the current
577
worldwide practice follow the

347/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

578 Under the NBC, the minimum requirements for a parking space is

579 Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have a clear width of at least

Under the NBC, mezzanine floors shall have a clear ceiling height not less than how
580
many?

581 Under the NBC, hospitals shall have one parking slot for every how many beds?

Under the NBC, all inner courts shall be connected to a street or yard either by a pass
582 with a minimum width of

Under the NBC, a dwelling shall occupy not more than how many percent of an
583 inside non-corner single frontage lot?

584 Under the NBC, prisons shall be classified under what occupancy classification

585 Under the NBC, cold storage shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

Under the NBC, factories using not highly combustible materials shall be classified
586 under occupancy classification?

Under the NBC, window openings shall equal to at least of what percent of the floor
587 area of room?

Under the NBC, parking areas for the physically handicapped shall be within how
588 many meters in length?

Under the NBC, of only two exits are required, they shall be placed a distance apart
589 of not less than what fraction of?

Under the NBC, habitable rooms with natural ventilation shall have a minimum air
590 space per person of

591 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of offices is

Under the NBC, a mezzanine floor use other than for storage purposes shall have at
592 least two stairways to an adjacent floor is the area greater than?

Under the NBC, residential hotels and apartels shall be provided with one parking slot
593 for every how many units?

594 Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have

595 Under the NBC, rooms for human habitation shall have a minimum size of

596 Under the NBC, reformatories shall be classified under what occupancy classification

Under the NBC, repair garages shall be classified under what occupancy
597 classification?

598 Under the NBC, convents shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

348/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

599 Under the NBC, power plants shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

Under the NBC, printing plants shall be classified under what occupancy
600 classification?

Under the NBC, multiple living units of up to six units built on the same lot shall have an access road directly
601
connecting said building to a public street a width of

602 Under the NBC, offices shall provide how many cubic meters of air space per person?

Under the NBC, front yards for commercial buildings abutting a road right-of-width
603 of 25-29 m shall be

Under the NBC, a building permit shall expire if work authorized is abandoned or
604 suspended at any time after commencement or a period of

605 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupants of theaters is

606 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of dining establishments is

607 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of hotels is

Under the NBC, the fire station shall be classified under what occupancy
608 classification?

609 Under the NBC, monasteries shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

Under the NBC, air craft repair hangers shall be classified under what occupancy
610 classification?

Under the NBC, in mixed occupancies the parking requirements shall be the sum of
611 100% of the dominant use and what percent of the dominant uses?

Under the NBC, habitable rooms provided with artificial ventilation for buildings of
612 more than one-storey shall have a minimum ceiling height of the first storey at

Under the NBC, multiple living units of 16 to 25 units built on the same lot shall have
613 an access road directly connecting said buildings to a public street a width of

Under the NBC, the entry ramp of the driveway connecting the roadway surface to
614 the sidewalk shall have a slope ranging from

Under the NBC, every room intended for any use and not provided with artificial
ventilation system shall be provided with a window with a total free area of opening equal to at least how
615
many percent of the floor area of the room?

616 Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have a minimum run of

617 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of laboratories is

618 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of apartment is

349/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


Under the NBC, the term that shall mean the total number of persons that may occupy a building or a portion
619 thereof at any one time is

620 Accessible parking should have a minimum width of _________

621 Perpendicular and diagonal parking for average auto mobile should have a minimum _________

622 Parallel parking for average auto mobile should have a minimum __________

623 Jeepney / shuttle parking slot should have a minimum __________

624 Standard truck / bus parking slot must have a minimum __________

625 An articulated truck slot must be computed at a minimum of __________

626 Parking slot ratio of Bowling Alley

627 Parking ratio of Private Hospital

628 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Through Lot?

629 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Corner Lot?

630 Mezzanine floor shall have a clear ceiling height not less than ________ above and below it.

631 What is the minimum Kitchen size?

632 What is the least dimension for Room (Human Habitations)?

633 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Inside Lot?

634 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for End Lot?

635 Least dimension for Toilet and Bath?

Habitable rooms provided with artificial ventilation shall have ceiling height not less than __________
636
measured from the floor to ceiling.

637 What is the minimum dimension for Accessible Elevator?

Accessible elevator should be located not more than __________ from the entrance and should be easy to
638
locate with the aid of signs.

639 Accessible water closet stalls shall have a minimum dimension of __________.

350/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

640 Passenger train shall have at least __________ designated seats for disabled person.

641 How many risers shall be constituted as a stairway?

A bar which extends across at least the width of each door leaf, which will open the door if subjected to
642
pressure.

643 Any change, addition, or modification in construction of occupancy.

644 Contractors License law

Who shall be the responsible for carrying out the provision of the Building Code as well as the enforcement of
645
orders?

646 A court bounded on all sides or around its periphery by building lines.

The physical development within a lot or property that is under-utilized, unfit / unsafe for habitation / use or
647
within other lots / properties that are similarly situated.

The fully enclosed component of the building / structure situated between the establishment grade and the first
648
of a typical floor of the building / structures tower component.

649 The stone or marker at the head of a grave.

650 How many storey is considered as High-Rise Building?

651 How many storey is consider as Low-Rise building?

A portion of a yard for which the permitted limit of paving / hardscaping shall not exceed 50% of the area of the
652
yard.

653 What pipe color is for Hot Water?

654 What pipe color is for Cold Water?

655 The angle of inclination of an escalator shall not exceed __________ form the horizontal.

The rate and speed, measured along the angle of inclination, shall be not more than __________ meters per
656
minute.

657 Comfortable cooling shall be maintained at __________

Hoistway pit for elevators shall be of such depth that when the car rest on the fully compressed buffers, a
658
clearance of not less than __________ remains between the underside of the car and the bottom of the pit.

659 How many storey shall a dry stand pipe be equipped with it?

351/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

660 . What is the maximum total projection of balcony if the width of the streets are over 14.00 meters

661 Water Code of the Philippines

662 What is the minimum road right-of-way width to be able to construct a basement?

663 Escalators width shall not be less than __________

664 What is the minimum width of planting strip (for glass and shrubs) for each side of the RROW?

Sidewalks of 2.00 meters or more width shall include on its outer side a planting strip of not less than
665
_________ in width.

666 What is the minimum radius for Cul-de-sac?

667 Escalators width shall not exceed the width of the steps by more than __________

668 What is the minimum clear opening of a window to be able to consider as a mean of egress?

Firewall with a minimum 2 hour fire-resistive rating constructed with a minimum height clearance of
669
__________ above the roof.

670 What is the minimum setback for residential-1?

671 What is the minimum setback for Commercial buildings if the RROW is 30.00m and above?

672 What is the minimum width of planting strip (for trees) for each side of the RROW?

673 What is the minimum Total Open Space for Corner-through lot?

674 What is the minimum Total Open Space for Interior Lot?

675 Roof The wind load for roof shall be atleast __________ kg/m2 for vertical projection.

Footing shall be of sufficient size and strength to support the load of the dwelling and shall be at least
676
__________ thick and __________ below the surface of the ground.

677 What is the required distance of ingress / egress of vehicles for commercial lot near major intersections?

678 A store window in which goods are displayed.

A building permit issued under the provision of the Building Code shall expire and become null and void if the
679
building or work authorized therein is not commenced within a period of _________

352/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

A certificate of Occupancy shall be issued by the Building Official within __________ if after final inspection
680
and submittal of a Certificate of Completion.

681 What is the Air Space requirement for a Habitable Rooms?

Any portion of building above the first floor projecting over the sidewalk beyond the first-storey wall used as
682
protection for pedestrians against rain or sun.

683 That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits loads directly to the soil or the pile.

684 All the portions of the building or structure below the footing, the earth upon which the structure rests.

685 A horizontal structural piece which supports the end of the floor beams or joist or walls over opening.

686 The same as a heliport except that no refueling, maintenance, repairs or storage of helicopters is permitted.

687 A corridor or passageway used in common by all the occupants within a building.

688 The beam or girder placed over an opening in a wall, which supports the wall construction above.

A Lodging House is any building or portion thereof, containing not more than __________ guest rooms where
689
rent is paid in money, goods, labor, or otherwise.

690 The wall between the bottom of the window sill and the ground.

691 The underside of a beam, lintel or reveal.

692 . A wall which supports any load other than its own weight.

693 The enclosing wall of an iron or steel framework or the nonbearing portion of an enclosing wall between piers.

694 What is the Wheelchair Seating Capacity for an Auditoriums that has 51 -300 seating capacity?

695 Pertaining to the measurement of the human body.

696 An exit, or a means of going out.

697 Ramps should have a minimum clear width of __________

698 All doors should have a minimum clear width of __________

699 Corridors should have a minimum clear width of __________

700 The Fire Code of the Philippines

353/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

Dropped curbs shall be sloped toward the road with a maximum gradient of __________ to prevent water from
701
collecting at the walkway.

702 The minimum width of a curb cut-out should be __________

703 Curb cut-outs should not have a gradient not more than __________

704 What is the minimum dimension for Rest Stops on busy or lengthy walkways?

705 Minimum walkway headroom should be __________

706 Ramps shall be equipped with curbs on both side with a minimum height of __________

The railing should incorporate a tapping rail to assist the blind; this should not be greater than __________
707
above the adjacent surface.

Blighted Area; Eyesore; An area where the value of real estate tend to deteriorate because of the dilapidated,
708
obsolescent, and insanitary condition of the building within the area.

709 What is the minimum length of a chaflans?

710 Entrance with vestibules shall be provided a level area with at least a __________ depth and a 1.50m width.

The length of ramp should not exceed __________ if the gradient is 1:12, and shall provided with landing not
711
less than 1.50m

712 What is the incremental setback per storey above the second floor level?

713 Arcade pedestrian walkways shall have a clear height of __________

All pipe materials to be used in buildings/ structures shall conform to the standard specification of the
714
__________ of the Department of Trade and Industry.

715 The live load at first floor shall be at least __________ kg/m2

716 The live load for the second floor shall be at least __________ kg/m2

Multi-floor parking garages may serve the 20% parking requirements of the building / structure within
717
__________ meter radius.

What is the minimum required parking slot for offices, commercial or mixed-use condominium buildings /
718
structures if the unit gross area is 18 40 m2?

719 In BP 344, Handrails that required full grip should have a minimum dimension of __________cm 50 cm

354/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

720 In BP 344, The lowest point of a dropped curb should not exceed _________ height above the road or gutter.

721 Which does the building code regulate and control?

Which is not part of the general powers and functions of the secretary of the Public Works, Transportation and
722
Communication pertinent to the National Building Code?

723 Who is responsible in carrying out the provisions of the National Building Code?

What are the two cases which invalidates the building permit. I - when construction does not commence with in
one year from the date of its issue; II - when construction is suspended for more than one year; III - when
724
construction is suspended for six months; IV - when construction is suspended or abandoned for a period of
120 days :::

725 Which is a reason or ground for non-issuance, suspension or revocation of a building permit?

726 What document is necessary in order to legally occupy a building?

727 Where is the measurement of site occupancy taken?

728 Which is not a determinant in the limitation of maximum site occupancy?

729 What is the minimum height of ceilings for spaces that are naturally ventilated

730 What is the minimum head room clearance for the third floor that is artificially ventilated?

731 The minimum window area for a 12 square meter naturally ventilated room.

732 An off premise sign.

733 In order to positively drain a sidewalk, its slope shall be about ___.

734 When means of exit is insufficient.

735 Any new construction which increases the height or area of an existing building or structure.

736 Change from residential to commercial use of a building.

355/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

737 Construction of partitions and roofing on the roof deck in order to make it habitable.

738 Comfortable cool temperature is _____

739 What is the minimum access road that is provided by the National building code?

Which office issue certificate of height clearance for buildings located within approach and departure zones of
740
airports?

741 Which is not required in applying for a building permit?

742 Which is the most important basic need of human settlement?

743 What is the minimum slope for accessible ramps for disabled?

Is a set of rules that specify the minimum acceptable level of safety for constructed objects such as buildings
744 and
nonbuilding structures.

Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the sectary to enforce the provision of the code in
745 the field
as well as the enforcement or orders and decisions made pursuant thereto.

This wall is sometimes constructed over the center of the property line dividing two terraced flats or row houses
746 so
that one half of the wall is on each property. They are sometimes two abutting walls built at different times.

Usually gives us architect problems, we have to verify with the barangay or homeowner association for
747 preliminary
approval to avoid conflict with our design and to avoid delay in our application of permits.

Minimum Gauge of galvanized sheet used for


748
downspouts.

749 Minimum extension of the VSTR above the roof.

Minimum extension of the VSTR above an openable


750
window, door opening, air intake, or vent shaft.

751 Required number of water closets for females for an auditorium serving 16-35.

Required number of water closets for males for an


752
auditorium serving 16-35.

Required number of urinals for an auditorium serving


753
10-50.

Required number of water closets for females for a


754
theater serving 51-100.

Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary


755
and secondary school.

356/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

Ratio of water closets for female population for


756
elementary and secondary school.

757 Ratio of urinals for elementary school.

Ratio of water closets for female population for Principal


758
Worship Places.

Minimum required number of water closets for female for


759
office and public buildings serving 55 occupants for employees.

Where there is exposure to skin contamination due to


760 poisonous materials, what is the ratio of lavatory to number of
occupants

Under NBC, the clearance between the underside of the


761
car and the bottom of the pit shall not be less than ___.

Under NBC, the minimum diameter of hoisting and


762
counterweight rope.

Under NBC, the minimum width between balusters in an


763
escalator.

Under NBC, the maximum rated speed of an escalator


764
along the angle of travel.

765 Defining open space in residential subdivision

A key house agency that assist private developers to undertake


766
low and middle income mass housing production

A ____________ is a ___________ which extends vertically from


lowest portion of the wall which adjoins two living units up to a
767 minimum height of 0.30 meters above the highest portion of the roof
and extends horizontally 0.30 meters beyond the outermost edge of
the abutting living units?

768 Condominium & Subdivision, Bridges Protective Law.

This means, an entities, agencies, organization & the like that


have been accredited/registered with the Board of Architecture of
the Professional Regulation Commission to deliver seminars, lectures,
769
& other continuing Professional Education Modules for Architects,
other than the IAPOA which is automatically accredited by the Board
of Architecture?

770 BP 220: The parking requirement for multi-family dwelling is

PD 957: In Design Standards for Residential Condominium


771 Projects, offsite parking is allowed but must NOT be more how may
meters away from the building it serves?

357/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

PD 1185: Which of the following denotes a fire involving


772
flammable liquids and gasses?

773 Minimum exit door width.

774 Minimum floor to ceiling height.

775 Maximum stair rise height for a class A stair.

776 Maximum height between landings for class A stair.

777 Minimum headroom for class A & B stairs.

778 Unit area per person for waiting areas or standing rooms.

779 Number of exits for place of assembly for 1000 occupants

780 Travel distance to an exit without fire sprinkler system.

781 Travel distance to an exit with fire sprinkler system.

782 Minimum spacing of rows of seats from back to back for a public assembly building.

783 Maximum number of seats in a row in between aisles.

784 Maximum number of seats in a row opening on to an aisle at one side.

785 Standard width of a seat without dividing arms for places of assembly.

786 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60.

787 Minimum headroom created by any projection from the ceiling.

788 Minimum clear width of turnstiles.

789 Minimum dimension of landings in direction of travel for class A & B stairs.

790 Minimum number of risers in any one (1) flight of stairs.

791 Minimum height of a handrail above the upper surface of the tread.

792 Minimum clearance of a handrail from any wall.

793 Minimum height of a guard rail.

794 Maximum height of a guard rail.

795 Minimum inner radius of a monumental stair.

358/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

796 Minimum width of any balcony or bridge.

797 Minimum width of a class A ramp.

798 Maximum rise of any floor from the balcony floor to which an access door leads.

799 Maximum vertical height in floors for an escalator.

800 Minimum width of a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

801 Minimum width of landing for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

802 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for small buildings.

803 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for a small building.

804 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for existing stairs.

805 Maximum height between landings for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

806 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

807 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for small buildings.

808 Number of exits for place of assembly for 600-1000 occupants.

809 Maximum occupant load for a class C public assembly.

810 Minimum number of exit for an Institutional type of structure.

811 Maximum travel distance between room door intended as exit access and exit with sprinkler system for institutional use.

812 Maximum travel distance from the door of any room to exit for hotels with sprinkler.

813 Maximum travel distance from the main entrance door to exit for apartments with sprinkler.

814 Minimum increase in width for an aisle per linear meter.

815 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving one side for a public assembly building.

816 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving two sides for a public assembly building.

817 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of below 60 for a public assembly building.

818 Minimum width of an aisle for an educational use building.

819 Minimum width of an aisle for hospitals or nursing homes.

359/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

820 Minimum width of an aisle for custodial care institutions.

821 Minimum width of an aisle for business use structure.

822 Minimum width of an aisle for an industrial building.

823 Occupant load per person for laboratories.

824 Jails are classified under what classification of occupancy.

825 Courtrooms with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of occupancy.

826 Armories with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of occupancy

827 Libraries are classified under what classification of occupancy.

828 Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials segregated into desired sizes or groups.

829 Buildings or structures 15 meters or more in height.

830 Buildings or structures used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile, etc.

831 An air compartment or chamber to which 1 or more ducts are connected and which form part of an air distribution system.

832 A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion.

833 Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air.

834 A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to stimulate or support combustion.

835 A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape and dimension.

The process of first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less volatile parts and then cooling and
836 condensing the result vapor so as to produce a nearly purified substance.

837 A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper proportion and ignited will cause an explosion.

838 Temperature rating at flash point.

839 A class of fire with flammable liquid and gasses.

840 The temperature at which a liquid is transformed or converted into vapor.

841 Minimum fire resistance rating for a firewall.

842 A continuous passageway for the transmission of air.

The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with
843 air.

360/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

844 A gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects, fungi, vermin, germs, rodents or other pests.

845 Minimum width of any driveway in and around a lumber yard / piles.

846 Minimum height of fence for a lumber yard for exterior storage of lumbers.

847 Maximum width of sumps for the retention of oil and petroleum products.

848 For Refineries, distilleries, and chemical plants, the minimum height for a fence.

849 Minimum travel distance from any individual room subject to occupancy by not more 6 persons.

850 Maximum distance of travel from the high hazard area to an exit.

851 Minimum distance of an incinerator from any structure used other than a single family dwelling.

852 Maximum reduction in width of a stair by a handrail.

853 Minimum door width of a single door in a door way.

854 Maximum change in elevation between the interior of a door to the outside of it other than a balcony.

855 Maximum force in kilograms required for a panic hardware.

856 Maximum height required for a panic hardware installation.

857 Minimum height required for a panic hardware installation.

858 Maximum number of occupant for a subdivided room or space by a folding partition.

859 Minimum width of a door for family day care homes.

860 Minimum stair width for a class B stair serving an occupant load of less than 50.

861 Length of a nosing or effective projection over the level immediately below it for tread below 25 cms in dimension.

862 Maximum height of a handrail.

863 A combustible liquid is any liquid having a flash point at or above.

864 The time duration that a material or construction can withstand the effect of standard fire test is known as.

Any material which by its nature or as a result of its reaction with other elements produces a rapid drop in temperature of
865 the immediate surrounding.

866 Classified as mercantile occupancies, the travel distance from exits shall be.

867 Under what classification of occupancy does pool rooms fall.

361/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

868 Under what classification of occupancy does home for the aged fall.

869 Under what classification of occupancy does court houses fall.

870 Under what classification of occupancy does refineries fall.

871 Under what classification of occupancy does drugstores fall.

872 Minimum width of an aisle in a store for mercantile occupancies.

873 Minimum number of aisles for Class 'A' stores.

874 Minimum clear width of aisles for a Class 'A' store.

875 Minimum clear width of an exit access through a covered mall.

876 Minimum height of buildings requiring automatic sprinkler protection.

877 Standard inner radius of a curved stair in business occupancies.

878 Maximum height of riser for Class 'A' stairs.

879 Maximum height of riser for Class 'B' Stairs.

880 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving more than 50 persons.

881 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving 50 persons and below.

882 Maximum horizontal projection of a handrail over a stair.

883 Minimum width of a stair width for Class 'A' stairs.

884 Maximum height between landings for a Class 'B' stairs.

885 Minimum width of landings in direction of travel for Class 'A / B' stairs.

886 Minimum width of Class 'A' ramp.

887 Minimum width of Class 'B' ramp.

888 Standard slope of Class 'B' ramp in percentage.

889 Maximum height between landings for Class 'A' ramp.

890 Maximum height between landings for Class 'B' ramp.

891 Minimum width of ramps of 3 stories or more in height.

362/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

892 Minimum width for fire escape for existing stairs.

893 Minimum horizontal dimension of any landing of platform for existing stairs for fire escape.

894 Maximum rise for a fire escape for very small buildings.

895 Maximum height between landings for fire escape for existing stairs.

896 Minimum distance travel to an exit for storage occupancies of high hazard commodities.

897 Class of fire involving combustible metals, such as magnesium, sodium, potassium, and other similar materials.

898 Class of fire involving ordinary combustible materials, such as wood, papers, cloth, rubber, and plastics.

A tank, vat or container of flammable or combustible liquid in which articles or materials are immersed for the purpose of
899 coating, finishing, treating or similar processes.

An integrated system of under ground or overhead piping or both connected to a source of extinguishing agents or medium
900 and designed in accordance with fire protection engineering standards which when actuated by its automatic detecting
device, suppresses fire within the area protected.

901 A continuous and unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building to a public way.

902 Minimum distance of an incinerator containing kindled fire or rubbish fire or bonfires.

903 Under what classification of occupancy does museums fall?

904 Under what classification of occupancy does town halls fall?

905 Maximum width of a single door in a doorway.

906 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

907 Maximum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder.

908 Minimum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder.

909 Class III combustible liquids shall mean any liquid having a flash point at how many degrees Celsius?

910 In standard seating, the minimum spacing from back to back.

911 Minimum space from the back of chair to the front of the chair behind.

912 Maximum slope for aisles for public assembly structures.

913 Size of standpipe provided for each stage for public assembly building.

914 Occupant load per person for classrooms.

363/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

Where exterior corridors or balconies are provided as means of exit, they shall open to the outside and shall be spaced ___
915 meters apart. (Educational)

916 Minimum dimension of a rescue window for educational occupancies.

917 Maximum height from the floor for a rescue window for educational occupancies.

918 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in hospitals and nursing homes.

919 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in residential-custodial care.

920 Any room for sleeping in institutional occupancies if subdivided shall have a maximum area of how many square meters?

Includes buildings or groups of building under the same management in which there are more than 15 sleeping
921 accommodations for hire.

Includes buildings containing three or more living units independent cooking and bathroom facilities, whether or by any
922 other name.designed as rowhouse, apartment house, tenement, garden apartment,

923 Minimum number of stories of apartment buildings requiring fire alarm system.

924 Minimum number of apartment units requiring fire alarm system.

925 An Act to Ordain and Institute the Civil Code of the Philippines

926 An Act to Regulate the Practice of Civil Engineering in the Phils.

927 An Act to Regulate the Practice of Architecture in RP

928 Sanitary Engineering Law

929 An Act To Regulate the Trade Of Master Plumber

930 Ammended Civil Engineering Law

931 Contractor's License Law

932 Condominium Act

933 Predecessor of PD 1096 (NBC)

934 Magna Carta for Disabled Persons

935 Urban Development Housing Act of 1992

936 Intellectural Property Code of the Philippines

937 Interior Design Law

938 PRC Modernization Act of 2000

364/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

939 Philippines Landscape Architecture Act of 2000

940 The Architecture Act of 2004 (January 2004)

941 Professional Regulation Commission (June 1973)

942 Regulating the sale of Subdivision Lots and Condominiums

943 National Building Code

944 Philippine Environmental Policy (June 1977)

945 Fire Code of the Philippines

946 Defining Open Spaces in Residential Subdivisions

947 Regulating the Practice of Environmental Planning

948 Government Infrastructure Contracts

949 Architectural Guidelines for Intramuros

950 Economic and Socialized Housing

951 Accessibility Law

952 set offs explosives

953 explosive compound produced by the reaction of nitric acid w/ cellulose material

954 plastic substance having cellulose nitrate as base

955 flash point above 37.8 C or 100 F

956 liquid causes fire when contact with organic matter

957 produces a rapid drop of temperature in immediate surroundings

958 in air duct system; device to restrict the passage of smoke or fire

959 first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less

960 extremely hot luminous bridge of an electric current

961 a hot piece or lump after a material is burned

962 active principle of burning

365/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

963 minimum temperature at which materials give off vapor to form ignitable mixture with air

964 a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shapes or dimensions

965 stable explosive compounds which explodes by percussion

966 a rocket or liquid propellant when fuels and oxiders combined

967 materials that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to support combustion

968 descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air

969 impurities or deleterious material remove from a mixture to produce pure element

970 melting or fusing of metallic ores to separate impurities from pure metals

971 interior lot

972 inside lot

973 corner/through lots

974 3 sides public open space

975 REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 150 HECTARES BELOW

976 REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 151 - 225 HECTARES BELOW

977 REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 225 HECTARES ABOVE

978 minimum open space requirement from density 60-100

979 minimum size of pocket parks

980 potable water supply per capita per day

981 if independent from the developer

982 far away from pollution or source of contamination

983 difference between developed and undeveloped area on circulation

984 not necessary in suitability of site of economic socialized housing

985 minimum lot area- single detached

986 minimum lot area- semi detached corner lot

366/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

987 minimum lot area- semi detached rowhouse

988 minimum lot frontage- single detached

989 minimum lot frontage- semi detached corner lot

990 minimum lot frontage- semi detached rowhouse

991 maximum block length

992 provide an alley

993 maximum block length provided by an alley

994 maximum block length provided by pathwalk

995 height limitation

996 minimum horiizontal dimension of courts

997 minimum size of passageway or street

998 floor area requirement for single family dwelling unit

999 minimum ceiling heights

1000 minimum ceiling heights of mezzanine

1001 mezzanine shall not cover the floor area in %

1002 minimum door clear height

1003 minimum door clear height for mezzanine and bathroom

1004 opening of main door

1005 service door/bedroom

1006 bathroom

1007 window opening and floor area

1008 window opening and floor area of bathroom

1009 stairway clear width

1010 maximum riser height

367/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1011 minimum tread width

1012 headroom clearances

1013 maximum height between landings

1014 maximum number of risers w/o handrail

1015 handrail measurement

1016 minimum clearance of handrail to wall

1017 minimum tread of winding stair from 300 mm side

1018 maximim variation in tread and risers

1019 maximim distance between landings required of ladder

1020 electrical requirements

1021 2 units abut each other is re required of

1022 non residential shall not exceed from residential

1023 minimum distance between two dwelling units

1024 minimum distance of roof eaves between two dwelling units

1025 minimum distance between two dwelling units (3-4 storeys)

1026 minimum roof eaves distance of two dwelling units (3-4 storeys)

1027 minimum distance between two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys)

1028 minimum horizontal distance of two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys)

1029 minimum roof eaves distance of two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys)

1030 minimum parking requirement

1031 minimum floor area for multi family dwellin units

1032 exit width w/ occupant load of 50 or less

1033 for every additional occupant load of 25

1034 maximum exit of travel

368/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1035 maximum exit of travel if there is fire extinguisher

1036 maximum dead end corridors

1037 maximum corridor of an interior corridor

1038 maximum allowable slope ramps with 300mm changes in elevation

1039 clear width of stair w/ 2 or more living units

1040 maximum landing width; equal to run

1041 with 3.00 m width of stair

1042 with 3.00 m-3.50 m stair width

1043 above the nosing or tread

1044 maximum distance of travel when above one storey

1045 for 4 or more building storey in height w/ roof slope not greater than 1:3

1046 headroom clearances

1047 lifespan of indigeneous materials

1048 a public way intended to serve for pedestrians and emergency vehicles

1049 a parcel of land bounded on the sides by the streets or alleys o pathways

1050 a single family attached dwelling containing 3 or more separate living units

1051 a wall w/c seperates two abutting living units as to resist the spread of fire

1052 a fireblock which extends vertically from the lowest portion of the wall

1053 a wall jointly used by two parties under easements agreement

1054 shall cover of each phase

1055 min. lot sizes rowhouse

1056 min. lot sizes duplex

1057 min. lot sizes single detached

1058 Frontage Model A and B

369/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1059 Frontage Model C

1060 Frontage irregular lot

1061 Frontage rowhouse

1062 Frontage minimum width of alley after 250m block

1063 Frontage maximim length of blocklength

1064 DESIGN STANDARDS FOR CONDOMINIUM PROJECTS

1065 dwelling unit (household)

1066 occupancy unit (single)

1067 parking slot

1068 not more than the building it serves

1069 parks and playground

1070 4 floors

1071 5-6 floors

1072 7 floors and up

1073 required area of playgrounds/parks for every 1,000 sqm

1074 features that enable the disable person to make use of the primary function

1075 a small recess space in a room or a wall

1076 a break in the sidewalk or traffic island provided w/ an inclined surface to facilitate mobility of wheelchair

1077 the degree of inclination of the sloped surface expressed in ratio

1078 a sloped surface connecting two or more surface at different levels

1079 a paved footwalk at the side of the street

1080 a strip fastened to the floor usually required to cover the joint where two types of floor materials meet

1081 an exterior passage for walking along

1082 width of walkway to permit a person in wheelchair to traverse it w/ safety

370/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1083 maximum dimension of turn about spaces

1084 maximum distance between restop

1085 width of corridor for person to traverse w/ wheelchair

1086 entrance depth w/ vestibule

1087 structural opening of door entrances

1088 clear opening of door entrances

1089 minimum dimension of floor area of toilet

1090 minimum dimension of floor area of elevator

1091 minimum width of door elevator

1092 centerline height of topmost buttons of elevator and floor switches

1093 maximum gradient of ramp

1094 maximum length for 1:12 ramp

1095 minimum length of landing for the 1:12 ramp

1096 level area at the top and bottom of any ramp

1097 handrail level on both edges

1098 length of extension in a handrail from ramp

1099 height of curbs in a ramp

1100 parking slot width

1101 maximum height of tresholds

1102 provision of one fountain

1103 height of the rim of the fountain from the floor

1104 unobstructed clear space for public telephones

1105 height of dialling from floor of a telephone booth

1106 clear opening of telephone booths

371/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1107 regular buses

1108 air conditioned bus

1109 passenger trains

1110 passenger airplanes

1111 4-50 seating capacity

1112 51-300 seating capacity

1113 301-500 seating capacity

a written authorizaton granted by the building official to an applican allowing him to him proceed with the
1114
construction
all on site work done from site preparation, excavation, foundation, installation in place of components of a
1115
building or structure

1116 any new construction which increases the height or the area of an existing bulding

1117 installation of all components of a building or structure

construction in a buiding/structure involving, changing in the materials used partitioning, location, size of
1118
openings, structural parts, existing utilities and equipment but does not increase its overall area thereof

1119 any physical change made on a building to increase its value, utility or to improve its aesthetic quality

1120 a change in the use or occupancy of the building or any portion thereof which has different requirement

1121 remedial work on any damaged or deterirated portion of a building to restore its original condition

the transfer of any building structure portion thereof from its original location or position to another, either on
1122
the same lot or to either one

1123 sytematic dismantling or destruction of a building in whole or part

a secondary building located within the same premises the use of which is incidental to that of the main
1124
building

372/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

373/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

374/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

0.71 mtr.

2.30 mts.

0.19 mtr.

2.75 mts.

2.00 mts.

0.28 sqm.

46.00 mts.

61.00 mts.

0.83 mtr.

14

60 cms.

91 cms.

2.00 mts.

56 cms.

112 cms.

76 cms.

38 mm.

91 cms.

106 cms.

7.50 mts.

112 cms.

112 cms.

20.3 cms

1floor

55.9 cms.

55.9 cms.

375/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

15.25 cms.

30.5 cms.

22.9 cms.

3.66 mts.

2.13 mts.

1.98 mts.

50-300

30 mts.

30 mts.

31 mts.

2.5 cms.

91 cms.

1.00 mtr.

76 cms.

1.80 mts.

2.44 mts.

1.83 mts.

112 cms.

112 cms.

4.60 sqm.

Institutional

Assembly

Assembly

Business

Picking rooms.

High rise building

Explosive magazine

376/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Plenum

Fulminate

Phyrophoric

Oxidizing material

Forging

Distillation

Dust

37.8 oC (100 oF)

Class B

Boiling Point

4 hrs.

Duct System

Flash Point

Fumigant

4.50 mts.

1.80 mts.

3.70 mts.

1.50 mts.

15.00 mts.

23.00 mts.

3.00 mts.

9 cms.

71 cms.

20.5 cms.

7 kgs.

112 cms.

76 cms.

20

61 cms.

377/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

91 cms.

25 mm

86.5 cms.

37.8 oC (100 oF)

Fire resistance rating

Cryogenic

30.50 mts.

Assembly

Institutional

Business

Industrial

Mercantile

71 cms.

1.50 mts.

3.66 mts.

15 mts.

763 cms.

19 cms.

20 cms.

112 cms.

91 cms.

38 mm.

25 mm.

3.70 mts.

112 cms.

112 cms.

76 cms.

10-17%

378/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

No limit

3.66 mts.

1.20 mts.

55.9 cms.

55.9 cms.

30.5 cms.

3.66 mts.

23 mts.

Class D

Class A

Dip Tank

Automatic Fire Suppression


System

Means of Egress

5.00 mts.

Assembly

Business

1.22 mts.

22.9 cms.

30.5 cms.

25 cms.

60 oC

0.83 mtr.

30 cms.

(1:8) 12.5%

63.5 mm.

1.8 sqm.

76.25 mts.
379/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

76.25 mts.

55 cms.

82 cms.

2.44 mts.

1.83 mts.

465 sqm.

Hotel

Apartment Buildings

12
BLASTING AGENT

CELLULOSE
NITRATE/NITRO
CELLULOSE

PYROXYLIN

COMBUSTIBLE,
FLAMMABLE OR
INFLAMMABLE

COMBUSTIBLE FIBER

COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID

CORROSIVE LIQUID

CURTAIN BOARD

CRYOGENIC

DAMPER

DISTILLATION

DUCT SYSTEM

DUST

Electrical Arc

380/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Ember

Fire

Fire Trap

Fire alarm

Fire Door
FIRE HAZARD

Fire Lane

FIRE PROTECTIVE & FIRE


SAFETY DEVICE

FIRE SAFETY
CONSTRUCTIONS

Flashpoint

Forging

Fulminate

HAZARDOUS
OPERATIONS/PROCESS

HORIZONTAL EXIT

Hose BOX

Hose Reel

HYPERGOLIC FUEL

INDUSTRIAL BAKING &


DRYING
JUMPER
OCCUPANCY

OCCUPANT

Organic Peroxide

Overloading

Owner
OXIDIZING MATERIAL
PRESSURIZED/FORCED
DRAFT BURNING
EQUIPMENT

PUBLIC ASSEMBLY
BUILDING

381/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Public Way
PYROPHORIC

Refining
SELF-CLOSING DOORS
Smelting
Sprinkler system

STANDPIPE SYSTEM

VESTIBULE

VERTICAL SHAFT

AUTOMATIC FIRE
SUPPRESSION SYSTEM

Boiling Point
Class A Fire
Class B Fire
Class C Fire
Class D Fire

COMBINATION STANDPIPE

COMBUSTIBLE FIBER
LOOSE HOUSE

Dip Tank

Dry Standpipe

EXPLOSIVE MAGAZINE

FIRE ALERTING SYSTEM

FIRE PROTECTIVE
ASSEMBLY

FIRE RESISTANCE RATING

FireWall

Flame Spread Rating

FLAME RETARDANT

HAZARDOUS FIRE AREA

382/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

HIGHRISE BUILDING

MEANS OF EGRESS

OccupantLoad

ORGANIC COATING

PANIC HARDWARE

PICKING ROOMS

plenum

SMOKE DEVELOPED
RATING

1 HOUR FIRE
RESISTANCE RATING

2 HOUR FIRE
RESISTANCE RATING

15 m

Minimum Requirements for


Group A Dwellings

Size & Dimensions of Courts

Ceiling Heights

383/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Size and Dimension of


Rooms

Air Space Requirements in


Determining the Size of
Rooms

Location on Property

Window Openings

Vent Shafts

Minimum Reqts in Air


Changes

Projection into Alleys or


Streets

Arcades

Canopies (Marquees)

Movable Awnings or Hoods

Doors & windows

Corner Bldgs. with Chaflans

Temporary Walkway

Pedestrian Protection

3o days

384/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

48 hrs.

Enclosure of Vertical
Openings

Roof Construction and


Covering

Skylights

385/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Fire-Extinguishing Systems

b. Dry Standpipes for


bldgs. w/ 4 or more storeys

c. Wet Standpipes

2. Building Permits
(Exceptions)
a. Minor Constructions:

2. Building Permits
(Exceptions)
b. Repair

386/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Signs

Arcades & Sidewalks

1. Location of Poles and


Clearances of Power Lines
along Public Roads.

2. Clearance of Supporting
Structures such as Poles,
Towers and others

3. Clearance of Service
Drops

Provisions for Transformer


Vaults

Ventilation Openings

387/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Capacitors

Elevators

Escalators

Boilers & pressure Vessels

Refrigeration and Air


Conditioning

5. Water pumping for


Bldg./Structures

388/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Pipings

Fence

Canopy

5. Protective Nets/Screen

6. Walkways & Railings

7. Precautionary Measures

8. Storage of Materials

9. Fire Protection

10. Sanitation & First Aid

11. Temporary Light & Power

12. Hoist Towers

389/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

13. Ladders & Temporary


Stairways

14. Runways & Ramps

Scaffolds

Floor Openings

17. Guard Rails & Toe


Boards

18. Chutes

390/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Private Open Space


Requirements

Courts

2. Parking Requirement
Computation:

2.40x5.00m perpendicular or
diagonal, 2.00x6.00m for
parallel

Min of 3.60m by 12.00m

391/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Parking & Loading Space


Requirements

QUALIFICATIONS OF
BUILDING OFFICIAL

Exemptions of Bldg. Permit

Validity of Building Permits

National Building Code

2.70 mts.

0.85 mtr.

45.00 mts.

One is to Eight (1:8)

392/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

0.84 mtr.

0.45 mtr.

1,300 sqmm / 1.30 sqm.

0.70 mtr.

1.20 mts.

1.10 mts.

0.30 mtr.

250.00 sqm

1.80 mts.

750.00 sqm.

Ga. 18

300 mm

300 mm

200 mm

600 mm

2" / 50 mm

12.5 mm

400 mm / 0.40 mtr.

393/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

0.90 mtr

0.28 mtr.

0.75 mtr.

0.60 mtr.

1.70 mts.

10.70 lux

1.10 mts.

30 mm

800 mm / 0.80 mtr.

50% of lot area

10% of lot area

Inner court

750 mm / 0.75 mtr.

1.20 sqm.

1.50 mts.

1.00 sqm.

3.00 cum.

14.00 cum.

300 sqmm / 0.30 sqm

300 mm

394/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

3.00 mts.

0.90 mtr.

1.20 mts.

3.00 mts.

Setback

2.00 mts.

1.20 mts.

12.00 cum.

1.80 mts.

0.30 cum

10% of flr. Area

0.60 mtr.

300 mm

2.40 mts.

2.40 mts.

600 kgs./sqm.

1.00 mtr.

120 kgs./sqm.

0.90 mtr.

2.70 mts.

0.80 mtr.

395/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1.20 mts.

One is to ten (1:10)

250 mm

2.00 mts.

One is to Eight (1:8)

1.20 m

6.00 mts.

1.20 mts.

750 mm

5.60 mm

1.20 mts.

900 mm

2.50 mts.

Show window

1.20 mts.

1.00 mtr.

10% of lot area

300 mm

One is to ten (1:10)

396/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1.50 mts.

1:125 sqm. Of gross floor


area

2.40 X 5.00 mts.

1:10 bedrooms

1:25 beds

60.00 mts.

1:5 classrooms

1:50 sqm. Of spectators'


area

0.90 mtr.

1.10 X 1.40 mts.

30.00 mts.

1.40 mts.

0.80 mtr.

1.70 X 1.80 mts.

1.60 mts.

3.70 mts.

200 mm

2.10 mts.

6.00 sqm.

2.00 mts.

397/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

300 mm

500 mm

0.90 mts.

200 mm

1.10 mts.

750 mm

100 mm

150 mm

300 mm

5 mm

3.00 mts.

1.00 mts.

300 mm

480 mm

8.40 mts

one third (1/3)

100 mm

300 mm

250 mm

150 mm

398/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

200 mm

900 liters/minute

4" (100mm)

5" (125mm)

6" (150mm)

190 liters/minute

2" (50mm)

2 1/2" (63mm)

23.00 mts

6.00 mts.

38 mm (11/2")

1.00 mtr.

5.00 mts.

3.00 mts.

120 days

0.80 mtr.

500 mm

6.00 mts.

1/3 - 1/4

One is to Eight (1:8)

399/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

10.00 mts.

7.5 mts.

7.5 mts.

2.50 mts.

1.20 mts.

3,861 sqcms.

3.00 mts.

3.00 mts.

5.50 mts.

277 kgs.

3.00 mts.

28.00 sqm.

18.6 sqm.

9.30 sqm.

1.80 sqm.

5.60 sqm.

3.25 sqm.

2.80 sqm.

8.40 sqm.

46.50 sqm.

28.00 sqm.

400/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

0.65 sqm.

1 slot/5 rooms

1 slot/50 sqm. Of spectators'


area

1slot/8 units

1 slot/unit

1 slot/4 units

1 slot/100 sqm of gross


flr.area

1 slot/unit

1 slot/50 parking slots

1 slot/5 classrooms

1 slot/10 classrooms

1.20 mts.

1:20

1:12

12.00 mts.

1:12

60.00 mts.

1.50 mts.

0.50 mts.

1.10 mts.

0.90 mts.

401/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1.20 mts.

3.70 mts.

0.70 mtr.

6.00 mts.

1.50 mts.

Dwelling unit

Footing

Course

Apartment

Barbecue

Balcony

Chimney connector

Fireplace

Girder

Helistop

Suportales

Vault

Cross wall

18.60 sqm.

1.40 sqm.

0.65 sqm.

402/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

120 days / 4 mos.

8.00 mts.

12.00 cum.

3.00 mts.

800 mm / 0.80 mtr.

500 mm

Business and mercantile

Industrial

Residentials, hotels and


apartments

Storage and hazardous

Institutional

3.50 mts.

1:12

1.80 mts.

Institutional

Residentials, hotels and


apartments.

Business and mercantile

Industrial

Accessory

1 truck loading slot

403/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

60 mts.

20%

1/50 sqm of gross floor area

1/150 sqm of shopping flr


area

1/100 sqm of shopping flr


area

1/living unit

1/8 living units

1/50 sqm of congregation


are

0.60 mtr.

1.00 mtr.

4.50 mts.

4.50 mts.

Accessory

Storage and hazardous

Industrial

Storage and hazardous

Business and mercantile

1.10 - 1.30 mts.

0.60 - 0.75 mts.

0.70 - 1.20 mts.

0.74 mts.

404/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Safety

Magna Carta for Disabled


Persons

Corridor

Curb

minimum

. Fire zones

1.20 mts

3.60 mts

a. 10%

20%

50%

2.00 mts

5.00 mts

3.00 mts

3.00 mts

business & mercantile

3.00 mts

20%

System International

405/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

750 mm

2.50x5.00

1.80 mts

25

2.00 mts

80%

institutional

storage& mercantile

industrial

10%

6.00 mts.

1/5.

14 cu. mts.

9.3 m2

185 sm.

5 units

750 mm

6 m2

business & mercantile

storage & hazardous

residential, hotels and


apartments

406/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

storage & hazardous

3.00 mts.

12 cu. mts.

8 mts.

120 days

65 m2

1.4 m2

18.6 m2

business & mercantile

residential, hotels &


apartments

storage & hazardous

50%

2.40 mts.

3.00 mts.

1/3 to

10%

200 mm.

4.6 m2

28 sm.

407/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

occupant load

3.70 mts.

2.50m x 5.00m

2.15m x 6.00m

3.00m x 9.00m

3.60m x 12.00m

3.60m x 18.00m

1 car : 4 alley

1 car : 12 beds

10% open space

10% open space

1.80m

3.00m2

2.00m

20% open space

50% open space

0.90m

2.40m

1.10m x 1.40m

30 m.

1.70m x 1.80m

408/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

2 or more

Panic hardware

Alter / Alteration

RA 4566

Building Officials

Inner court

Redevelopment

Podium

Headstone

16 up storey

1 5 Storey

Courtyard

Yellow

Green

30 degree

38 m./min.

20 deg C 24 deg C

600 mm.

4 Storey

409/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1.50m

PD 1067

10.00m

560mm

200mm

800mm

9.15 m.

330 mm

820mm x 1000mm

400mm

4.50 x 2.00 x 2.00

8.00 x 5.00 x 5.00m

300mm

. 5% open space

50% open space

120

250mm & 600mm

50.00m

Show Window

12 months

410/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

30 days

14.00m3

Arcade

Footing

Foundation

Girder

Helistop

Common Hall

Lintel

Masonry Socalo

Soffit

Bearing Wall

Curtain Wall

Anthropometrics

Egress

1.20m

0.80 m.

1.20m

PD 1185

411/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1:20

0.90m

1:12

12.00m

2.00 mts

0.10 m

0.35 m

Slum

4.00m

1.80m

6.00m

0.30m

3.00m

Bureau of Product
Standards

200 kg/m2

150 kg/m2

200

1 car : 2 units

30 cm.

412/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

25 mm.

Construction

formulate guidelines on
land-use planning and
zoning

Building Officials

I & IV

errors found in plans and


specifications

certificate of occupancy

gross floor area

Use

2.7 m.

2.10 m.

1.2 m2

advertising sign

1:50

Fire Hazard

Addition

Concersion

413/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Addition

20-23 centigrade

3 m.

Air Trans. Office

Bussiness Permit

Water

1:12

Building Codes

Building official

Party Walls

Local Ordinances

GA 26

15 cms.

0.90 mtr.

1:30

414/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1:25

1:75

1:75

1:5

600 mm

30 mm

558 mm

38 Meters/Min

PD 1296

Home Insurance &


Guarantee Corporation
(HIGC)

Firewall; fireblock

PD 957

CPD Provider

1 slot/family dwelling

100 meters

415/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Class B Fire

0.71 mtr.

2.30 mts.

0.19 mtr.

2.75 mts.

2.00 mts.

0.28 sqm.

46.00 mts.

61.00 mts.

0.83 mtr.

14

60 cms.

91 cms.

2.00 mts.

56 cms.

112 cms.

76 cms.

38 mm.

91 cms.

106 cms.

7.50 mts.

416/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

112 cms.

112 cms.

20.3 cms

1floor

55.9 cms.

55.9 cms.

15.25 cms.

30.5 cms.

22.9 cms.

3.66 mts.

2.13 mts.

1.98 mts.

50-300

30 mts.

30 mts.

31 mts.

2.5 cms.

91 cms.

1.00 mtr.

76 cms.

1.80 mts.

2.44 mts.

417/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1.83 mts.

112 cms.

112 cms.

4.60 sqm.

Institutional

Assembly

Assembly

Business

Picking rooms.

High rise building

Explosive magazine

Plenum

Fulminate

Phyrophoric

Oxidizing material

Forging

Distillation

Dust

37.8 oC (100 oF)

Class B

Boiling Point

4 hrs.

Duct System

Flash Point

418/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Fumigant

4.50 mts.

1.80 mts.

3.70 mts.

1.50 mts.

15.00 mts.

23.00 mts.

3.00 mts.

9 cms.

71 cms.

20.5 cms.

7 kgs.

112 cms.

76 cms.

20

61 cms.

91 cms.

25 mm

86.5 cms.

37.8 oC (100 oF)

Fire resistance rating

Cryogenic

30.50 mts.

Assembly

419/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Institutional

Business

Industrial

Mercantile

71 cms.

1.50 mts.

3.66 mts.

15 mts.

763 cms.

19 cms.

20 cms.

112 cms.

91 cms.

38 mm.

25 mm.

3.70 mts.

112 cms.

112 cms.

76 cms.

10-17%

No limit

3.66 mts.

1.20 mts.

420/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

55.9 cms.

55.9 cms.

30.5 cms.

3.66 mts.

23 mts.

Class D

Class A

Dip Tank

Automatic Fire Suppression


System

Means of Egress

5.00 mts.

Assembly

Business

1.22 mts.

22.9 cms.

30.5 cms.

25 cms.

60 oC

0.83 mtr.

30 cms.

(1:8) 12.5%

63.5 mm.

1.8 sqm.

421/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

76.25 mts.

55 cms.

82 cms.

2.44 mts.

1.83 mts.

465 sqm.

Hotel

Apartment Buildings

12

RA 0386

RA 0544

RA 0545

RA 1364

RA 1378

RA 1582

RA 4566

RA 4726

RA 6541

RA 7277

RA 7279

RA 8293

RA 8534

RA 8981

422/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

RA 9053

RA 9266

PD 0223

PD 0957

PD 1096

PD 1151

PD 1185

PD 1216

PD 1308

PD 1594

PD 1616

BP 220

BP 344

BLASTING AGENT

CELLULOSE NITRATE

PYROXYLIN

COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID

CORROSIVE LIQUID

CRYOGENIC

DAMPER

DISTILLATION

ELECTRIC ARC

EMBER

FIRE

423/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

FLASH POINT

FORGING

FULMINATE

HYPERGOLIC FUEL

OXIDIZING MATERIAL

PYROPHORIC

REFINING

SMELTING

50%

20%

10%

5%

3.50%

7%

9%

30%

100 sqm

43 li.

75 li

25 mts.

TYPE OF PAVEMENT

SLOPE

72 sqm

54 sqm

424/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

36 sqm

8m

6m

3.5 m

250 m

250 up to 400 m

150 m

100 m

2 STOREY

2.00 m

1.20 m

20 sqm

2.00 m

1.80 m

50%

2.00 m

1.80 m

.80 m

.70 m

.60 m

10 % opening

1 over 20

.60 m

.25 m

425/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

.20 m

2.00 m

3.60 m

4 steps

.80 m - 1.20 m

38 mm

150 mm

5 mm

1.80 m

1 light and 1 conv. outlet

4" thk fireblock

25%

4.00 m

1.5

6.00 m

2.00 m

10.00 m

6.00 m

1.00 m

1 for every 20 units

36.00 sqm

.80 m

plus .15 m

45.00 m

426/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

60.00 m

12 m

25%

15%

.90 m

1.20 m

one handrail

two handrails

.80 m - 1.00 m

24.00 m

one stairwell

2.00 m

25 years

ALLEY

BLOCK

CLUSTER HOUSING

FIREBLOCK

FIREWALL

PARTYWALL

10 hectares

50 sqm

150 sqm

100 sqm

10 m

427/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

8m

6m

4m

4.00 m

400 m

40 sqm

31 sqm

1 slot / unit

100 m

50 sqm/10 units 3
sqm/additional unit

optional

1 elevator

2 elevators

100 sqm

ACCESSIBLE

ALCOVE

CURB CUT OUT

GRADIENT OF RAMP

RAMP

SIDEWALK

THRESHOLD

WALKWAY

1.20 m

428/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1.50 m

3.00 m

1.20 m

3.00 m

1.00 m

.80 m

1.70 m x 1.80 m

1.10 m x 1.40 m

.80 m

.90 m - 1.20 m

1:12

6.00 m

1.50 m

1.80 m

.70 and .90

.30 m

50 mm

3.70 m

2.5 mm

1 for 2,000 sqm

0.85 m

1.50 m x 1.50 m

1.10 m

.80 m

429/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

5 seats

4 seats

6 seats

2 seats

2 seats

4 seats

6 seats

BUILDING PERMIT

CONSTRUCTION

ADDITON

ERECTION

ALTERATION

RENOVATION

CONVERSION

REPAIR

MOVING

DEMOLITION

ANCILLARY BUILDING

430/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

431/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

432/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

1 Defining open space in residential subdivision

2 A key house agency that assist private developers to undertake low and middle income mass housing production

3 The value of extra work or change in construction plans by the owner

Refers to the most reasonable price of land and shelter based on the needs and financial capability of program
4
beneficiaries and appropriate financial schemes (RA 7279).

5 Architectural programming is one of the architects services that falls under

6 In a PERT CPM. ____________is a starting node to two or more activities

When the owner hires an Architect of a firm to coordinate the whole range of Comprehensive Architectural
7
Services, it shall constitute?

8 Which article is NOT included in the Building Contract?

He is a registered & licensed architect, who is academically and professionally qualified, & with exceptional or
9
recognized expertise or specialization in any branch of architecture;

10 BA full time construction inspector hired by owner assisting in the supervision of the work

After ___________ substantial completion of contract work, the architect shall inspect the project & issue certificate
11 of completion after certification, the contractor will finish outstanding work during period of making good of all
known defect of 60 days

In methods of compensation, if the Architect as Project Manager performs regular architectural services for the
12
same project, he is compensated separately for these services as stipulated in what UAP Documents?

Within how many months shall be the release of Retention from date of Final Payment?
13

Condominium & Subdivision, Bridges Protective Law.


14

This services giver full meaning to what the professional calls comprehensive Architectural Service. It wraps-up the
15 whole range of architectural services.

The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor as a guarantee of good faith on the part of the contractor
16
to execute the work in accordance with terms of the Contract

BP 220: The parking requirement for multi-family dwelling is


17

PD 957: In Design Standards for Residential Condominium Projects, offsite parking is allowed but must NOT be
18 more how may meters away from the building it serves?

433/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the secretary to enforce the provision of the code in the
19
field as well as the enforcement or orders and decisions made pursuant thereto

Contract Documents shall be the property of the


20

It is instructions that supplement or modify drawings, specs, & general conditions of the contract.
21

The _________ shall submit ________ copies of shop drawings for the architects approval
22

23 are set of requirements for an itemized or generalized construction work, materials, methods, or systems.

shows the general requirements without consideration of a specific type or brand for materials. Open specs may be
24
subject to reasonable changes and equivalencies.

establishes the exact and specific quantity, types, color, texture, and other properties. Such can not be changed
25
or subjected to equivalencies without prior concent from the specs writter or the architect

26 specifies the manufacturers and producers or the brands of materials and products be used for each specific work.

27 Combines two or more techniques.

Division 01 General Requirements


Division 02 Site Construction
Division 03 Concrete
Division 04 Masonry
Division 05 Metals
Division 06 Wood and Plastics
Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection
Division 08 Doors and Windows
28
Division 09 Finishes
Division 10 Specialties
Division11 Equipment
Division 12 Furnishings
Division 13 Special Construction
Division 14 Conveying Systems
Division 15 Mechanical
Division 16 Electrical

an organization that maintains and advances the standardization of construction language as pertains to building
29 specifications.provides structured guidelines for specification writing in their Project Resource Manual, formerly
called the Manual of Practice (MOP).

The most widely used standard for organising specifications and other written information for commercial and
institutional building projects. It provides a master list of divisions, and section numbers and titles within each
30
division, to be followed in organizing information about a facilitys construction requirements and associated
activities

434/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

Classes
A wood, cloth, paper, rubber and plastics
B flammable liquid and gases
31
C fire involving energized electrical equipment
D involving combustible metals (such as magnesium, sodium, potassium)

32 not normally filled with water (water is introduced by fire service connection when needed)

33 air compartment or chamber to which ducts are connected

34 neutralize or remove a fire hazard

35 it is normally open, closes automatically to prevent passage of fire or smoke

36 the lowest temperature at which the material will give sufficient vapor to ignite when exposed to flame

37 an electrical conductor used to bypass a safety device

38 stairway enclosure so designed that products of combustion is prevented from moving in

39 not allowed as a form of escape

signed on docs. that one has not prepared or supervised


paid illegal amount in the application
40 impersonation
aided an illegal practice

develop levels of standards and technical requirements for economic and socialized housing projects
for socialized and economic housing
housing units that are affordable to average and low-income earner (30% of the gross family income)
41
it is a law that relaxes the provisions of the NBC for the purpose of making the dwelling units more affordable
without compromising health, safety and enviromental protection

42 Sale of Subd Lots / Condo buyers protection

43 defining open space

44 Condominium act

435/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

comprehensive and continuing urban development and housing program, establish the mechanism for its
implementation, and for other purposes
45 a. Uplift the conditions of the underprivileged and homeless citizens in urban areas and in resettlement areas by
making available to them decent housing at affordable cost, basic services, and employment opportunities;
b. Provide for the rational use and development of urban land in order to bring about the following:

Environmental Impact Statement


prepare, file and include in every action, project or undertaking which significantly affects the quality of the
environment a detailed statement on:
the environmental impact of the proposed action,
any adverse environmental effect which cannot be avoided should the proposal be implemented;
46
alternative to the proposed action;
a determination that the short-term uses of the resources of the environment are consistent with the maintenance
and enhancement of the long-term productivity of the same
whenever a proposal involves the use of depletable or nonrenewable resources, a finding must be made that such
use and commitment are warranted.

47 Philippine Environmental Code

a book containing all contract and non-contract documents for a construction project except the drawings
Organization of the Project Manual
bidding requirements
48 parts of the contract (agreement and bond forms)
general and supplementary conditions of the contract
technical specifications

invitation, prequalification forms, instruction to bidders, information to bidders, bid forms


49

bid security, subcontractor list, substitutions


50

agreement (owner-contractor), performance bond, labor and materials payment bond, certificates of insurance
51

general conditions
52

(also called closed), specifies brand names, product,


proprietary specification the most restrictive
53
approved equal language,

(also called open), specifies results that are to be achieved but gives the contractor the choice on how it will be
achieved; used in public projects in order to promote competition
54
descriptive like a recipe to be followed, quantities and qualities of ingredients
reference standard reference to ASTM, AISC, NBC

436/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

complete, accurate and unambiguous


up to date references (standards)
do not specify the results and at the same time the method (this may conflict)
55 use standards than can be measured
avoid exculpatory clauses (broad way of shifting responsibility)
avoid and/or, etc.,
keep it short

56 one general contractor

major portions are contracted separately (e.g. mechanical, electrical), specialty contractors favor this but make
57
coordination difficult

used for fast track construction, some work can proceed as soon as its drawings and specs are available, other will
58
have to wait, this overlaps the design process

graphic presentation of work to be done


59

written and verbal description of work


60

changes in the work, time, protection of persons and property, insurance and bonds, correction of work, termination
61 or suspension of the contract

compensation, description of work, date of commencement, completion, liquidated damages, payment


62

changes before contract execution


63

changes after contract execution


64

Architect reviews processes, shop drawings, submittals, observes construction making sure it is consistent with the
contract, evaluates contractor accomplishment and request for payments and administers the project closeout
65
procedure

66 illustrations showing how the contractor proposes to supply and install the required work, very detailed

67 physical example of the portion of work, they become standards of appearances and workmanship

68 brochure, charts, instructions

authorizing the variation from the original that involves changes in cost and/or time. Architect prepares it, the owner
69
issues it to the contractor. All must approve this.

when the building is made ready for occupancy


70

437/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

71 when the building can be used, it is also the termination of the contractors schedule

72 a result of architects inspection, identifies the work to be completed or corrected

73 formulates policies and objectives as well as over-all strategies for housinc

formerly Human Settlements Regulatory Commission; to foster growth and renewal of urban and rural communities,
74
optimum land-use, adequate shelter and environmental protection

75 provident savings fund for housing

76 generate continuous source of funds for housing through secondary mortgage market system

77 undertake housing development and resettlement

78 develop, standardize, and mass produce housing materials

1902 - Academia de Arquitectura y Agrimensura de Filipinas; 1st President Guillermo Gardiner


National Assembly 1921 - 1st Engineers and Architects Law Act No. 2985 (master buildings were registered as
architects)
1933 - Philippine Architects Society (adopted a code of ethics and standardized fees)
1945 Sept. 2 - PAS became PIAP the became Philippine Institute of Architects (PIA)
79
1950 - League of Philippine Architects, AR 545 was enacted
1958 - Association of Philippine Government Architects
1973 - creation of PRC; APGA, LPA and PIA negotiated
1974 - approval of the constitution and by-laws by the 3 organizations
1975 - United Architects of the Philippines

438/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

responsibilities toward the public


constructive civic service
preservation of heritage
80 uphold interest of its professional organization
abide by the code of ethical conduct
refrain from paid advertisements of self-laudatory, misleading publicity
refrain from taking part in paid advertisement

introduce oneself by sample (no free design)


ascertain nature and scope of project, define charges
honest advocate (even that would mean loss of project)
explain character of estimate
consider needs and stipulation of the client
81
charge the client
not undertake fixed contract sum
not accept payment from other source
refrain from business that would discredit oneself

make contractor understand the contract (avoid mistakes)


architects error should not be absorbed by the contractor
82 promptly act on non-conformance of the contractor
not accept free engineering services or other freebies that would make him obligated
promptly act on request for payments

no freebies
83
avoid commissions, discounts, gifts that places one under reciprocal frame

no free architects services except small civic and charitable projects


not knowingly compete with other architects on basis of fee
not seek commission on a project when another architect is currently negotiating
not be part of a competition where there is conflict of interest
not invade or conquer another architects project
notify original designers when undertaking renovation works
84
not maliciously talk about another architect
protect ones name from being used maliciously
sign only on plans one has prepared
treat well employees and subordinates
share technical information and experience
serve ones professional association

feasibility studies (viability), financing, programming (problem seeking), site selection or analysis, site studies,
85 space studies, promotional services (marketing)

schematic design, design development, contract document, construction


86

interior design, landscape, physical planning (site planning), comprehensive planning (starts with data base
87 gathering end culminates with master development plan)

implements construction
88 hires workers, negotiate with contractors, authorize payment of accounts

439/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
involves the use of a revolving fund
savings and excesses are shared with conditions
50/50 split on savings
89
50/50 split on excess up to 110% of the guaranteed cost
architect pays for the excess beyond 110% of the guaranteed cost.

full-time supervision (quality control, evaluation of contractors work, record keeping)


90
construction management (coordination and supervision, cost and time control, quality control and record keeping)

building and equipment maintenance (trouble free use)


building and grounds administration (billing, security, operations)
91
post construction evaluation (have the goals been achieved)

92 all in one

Stipulated sum (fixed fee, lump sum))


cost plus fee = actual expense plus reasonable fee for profit
multiple of direct personnel expense = salaries are determined then multiplied by a factor, this is increased by a
93 multiplier for overhead and profit
percentage of construction cost
unit cost method = based on definable unit (housing unit, square meter, room)
per diem plus reimbursable expense

94 Revised RA 6541

95 BO issue permit within ______ from the date of payment

fill-up a form
lot ownership / possessory right (TCT, sale, lease, contract)
96 drawings, specifications and estimates
lot plan

permit becomes null and void if:


construction does not commence within _______
97
suspended/ abandoned for ________

no building can be occupied without such certificate


98 no change in occupancy allowed
issued within 30 days after final inspection

Type I - wood construction


Type II - wood with protective fire-resistance and one-hour fire resistive throughout
99 Type III - masonry and wood construction, and one-hour fire resistive throughout
Type IV - steel, iron, concrete, masonry
Type V - fire resistive

100 time in hours a material or assembly can be expected to withstand exposure to fire without collapsing, develop any
openings which permit the passage of flame or hot gases, or exceeding specified temperature on the side away
from the fire

440/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

Category I - residential
Category II - commercial and industrial
101 Category III - educational, social and institutional
Category IV - agricultural
Category V - ancillary

102 classified to belong to the most restrictive requirement

size of room relative to window size (____ of floor area and not less than 1 m2; ___ for toilets but not less than
103
0.24 m2)

ceiling heights (min):


104
2.7m, 2.4m and 2.1m

105 2.7m ceiling height

106 1.8m Ceiling height

min. sizes and dimension of rooms


107
human habitation

108 Kitchen

109 bath/ toilet

110 installation in place

111 increasing height or area

112 changes in materials, partitioning, size of openings, structural parts, utilities without increasing area

113 physical change to increase value, utility, aesthetics

114 Change in use

115 remedial work on damaged portion, restore

116 transfer of building or part

117 systematic dismantling

441/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

118 secondary building

119 permit not required (shed, outhouse, detached from building)

120 of the intervals or spaces into which the building front is divided by columns, buttresses or division walls

121 the remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum open space

122 area which is equal to the total capacity of the building it serves (0.28sm per person)

123 area between bottom of window sill and the ground

124 underside of a beam, lintel

125 an opening through two or more floors that is closed on the top

refers to fire assembly, sucha as door, that normally remains in the open position but that closes when subjected to
126
increase in temperature of 165 deg F. or on actuation of a smoke detector.

three parts: exit access (leads to the exit), the exit (between exit access to the discharge, must be fully enclosed
127
and protected, 1 2 hour rating) and the exit discharge (outside the building). These must lead to public way.

128 no part of may ignite or burn when subjected to fire

door latching assembly using an unlatching device that has an activating portion t hat extends across at least of
129
the the width of the door

an evaluation of all the costs of the elements of a specific project


can be prepared in various phases of the architects regular design services
area method
130 detailed
architects cannot give guarantee since they are not the ones who will execute the work, they do not have control
over the prices

131 sum of all cost, inherent in converting a design plan into a project ready for operation

the cost of installed equipment, materials and labor directly involved in the physical construction of the permanent
facility
directly based on building plans and specifications
132
elevator belongs to the direct cost
crane does not

442/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

all cost which do not become a final part of the installation, but which is required for the orderly completion of the
133
installation (field administration, direct insurance, taxes)

134 under the general contractor, to provide a portion of the work

135 inherent in the performing on operation which cannot be charged to or identified with a part of the work

specific provision for unforeseeable elements of cost within the defined project scope; events that will increase the
cost and will likely occur; expected to be spent
misinterpretations
136 errors (oversights, take-off, pricing)
insufficient information (site, weather, access, peace and order)
labor and material (productivity and availability)
not RISKs related factors (uncertainties: excessive escalation, excessive changes in conditions, abnormal weather)

the provision in actual or estimated cost for an increase in the cost of equipment, material, labor, etc. over those
137
specified in the contract due to continuing price level changes over time.

138 earnings from an on-going business after direct cost of goods sold have been deducted from sales of revenues

139 earnings after all operating expenses have been deducted from net operating revenues

140 estimated by quantities and pricing

by labor productivity charts (8man-hours/1 cu.m)


141
as a percentage of the cost of materials

acquisition, depreciation, rental,


142

143 10 to 20% of the sum of the cost of labor, materials and equipment

144 usually 5 - 20% of the cost of the job (takes about 15 - 40 percent of the construction cost)

145 indicates the start and end point of activities but does not show sequence and dependencies

graphically depicts all the tasks required to finish the project, the sequence in which they must occur, duration,
146
earliest or latest possible starting time, and the earliest and latest possible finishing time

443/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

** 5 days means immediately


** 7 days NTP notice to proceed
** 10 days request for materials and drawings
notice (stop, begin or resume)
** 15 days money matters (request for inspection, payments, salary and wages)
** 30 days arbitration
** 90 days government stoppage
147 ** 120 days Building Permit (stoppage)
** 365 days Building Permit (without construction)
3 consecutive board examination failures
guaranteed bond
reinstatement
** 3 years renewal of license
** 15 years liability of architect to his project

148 15 % of contract amount

15% of Contract amount


149 - valid until replacement of Guarantee Bond

30% of contract amount


150 - valid up to 1 yr from date of acceptance

151 completion of work, the contractor should present certificate of non financial obligation

substantial completion of contract work, the architect shall inspect the project & issue certificate of completion after
152 certification, the contractor will finish outstanding work during period of making good of all known defects of 60
days.

Doc 201 Pre- design Services

Doc 202 Design services

Doc 203 Specialized Allied Services

Doc 204 Construction Services

153 Doc 205 Post- Construction Services

Doc 206 Comprehensive Architectural Services


Doc 207 Design- Build Services

Doc 208 Selection of Architects & Methods of Compensation

Doc 209 Competition Code


Doc. 210 - Logbook of Diversified Experioence

444/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

Simple 6%
Moderate 7%
Exceptional 8%
Residential 10%
Monumental MBF + 50%
154
Repetitive 80%, 60%, 40%
Housing 60%, 30%
Extensive Detailing 15%
Alteration and Renovation 150%
Consultation P200

PD 1185 Fire Code


PD 1096 Building Code
PD 957 Condominium & Subdivision, Bridges Protective Law
PD 23 Law that Created the PRC
PD 49 Intellectual Property Law
155
RA 545 The Architects Law

BP 344 The Law Enhancing the Mobility of Disabled


BP 220 The Socialized Housing Law

1. Performance Specifications
- the result of the product, rather than the product itself are specified
2. Descriptive Specifications
- gives a description of the product
3. Brand Name Specification
- the desired product is specified by the name given and model number
or an equal approved by the architect
4. Closed Specification
-there are two types of closed specifications, the single product and the multi product. Closed specifications are
156 usually brand name specifications. The multi product is the same as a single product except that more than one
product is used. no other brand will be accepted
5. Open Specifications
- open because all manufacturers whose product meet performance or description specified may bid. All
performance and descriptive specifications are open. Brand name specifications are open if the phrase or equal
6. Reference Specification
- the item desired is referred to by a number corresponding to a number published in a specification.
7. Combination Specification
-it is possible to have combinations of performance, description and reference specification.

1. M-achines
2. M-oney
157 3. M-anpower
4. M-aterial
5. M-inutes

1. R-eference Horizontal, Vertical


2. E-xcavation min. depth .60m until stable w/ signature of the Architect, must have a permit
158 3. R-ebars
4. C-oncreting
5. F-inishes Mock up (samples)

445/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

1. Proposal Fee 5%
2. Schematic Design 15%
3. Design Devt - 15%
159
4. Contract Docs - 50%
5. Retention - 15% = Liability 10%, Supervision 5%

1. Proposal Fee 5%
2. Prelim Drawings - 25%
160 3. Final Drawings - 50%
4. Retention - 20% = 3 months after the acceptance of the Architect

1. G-eneral Conditions Execution, Intent satisfaction to finish the proj., Correlation


2. A-greement
3. S-pecifications
161
4. S-pecial Provisions
5. D-rawings

UAP degree of difficulty/complexity of design


162 FCP risk of occurrence of Fire
NCP use and occupancy

1. DBA Design-Build Services by Administration - 7% of Proj. Const. Cost

Proj. Const. Cost. in addition to Architects fee for Regular Design Services (UAP 202) 10% (if residential proj.) + 7%
= 17%

163 2. DBGMC Design Build by Guaranteed Maximum Cost

a. Lump Sum
b. If the cost is exceeded by not more than 10% it is divided = bet. Architect and Client. However if the excess is
more than 10% the Architect pays for all extra cost of the 10%

164 pays for the Building Permit (cannot be reimbursed, not included in Estimates)

validity 120 days, valid 12 months if constructed has not commenced; exception government structure; excepted if
165
P15,000 proj. cost

166 affectivity of a Construction contract from receipt of Notice of Final Payment

is a "promise" or an "agreement" made of a set of promises. Breach of this contract is recognized by the law and
167
legal remedies can be provided.

168 limits what things can be taken into account when trying to interpret a contract.

is the legal process by which an arbiter or judge reviews evidence and argumentation including legal reasoning set
forth by opposing parties or litigants to come to a decision which determines rights and obligations between the
169
parties involved.

446/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

There must be an express or implied agreement. The essential requirement is that there be evidence that the
170 parties had each from an objective perspective engaged in conduct manifesting their assent, and a contract will be
formed when the parties have met such a requirement.

171 is an agreement in which each of the parties to the contract makes a promise or promises to the other party.

172 only one party to the contract makes a promise.

173 is one in which the terms are expressed verbally, either orally or in writing

174 is one in which some of the terms are not expressed in words.

is one in which the circumstances imply that parties have reached an agreement even though they have not done
175
so expressly.

A contract which is implied in law because it is not in fact a contract; rather, it is a means for the courts to remedy
176
situations in which one party would be unjustly enriched were he or she is not required to compensate the other.

If no reasonable person hearing this statement would take it seriously, it is a puff, and no action in contract is
177
available if the statement proves to be wrong

A representation is a statement of fact made to induce another person to enter into a contract and which does
induce them to enter into a contract, but it is one that the maker of the statement does not guarantee its truth. If the
178
statement proves to be incorrect, it cannot be enforced, as it is not a term of the contract, but it may prove to be a
misrepresentation, whereupon other remedies are available.

A ___ is similar to a representation, but the truth of the statement is guaranteed by the person who made the
179
statement. The test is an objective test.

180 is concerned with knowing the probable total cost of a project.

is a preliminary estimation technique that aims to establish the quantity of each material for a project, not yet
181
considering their cost.

is concerned with the determination of probable cost of labor by logical assumptions of the productivity of the
182
workers

183 is a list of materials needed for a project. It usually presents the probable cost for each item.

is a review of the plan and design of a project so as to coordinate with the sizes and specifications of construction
184
materials. Its aim is to avoid wastage and maximize the use of each material

is an estimate that breaks the subject down into as many items or components possible. Each component are
185
often described with specifications

447/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

186 is an estimate that is computed in general and vague. It is often an assumption by area, volume, or bulk.

187 is an assumption of the totality of an item without consideration of its specific components .

188 The amount to be paid for every delay in the contract time

189 The ____ ethically can order a change during construction anytime

190 ____ is a right enforceable against specific property to secure payment of an obligation

191 An architect is a person who is ____ & technically qualified to practice architecture

The ____ are printed documents stipulating the procedural & administrative aspects of the contract
192

193 The ____ contains additional information on Contract Documents:

The ____ is a list of instructions stipulating the manner on which bids are to be
194 prepared

195 There are two ways of undertaking a Design-Build service, one of which is:

Normally, an architect is paid on Percentage of Construction cost method, another method of compensation is:
196

197 Building Administrators are compensated on a monthly salary basis or:

198 For non-creative architectural services, compensation is by:

Architects, employed by the government, are not allowed to engage in the ____
199 practice architecture

200 PD ____ institutionalized the profession of Environmental Planning

____ Mandates government support only to PRC accredited bonafide professional


201 organization.

The ____ shall have the power, upon notice of hearing, to suspend & revoke any
202 certificate of registrations

The _____ pays for the structural, utilities & other tests as may be required for the project.
203

448/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

An act of God such as earthquakes, typhoons, etc. which human prudence cannot foresee or prevent
204

205 If not clearly specified, a material could be installed:

The duties & responsibilities of the architect with the regards to his motives, conduct & sense of moral values are
206 formulated under the:

Re-examination (for the Board exam) can be allowed ____ times & shall not be
207 allowed to take another exam after one year has elapsed after the last exam:

208 As Project Manager, the architect is compensated on a percentage basis of:

209 The entity who can order changes at any time during construction is the:

210 ____ includes labor, materials, & other equipment necessary to construction

211 ____ shall mean furnish and install

212 The contract time is computed based from the receipt date of the ____

213 PD 223 specifies the function of the Board of Architecture to Supervise & ____.

214 The retention is released how many months after the date of final payment:

A stipulation of the use of specific products or processes without provision for


215 substitution is:

The architect shall not render free professional services except for Small Civic &
216 ____ projects

The ____ shall issue certificates of payment after inspection & acceptance of the
217 project

The ____ is the person, firm or corporation who provides the guarantee for the
218 contractors bonds.

219 The contractor is responsible for the ____ of building permit fees.

Within what Period may the Contarctor after giving written notice to owner/architect suspend work/terminated
220
contract?

The value of extra work or change in construction plans by the


221
owner.

449/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

Refers to the most reasonable price of land and shelter based on


222 the needs and financial capability of program beneficiaries and
appropriate financial schemes (RA 7279).

Architectural programming is one of the architects services that


223
falls under:

In a PERT CPM. ____________is a starting node to two or more


224
activities

It refers to contracts or arrangements involving the transfer of


225
systematic knowledge for the manufacture if a product

It was the first law passed by the national assembly in 1921


226 where the maestros de obra or the master builders are required to
register as architects?

When the owner hires an Architect of a firm to coordinate the


227 whole range of Comprehensive Architectural Services, it shall
constitute?

Which article is NOT included in the Building Contract?


a. Time of Completion and Liquidated Damages
228 b. Performance & Payment Bonds
c. Cost Records
d. Payments

He is a registered & licensed architect, who is academically and


229 professionally qualified, & with exceptional or recognized expertise
or specialization in any branch of architecture;

After ___________ substantial completion of contract work, the


architect shall inspect the project & issue certificate of completion
230
after certification, the contractor will finish outstanding work during
period of making good of all known defect of 60 days.

Which of the following is NOT the architects responsibility in


231
relation to the contractor?

25. In methods of compensation, if the Architect as Project Manager


performs regular architectural services for the same project, he is
232
compensated separately for these services as stipulated in what UAP
Documents?

The Contractor shall submit the following before Final Payment is


233
to be released except for:

Within how many months shall be the release of Retention from


234
date of Final Payment?
This services give full meaning to what the professional calls
235 comprehensive Architectural Service. It wraps-up the whole range of
architectural services.

450/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor as a


236 guarantee of good faith on the part of the contractor to execute the
work in accordance with terms of the Contract.

The architect of a housing project was give Php 300,000.00 for


237 the first unit he designed. How much will he receive for the tenth
housing unit?

Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the


238 secretary to enforce the provision of the code in the field as well as
the enforcement or orders and decisions made pursuant thereto.

Which of the following situation would trigger the owner to


suspend work?
a. Bankruptcy-Declared by BIR
239 b. Insubordination
c. Non-payment of contactors debt/non superintendence of
contractor
d. All of the above

240 Contract Documents shall be the property of the


It is instructions that supplement or modify drawings, specs, &
241
general conditions of the contract.

Boiler Plate is essential to the production of good construction


documents as are the drawings or the specifications. All are included
forms except
242 a. Invitation to Bid
b. Wage Scales
c. Bond Form
d. Building Permit

The _________ shall submit ________ copies of shop drawings for


243
the architects approval

A full time construction inspector hired by owner assisting in the


244
supervision of the work.

245 The third phase of an architect's regular services.

246 Project financing falls under what kind of service of the architect.

247 Comprehensive planning falls under what service of the architect.

The fee of the architect for design-build services on a guaranteed maximum cost aside from his fee for regular
248
design services.

249 What percentage of an architect's work is liability under the civil code.

For interior design services, the architect shall be paid what percentage of the fee upon submission of the final
250
design.

When the owner fails to implement the plans and documents for construction as prepared by the architect, the
251
architect is entitled to receive what percentage of his fee.

451/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

252 The minimum fee per appearance of an architect when rendering service as an expert witness shall be.

253 The minimum basic fee for specialized decorative building.

254 The minimum basic fee for industrial buildings with a project cost below 50 million pesos.

255 The minimum basic fee for hospitals with a project cost below 50 million pesos.

In design-build services, the single-point-responsibility of project delivery puts the legal liability for both the design
256
and construction on the.

257 The release of 10% retention by the owner shall be done after how many months from the date of final payment.

258 Printed documents stipulating the procedural and administrative aspect of the contract.

259 An outline specification enumerating the type and trade names of materials to be used.

260 A price given by a contractor, sub-contractor, material supplier or vendor to furnish materials, labor or both.

261 A statement from the architect confirming the amount of money due the contractor for work accomplished.

A bond furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guarantee to execute the work in accordance with the terms
262
of the contract.

263 An offer to perform the work prescribed in a contract at a specified cost.

264 The fee of the architect for design-build services by administration.

265 A stipulation of the use of specific products or processes without provision for substitution.

266 A list of instructions stipulating the manner on which bids are to be prepared.

The performance and Payment Bonds shall be released by the owner after the expiration of how many months
267
from the final acceptance of the work.

268 The Guarantee Bond is released how many months after the date of final payment.

269 How many days shall the Building Official issue a certificate of occupancy after final inspection of the project.

452/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

270 A statute specifying the period of time within which legal action must be brought for alleged damage or injury.

271 A bond, the form or content of which is prescribed by statute.

A rule that certain kinds of contracts are enforceable unless signed and in writing or unless there is a written
272
memorandum of their terms signed by the party to be charged.

A contract transferring the right of possession of buildings, property, etc., for a fixed period of time, usually for
273
periodical compensation called 'rent'.

274 A tenure by lease; real estate held under a lease.

275 The person receiving a possessory interest in buildings, property, etc., by lease.

276 The person granting a possessory interest in buildings, property, etc., by lease.

277 Range of the multiplier for Multiple of Direct Personnel Expense.

278 This type of compensation is only applied to non-creative work.

279 Supervision Work is a non-creative work, true or false.

280 A world-wide used method of compensation for architectural services.

This method of compensation is applied only to pre-design services, supervision work, and other works which the
281
Architect may perform other than the regular and specialized allied services.

282 This type of compensation is similar to the concept being charged by realtors, developers, and lawyers.

For reimbursable expenses, how many kilometers from the Architect's office shall a work be located to allow
283
reimbursable expenses.

284 This method of compensation is frequently used where there is continuing relationship on a series of projects.

285 The full-time construction inspector shall be under the technical control and supervision of the ___.

286 Submission of shop drawings shall be accompanied by a ___ in duplicate.

287 How many sets of shop drawings for approval shall the contractor submit to the Architect?

453/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

288 Who shall have the responsibility of securing, but not liable for non-issuance, of the final occupancy permit.

True or false, can the owner relegate to the contractor the responsibility of establishing the lot lines, boundary lines,
289
easements, and benchmarks provided that the owner pays the contractor for such works?

290 Who shall have the responsibility for establishing lot lines, boundary lines, easements, and benchmarks?

Who shall pay for the services of a licensed surveyor for confirmation and certification of the location of column
291 centers, piers, walls, pits, trenches, pipe work, culvert work, utility lines, and other similar works required by the
contract.

292 Professional Fee for the Architect as a full-time supervisor.

293 Professional fee for the Construction Manager.

294 Under PD 1096, what should be the proportion of sidewalk width to that of the road right- of-way?

At what interest rate per month should a client pay the architect should the former fail to pay the latter beyond 30
295
days from receipt of billing?

296 What code holds the architect responsible for the building/structure he designed for a certain period of time.

What type of compensation is applied to cases where the architect's personal time is required, such as
297
conferences, joint venture activities, etc.?

298 What type of bond guarantees payment on all obligations arising from the contract?

What type of compensation is applied to most of Gov't projects and entails more paper works and is advantageous
299
to both client and architect.

300 Professional Fee for the Project Manager.

301 If the Project Manager is hired by the owner, who shall have the responsibility of hiring the Construction Manager?

True or false, based on the Civil Code, the Project Manager has no legal responsibility insofar as design and
302
construction is concerned.

His primary responsibility is the exercise of overall cost control which relieves the owner of many of the anxieties
303
that usually beset , particularly those concerned with forecasting cost and completion dates.

In the architect's code of ethics, to whom does the architect has responsibility to seek opportunities for constructive
304
service in civic and urban affairs?

305 What PD created the PRC which regulates the practice of various professionals.

454/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

Architect XYZ uses paid advertisements without sanction by professional consensus and years of experience. His
306
action is unethical with respect to his relation to whom?

307 Additional information on contract documents issued to bidders before date of bidding.

The offer of a bidder to perform the work described by the contract documents when made out and submitted on
308
the prescribed proposal form, properly signed and sealed.

The cashier's check or surety bond accompanying the proposal submitted by the bidder, as a guarantee that the
309
bidder will enter into a contract with the owner for the construction of the work, if the contract is awarded to him.

Instructions which may be issued prior to the bidding to supplement and/or modify drawings, specifications, and/or
310
general conditions of the contract.

311 Written or printed description of work to be done describing qualities of material and mode of construction.

Means information, advice or notification pertinent to the project delivered in person or sent by registered mail to
312
the individual, firm or corporation at the last known business address of such individual, firm or corporation.

Includes labor or materials or both as equipment, transportation, or other facilities necessary to commence and
313
complete the construction called for in the contract.

314 Means to build-in, mount in position, connect or apply any object specified ready for the intended use.

315 Means to purchase and/or fabricate and deliver to jobsite.

316 Means to furnish and install.

No further retention shall be made on the balance of the contract when how many percent of the contract has been
317
completed?

318 No payment shall be made on contracts in excess of how many percent of the contract price.

319 The guarantee bond is equal to how many percent of the contract price?

How many percent of the architect's fee is payable to the architect upon completion of the preparation of the
320
schematic design phase and up to final design development phase?

321 Standard factor computed for changes and/or revisions made on completed contracts.

Approximately, how many square meters of office space for the architect is built by the contractor as temporary
322
facilities for the project.

All trees and other plants that need to be transplanted elsewhere within ___ meters shall be done by the ___ at his
323
own expense.

455/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

324 If there is a variance/discrepancy between the drawings and specifications, what shall be followed?

How many days prior to bidding shall the contractor seek the architect's clarification as to the particular areas of
325
work which requires evaluation of the architect?

326 How many days upon written notice can a contractor terminate a contract with a valid reason?

Suspension of work for ___ days by order of any court or other public authority through no act or fault of the
327
contractor gives the him the right to terminate contract.

True or false, the contractor can terminate contract if the owner should fail to pay the contractor any sum within 15
328
days after its award by arbitration

True or false, the contractor can terminate contract if the owner should fail to act upon any request for payment
329
within 30 days after its certification by the architect.

330 Who declares bankruptcy as a valid reason for the termination of a contract?

True or false, upon termination of contract and upon the decision of the architect that materials and equipment left
331
by the contractor which do not belong to him can be used and rent of such shall be borne by the failing contractor.

True or false, in case of suspension of work, all unpaid work executed including expenses incurred during
332
suspension shall be evaluated by the architect and charged to the owner.

True or false, the owner has no right to claim liquidated damages if he takes over the work from the contractor for
333
failure to complete the project.

334 How many days prior to canceling an insurance be given to the owner stipulating the intention to cancel?

335 How many percent of the contract amount is the Performance Bond?

336 How many percent of the contract amount is the Payment Bond?

337 A contract provision setting forth the damages a party must pay in the event of his breach.

Basic Fee for Physical Planning Type 1 or site such as industrial estates, commercial centers, sports complex,
338
resorts, etc.

339 Predecessor of PD 1096

340 What presidential decree institutionalized the profession of environmental planning?

456/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

341 It is a right enforceable against specific property to secure payment of an obligation.

342 Minimum basic fee for simple projects.

343 Minimum basic fee for alterations/renovations.

When the architect is engaged to render opinion or advise, clarification or explanation on technical matters
344
pertaining to his profession, the minimum basic fee shall be ___.

345 When rendering service as an expert witness, the architect is compensated ___/ hr.

346 Minimum basic fee for Group 5 Projects (monumental).

347 What is Group 6 Project classification?

348 Minimum Basic fee for housing projects.

349 Under what classification of Project does Hospitals and Medical Buildings fall?

350 Under what classification of Project does Stadium fall?

351 Minimum Per diem paid to the architect if work is beyond 50 kms. From office.

352 On the remaining 15% work fee of the architect, where does the 5% go.

Repairs and corrective works at the expense of the contractor should be done within how many days after written
353
notice by owner?

Failure on the part of the contractor to remove condemned work shall give the owner right to remove said work at
354 contractor's exepense and contractor shall pay the owner the expenses incurred within how many days from
removal by the owner of said work?

355 Contract time reckoning shall commence on the ___ from receipt of ___.

356 An area of a city where municipal buildings are grouped.

357 Any article of property not consisting of or affixed to land plus any interest in land that is less than a freehold.

457/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

No person who is not a citizen of the Philippines may take the board exams or practice the profession unless the
358
country of his relation allows the same ___.

359 AGREEMENT / GENERAL CONDITIONS / SPECIAL PROVISIONS / SPECIFICATIONS / DRAWINGS

360 full time construction inspector

361 offer of the bidder to perform the work

cashier's check or surety bond with proposal submitted by the bidder that he will enter in the contract with the
362
owner

363 approved form of the contractor and his surety to execute the work

364 approved form of the contractor and his surety to pay all obligations

365 guarantee to the quality of materials and equipment installed

contract between the owner and the contractor; including all supplemental agreements thereto and all general and
366
special provisions

367 invitaton issued to prospective bidders, giving information to the project

368 additional information on contract documents

369 list of instructions stipulating the manner on how bids are to be prepared and conditions for the award of contract

370 graphical representation of the work involved in the project

371 printed materials stipulating the procedural and adminitrative aspects of contract

instruction which may be issued prior to the bidding to supplement and or modify drawings, specifications and
372
general conditions

written or printed description of work to be done describing the qualities of materials and mode of construction
373
additional information which may be issued as an additon or ammendment to the provisions of specifications

374 outline specification enumerating the type or trade names of materials to be used

listing of the different parts of the work indicating in each part the corresponding value in materials and labor;
375
including allowance for profit and overhead

458/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

376 information advice or notification pertinent to the project delivered.

377 earthquake, flood, typhoon, catalysmic phenomena of nature

378 duration of time allowed by the contractor for the completion of the project

379 labor or materials or both as well as equipment, transportation or other facilities

380 purchase or fabricate

381 build in, mount in position, connect or apply any object specified ready for the intended used

382 furnish and install

the cashier's check or bidders bond accompanying the proposal submitted by the bidders as a guaranty that the
383 bidder will enter into a contract with the owner for the works if the contract with the owner for the works if the
contract is awarded to him.

a bond furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guarantee to the execution of the work in accordance with
384
the terns of the contract

385 as a guarantee to the quality for all obligations arising from his contract.

386 for life and property

as a guarantee to the quality of materials and equipment installed and the workmanship performed by the
387
contractor.

are graphical presentations of the work involved in the project. They include all supplementary details and shop
388
drawings.

389 are written or printed description of work to be done prescribing qualities of materials and modes of construction

is the contract covering the performance of the work described in the contract documents including all
390
supplemental agreements thereto all general and special provisions pertaining to the work materials therefore

drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts and other data prepared by the contractor which
391
illustrates how specific portions of the work shall be fabricated and/or installed.

392 precise drawings

459/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

393 the binding resolution of disputes by one or more neutral persons as a substitute for judicial proceeding.

the notice published by the owner & the invitations issued to prospective bidders giving information as to the nature
394
of the proposed project condition for the issuance of contract documents & date of bidding

395 is additional information on contract documents issued to bidders before date of bidding

the list of instructions stipulating the manner on how bids are to be prepared and conditions for the award of
396
contract

397 are instructions which maybe issued to supplement draeings & general conditions of the contract

398 a contract provision setting forth the damagesa party must pay in the eventof a breach of the contract

399 the offer of a bidder to kperform the work describbed by the contractc

400

401

402

403

404

405

406

407

408

409

410

411

412

413

414

460/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

415

416

417

418

461/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PD 1296

Home Ins. & Guarantee Corp.


(HIGC)

Actual Cost + 10%


(profit,overhead & tax)

Affordable Cost

Pre design

Burst node

Project Management

Cost Records

Consulting Architect

Project representative

98%

UAP doc. 202

3 months

PD 957

Post Construction Services

Performance Bond

1 slot/ family dwelling

100 meters

462/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

City Engineer

Architect

Special Provisions

Contractor / 2

Specifications

Open Specifications

Closed Specifications

Brand Name Specifications

Combination Specifications

Division of Master Format


Specifications (1995 - Nov
2004)

CSI - Construction
Specification Institute

Master Format Specifications

463/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Classes of Fire

Dry Standpipe

Plenum

Abatement

Damper

Flash Point

Jumper

Smokeproof Tower

Fire escape ladders

Grounds for suspension and


revocation of license

BP 220

PD 957

PD 1216

RA 4726

464/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

R.A. 7279 - Urban


Development and Housing Act

P.D. 1151 - Philippine


Environmental Policy

PD 1152

Project Manual

Bidding Requirements

supplements to bid forms

contract forms

general and supplementary


conditions

Prescriptive Specification

Performance Secification

465/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Writing Specifications

single prime contract

multiple prime contract

many prime contracts

Drawings

Specifications

General Conditions

Agreement

addenda

Modifications

Construction Administration

shop drawings

Sample

Product data

Change Orders

Project Closeout

466/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Substantial Completion

punchlist

Housing and Urban


Development Coordinating
Council (HUDCC)

Housing and Land Use


Regulatory Board (HLURB)

Home Development Mutual


Fund (Pag-ibig Fund)

National Home Mortgage and


Finance Corporation (NHMFC)

National Housing Authority


(NHA)

National Housing Corporation


(NHC)

History of Archl. Organization


in Phils.

467/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

architects responsibilities in
relation to
people

architects responsibilities in
relation to
Client

architects responsibilities in
relation to
Contractor

architects responsibilities in
relation to
agents, dealers

architects responsibilities in
relation to
colleagues & subordinates

Pre-Design

Design

Specialized Allied

Design-Build
by administration

468/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Design Build by guaranteed


maximum cost

Construction Services

Post Construction Services

Comprehensive Architectural
Services

Compensation Method

PD 1096

15 days

Bldg. permit Requirements

one year / 120 days

Certificate of Occupancy

Types of Construction

fire resistance rating

469/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Classification of Buildings by
Use

mixed occupancy

10% & 5 %

(artificially ventilated)

if naturally ventilated

mezzanine

6 m2 (least side 2m)

3m2 (least side 1.5m)

1.2 m2 (least side 0.9m)

erection

addition

alteration

renovation

Conversion

repair

moving

demolition

470/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

ancillary

minor const.

bay or panel

buildable area

dispersal area

socalo

soffit

Atrium

automatic closing

egress system

non combustible

panic hardware

Estimates

Construction Cost

Direct Cost

471/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

InDirect Cost

Subcontract

Overhead

Contingencies

Escalation

Gross Profit

Net Profit

Materials

Labor

Equipment

Overhead

Profit

bar chart

critical path method (cpm)

472/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Notes

Performance Bond

Payment Bond

Guarantee Bond

After 65%

After 98%

473/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Architects Fee

Laws in Architecture

Types of Specification

5 Ms of Construction

Important Milestones of
Construction

474/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Architects Fee for RDS

Architects Fee for SAS

Architectural Contract
Documents

PROJECT CLASSIFICATION

Design Build Services Fee

Contractor

Building Permit

7 Days

Contract

parol evidence rule

Adjudication

475/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Mutual agreement

Bilateral Contract,

Unilateral Contract

Expressed Contract

Implied Contract

Implied in fact or implied in


law

Quasi-Contract

Puff statement (sales talk):

Representation statement

Term Statement

Cost Estimate

Quantity Survey

Productivity Estimates

Bill of Materials

Value Engineering

Detailed Estimate

476/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Rough Estimate

Lumpsum

Liquidated Damages

Owner

Liens

Legally

The General Conditions

Bid Bulletin

Instructions to Bidders

By Guaranteed Maximum
Cost

Salary

Percentage of Gross monthly


Rentals

Multiple of Direct Personnel


Expense

Private

PD 1308

UAP

PRC

Owner

477/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Force Majeure

only after the approval by the


architect

UAP Doc. 200

one

2%-5% of Project cost

Architect

Work

Provide

Notice to Proceed

Regulate

3 months

Close Specifications

Charitable

Architect

Surety

Payment

10 days

b. Actual direct cost plus 10


percent for profit, overhead
and tax

478/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Affordable cost

Pre Design

Burst node

Technical Transfer

Engineers and Architects


Law Act no. 2986

Project Management

Cost Records

Consulting Architect

98%

The Architect shall consider the


needs and stipulation of the
Contractor and the effect of his work
upon the life and well-being of
the public and community as a whole

UAP Doc 202

Guarantee Bond equivalent to 40% of


the Contract Price covering
a period of one year after the Final
Acceptance of the Work.

3 months

Post-Construction Services

479/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Performance Bond

Php 480,000.00

City Engineer

All of the above

Architect

Special Provisions

Building Permit

Contractor/2

Project Representative

Contract documents phase

Pre-design services

Specialized allied services

10%

10%

50%

85%

480/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PHP 500.00

12%

6%

8%

Architect

3 months

General conditions

Schedule of material and


finishes

Quotation

Certificate of payment

Performance bond

Bid

7%

Closed specification

Instruction to bidders

2 months

12 months / 1 yr

30 days

481/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Statute of Limitation

Statutory Bond

Statute of Frauds

Lease

Leasehold

Lessee

Lessor

2-2.5

Multiple of Direct Personnel


Expenses

Percentage of Construction
Cost

Multiple of Direct Personnel


Expenses

Percentage of Construction
Cost

50 kms.

Professional Fee Plus


Expenses

Architect

Letter of transmittal

482/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Contractor

Owner

Contractor

1-1.5%

1.5-3%

(1/6)

2%

Civil Code

Per Diem+Reimb. Expenses

Payment Bond

Lump Sum / Fixed Fee

2-5%

Project Manager

Project Manager

Public / People

PD 223

483/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

People / Public

Bid Bulletin

Proposal

Proposal Bond

Special Provisions

Specifications

Written Notice

Work

Install

Furnish

Provide

50%

65%

30%

30%

2.5

12 sqm.

50 / Contractor

484/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Specifications

15 Days

15 Days

90 Days

False (30 days)

False (15 days)

Contractor

10 days

15%

15%

Penalty Clause

5,000 for First 50 Hectares

R.A. 6451

PD 1308

485/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Liens

6%

50%

200 / hr

500

12%

Repetitive Construction

10% of 1st unit / 60% 2nd-10th


Unit / 30% 11th and above

Group 3 (Exceptional
Character)

Group 3 (Exceptional
Character)

PHP 750.00

Construction Phase Service

5 days

10 days

7th day / Notice to Proceed

Civic Center

Chattel

486/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Reciprocity

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

PROJECT REP.

PROPOSAL

PROPOSAL BOND (5%)

PERFORMANCE BOND (15%)

PAYMENT BOND

GUARANTEE BOND

AGREEMENT

INVITATION TO BID

BID BULLETIN

INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS

DRAWINGS

GENERAL CONDITIONS

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

SPECIFICATIONS

SCHED. OF MATERIALS AND


FINISHES

BREAKDOWN OF WORK AND


CORRESPONDING VALUE

487/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

WRITTEN NOTICE

ACT OF GOD OR FORCE


MAJEURE

TIME LIMITS

WORK

FURNISH

INSTALL

PROVIDE

PROPOSAL / BID BOND

PERFORMANCE BOND

PAYMENT BOND

INSURANCES

GUARANTEE BOND

DRAWINGS

SPECIFICATIONS

AGREEMENT

SHOP DRAWINGS

AS-BUILT DRAWINGS

488/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

ARBITRATION

ADVERTISEMENT OR
INVITATION TO BID

BID BULLETIN

INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS

SPECIAL PROVISION

PENALTY CLAUSE

PROPOSAL

489/666
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

490/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

1
An instrument for measuring the rate of flow of electricity, usually expressed in amperes

2
. The current carrying capacity of a wire or cable, expressed in amperes

3
On a theatre stage, a master switch that distinguishes all stage lights simultaneously.

4
The portion of an electric wiring that extends beyond the final over current device protecting the circuit

5
An underground structure used in pulling or splicing electric cables which are laid underground.

6 The luminous intensity of a light source, expressed in candelas.

7 Flow of electricity in a circuit; the unit of measurement is the ampere.

8 In an electric circuit, a current that flows in one direction only


9
In electric wiring a metal plate, water pipe, or other type of conductor buried in the earth in manner ensuring a good
conductive path to the ground.

10 A unit of illumination equal to 1 lumen per square foot.

11 A movement or flow of electrically charged particles, typically measured in amperes.

12 What is a utilization equipment which is generally industrial built in?


13 a generator of alternating current
14 device used to measure rate of flow of electricity

15 device for storing electric energy

16 What is a surface, material, device, or object that scatters light or sound from a source?

17 device used to transform AC to DC


18
device that indicates light intensity in Footcandle

19 What is a flexible armored conduit used to encase electrical wiring?


20 controls the flow of current to the distribution elements
21 cap that receives the service drop
22 box used for maintaining light control devices
23 What is an electromagnetic force flowing between the positive and negative terminals?

24 electromotive force

25 number of AC that flow in a conductor

26 rate or measure of power used or consumed


27 What is an electric device having a resistance which can be adjusted?
28 controls the flow of current to the distribution elements

491/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

29
instrument used to measure the resistance of a conductor

30 materials that resist the flow of electric current


31 What is the unit for quantity of electricity?

32 unit of resistance
33 unit of electromotive force

34 unit of candlepower

35 Standard length of an electrical metal conduit.

36 PABX or PBX means.

37 Farad is the unit capacity of a ___.

38 Another name for distribution panel.

39 Standard size of wire for a circuit line.

40 Standard size of wire for a switch line.

41 A device for converting alternating current to direct


current.
42 Another name for a Rectifier.

43 Interrelationship between value of voltage and current


with the same frequency.
44 Minimum wire size in square millimeter for a branch
circuit with a 30 ampere rating using Type THW stranded
copper conductor in a raceway.
45 Standard frequency of power supplied by the local
power utility company like Meralco.
46 The overhead service conductors from the last pole or
other aerial support to and including splices, if any,
connecting to the service entrance conductors at the
building.

47 The simplest type of building automation system.

48 Resistance in alternating current system.

49 The reciprocal of conductance.

50 A rigid metal housing for a group of heavy conductors


insulated from each other and the enclosure, also called
Busduct.
51 A heavy conductor, usually in the form of a solid copper
bar, used for collecting, carrying, and distributing large electric
currents, also called a busbar.
52 An approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting
and conductor terminations in completely enclosed ventilated
protective metal housing where the assembly is designed to
carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such
current.

492/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

53 A box with a blank cover which serves the purpose of


joining one different runs of raceways or cables and provided
with sufficient space for connection and branching of the
enclosed conductors.

54 This shows the vertical relationships of all panels, feeders,


switches, switchboards, and major components are shown up
to, but not including, branch circuiting, it is an electrical
version of a vertical section taken through the building.

55 In a lightning protection system, the combination of a


metal rod and its brace or footing, on the upper part of a
structure.
56 TW in electrical wire specification means.

57 XHHN in wire specification means.

58 Mho as used in electrical systems calculation is defined as _______.

59 A unit of mechanical power is horsepower. What is electrical


power?
60 Who said these prophetic words: Let the future tell the truth
and evaluate each one according to his work and accomplishment.
The present is theirs, the future for which I really worked for is
mine.?
61 A type of raceway specially constructed for the purpose of pulling
in or the withdrawing of wires or cables after the conduit is in place.
62 The trade name for an insulated conductor with type letter THHN
is ______.
63 What is / are the advantage/s of a circuit breaker over a fuse?
a. It can act as a switch
b. Its position can be easily detected (close/open)
c. It can be used again after fault has been corrected
d. All of these

64 What switch combination may be used in order to control a lamp


or group of lamps in three different locations?
65 It characterizes short circuit

66 A unit or assembly units or sections and associated fittings


forming a rigid structural system used to support cables.
67 Fusible material in a fuse may be made of any of the following
except___.
68 It affects the resistance of a conductor.
a. Length
b. Area
c. Temperature
69 It is also known as electric panel or load center.

70 A cylindrical conduit or conductor, the wall thickness is sufficient


to receive a standard pipe.
71 A factory assembly of one or more conductors, each individually
insulated and enclosed in a metallic sheath of interlocking metal
tape, or a smooth corrugated metallic tube.
72 It is analogous to pressure in water flow.

493/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

73 Alternating current is characterized as having _____.


a. Positive and negative polarity
b. Average value is zero c. Has frequency
d. All of these
74 A circuit type where components are electrically connected end
to end.
75 The over-all covering of underground feeder and branch circuit
cables shall be ____.
76 The basic elements of an electric circuit are the following except

77 A factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors having an


outer sheath of moisture-resistant, flame retardant, non metallic
material.
78 Cables are conductors that are ____.
a. Larger than wires
b. Stranded (no.6 AWG and larger)

79 Which of the following metallic materials is considered as the


best conductor of electricity?
80 Example/s of conductors-on-insulator wiring is are ______.
a. Concealed knob and tube
b. Open wiring on insulators
81 A type of surface flush raceway designed to receive conductors
and receptacles assembled in the field or in the factory.
82 A type of switch used for transferring one or more load conductor
connections from one power source to another.
83 The part of the cut out that is design to open or break an electrical current under an excessive load

84 Unit of power

85
The unit used in the measure of the rate of flow of electricity

86 This is where an electric service conductor can be installed

87
A type of electric switch consisting of one or more movable copper blades which are hinged and which make
contact with stationary forked contract jaws being forced between them

88
Provision for building with an expected electric load demand of 200KVA

89 The conversion of alternating current (AC) to direct current (DC)


90
A kind of flourescent lamp that does not use starter element

91
An iron box or casing by which electrical conduit branches are formed

92 A passenger elevator with a constant 24 hour service for residential condominum

93 Minimum service drop of connection line above the ground and from the ground

94 Minimum distance of poles and transformer support located from the road right of way

95
A vertical flow of air used to separate different function of spaces

96 Original name of P-Trap

494/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

97
The main feed line of an electrical circuit to which branch circuits are connected

98
The minimum width of door in hospital housing unit

99
Another type of circuit breaker element other than bolt-on

100
The most practical conductor of electricity

101 A channel system in carrying electrical wire

102
An electric conductor consisting of a group of smaller diameter conductor strands twisted together

103
Another name for power panel

104 A device used to convert voltage from higher to lower or vise versa

105 Metal containing no iron such as copper, brass and aluminum

106
The minimum allowance clearance from the highest point of the roof to the service drop conductor from NBC

107
To bring down voltage

108 Wiring not concealed by the building sructure

109
Transferring the power load from the building circuitry to standby generator or during brownout

110
One with contacts that separate in air

111 The voltage across the welding arc

112
Cable provided in wrapping of metal usually steel wires or tapes, primarily for the purpose of mechanical protection

113 A synthetic non-flammable insulating liquid which, when decomposed by an elctric arc evolves only non-explosive
gases
114 Is combination of all or a portion of component parts included in an electric apparatus, mounted on a supporting
frame or panel and properly interwined
115
Minimum load over a given period of time

116
That portion of a wiring system extending beyond the final overcurrent device protecting the current

117 Is a conductor, or group of conductors, in switchgear assemblies which serves as a common connection for two
or more circuit
Approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a completely enclosed,
118 ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic
forces of the current
119 System of conductor forming an essentially continuous conducting network over the object protected and
including any conductors necessary for interconnections of the object protected and an adequate ground
120 A device design to open under abnormal conditions a current carrying circuit without injury itself

121 A wire or combination of wires not insulated from one another suitable for carrying electric current

495/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

122
A device or group of devices which serves to govern in some predetermined manner, the electric power
delivered to the apparatus to which it is connected

123 A luminous discharge due to ionization of the air surrounding a conductor caused by voltage gradient exceeding a
certain critical value
124 A metal housing that houses the circuit breaker or fuses; surface mounted

125
Is the ratio of the maximum demand of the system or part of the system to the total connected load of the system

126 A unit of electrical system which is intended to carry but not utilize electrical energy

127 A single enclosed runway for conductor cables

128 Machine which transforms electric power into mechanical power


129
The circuit conductors between the service equipment or the generator switchboard of an isolated plant and the
branch circuit overcurrent device

130 Unit of illumination when the foot is taken as the unit of length. It is the illumination on a surface one square foot in
area in which there is uniformly distributed flux of one lumen
131 An overcurrent protective device with a circuit opening fusible member which is heated and severed by the
passage of the overcurrent through it
132
Types of lighting that deals with lighting relatively large area covered

133
Density of the luminous flux on a surface

134 Is a form of air switch in which the moving element is a hinge blade wedge between stationary contact blades when
closed
135
Artificial source of light

136
Device for mechanical support of light

137 A radiant energy

138 Protective device for limitting surge voltage on equipment by discharging or by-passing surge current

139 Is a transient electric disturbance in an electric circuit caused by lightning

140 Is the radial branch connection to a main line

141 Is the ratio of the average load over a designated period of time to the peak load occuring in that period

142 Unit of luminous flux

143 A unit of illumination equal to one lumen per square meter

144 Point of the wiring system at which current is taken to supply utilization equipment

145 A metal box at an outlet which encloses one or more receptacle

146 Maximum load consumed by a unit in a stated period of time

147 Device or equipment which is supended from overhead either by means of the flexible cord

496/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

148 Auxillary conductor used in connection with remote measuring devices for operating apparatus at a distant point

149
Box with a blank cover which is inserted in one or more runs of raceway to facilitate pulling in the conductors and
the distributing of the conductors

150 Any channel for holding wires, cables or busbars

151 Convinience Outlet; Contact device installed at an oulet for the connection of an attachment plug

152 A raceway especially constructed for the purpose of physical protection of conductors, the pulling in or the conduit
is in place and made of metal pipe of standard width and thicknesswithdrawing of wires or cables after the
153 Enclosure of porcelain or other insulating material fitted with terminals and intended for connecting the flexible cord
carrying a pendent to permanent wiring
154
The overhead service conductor from the last pole or other aerial support to and including splices if any connecting
to the service entrance conductors at the building

155
The raceway that encloses the service entrance conductors

156 Cable designed for service under water


157
Is a transient variation in the current potential or power

158
Minimum wire size of THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit in a 30 ampere rating

159
This connetions is used where the load is comparatively small and the length of the secondary circuit is short

160
This connections is used in most urban distribution circuits

161 The 120/240 volt winding is connected in series serving 240 volts on a two wire system, this connection is used for
small industrial applications
162 Consist merely of two single phase transformers operated 90deg out of phase, the common wire must carry /2
times the load current

163
This is used to supply a single phase lighting load and three phase power load simultaneously

164
This connection is used when single phase lighting load is large as compared with the power load

165 Often it is desirable to increase the voltage of a circuit form a 2400 to 4160 volts to increase its potential
capacity
166
This connection is similar to the delta-delta bank with only the primary connection changed The primary neutral
should not be grounded or tied into the system neutral, since a single phase ground fault may result in extensive
blowing of fuses throughout the system This connection requires special watt-hour metering

167
When operating Y delta and one service is disabled, service maybe maintained at reduced load

168
The single phase lighting load is all on one phase resulting in unblanced primary currents in any one bank

169
The primary voltage was increased from 2400 to 4160 volts to increase the potential capacity of the system

170 When the ratio of transformation from the primary to secondary voltage is small, the most economical way of
stepping down the voltage

497/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

171
In some localities two phase power is required from three phase system

172 If it should be necessary to supply three phase power from a two phase system, the special tap must be provided
on the secondary side
173 Thermoplastic

174 Moisture Temperature Resistant


175 Underground Feeder

176 Flourinated Ethylene Propylene Moisture Resistant

177 Heat Resitant Rubber

178 Heat and Moisture Resistant Rubber

179 Heat Resistant Latex Rubber

180 Moisture and Heat Resistant Thermoplastic

181 Heat and Moisture Resistant Thermoplstic with Nylon


182 Moisture and Heat Resistant Cross Link Polymer
183 Armored Cable
184 THERMOPLASTIC HEAT RESISTANT

185 POLYETHELENE
186
SILICON ASBESTOS

187 ASBESTOS AND VARNISH CAMBRIC


188
Use low melting point solders or metal the expand when exposed to heat to detect fire

189 135deg-197deg F

190 Use of the scattering of light by smoke into view of photo cell through incandescent or diode
191
It responds to the high-frequency radiant energy from flames. Alarm is only triggered when IR energy flickers at
rate which is chracteristics of flame

192
Uses the interruption of small current flow between electrodes by smoke in ionized sampling

193 chamber to detect fire

194 Fabricated assembly of insulated conductors enclosed in flexible metal sheath. It is used both on exposed and
concealed work
195
A factory assemble cable of one or more conductors each individualy insulated and enclosed in a mettalic sheath
of interlocking tape of smooth or corrugated tube. This type of cable is especially used for service feeders, branch
circuit and for indoor, outdoor work

498/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

196
Is a factory assembly of one or more conductors insulated with highly compressed refractory mineral insulation
enclosed in a liquid and gas tight continous copper sheath. This type of cable is used in dry, wet or continously
moist location as service feeders or branch circuit

197
Is a also a factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors having a moisture resistant, flame retardant and
non metallic material outer sheath. This type is used specifically for one or two family dwellings not exceeding 3
storey building

198
This type of cable is factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors in an extruded core of moisture resistant
and flame retardant material covered within an overlapping spiral metal tape. This type is used in hazardous
locations and in cable trays or in raceways

199
Is a moisture resistant cable used for underground connections including direct burial in the ground as feeder or
branch circuit This is factory assembled two or more insulated conductors with or without associated bare or
covered or grounding under a mettalic sheath, This is used for installation of cable trays, raceways, or it is
supported by messenger wire

200
Is an assembly of parallel conductors formed integrally with insulating material web designed especially for field
installation in metal surface or raceways

201
Consist of three or more flat copper conductor placed edge to edge separated and enclosed with an insulating
assembly. This type of cable is used for general purposes such as: appliance branch circuit, and for individual
branch circuits, especially in hard smooth continous floor surfaces and the like

202
Is a single or multi conductor solid dielectric insulated cable rated at 2,000 volts or higher. This type is used for
power system up to 35,000 volts

203
Part of the facility which accept the house cable riser and house the terminal block at each floor and at the highest
or end of a feeder riser cable

204
Is the simplest type of building automation system, which intercoms, PABX, microwave links, analog and digital
telephone system, video conferencing, satellite links, structured cabling and similar devices

205

Two lights in a long hallway connected in parallel are to be controlled simultaneously at three points

206
Factory assembled of two or more insulated conductors w/ or w/o associated bare cover ground conductor under a
non metallic sheath approved forr installation in cable trays, in raceways or in supported by a messenger wire

207
Heat Resistant Rubber / 75 degrees

499/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

208
Light source used in lighting fixtures best specified in areas such as those requiring high illumination levels for
detailed work such as needle work

209
A transformer location required in some localities, where a three phase power is required from a two phase system

210 Moisture Resistant Thermoplastic / 60 degrees

211 Type of switch where pilot light inside a lit to guide the person inside

212
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 22 sq.m cross
sectional area in size for USE

213
Main power supply and wiring system for 110/220 volt line; which wiring diagram fits (drawing)

214
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 2.0 sq.m cross
sectional area in size for TW

215

Best suited for Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit like PVC for underground installation in buildings

216
Required minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground over residential and
comercial properties and driveways not subjected to truck traffic and over 600 volts to ground

217
Approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a completely enclosed,
ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic
forces of such current

218
A raceway especially constructed for the purpose of physical protection of conductors, the pulling in or the
withdrawing of wires or cables after the conduit is in place and made of metal pipe of standard width and thickness

219 System of voltage used for computing branch circuits and feeder load

220
Natural energy source derived from force of wind acting on oblique blades that radiates froma shaft attached to a
dynamo to produce electricity

221
A point in th electrical system where the electrical load of a given area is assumed to concentrate

222
Alternating current generated by the alternator where its wave rises to the peak, sinks to zero, drops to the
negative peak and rises again to zero a number of times each second depending on the frequency for which the
machine is designed

223
Alternating current where the alternator comprises of windings mounted at right angles to each other and provided
with separate external connections current waves will be produced and each of which will be at its maximum when
the other is zero

224 Minimum conductor size for for overhead service drop for copper wire or cable

500/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

225 Underground Feeder, 60-75 degrees C

226 Moisture and Heat Resistant Thermoplastic used for dry and wet locations

227 Vertical vent pipes take in front of the last fixture and connects to its soil stack which acts as a vent

228
A device designed to open and close a circuit by non automatic means and to open the circuit automatically on
predetermined over current without damaged to itself when properly applied within its rating

229 The raceway that encloses the service entrance conductors

230
A transformer connection which is ideal in the event of change of primary voltage from 2400 volts to 4160 volts to
increase the potential capacity of the system

231
Maximum allowed ampere rating of one chord or plug utilization equipment connected in a 30 ampere branch
circuit for lighting or utilization equipment

232
Minimum wire size in sq.mm type THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with 30 ampere
rating

233
Minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground, at the electrical service
entrance or above areas or sidewalks accesible only to pedestrian lanes, measure from final grade line or other
accesible surface only for service drop cabled together with a grounded bare messenger wire and limited to 300
volts to ground

234
Minimum ampacity of feeder conductor with a load of more than two wire branch circuit supplied by a 3-wire feeder
but not exceed the computed branch circuit load

235
Minimum wire size in sq.mm type TW copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with 20 ampere rating

236
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 8 sq.m cross
sectional area in size for THW

237
A branch circuit consisting of two or more grounded conductors having a potential difference between them, and a
grounded conductor having equal potential difference between it

238
A type of water coolant operates at a pressure of about 150 atmospheres

239 A unit of electrical system which is intended to carry but not utilize electrical energy

240
Approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a completely enclosed,
ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic
forces of such current

241
Standard frequency of water supply by the company like Meralco

242 Underground Service Entrance / 75degrees

243
The overhead service conductor from the last pole or other aerial support to and including the splices, if any
connecting to te service entrance conductors at the building

501/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

244
A type of nuclear reactor where the water coolant is permitted to boil within the core by operating at somewhat low
pressure

245
In a 240V, a three phase 3-wire service, branch cicuits are loaded and distributed to each of the three phase with
this objective to attain

246
Unit or assembly of unit sections and associated fittings forming a rigid structural system used to support cables

247
A transformer connection where the secondary load is a combination of lighting and power. This connection is used
when the single phase lighting is large as compared with the power load

248
A useful transformer connection applied when single phase lighting load is all on one phase resulting into
unbalanced primary

249
Type of flexible cable which is a fabricated assembly of insulated conductors which permit its use at exposed
weather or excessive moisture

250
A type of alternating current where the alternator comprises the three armature windings set at 120 degrees to
each other, current will be produced in the form of triple wave

251
Minimum branch circuit rating for household ranges and cooking appliance

252 Type of sound absorbent best for lower band frequencies


253
Unit of frequency which is equal to one cycle per second

254
A type of alternating current generated by alternator, where its wave rises to its peak, sinks to zero, drop to a
negative peak and rises again to zero a number of times each seconds depending on the frequency of the machine
is designed

255
Use to accept the P-trap assembly of the lavatory

256 A parameter in sizing horizontal branch pipe

257
Two lights in a long hallway connected in parallel are to be controlled simultaneously at

258
three points

259 Main power supply and wiring system for 110/220 volt line; which wiring diagram fits (drawing)

260 A CLEARANCE OF NOT LESS THAN 76mm SHALL BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN CONDUCTORS AND NOT
LESS THAN 26mm
261
A branch circuit consisting of two or more grounded conductors having a potential difference between them, and
a grounded conductor having equal potential difference between it

262
What is the maximum horizontal range between two or more air terminal for lightning arrest for an effective disaster
prevention in building

502/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

263
Required minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground over residential and
comercial properties and driveways not subjected to truck traffic and over 600 volts to ground

264 Minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground, at the electrical service
entrance or above areas or sidewalks accesible only to pedestrian lanes, measure from final grade line or other
accesible surface only for service drop cabled together with a grounded bare messenger wire and limited to 300
volts to ground
265
Maximum allowed ampere rating of one chord or plug utilization equipment connected in a 30 ampere branch
circuit for lighting or utilization equipment

266
Minimum ampacity of feeder conductor with a load of more than two wire branch circuit supplied by a 3-wire
feeder but not exceed the computed branch circuit load

267 Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 22 sq.m cross
sectional area in size for USE
268 Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30 degreesw/a 8.0 sq.m cross
sectional area in size for THW
269
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 2.0 sq.m cross
sectional area in size for TW

270
Minimum wire size in sq.mm type THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with 30 ampere
rating

271
Minimum wire size in sq.mm type TW copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with20 ampere rating

272 Minimum branch circuit rating for household ranges and cooking appliance

273
A device that is basically a double throw switch of generally 3-pole connection that will automatically transfer the
power from the standby generator to the building circuitry during electrical power failure.

274
TW in electrical wire specification means.

275
A type of lighting that provides illumination to special objects like sculptures, flower arrangements, etc.

276
XHHN in wire specification means.

277
Standard length of an electrical metal conduit.

278
The other type of flame detector other than the ultraviolet type.

279
PABX or PBX means.

280
Farad is the unit capacity of a ___.

503/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

281
Another name for distribution panel.

282
Standard size of wire for a circuit line.

283
Standard size of wire for a switch line.

284
Interrelationship between value of voltage and current with the same frequency.

285
Descriptive of any material such as synthetic resin which hardens when heated or cured, and does not soften when
reheated.

286
Minimum wire size in square millimeter for a branch circuit with a 30 ampere rating using

287
Type THW stranded copper conductor in a raceway.

288
Standard frequency of power supplied by the local power utility company like Meralco.

289
The overhead service conductors from the last pole or other aerial support to and including splices, if any,
connecting to the service entrance conductors at the building.

290
The simplest type of building automation system.

291
A fire detector installed in a fire alarm system which uses low melting point solders or

292
metal that expands when exposed to heat to detect a fire.

293
A private telephone system that interconnects with public telephone systems.

294
Resistance in alternating current system.

295
The reciprocal of conductance.

296
A rigid metal housing for a group of heavy conductors insulated from each other and the enclosure, also called
Busduct.

297
A heavy conductor, usually in the form of a solid copper bar, used for collecting, carrying, and distributing large
electric currents, also called a busbar.

504/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

298 An approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in completely enclosed
ventilated protective metal housing where the assembly is designed to carry fault current and to withstand the
magnetic forces of such current.
299
A type of perimeter detector which detects object in heat range of body temperature.

300
A type of perimeter detector which detects interruption of light beam.

301
A type of perimeter detector which detects change in sound wave pattern.

302
A box with a blank cover which serves the purpose of joining one different runs of raceways or cables and provided
with sufficient space for connection and branching of the enclosed conductors.

303
A type of perimeter detector which is subject to false alarm from aircraft radar and from movement outside building
through window, wood doors, and the like. It uses radio waves.

304
This type of perimeter detector uses both the Passive infrared and Ultrasonic or

305
Microwave system.

306
This type of perimeter detector detects a change in capacitance of the area covered, caused by intrusion.

307
A high intensity discharge lamp in which the light is produced by the radiation from a mixture of a metallic vapor,
similar to that of a mercury lamp in construction.

308
A type of lamp popular for lighting commercial interiors, uses argon gas to ease starting, it produces light by means
of an electric discharge in mercury vapor.

309
A type of lamp which produces light by means of the reaction of halogen additive in the bulb reacts with chemically
with tungsten.

310
A type of lamp generally used for roadways and sidewalks, uses sodium gas.

311
Building with fire alarm and suppression system.

312
In a lightning protection system, the combination of a metal rod and its brace or footing, on the upper part of a
structure.

313

314

315

316

505/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

317

318

506/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Ammeter

Amperage

Blackout Switch

Feeder Line

Cable Vault

Candlepower

Current

Direct Current

Grounding Wire

Footcandle

Electric current

appliances
alternator

ammeter

capacitor

diffuser

rectifier

illumeter

greenfield

regulator
entrance cap
utility box

flux

voltage

phase

watt
rheostat

regulator

507/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

ohmmeter

insulator

coulomb

ohm

volts

candela

10 ft.
Pvt. Automatic Branch
Exchange
Capacitor

Power Panel

No. 12

No. 14

Rectifier

D.C. Generator

Phase

5.5 sqmm

60 Cycles

Service Drop

Telecommunication System

Impedance

Resistance

Busway

Bus

Busway

508/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Pull Box

Riser Diagram

Air Terminal

Moisture resistant, in wet and


dry location
Moisture and Heat Resistant-
Cross-Linked
Thermosetting

the reciprocal of ohm

Watt

Nikola Tesla

Rigid metal conduit (RMC)

Heat resistant thermoplastic

All of these

2-s3w and 1-s4w

Low resistance, high current

Cable tray

Silver

All of the above

Panelboard

Conduit

metal clad cable (type MC)

Current

509/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

All of these

Series circuit
a. Fungus resistant
b. Corrosion resistant
Switch

Non metallic sheathed cable


(type NM and NMC)

Both a and b

Gold

Both a and b

Multi-outlet assembly

Transfer switch

CIRCUIT BREAKER

WATTS

AMPERE

TOWER OR FLATFORM

KNIFE SWITCH

TRANSFORMER VAULT

RECTIFIER

RAPID START FLOURESCENT


LAMP

JUNCTION BOX

5 STOREYS

3.00 m

500 mm

AIR CURTAIN

GOOSENECK

510/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

DISTRIBUTION LINE

1.20m

PLUG IN TYPE

COPPER WIRE

RACEWAY

CABLE WIRE

DISTRIBUTION PANEL

TRANSFORMER

NON FERROUS METAL

2.50m

STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER

OPEN WIRING

AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH

AIR SWITCH

ARC VOLTAGE

ARMORED CABLE

ASKAREL

ASSEMBLY

BASE LOAD

BRANCH CIRCUIT

BUS

BUSWAY

CAGE

CIRCUIT BREAKER

CONDUCTOR

511/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

CONTROLLER

CORONA

CUT OUT BOX

DEMAND FACTOR

DEVICE

DUCT

ELECTRIC MOTOR

FEEDERS

FOOTCANDLE

FUSE

GENERAL LIGHTING

ILLUMINATION

KNIFE SWITCH

LAMP

LAMPHOLDER

LIGHT

LIGHTNING ARRESTER

LIGHTNING SURGE

LINE TAP

LOAD FACTOR

LUMEN

LUX

OUTLET

OUTLET BOX

PEAK LOAD

PENDENT

512/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PILOT WIRE

PULLBOX

RACEWAY

RECEPTACLE

RIGID METAL CONDUIT

ROSETTE

SERVICE DROP

SERVICE RACEWAY

SUBMARINE CABLE

SURGE

5.5 mm2

SINGLE PHASE TO SUPPLY 120 V


LIGHTING LOAD

SINGLE PHASE TO SUPPLY


120/240 3-WIRE LIGHTING AND
POWER LOAD

SINGLE PHASE FOR POWER

TWO PHASE CONNECTIONS

DELTA-DELTA FOR POWER AND


LIGHTING

OPEN DELTA FOR LIGHTING AND


POWER

Y DELTA FOR POWER

Y DELTA FOR LIGHTING AND


POWER

OPEN Y DELTA

DELTA Y FOR LIGHTING AND


POWER

Y-Y FOR LIGHTING AND POWER

Y-Y AUTO TRANSFORMER

513/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

SCOTT CONNECTION 3PHASE


TO 2PHASE

SCOTT CONNECTED 2PHASE TO


3PHASE

TW

UF

FEPW

RH

RHW

RUH

THW

THWN

XHHW

BX

THHN

PE

SA

AVA

FIXED TEMPERATURE

HEAT DETECTOR

PHOTO ELECTRIC DETECTOR

INFRARED FLAME DETECTOR

IONIZATION SMOKE HEAT

DETECTOR

ARMOR CABLE (AC)

METAL CLAD CABLE (MC)

514/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MINERAL INSULATED CABLE


(MI)

NON METALLIC SHEATED CABLE


(NM)

SHIELDED NON METALLIC


SHEATED CABLE (SNM)

UNDERGROUND FEEDER AND


BRANCH CIRCUIT (UF) POWER
AND CONTROL TRAY CABLE
(TC)

FLAT CABLE ASSEMBLY (FC)

FLAT CONDUCTOR CABLE (FCC)

MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLE (MV)

TELEPHONE TERMINAL
CABINET

TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM

SINGLE POLE SWITCH AT START,


3-WAY SWITCH AT MIDPOINT
AND SINGLE POINT SWITCH AT
END

POWER AND CONTROL TRAY


CABLE TYPE

RH

515/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

METAL HALIDE

SCOTT CONNECTION 2 PHASE


TO 3 PHASE

TW

ILLUMINATED SWITCH

85 amperes

DRAWINGS

15 amperes

PVC IS ALLOWED FOR AS LONG


AS BOTH BURIAL DEPTH OF NO
LESS 460mm AND CONCRETE
ENCASEMENT IS PROVIDED

5.500 mm

BUSWAYS

RIGID STEEL CONDUIT

120/240 VOLTS

WINDMILL

PANEL BOARD

SINGLE PHASE ALTERNATING


CURRENT

TWO PHASE ALTERNATING


CURRENT

2.2, 30, 8, 14

516/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

UF

THW

CIRCUIT VENT

CIRCUIT BREAKER

SERVICE RACEWAY

Y-Y FOR LIGHTING AND POWER

24 AMPERE

5.5 sq.mm

3500mm

30 amperes

3.5 sq.m

45 Amperes

MULTI WIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT

PRESSURIZED WATER REACTOR

DEVICE

BUSWAYS

60 CYCLES

USE

SERVICE DROP

517/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

BOILING WATER REACTOR

BALANCE LOADING

CABLE TRAYS

OPEN DELTA FOR LIGHTING AND


POWER

DELTA Y FOR LIGHTING AND


POWER

ARMOR CABLE TYPE ACL

THREE PHASE ALTERNATING


CURRENT

30 amperes

POROUS ABSORBENT

HERTZ

SINGLE PHASE ALTERNATING


CURRENT

2" WYE AND 2 x 1/8 BEND


COMBINATION

NUMBER OF BRANCH VENTS

SINGLE POLE SWITCH AT START,

3-WAY SWITCH AT MIDPOINT


AND

DRAWINGS

Pre requisite in use of split knob


and tube wiring

MULTI WIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT

6000mm to 7600mm

518/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

5500 mm

3500mm

24 amperes

30 amperes

85 amperes

45 amperes

15 amperes

5.5 sq.mm

3.5 sq.m

30 amperes

Automatic Transfer Switch


(ATS)

Moisture resistant, in wet


anddry location

Specific Lighting

Moisture and Heat Resistant-


Cross-Linked Thermosetting

10'

Infra Red

Pvt. Automatic Branch


Exchange

Capacitor

519/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Power Panel

No. 12

No. 14

Phase

Thermosetting

5.5 sqmm

5.5 sqmm

60 Cycles

Service Drop

Telecommunication System

Fixed Temperature

Heat Detector

PABX

Impedance

Resistance

Busway

Bus

520/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Busway

Passive Infrared

Light Beam

Ultrasonic

Pull Box

Microwave

Passive Infrared with

Ultrasonic (or Microwave)

Proximity / Capacitance

Metal Halide Lamp

Mercury Lamp

Tungsten Halogen Lamp

High-Pressure-Sodium (HPS)

Intelligent Building

Air Terminal

521/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

522/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

1 What ancient roman term refers to an individual who worked in


the sanitary field of ancient Rome?
2
What is the title given to a person who is a skilled worker in the
field of sanitation?

3
NPCP refers to:

4
Its complete RA no:

5 What is the meaning of BOD?

6 Each fixture directly connected to the drainage system shall be


equipped with __________.
7 Plumbing is defined as the art and science of ___________ pipes,
fixtures and other apparatus.
8
What is the general role of Sanitary and Environmental
Engineering?

9 This promulgated the design and layout of a plumbing system that


is governed by set of rules
10 In the 17th century, the English parliamentary passed the first
___________ laws.
11 What period was plumbing revived? It is the period when Europe
was plagued with epidemics.
12 Plumbing shall be installed with due regard to presentation of the
strength of ___________ and prevention of damage to walls and
other surfaces through fixture usage.
13
In what civilization did the concept and importance of plumbing
became more defined and appreciated?

14 The ability of an area resource system to support the activities of


a given population.
15 ____________ is a part of ecosystem and is the major contributor to pollution of the environment.

16 ____________, including fixtures, shall be maintained and properly


usable
17 This the pollutant that affects the quality of water due to impact
of Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) discharges, that rises when
temperature rises.
18 An act which regulate the Practice of Sanitary Engineering in the
Philippines.
19
In 1907, a division of plumbing construction and inspection, with
the city of Manila as a model, was headed by whom?

20 This act is known as __________ that was approved on June 18,


1955.
21 The liquid and water borne waste derived form the ordinary living
process, free from industrial wastes, and of such character as to
permit satisfactory disposal without special treatment into the public
sewer or by means of private disposal system.
22
When was the Rep. Act No. 1378, also known as the National
Plumbing Code of the Philippines approved?

523/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

23 When was the practice of Plumbing in the Philippines initiated?

24 What is the act for Water Quality Management?

25 TRUE OR FALSE : Sanitation is the field of public health dealing


with environmental degration and prevention and control of diseases
26 TRUE OR FALSE : The design and layout of plumbing system is
governed by a set of rules promulgated by the National Standard
Plumbing Code (NSPC)
27
Plumbarius is to individual who worked in the sanitary field, while
Plumbum is to ___________.

28 Solid waste, from water closet

29
Liquid only, fixtures other than WC

30
is the most satisfactory means of water distribution.

31 In this method of distribution, the excess water pumped during


periods of low consumption is stored in elevated tanks or reservoir.
32 In dual main systems, ____________ are added on the south and
west sides of streets and piping is generally placed beneath
sidewalks.
33 ____________, sometimes called arterial mains, for in the
skeleton of the distribution system.
34 ____________ is used for city water pipes.

35 ____________ is used for pipelines, truck mains and inverted


siphon where pressures are high and sizes are large.
36 ____________ a stronger and more elastic type of cast iron used in
newer plumbing installation.
37 A chemical reaction which involves the removal of metallic
electrons from metals and formation of more stable compounds.
38 Consist of a cylinder in which a piston or a plunger moves
backwards and forwards.
39 Used to raise water from shallow depths and used most frequently
for individual houses.
40 ____________ is a pump that increases the pressure within the
distribution system or raise water to an elevated water storage tank.
41 Pump that lifts surface water and move it to a nearby treatment
plant.
42 Pump that discharge treated water into arterial mains.

43 Used to supply or remove water from a building.

44 Centrifugal casting on metal moulds is sometimes called


____________ .
45 Necessitates a large pipe or conduit so that velocities will be low
but not low enough to allow sedimentation.
46 Generally, the equalizing volume of a water thank that is about
____________ of the total daily demand.
47 In residential areas having houses up to 4 storeys high, the
pressure in the pipes should be between _____________.
48 High service system is high lying areas; while _____________ is to
low lying areas
49 TRUE OR FALSE : Water distribution is a network of pumps,
pipelines, storage tanks and appurtenances.

524/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

50 It is a special type of underground water that is found on islands


or in the coastal regions near the sea.
51 This should be supplied with water in sufficient volume or at
adequate pressure to enable them to function properly.
52 Flush tanks which are directly connected to the potable water
supply system should be equipped with approved ___________.
53 _____________ is a junction between water supply systems
through which water from doubtful or unsafe sources may enter an
otherwise safe supply.
54
What are the 3 main sources of water supply?

55 _____________ is required to be installed so as to register the


amount of water supplied to a building.
56
_____________ is used to prevent back siphonage.

57 ______________ permits water drawn into a fixture tank or similar


devices to flow back into the supply line by gravity or siphonage.
58 ______________ is when water contains visible material in
suspension
59
______________ is caused by material in solution or a colloidal
state should be distinguished from turbidity.

60 The carbonate and bicarbonate of calcium, sodium and magnesium


are the common impurities which cause ______________.
61 _______________ in water causes hardness, and in small amount it
will cause taste, discoloration of clothes and plumbing fixtures and
incrustations in water mains.
62 Excavation for the installation of underground water supply piping
should be _____________.
63 The proportional change in length corresponding to 1F change in
temperature is known as the _______________.
64 ________________ is water bearing stratum.
65
There are two types of well____________ & ____________.

66 The recommended slope for the house drain.


67 A type of house drain that receives the discharges of sanitary and
domestic waste only.
68 A drainage pipe that carries on is designed to carry human
excretement.
69 A drainage pipe that carries liquid waste that not include human
excretement.
70 Water that is safe to drink, pleasant to the taste and usable for
domestic purposes.
71 A communicable disease which may be transmitted by water
include bacterial, viral and protozoal infections.
72 A water is _____________ when it contains visible material in
suspension.
73
MCL means

525/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

74 A type of house drain that receives discharges of sanitary as well


as storm water.
75 This type of drain is now considered obsolete and not advisable.

76 In large buildings, _____________ are usually suspended from the


basement ceiling.
77 A cleanout shall be provided on the house drain as near as
possible the ______________ of the building.
78 A kind of drain that should terminate into a separate drainage
system.
79
The house drain should be provided with adequate number of

80 The complete PD No. of CODE OF SANITATION OF THE PHILIPPINES.

81 Boating, shooting or fishing should not be allowed within


____________ of the water intake.
82 TRUE OR FALSE : In changing house drain directions, the branch
shall be run at right angle as a floor drain.
83 TRUE OR FALSE : A cleanout extended above the floor can also be
utilized as floor drain.
84 TRUE OR FALSE : All changes of direction shall be done with short
radius fittings.
85 A concrete vault constructed for the collection of raw sewage
sealed with a wooden shelter.
86 A receptacle in which liquids are retained for sufficient period to
the deposit settle able material.
87 A hole in the ground with stone and bricks laid in such manner as
to allow raw contaminated sewage to leach under the surface of the
ground.
88 The main sewer is financed and maintained by ____________.
89 ____________ is the liquid conveyed by a sewer.
90
____________ is water which enters sewers from surface sources
such as graces in manholes, open cleanouts, perforated manhole
covers and roof drains or basement sumps connected to the sewer.

91
A pipe venting acid waste system.

92 A watertight container of sewage.

93 A permanently installed mechanical device for removing sewage or


liquid waste from a sump other than ejector.
94 This bacteria functions in absence of free oxygen.

95
Considered as the oldest type of sewer.

96 Minimum width for septic tank.

97 That portion of the horizontal drainage system which starts from


the outer face of the building and terminate at the main sewer in
the street or septic tank.
98 Sometimes referred to as the collection line of a plumbing
system.

526/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

99 The septic tank should be double compartment and should be


capable of holding how many times of daily waste water flow.
100 The complete RA No. of ECOLOGICAL SLOID WASTE MANAGEMENT
ACT 2000.
101 How many percent of the total sewage solids is organic and
subject to rotting.
102
TRUE OR FALSE : The minimum depth for septic tank is 1.20m

103
TRUE OR FALSE : No septic tank shall be installed within under a
house.

104 TRUE OR FALSE : Septic tank should be located not less than 15m
away from potable water to prevent contamination.
105 What do you call the drain from the trap of a fixture to the
junction of the drain pipe?
106 An element composed of an atom of Oxygen and two atoms for
Hydrogen, otherwise known as H2O.
107 What is the immersion in a fluid for a definite period of time,
usually expressed as a percent of weight of the dry pipe?
108 This type of storm drain is used in buildings located in congested
business areas.
109 It is that unit of the plumbing system which conveys storm water
to a satisfactory terminal.
110
It is often referred to as conductor or downspout. It is also the
portion of the storm drainage system which extends between storm drain & the roof terminal

111 This type of storm drain is advisable on buildings where an ample


amount of ground space between buildings is available.
112
A type of storm drain that is suspended from the basement ceiling
by substantial hangers, placed at close intervals, and generally is
adapted to buildings where public storm sewer is not sufficiently
deep in the street.

113 This is the type of storm drain located under the basement floor
within the walls of the building and is used in buildings located in
congested business areas.
114 What do you call that unit of the plumbing system which conveys
storm water to a satisfactory terminal?
115
Rainwater piping should not be used as:

116
Roof drains shall not be made of __________.

117 The outside roof leader is located on the _____

118 The inside roof leader is installed ___________

119 What do you call the drain from the trap of a fixture to the
junction of the drain pipe?
120 All storm drains should be graded at least

121 This type of terminal should be used only where the public sewer
discharges its contents into a terminal other than a disposal plant.

527/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

122 The roof leader is extended _________ through the floors of the
building to a point just below the roof & is then extended _________
to reduce the danger of breakage which may result because of
expansion and contraction of the roof.
123 Conductor is to vertical; __________ is to horizontal

124 Catch basin is a receptacle in which _________ are retained for a sufficient period of time to allow settle able
material to deposit
125 TRUE OR FALSE : The discharge capacity of the pipe varies
according to its length and grade per foot.
126 TRUE OR FALSE : One factor which makes the sizing of storm drain
difficult is the matter of grouping rainfall over a given period.
127 TRUE OR FALSE : Another element to consider in determining the
size of the drain is the depth of the building.
128
TRUE OR FALSE : The storm drain is connected to the sewer at
right angles by means of a 45 Y and curve assembled in exactly the
same manner as a sanitary house sewer connection.

129
TRUE OR FALSE : The change of direction at the highest point of
the conductor should be made by means of an elbow & 45 fitting.

130 TRUE OR FALSE : The base of the roof leader must be provided
with a concrete or stone foundation.
131 TRUE OR FALSE : If the roof leader is constructed of galvanized
steel, it must be supported at every floor with a pipe rest.
132
TRUE OR FALSE : Horizontal runs may not be suspended from
band iron hangers or steel ring hangers anchored in the structure

133
TRUE OR FALSE : The roof leader is extended vertically through
the floors of the building to a point just below the roof and is then
extended horizontally to reduce the danger of breakage which may
result because of expansion and contraction of the roof.

134
TRUE OR FALSE : A cast-iron strainer basket is attached to the
drain to prevent stones, leaves and other materials from entering the
conductor.

135
TRUE OR FALSE : Roof drains are provided with a copper flashing,
or in some instances, with a cast-iron clamp so that the joint
between the roof and the conductor will be water-tight.

136
TRUE OR FALSE : A roof leader may be terminated by placing a
hub of cast-iron soil pipe flush with the roof.

137 Do appurtenances need direct connection to water supply?

138 What type of plumbing material is a water heater?

139 What do you call a faucet opened or closed by the fall or rise of a
ball floating on the surface of water?
140 What is the most expensive type of all pipes?

141 What type of pipe is durable and has extreme resistance to


corrosion?
142 What type of plumbing material is a water closet?

528/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

143 What type of pipe is the most specified material need for drainage
installation in buildings?
144 What plumbing material receives water-bourn wastes?

145 What type of plumbing material is a soap dispenser?

146 CISPI stands for:

147 U in UPVC stands for

148 The use of cast-iron pipes should be limited to buildings


______stories in height.
149
It is a non-metallic plumbing material?

150 Acid-resistant pipe usually is an alloy of cast-iron and


____________.
151 A gate valve whose body and bonnet are held together by a u
bolt clamp.
152 A device that discharges a predetermined quantity of water to
fixtures for flushing purposes.
153 Pipes that are used to underground public sewers, house sewer
and drains. It is made up of clay and also resistant to acids.
154 This type of trap is used in many localities where venting is not
required by local ordinances. This device permits the waste to flow
through it rapidly.
155
A pit for the reception or detention for sewage

156
A sewer or other pipe or condult used for conveying groundwater, surface water, storm water, waste water or
sewage

157
The lowest portion of the inside of any pipe or condult that is not vertical

158
An outhouse or structure used for the deposition of excrement

159
The solid organic materials being more dense than water, tend to settle to the bottom of the tank

160 A pipe or opening used for ensuring the circulation of air in a plumbing system and for reducing the pressure
exerted on trap seal
161 A pipe or condult for carrying sewage and liquid waste

162 All horizontal piping shall be run in practical alignment and at a uniform grade of not less than ____ percent

163
All Changes in direction shall be made by the appropriate use of 45 deg.

164 In plumbing the vent pipe which is connected to the crown


165
A pipe fitting to join two straight lengths of pipes.

166
Level 3 types of water service refers to:

167 A faucet fitted with nozzle curving downward used as a draw-of trap:
168 One of the first steps in the selection of a suitable water supply source is:

529/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

169
The minimum size of a swimming pool drain:

170
Fluoride as an addictive in water supply is a chemical for:

171
The quality of Galvanized Iron pipes are rated by:

172 A pipe fitting to change in one single direction (course) the flow of water:

173 Womens urinal fixture:

174 The minimum distance (in meters) of a well from a septic tank.
175 Apiece of pipe threaded outside all through out to connect short runs of two pipe fittings:

176 Prevents water hammer:

177 Theater or movie houses water requirement is determined or estimated at 5 galloons of water per day :

178
. Water well yield is a factor considered to determine the size of:

179
The reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of the trap:

180 A pipe fitting shape like letter S:

181
The part of a vent line which connects directly with an individual trap underneath or behind the fixture and
extends to the branch or man pipe at any point higher than the fixture trap:

182
The minimum number of water closet unit required for the female population of an elementary school:

183
The minimum size of trap and waste branch for a bidet:

184 A pipe which conveys only liquid waste, free of fecal matter

185
A general term used for any vertical line of soil, waste, or vent piping:

186
The minimum slope of a building drain:

187
The minimum sized of a trap and waste branch for a pedestal urinal:

188
The minimum size of a trap and waste branch for a shower stall:

189 The minimum sized of a trap and waste branch for a size of foot bath:

190 Black steel pipe with galvanized malleable fitting is ideal for:
191 The minimum number of a urinal fixture required for the male population of both elementary and secondary
school:
192
The prescribe color coding of piping under refrigerating division of all pipes and fittings:

193
A type of coupling or joining device having internal screw threads or nuts with opposite screws at the end. By
turning the internal screws, it is possible to connect two metal rods and regulate the length and tension of this
rods:

194 The first section of water supply piping in a


building after the water meter.

530/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

195 A valve in which the flow of water is cut off by


means of a circular disk that fits against the
valve seat. The plane of movement of the disk
is parallel to the normal direction of flow of
water, which is turned through a tortuous
passage to direct the flow normal to the face of
the disk.
196
The receptacle in which liquid is retained for deposition of sediment is called?

197 lowest portion of a trap

198 pipe for wastewater

199 liquid waste

200
These are vertical pipes which receive discharge from water closets.

201
vertical pipe used for the storage of water

202 receptacle for organic discharge

203
accumulated or settled solid waste

204 It is a loud thumping noise that results from a sudden stoppage of the flow in water lines.

205 a flange used on a pipe to cover a hole


206
end of a pipe that fits into a bell

207
backflow due to negative pressure

208 What do you call a vertical pipe installed primarily for the purpose of providing circulation of air to and from
any part of the drainage system?
209 gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects

210 vertical pipes which receive discharge from water closets

211 It automatically closes to prevent the flow of fluid in a reverse direction.

212 reservoir for liquid

213 valve for controlling the flushing of fixtures


214 It is the method of rendering a pipe fitting waterproof by using oakum or lead

215 process of injecting chlorine gas into the water

216 Minimum width of a septic tank.

217 Minimum length of a septic tank.

218 Minimum liquid depth for a septic tank.

219 Maximum liquid depth for septic tank.

220 Minimum capacity, in cubic meters, of the secondary


compartment of a septic tank.

531/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

221 Minimum dimension of a manhole access to a septic


tank.
222 Minimum length of the secondary compartment of a
septic tank with a capacity of more than 6 cubic meters.
223 Minimum distance of a water supply well from a septic
tank.
224 Minimum distance of a water supply well from a
seepage pit or cesspool.
225 Minimum distance of a water supply well from a
disposal field.
226 Minimum height of a water seal for each fixture trap.

227 Maximum height of a water seal for each fixture trap.

228 Maximum length of the tailpiece from any fixture.

229 Minimum trap diameter for a bathtub

230 Minimum trap diameter for a shower stall.

231 Type of plastic pipe other than polyvinyl chloride and


polybutylene.
232 A stop valve placed in the service pipe close to the
connection at the water main.
233 A vent with a function to provide circulation if air
between drainage and vent system
234 Flange used on a pipe to cover a hole or opening in a
floor or wall which the pipe pass.
235 Length along the centerline of the pipe and fitting.

236 A valve used in a flush tank controlling the flushing of


fixture.
237 Any liquid waste containing animal or vegetable
matter in suspension or solution.
238 Component of fire extinguisher.

239 Conveys storm water and terminates into a natural drainage such as lakes or rivers.

240 Standard size of a wet standpipe outlet for each floor.

241 A type of pipe fitting for a Yoke Vent.

242 Minimum size of trap or branch for a bidet.

243 Minimum fixture supply pipe diameter for tank type


water closet.
244 Term applied to the interconnection of the same
fixtures in one soil or waste branch with one branch vent.
245 A single vent that ventilates multiple traps in the case
of a back to back vent.
246 Minimum size of a standpipe for a building in which
the highest outlet is 23 meters or less from the fire service
connection.
247 Minimum size of a wet standpipe for a riser of more
than 15 meters from the source.
248 Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is
venting.
249 It refers to an individual who worked in the sanitary
field of ancient Rome.

532/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

250 In Latin, it means 'lead'.

251 A specially designed system of waste piping


embodying the horizontal wet venting of one or more
sinks or floor drains by means of a common waste and
vent pipe adequately sized to provide free movement of
air above the flow line of the drain.

252 Sanitary sewage from buildings shall be discharged


directly to the nearest ___.
253 Receptacles intended to receive and discharge water,
water-carried waste into a drainage
system with which they are connected.
254 Standard size of an outlet for a dry standpipe located
at each floor.
255 A vent pipe connected to a vent stack.

256 A vent pipe connected to a stack vent.

257 Instrument used for measuring atmospheric pressure.

258 Best type of fire detection that can detect fire during
the incipient stage.
259 A faucet fitted with a nozzle curving downward used
as a draw-off tap.
260 Reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of a
trap.
261 A pipe fitting shaped like 'S'.

262 Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a shower


stall.
263 Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a pedestal
urinal.
264 Minimum head of water, in meters, required for each
section of plumbing for water test.
265 How many days, at least, shall be given before any
plumbing work inspection is done after written notice for
inspection.
266 Minimum time, in minutes, required for water to stay in
the system or pipes for a water test without any leaks to satisfy
said testing.
267 Minimum lead content in percent for pipes and fittings
safe for humans.
268 Minimum vertical distance from the bottom of water pipes
to the top of sewer or drain pipe if laid in the same trench on
top of the other.

269 Minimum distance of water pipings from any regulating


equipment, water heater, conditioning tanks, and similar
equipment requiring union fittings.
270 Maximum spacing of pipe supports at intervals.

271 Equivalent of 1/6 bend in degrees.

272 Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for


pipes 51mm or less in diameter.
273 Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for
pipes larger than 51 mm. Dia.
274 Maximum distance of any underfloor cleanout from any
access door, crawl space, or crawl hole.
533/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

275 Maximum length of a tailpiece.

276 Minimum length of any branch requiring separate venting.

277 Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above the


roof
278 Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above
any other vertical surface.
279 Minimum vertical distance of VSTR from above of any
openable window or opening.
280 Minimum vertical extension of VSTR from any roofdeck
where it is protruded.
281 Minimum horizontal distance of any VSTR from a
roofdeck used for other purposes aside from protection from
weather.

282 Minimum number of stories served by a waste stack


requiring a parallel ventstack.
283 An automatic device used for converting high, fluctuating
inlet water pressure to a lower constant pressure.
284 The process of removing calcium and magnesium deposits
in water.
285 Women's urinal fixture.

286 A type of water closet that is least efficient, subject to


clogging, noisy, and use a simple washout action through a
small irregular passageway.

287 This type of water closet is similar to that of the siphon-jet


except that it has a smaller trap passageway and smaller water
surface area, moderately noisy.

288 A type of water closet that is noisy but highly efficient.


Strong jet into up leg forces contents out. Use only with flush
valve, requires higher pressure.
289 Water closet that is quiet, extremely sanitary, water is
directed through the rim. It scours bowl, folds over into jet;
siphon.
290 A water closet that is sanitary, efficient, and very quiet.
Water enters through the rim and through the down leg.
291 A toilet bowl similar to the siphon-jet, but having the
flushing water directed to the rim to create circular motion or
vortex which scours the bowl.
292 A toilet bowl in which the flushing water enters through
the rim and a siphonic action initiated by a water jet draws the
contents of the bowl through the trapway.
293 A water closet similar to that of the siphon jet but with a
smaller water surface and trapway.
294 This type of water closet is prohibited by some health
codes
295 The concussion and banging noise that results when a
volume of water moving in a pipe suddenly stops or loses
momentum.
296 A shutoff valve closed by lowering a wedge-shaped gate
across the passage.
297 A valve closed by a disk seating on an opening in an
internal wall.
298 Liquid sewage that has been treated in a septic tank or
sewage treatment plant.

534/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

299 The centerline of pipe.

300 The interior top surface of a pipe.

301 The interior bottom surface of a pipe.

302 Color code for pipes containing acid.

303 One of the earlier plastic to be developed in 1938, a du


pont trade name for the white, soft, waxy, and non-adhesive
polymer of tetrafluoroethylene.

304 a. Cleanouts may be omitted on a horizontal drain less than 1.5


meters in length unless such line is serving sinks or urinals.
b. no galvanized wrought iron or galvanized steel pipe shall be
used underground and shall be kept at least 15 cms above
ground.
c. 1 3/4" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for
water supply.

305 a. number of fixture unit is one parameter in sizing a drainage


pipe.
b. brass and cast iron body cleanouts shall not be used as a
reducer or adapter.
c. 60 branches or offsets may be used only when installed in a
true vertical position.

306 Collection line of a plumbing system is sometimes


referred to as.
307 Single lever valves used in kitchen sink and lavatory
faucets or at shower valves works by the principle of a ___.
308 Treats hard water.

309 What combination of pipe fittings is installed at the base


of a soil stack?
310 The first section of water supply piping in a building after the
water meter.
311 A bathroom containing a water closet, a lavatory, and a bathtub.

312 A valve in which the flow of water is cut off by means of a


circular disk that fits against the valve seat. The plane of movement
of the disk is parallel to the normal direction of flow of water, which
is turned through a tortuous passage to direct the flow normal to the
face of the disk.

313 A receptacle attached to a plumbing system other than a trap in


which water or wastes may be collected or obtained for ultimate
into the plumbing system.
314 Any group of two or more similar adjacent fixtures which
discharge into a common horizontal waste or soil branch.
315 The abbreviation DWV stands for ______.

316 A p-shaped trap commonly used on most plumbing fixtures


except for fixture have integral trap.
317 An outhouse or structure used for the deposition of excrement.

318 A water supply pipe that extends vertically one full storey or
more to convey water to fixture branches or group of fixtures.

535/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

319 A general term used for any vertical line of soil, waste or vent
piping.
320 The water supply pipe provided by the water utility company
where local individual connection is done.
321 A loosely lined excavation in the ground which receives the
discharge of a septic tank and designed to permit the effluent from
the septic tank to seep through the bottom and sides of the pit.
322 The art and science of installing in buildings the pipes, fixtures
and other apparatus for bringing in water supply and removing water
and waterborne waste.

323 That part of the drainage system that extends from the end of
the building drain and conveys its discharge to the public sewer,
private sewer, individual sewage disposal system or other appropriate
point of disposal.
324 A valve in which the flow of liquid is controlled by a rotating
drilled ball that fits tightly against a resilient (flexible) seat in the
valve body.

325 A vertical length of soil or waste stack at least 8 feet in height (a


storey high), within which the horizontal branches from one storey or
floor of the building or structure are connected to the stack.
326 A pipe connecting upward from a soil or waste stack below the
floor and below the horizontal connection to an adjacent vent stack
at a point above the floor and higher than the highest spill level of
fixtures for preventing pressure changes in the stack.

327 A kind of return bend of small-sized faucet, one end of which is


about one foot long and the other end is about three inches. It is
commonly used as a faucet for pantry sink and drinking fountain. Also
the lead connection between the service pipe and the water main.
Also a p-trap.

328 A watertight receptacle which the discharge of sanitary plumbing


system or part thereof, designed and constructed to retain solids,
digest organic matter through a period of detention and to allow the
liquids to discharge into the soil outside of the tank through a system
of open jointed subsurface piping or seepage pit.

329 A common measure of the probable discharge into the drainage


system by various types of plumbing fixtures on the basis of one unit
of this being equal to a discarge rate of 7.5 gallons per minute or
one cubic foot of water per minute.

330 The installation of parts of the plumbing system which can be


completed prior to installation of fixtures or finishing. This includes
drainage, water supply and vent piping and necessary fixture
supports.
331 A fitting or device designed and constructed to provide, when
properly vented, a liquid seal which prevents backflow and passage
of foul air and gases without materially affecting the flow of sewage
or wastewater through it.

332 A suction created by the flow of liquids in pipe, a pressure less


than the atmospheric pressure.
333 A vertical pipe which conveys only wastewater or liquid waste
free of fecal matter.
334 A pipe which conveys potable water from the building supply
pipe to the plumbing fixtures and other outlets.

536/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

335 Any pipe which conveys the discharge of water closet, urinal or
fixtures having similar function, with or without the discharges from
other fixtures to the building drain or building sewer

336 In a building consists of the water service pipe, water supply


line, water distributing pipes and the essential branch pipes, valves
and all other appurtenances for the supply of potable water.
337 A vent connecting one or more individual vents with a vent stack or stack vent

338 A branch vent that serves two or more traps and extends from in front of the last fixture connection of a
horizontal branch to the vent stack
339 A vent connecting at the junction of two fixture drains and serving as a vent for both fixtures

340 A single vent that ventiliates multiple traps, in the case of back to back fixture

341 A vertical vent that is the continuation of the drain to which the vents connect

342 A vent that does not serve as drain and is located where if is not exposed to back up of waste from a
drainage pipe
343 See common vent

344 A branch vents that performs its functions for two or more traps

345 A pipe installed to vent, a fixture trap and w/c connects with the vent system above the fixture served or
terminates in the open air
346 A circuit vent which loop backs to connect with a stack vent instead of a vent stack

347 Any vent connecting a horizontal branch or fixture drain with the stack vent of the originating waste or soil
stack
348 Is a pipe on the fixture side of the trap through which vapor or foul air is removed from a room fixture

349 The principal artery of the venting system to which vent branches may be connected

350
A vent installed so as to permit additional circulation of air between the drainage and vent systems where
the drainage systems might otherwise be air bound

351 An arrangement of venting so installed that that one vent pipe will serve two traps

352
The extension of a soil or waste stack above the highest horizontal drain connected to the stack horizontal
drain, the uppermost end above the roof

353 A vent which also serves as a drain

354 A pipe connecting upward from a soil or waste stack to a vent stack for the purpose of preventing pressure
changes in the stack
355
Is the flow of water or other liquids, mixtures or substances into the distributing pipes of a supply of water from
any source other than its intended source

356 Is the backflow of used, contaminated or polluted water from a plumbing fixture due to negative pressure

357 Refers to any group of two or more similar adjacent fixtures which discharge into a common horizontal waste
or soil branch
358 A flange that is not drilled

359 A flange that closes the end of a pipe line used to discharge water

360 Is plugging an opening with oakum, lead or other materials

537/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

361 A short internally threaded section of pipe, used to join two pipes of conduits

362 Used to connect the two ends of two pipes, neither of which can be turned

363 A short length of pipe with threads at each end; used to join couplings or fittings

364 Is the extended portion of a pipe that is closed at one end to which no connections are made on the extended
portion
365 The length along the center of the pipe and fitting

366
Includes all piping within public or private which conveys sewage, rain water or often liquid waste to a legal
point of disposal but does not include the main of a public sewer system or private or or public sewerage
treatment

367 Is a pipe connecting several fixtures

368
Is a device located at the bottom of the tank for the purpose of flushing water closets and and similar fixture

369 A metallic sleeve, join to an opening of pipe, into which a plug is screwed that can be removed for the
purpose of cleaning
370 Is the lowest portion of the inside of any pipe or conduit that is not vertical

371
Includes water supply and distribution pipe; plumbing fixture and traps, soil waste and vent pipes; house drain
and house sewers including their respective connections

372
Installation of all parts of the plumbing system which can be completed prior to the installation of fixtures

373 A wye connections used on fire lines so that two lines of hose maybe connected to the hydrant or to the same
nozzle
374
Is any pipe which conveys the discharge of water closets of fixture having similar function w/ or w/o the
discharge of other fixtures to the building drain

375 Is the maximum vertical depth of liquid that a trap will retain measure between the crown weir and the top of
the dip of the trap
376
Install to be able to meet the water requirements during peak demands from a low yielding water well

377 The device being used to eliminate the noise cause by water hammer

378 The location of water well to nearest septic vault

379
Slope of house sewer connected from the building to the main sewer

380
A passage under a road, embankment or canal which allow for the flow of water

381 The third kind of water after the storm water and area water

382 The type of bathtub oher than sunken, square, free standing

383 Color coding of high pressure steam

384 Color coding for fuel oil division

538/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

385
The water column that seals the escape of unhealthy gases in the sanitary drainage system

386 Service drop conductor clearance over the roof

387
A valve which in the water flow is shut off by a flat disk that is screwed down onto its seat

388 An underground tank reservoir to store water

389 Another classification of storm drain, besides from inside drain and outside drain

390 Tap used in high pressure water system with an interval valve to control the flow of water

391 A valve which maintains uniform pressure on its outlet side regardless of its pressure fluctuations on the inlet
side above the pressure level
392 A pipe fitting within the interconnection of pipes for the purpose of easy dismantling of the connection when
needed
393 A device that discharge a predetermined volume of water to fixture for flushing purposes and is activated
by direct water pressure
394 Another name for corporation cock

395 A U-shaped pipe filled with water and located beneath the plumbing fixtures to form a seal against the
passages of gases and odors
396 A trench containing course aggregate and a distribution tile pipe through which septic tank effluent may flow
covered with earth
397 The luminous flux density incident on a surface

398 An underground structure for drainage into which water from the roof or floor will drain through sewer

399 A type of fitting for yoke bent

400 Minimum discharge pipe and fitting for bath tub

401 Minimum size of building sewer; it should not be less than the building drain

402 BATH FOOT

403 BATH SHOWER STALL

404 BATH SITZ

405 BATH TUB

406 BIDETS

407 COMBINATION FIXTURE

408 DRINKING FOUNTAIN

409 FLOOR DRAIN

410 FOUNTAIN CUPSIDERS

411 LAUNDRY TRAYS

412 SINKS (DISHWASHER)

539/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

413 SINKS (HOTEL OR PUBLIC)

414 SINKS (KITCHEN OR RESIDENCE)

415 SINKS (SMALL PANTRY OR BAR)

416 SLOP SINKS (ORDINARY)

417 SLOP SINKS (WITH COMBINE TRAP)

418 URINAL (PEDESTAL)

419 URINALS (LIP)

420 URINALS (STALL)

421 URINALS (THROUGH)

422 WASH BASIN (LAVATORIES)

423 WATER CLOSETS

424
Quiet, extermely sanitary. Like the siphon jet but having the flushing water directed through the rim to
create a vortex that scours the bowl

425
Sanitary, efficient very quiet. A toilet bowl into which the flushing water enters through the rim and siphonic
action initiated by a water jet draws the contents of the bowl through the trapway

426
Moderately noisy. Similar to siphon jet except that trap passageway and water surface area are smaller

427
Minimum cost. Least efficient subject to clogging, noisy. Simple washout and emptying through small
irregular passageway, prohibited by some health codes

428 Noisy but highly efficient. Strong jet into leg forces contents out
429 A basin like fixture design to be struddled for bathing the genitals and posterior parts of the body

430 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1 1/4", 1 1/2", 2, 2 1/2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10", 12"

431 No building supply pipe shall be less than WHAT size in diameter

432 Minimum height of Fire Service Connection from the grade/floor

433 Maximum height of Fire Service Connection from the grade/floor

434 Minimum height of Dry Standpipe Outlet from the floor line

435 Maximum height of Dry Standpipe Outlet from the floor line

436 Considered extension of bulding drain outside the building wall

437 Fitting for base or soil stack and building drain

438 Wet standpipe for a riser not more than 15m

439 Wet standpipe for riser more than 15m

540/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

440 Dry standpipe for a riser below 23m

441 Dry standpipe for a riser more than 23m

442 Ratio of water closets for female population for elementary and secondary school

443 Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary and secondary school

444 Ratio of urinals for elementary schools

445 Ratio of water closets for female population for principal worship places

446 Ratio of lavatory to number of occupants

447 Minimum number of water closet required for female office and public buildings

448 Minimum head of water required in section of plumbing for water test

449 It should not be used for steam

450 High Pressure

451 Exhaust Fan

452 Fresh Water, low pressure

453 Fresh Water, high pressure

454 Salt water piping

455 Oil Delivery

456 Oil Discharge

457 PNEUMATIC DIVISION

458 GAS DIVISION

459 FUEL OIL DIVISION

460 REFRIGERATING DIVISION

461 A full open type valve is used in several locations in a water distribution system, which of the following does
NOT require it?
462
A fireline system without a constant water supply and is equipped with a fire service inlet and outlet
connection installed exclusively for the use of Fire Service

463 Term used to main water pipe delivering portable water to a building

464
Which poor design in the plumbing system causes water supply drop when the fixture is simultaneously
opened?

465 KITCHEN SINK TRAP SIZE

466 LAVATORY TRAP OR BRANCH SIZE

467 OUTLET OF DRY STANDPIPE

541/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

468 OUTLET OF WET STANDPIPE for riser of more than 15 mts

469 Not needed in sizing the vent pipe for individual branch and circuit vent based on the total linear footage of
the pipe making up the vent?
470
A hot and cold water supply pipes, where it is mix manually in desired water temperature temperature and
direct the mixed water either at the shower head or at the fooe spout

471
Principle where a single lever valve used in kitchen sink and lavatory, they are beautiful and maintenance free

472
Minimum water delivery in liters per minute for an outlet of a wet standpipe at a residual pressure or 1.8 kilos
per sq.mts

473 A female GI threaded pipe reducer fitting use to connect a reducing branch pipe at an angle

474 General term used to described the fitting in the drawing

475 GI fitting used to accept the P trap assembly of the lavatory (drawing)

476
Type of vent applied on installations with multi branch interval where the vertical vent pipe takes off in front of
the first fixture and connects to a main vent stack

477 Stage in water purification which removes mineral deposits, slats, heavy metal, totally dissolves solids while
some useful minerals are retained
478 Fire detector installed in a fire alarm system, which uses low melting point

479
solders or metals that expand when exposed to heat to detect a fire, 135deg-197deg F

480
GI fitting to join two threaded fittings as close as possible but not exceeding three inches

481
A device used to control an incoming high water pressure into the water distribution system by mechanical
means so as to bring it to a working pressure of 80 psi

482
A poor venting system caused by a slow draining of water from a fixture down a plumbing system

483
A type of pump for driven well from 150 to 200 ft which work by a principle of venturi where

484 water of high pressure is pump into the well to draw water upwards through the return pipe

485 Which is not a standard size of GI pipe for water supply? 2 1/2", 3",4",5"

486 Device in control valve which work by discharging instantaneous volume of water at higher pressure

487 Term used for pipe extension of not more than 2 feet in length install in any stack or branch of a plumbing
rough in for the purpose of future trap
488 A full open valve located in a supply pipe to every water heater

489
Parking management system for two types of vehicular deterrent either articulated arm type or straight beam
type. It can be activated by means of radio frequency remote control, push push button switch, photocell,
magnetic loop or acces control

542/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

490 Exception of fixture to be connected into a single trap

491 The presence of Fire Service Connection

492
Pipes and fittings which can exclusively be used for cold water lines for potable main distribution water
service, sprinkler and irrigation system. It could be ", ", 1", 1 ", 1 " and 2"

493 Orange or brown in color with sizes of 4" and 3 meter in lengths of pipes

494 and fittings, ASTM 2729 standards

495 Least popular and not recommended use as potable water distribution pipe

496 SINGLE LEVER BATH FAUCET WITH HAND SHOWER-TELEPHONE SHOWER

497 Pipe not used as water service pipe

498 A cut off valve installed in the service piping system

499 Minimum size of wet standpipe for a riser more than 15 meters from the source

500 Minimum height of dry standpipe outlet from the floor line

501 Device used to prevent water hammering

502 Rule of thumb in sizing an individual vent

503 It ventilates a house drainage system and prevent siphonage and back pressure

504 It is the size of supply valve tank type for water closet

505 The maximum horizontal developed length between the trap seal and the vertical vent inlet at the trap

506 Combination fitting between the vertical waste branch and the horizontal waste branch

507 A female GI pipe reducer fitting used in straight connection, both are threaded inside

508 A vent use in battery of plumbing fixture where the vent is installed in front of the last fixture of the battery

509 A water pump for a 200ft driven well to deliver 10gpm against 200ft. It is located at the surface

510 A pump motor installed on the surface attached to a lift and push a rod toactivate a submerge piston

511
A pump which delivers high water discharge with high water pressure drawn from a shallow source like
cistern, best suited as fire or transfer pump.

512 Minimum height of Fire Service station from the grade

513 A female GI pipe reducer fitting use to connect a reducing branch from a main water distribution

514 PE

515 General term for hot or cold water pipes containing portable water supplying different plumbing fixture

516 Standard size of wet standpipe outlet for each floor

517 A type of pipe fitting for yoke vent

543/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

518 The minimum horizontal clearance of vent branch immediately above the flood level rim of the fixture

519 The minimum size or trap of a bidet

520 Supply valve tank type for water closet

521 A threaded fitting to join two threaded fittings as closed as possible but not exceeding 3 inches

522 Location that does not require installation of clean out

523 Interconnection of the same fixture in one soil or waste branch with one branch vent

524 A single vent that ventiliates multiple traps, in the case of back to back fixture

525 A parameter in sizing the drainage pipe

526 Conveys a discharge of solid and liquid wastes closets with or without the discharged from other fixture to the
house drain
527 Minimum size of standpipe for a building in which the highest outlet is 23 m or less from the Fire service
Connection
528
In water distributon system which constantly rely its pressure from the main water pipe apply only if the main
fixture is supply continously with the flow rate and minimum required working pressure

529
System of building which includes the water supply distribution pipes the fixture and fixture traps, the soil
waste and the vent pipes, the house drain and the house sewer, the storm water drainage with their devices

530 Minimum size of wet standpipe for riser of more than 15 mts from source

531 Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is venting

532 Common term for a two way service connections

533 Single level valve used in kichen sink, lavatory faucets or at shower valve

534 A parameter in sizing a horizontal soil branch pipe

535
Fitting installed at the base of the soil stack and a building drain

536 Guide for initial estimate of Ton of refrigeration

537 A suitable type of water pump for deep well 4" or 6' casing to deliver

538 35gpm against 450 ft. total develop height

539 Passing on it can treat hardwater

540
A type of pump for driven well from 150 to 200 ft which work by a principle of venturi where water of high
pressure is pump into the well to draw water upwards through the return pipe

541
A pump motor installed on the surface attached to a lift and push a rod to activate a submerge piston

542
A water pump for a 200ft driven well to deliver 10gpm against 200ft. It is located at the surface

544/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

543
A pump which delivers high water discharge with high water pressure drawn from a shallow source like
cistern, best suited as fire or transfer pump. The motor is placed at the surface with shaft to turn the impellers
below

544
A suitable type of water pump for deep well 4' or 6' casing to deliver 35gpm against 450 ft. total develop height

545 A system of devices, usually installed below ground level, to scatter or spray water droplets over a lawn, golf
course, or the like.
546
Minimum width of a septic tank.

547
Minimum length of a septic tank.

548
Minimum liquid depth for a septic tank.

549
Maximum liquid depth for septic tank.

550
Minimum capacity, in cubic meters, of the secondary compartment of a septic tank.

551
Minimum dimension of a manhole access to a septic tank.

552
Minimum length of the secondary compartment of a septic tank with a capacity of more than 6 cubic meters.

553
Wooden septic tanks are allowed, true or false.

554
Minimum distance of a water supply well from a septic tank.

555
Minimum distance of a water supply well from a seepage pit or cesspool.

556
Minimum distance of a water supply well from a disposal field.

557
Minimum Gauge of galvanized sheet used for downspouts.

558
Minimum height of a water seal for each fixture trap.

559
Maximum height of a water seal for each fixture trap.

560
Maximum length of the tailpiece from any fixture.

561
Minimum extension of the VSTR above the roof.

562
Minimum extension of the VSTR above an openable window, door opening, air intake, or vent shaft.

545/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

563
Minimum trap diameter for a bathtub

564
Minimum trap diameter for a shower stall.

565
Required number of water closets for females for an auditorium serving 16-35.

566
Required number of water closets for males for an auditorium serving 16-35.

567
Required number of urinals for an auditorium serving 10-50.

568
Required number of water closets for females for a theater serving 51-100.

569
Classifications of copper pipes.

570
A rough or sharp edge left on metal by a cutting tool.

571
Collection line of a plumbing system is sometimes referred to as.

572
Type of plastic pipe other than polyvinyl chloride and polybutylene.

573
A vent with a function to provide circulation if air between drainage and vent system.

574
Flange used on a pipe to cover a hole or opening in a floor or wall which the pipe pass.

575
A valve used in a flush tank controlling the flushing of fixture.

576
Any liquid waste containing animal or vegetable matter in suspension or solution.

577
Component of fire extinguisher.

578
Conveys storm water and terminates into a natural drainage such as lakes or rivers.

579
Standard size of a wet standpipe outlet for each floor.

580
A type of pipe fitting for a Yoke Vent.

581
Minimum size of trap or branch for a bidet.

582
Minimum fixture supply pipe diameter for tank type water closet.

583
True or false, 1 3/4" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for water supply.

546/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

584
True or false, 3" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for water supply.

585
Term applied to the interconnection of the same fixtures in one soil or waste branch with one branch vent.

586
A single vent that ventilates multiple traps in the case of a back to back vent.

587 Minimum size of a standpipe for a building in which the highest outlet is 23 meters or less from the fire service
connection.
588
Minimum size of a wet standpipe for a riser of more than 15 meters from the source.

589 Single lever valves used in kitchen sink and lavatory faucets or at shower valves works by the principle of a
___.
590
Treats hard water.

591
Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is venting.

592
It refers to an individual who worked in the sanitary field of ancient Rome.

593
In Latin, it means 'lead'.

594 A specially designed system of waste piping embodying the horizontal wet venting of one or more sinks or
floor drains by means of a common waste and vent pipe adequately
595
sized to provide free movement of air above the flow line of the drain.

596
Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions of spaces.

597
Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions of spaces.

598
Sanitary sewage from buildings shall be discharged directly to the nearest ___.

599 Receptacles intended to receive and discharge water, water-carried waste into a drainage system with which
they are connected.
600
Standard size of an outlet for a dry standpipe located at each floor.

601
A vent pipe connected to a vent stack.

602
A vent pipe connected to a stack vent.

603
Instrument used for measuring atmospheric pressure.

604
Bets type of fire detection that can detect fire during the incipient stage.

547/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

605
Condensing unit is a part of a ___.

606
A faucet fitted with a nozzle curving downward used as a draw-off tap.

607
Reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of a trap.

608
A pipe fitting shaped like 'S'.

609
Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a shower stall.

610
Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a pedestal urinal.

611
Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary and secondary school.

612
Ratio of water closets for female population for elementary and secondary school.

613
Ratio of urinals for elementary school.

614
Ratio of water closets for female population for Principal Worship Places.

615 Minimum required number of water closets for female for office and public buildings serving 55 occupants for
employees.
616 Where there is exposure to skin contamination due to poisonous materials, what is the ratio of lavatory to
number of occupants.
617
Minimum head of water, in meters, required for each section of plumbing for water test.

618 How many days, at least, shall be given before any plumbing work inspection is done after written notice for
inspection.
619 Minimum time, in minutes, required for water to stay in the system or pipes for a water test without any leaks
to satisfy said testing.
620
Consist of a body, a checking member, and an atmospheric opening.

621
Minimum lead content in percent for pipes and fittings safe for humans.

622 Minimum vertical distance from the bottom of water pipes to the top of sewer or drain pipe if laid in the same
trench on top of the other.
623 Minimum distance of water pipings from any regulating equipment, water heater, conditioning tanks, and
similar equipment requiring union fittings.
624
Maximum spacing of pipe supports at intervals.

625
Equivalent of 1/6 bend in degrees.

548/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

626
True or false, 60 branches or offsets may be used only when installed in a true vertical position.

627 Cleanouts may be omitted on a horizontal drain less than 1.5 meters in length unless such line is serving
sinks or urinals, true or false.
628
Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for pipes 51mm or less in diameter.

629
Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for pipes larger than 51 mm. Dia.

630
Maximum distance of any underfloor cleanout from any access door, crawl space, or crawl hole.

631
Maximum length of a tailpiece.

632
Minimum length of any branch requiring separate venting.

633 True or false, no galvanized wrought iron or galvanized steel pipe shall be used underground and shall be
kept at least 15 cms above ground.
634
Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above the roof.

635
Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above any other vertical surface.

636
Minimum vertical distance of VSTR from above of any openable window or opening.

637
Minimum vertical extension of VSTR from any roofdeck where it is protruded.

638 Minimum horizontal distance of any VSTR from a roofdeck used for other purposes aside from protection from
weather.
639
Minimum number of stories served by a waste stack requiring a parallel ventstack.

640
The process of removing calcium and magnesium deposits in water.

641
True or false, number of fixture unit is one parameter in sizing a drainage pipe.

642
Water distribution system which constantly rely its pressure from the main water pipe applied only if the
highest fixture is supplied continuously with the flow rate and minimum required working pressure.

643
What combination of pipe fittings is installed at the base of a soil stack?

644
What is the rating index of an air-conditioning/refrigeration system which rates the unit for the number of
BTU's of heat removed per watt of electrical input energy?

645
Women's urinal fixture.

549/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

646
True or false, brass and cast iron body cleanouts shall not be used as a reducer or adapter.

647
A type of water closet that is least efficient, subject to clogging, noisy, and use a simple washout action
through a small irregular passageway.

648
This type of water closet is similar to that of the siphon-jet except that it has a smaller trap passageway and
smaller water surface area, moderately noisy.

649
A type of water closet that is noisy but highly efficient. Strong jet into up leg forces contents out. Use only with
flush valve, requires higher pressure.

650 Water closet that is quiet, extremely sanitary, water is directed through the rim. It scours bowl, folds over into
jet; siphon.
651 A water closet that is sanitary, efficient, and very quiet. Water enters through the rim and through the down
leg.
652
A toilet bowl similar to the siphon-jet, but having the flushing water directed to the rim to create circular motion
or vortex which scours the bowl.

653
A toilet bowl in which the flushing water enters through the rim and a siphonic action initiated by a water jet
draws the contents of the bowl through the trapway.

654
A water closet similar to that of the siphon jet but with a smaller water surface and trapway.

655
This type of water closet is prohibited by some health codes.

656 The concussion and banging noise that results when a volume of water moving in a pipe suddenly stops or
loses momentum.
657
The length of a pipeline measured along the centerline of the pipe and pipe fittings.

658
A shutoff valve closed by lowering a wedge-shaped gate across the passage.

659
A valve closed by a disk seating on an opening in an internal wall.

660
Liquid sewage that has been treated in a septic tank or sewage treatment plant.

661
The centerline of pipe.

662
The interior top surface of a pipe.

663
The interior bottom surface of a pipe.

664
Color code for pipes containing acid.

550/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

665
This shows the vertical relationships of all panels, feeders, switches, switchboards, and major components
are shown up to, but not including, branch circuiting, it is an electrical version of a vertical section taken
through the building.

666
One of the earlier plastic to be developed in 1938, a du pont trade name for the white, soft, waxy, and non-
adhesive polymer of tetrafluoroethylene.

667

668

669

670

671

672

673

674

675

676

677

678

679

680

681

682

683

551/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBARIUS

PLUMBER

NATIONAL PLUMBING CODE OF


THE PHILS.

IRA 1378

BIOCHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND

WATER SEAL TRAP

INSTALLING

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

NATIONAL STANDARD PLUMBING


CODE (NSPC)
PLUMBING APPRENTICE

RENAISSANCE PERIOD

STRUCTURAL MEMBERS

GRECO-ROMAN CIVILIZATION

CARRYING CAPACITY

MAN

PLUMBING SYSTEM

HEAT

RA 1364

American Master Plumber JOHN F.


HASS

SANITARY ENGINEERING LAW

DOMESTIC SEWAGE

28-Jun-55

552/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

17th CENTURY

ACT 2152

LEAD a metal used by Romans


as a plumbing material

SOIL PIPE

WASTE PIPE

GRAVITATIONAL FLOW METHOD

DISTRIBUTION BY MEANS OF
PUMP

SERVICE HEADERS

PRIMARY FEEDERS

CAST IRON PIPES

STEEL PIPES

DUCTILE IRON

CORROSION

RECIPROCATING PUMP

HAND PUMP

BOOSTER PUMP

LOW LIFT PUMP

HIGH LIFT PUMP

PIPE LINES

DELAVAUD PROCESS

INTAKE CONDUIT

1/6 to 1/3

1.8 x 105 to 2.8 x 105 N/m2

LOW-SERVICE SYSTEM

553/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

FRESH WATER

PLUMBING FIXTURES

BALL COCKS

CROSS CONNECTION

* RAINWATER
* GROUNDWATER
* SURFACE WATER

WATER METER

VACUUM BREAKER or
BACKFLOW PREVENTER

BACKFLOW

TURBIDITY

COLOR

ALKALINITY

IRON

OPEN TRENCH WORK

COEFFICIENT OF LINEAR
EXPANSION

AQUIFER

WATER TABLE WELL & ARTESIAN


WELL

2%

SANITARY DRAIN

SOIL PIPE

WASTE PIPE

POTABLE WATER

WATERBOURNE DISEASES

TURBID

MAXIMUM CONTAMINANT LEVELS

554/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

COMBINED DRAIN

COMBINED DRAIN

HOUSE DRAIN

FOUNDATION WALL

INDUSTRIAL DRAIN

CLEANOUTS

PD 856

200m

PRIVY

CATCH BASIN

CESSPOOL or DRYWELL

GOVERNMENT

SEWAGE

INFLOW

ACID VENT

SEPTIC TANK

SEWAGE PUMP

ANAEROBIC BACTERIA

COMBINATION PUBLIC SEWER

0.90m

HOUSE SEWER

HOUSE DRAIN

555/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

2.8 - 3.0 TIMES

RA 9003

50%

FIXTURE DRAIN

WATER

ABSORPTION

INSIDE STORM DRAIN

STORM DRAIN

ROOF LEADER

OUTSIDE STORM DRAIN

OVERHEAD STORM DRAIN

INSIDE STORM DRAIN

STORM DRAIN

SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPE

IRON

OUTSIDE WALL OF THE BUILDING

WITHIN THE BUILDING WALLS

FIXTURE DRAIN

INCH PER FOOT

COMBINATION HOUSE SEWER

556/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

VERTICALLY, HORIZONTALLY

GUTTER

LIQUID

NO

APPLIANCE

BALL COCK

BRASS PIPE

COPPER PIPE

FIXTURE

557/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

CAST IRON PIPES

FIXTURES

APPURTENANCE

CAST IRON SOIL PIPE INSTITUTE

UNPLASTICIZED

LESS THAN 25-STORIES

ASBESTOS-CEMENT NON-
PRESSURE SEWER PIPE

SILICON

CLAMP GATE CALVE

FLUSHOMETER VALVE

VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE

DRUM TRAP

Cesspool

Drain

Invert

Privy

Sludge

Vent Pipe

Sewer Pipe

2%

Bends

Crown weir

Coupling

artesian well

lavatory faucet

water (potability)

558/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

2dia

coagulant

schedule

elbow

bidet

15 m.

nipple

Float Valve
total number of auditorium seat

water pipe

Crown weir to bottom dip

U-trap

Back vent pipe

1 per 35

2" dia.

waste pipe

stack

1/16 in./ft.

2" dia.

2" dia.

2" dia.

Gas Pipe

1 per 30

black

Turnbackle

Water distributing pipe

559/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Globe valve

catch basin

dip

drain pipe

effluent

soil stack

standpipe

septic tank

sludge

water hammer

escutcheon

spigot

back siphonage

vent stack

fumigant

soil stack

check valve

cistern

flush valve

caulking

disinfections

90 cms.

1.50 mts.

70 cms.

1.80 mts.

1.50 cum

560/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

508 mm.

1.50 mts.

15.20 mts.

45.70 mts.

30.50 mts.

51 mm.

102 mm.

60 cms.

38 mm.

51 mm

Polyethylene

Corporation Stop

Relief Vent

Escutcheon

Developed Length

Flush Valve

Sewage

Carbon Monoxide

Storm Sewer

1 1/2'

1/8 Bend

1-1/2"

3/8"

Battery of Fixtures

Common Vent

4"

4"

6"

Plumbarius

561/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Plumbum

Combination Waste and Vent


system

Sanitary Sewer Main

Fixture

2 1/2"

Circuit Vent

Loop Vent

Barometer

Ionization

Bibbcock

Top Dip to Crown Weir

Double Bend

2"

3m

3 days

15 minutes

8%

300 mm

300 mm

4 ft.

60

305 mm

450 mm

6.10 mts.

562/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

600 mm

4.60 mts.

15 cms.

300 mm

0.90 mtr.

2.10 mts.

3.00 mts.

10

Pressure Regulating Valve

Softening

Washdown

Washdown

Reverse Trap

Blowout

Siphon Vortex

Siphon Jet

Siphon Vortex

Siphon Jet

Reverse Trap

Washdown

Water Hammer

Gate Valve

Globe Valve

Effluent

563/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Spring Line

Crown

Invert

black

Teflon

all true

all true

House Drain

Ball Valve

Zeolite

Wye and 1/8 Bend

Water distributing pipe

Full bath

Globe valve

fixture

Battery of fixtures

Drainage, waste and vent

Gooseneck

Privy

Riser

564/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Stack

Water main

cesspool

plumbing

Building sewer

Ball valve

Branch interval

Yoke vent

gooseneck

Septic tank

Drainage fixture unit

Roughing-in

Trap

Backpressure

Waste stack

Water distributing pipe

565/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Soil pipe

Water supply system

BRANCH VENT

CIRCUIT VENT

COMMON VENT

CONTINOUS VENT

DRY VENT

DUAL VENT

GROUP VENT

INDIVIDUAL VENT

LOOP or CIRCUIT VENT

LOCAL VENT

MAIN VENT

RELIEF VENT

UNIT VENT

STACK VENT

WET VENT

YOKE VENT

BACKFLOW

BACK SIPHONAGE

BATTERY OF FIXTURE

BLANK FLANGE

BLIND FLANGE

CAULKING

566/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

COUPLING

UNION

NIPPLE

DEAD END

DEVELOPED LENGTH

DRAINAGE SYSTEM

FIXTURE BRANCH

FLOOD LEVEL

FERRULE

INVERT

PLUMBING SYSTEM

ROUGH IN

SIAMESE CONNECTIONS

SOIL PIPE

TRAP SEAL

WATER RESERVOIR

SHOCK RELIEF AND EXPANSION


CHAMBER

50 FEET OR MORE

2 PERCENT

CULVERT

BLACK WATER

RECESSED

WHITE

BLACK

567/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

TRAP OR WATER SEAL

2.50 M

COMPRESSION VALVE

CISTERN

OVERHEAD STORM DRAIN

PRESSURE COCK

PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE

UNION PATENT

FLUSHOMETER

CORPORATION STOP

AIR TRAP

ABSORPTION TRENCH

ILLUMINATION

CATCH BASIN

WYE FITTING

1 1/2"

150mm DIAMETER

1 1/2"

2"

1 1/2"

1 1/2"

1 1/2"

1 1/2"

1 1/4"

2"

1 1/4"

1 1/2"

1 1/2"

568/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

2'

1 1/2"

1 1/4"

2"

3"

3"

1 1/2"

2"

2"

1 1/4"

3"

SIPHON-VORTEX

SIPHON-JET

REVERSE TRAP

WASH DOWN

BLOW OUT

BIDET

GI PIPE SIZES

19.05mm or 3/4"

46 cm.

122cm

61 cm.

122 cm

5 FEET

1/4" BEND ?

51mm or 2"

64mm or 2 1/2"

569/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

4"

6"

RATIO OF 1:25

RATIO OF 1:30

RATIO OF 1:75

RATIO OF 1:75

RATIO OF 1:5

4 CLOSETS

3 HEADS

GALVANIZED PIPING

WHITE

BUFF

BLUE

BLUE

GREEN

BRASS OR BRONZE

YELLOW

GRAY

BLACK

BLACK

BLACK

ON EVERY HOSE BIBB

DRY STANDPIPE

WATER SERVICE PIPE

INSUFFICIENCY IN THE SIZE OF THE


WATER SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION
PIPE

1 "

1 "

64mm or 2 "

570/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

64mm or 2 "

SLOPE OF THE DRAIN PIPE

3 WAY VALVE DIVERTER

BALL VALVE

132 LITERS PER MINUTE

ELBOW REDUCER

FLUSH VALVE FITTINGS

2" WYE AND 2 x 1/8 BEND


COMBINATION

CIRCUIT VENT

REVERSE OSMOSIS

FIXED TEMPERATURE

HEAT DETECTOR

COUPLING

PRESSURE REGULATOR

WRONG CHOICE OF VENT TYPE

SUBMERSIBLE PUMP

jet,jack,reciprocating

5"

URINAL FLASH VALVE ASSEMBLY

TAIL PIECE or DEAD END

CHECK VALVE

AUTOMATED RETRACTABLE PILLAR


SYSTEM

571/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THREE FIXTURES

DRY STANDPIPE

POLTYBUTELENE PIPE AND FITTINGS


AND FITTINGS

UPVC DWV SANITARY

PIPES AND FITTINGS

ASBESTOS PIPE

Shower set for bath (drawing)

FIBER CEMENT PIPE

GATE VALVE

64mm or 2 1/2"

61 cms

AIR CHAMBER
VENT SIZE IS AT LEAST 1/2 THE
DRAIN IT SERVES BUT NOT LESS
THAN THE REQUIRED MINIMUM W/C
EVER IS LARGER
VENT PIPE

3/8"

6 FEET

2x2" WYE WITH 2" CO AND 2 X 1/8


BEND

COUPLING REDUCER

CIRCUIT VENT

JET

RECIPROCATING

CENTRIFUGAL

46 mm

BELL REDUCER

POLYETHELENE PIPE

WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPES

38 mm (1 1/2")

WYE FITTING

572/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

6"

1 1/2"

3/8"

COUPLING

AT EVERY BRANCH INTERVAL OFA


SOIL STACK

BATTERY OF FIXTURE

COMMON VENT

NUMBER OF FIXTURE

SOIL PIPE

102 mm (4")

UPFEED OR DIRECT METHOD

PLUMBING SYSTEM

64 mm (2 1/2")

6"

SIAMESE CONNECTIONS

BALL

NUMBER OF BRANCH VENTS

1/4", WYE and 1/8" BEND, LONG


SWEEP, 1/8" and 1/8" COMBINATION

12 TO 14 SQ.MTR/TR

JET PUMP WITH INJECTOR

JACK

ZEOLITE

SUBMERSIBLE PUMP

RECIPROCATING

JET

573/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

CENTRIFUGAL

JACK

Lawn Sprinkler System

90 cms.

1.50 mts.

60 cms.

1.80 mts.

1 cum.

508 mm.

1.50 mts.

15.20 mts.

45.70 mts.

30.50 mts.

26

51 mm.

102 mm.

60 cms.

15 cms.

0.90 mtr.

574/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

38 mm. (11/2")

51 mm. (2")

Rigid and Flexible

Burr

House Drain

Polyethylene

Relief Vent

Escutcheon

Flush Valve

Sewage

Carbon Monoxide

Strom Sewer

1 1/2" (38mm)

1/8 Bend

1 1/2"

3/8"

575/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Battery of Fixtures

Common Vent

4" (102mm)

4" (102mm)

Ball Valve

Zeolite

6" (150mm)

Plumbarius

Plumbum

Combination Waste

and Vent system

Air curtain

Air curtain

Sanitary Sewer Main

Fixture

2 1/2" (64mm)

Circuit Vent

Loop Vent

Barometer

Ionization

576/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Refrigeration

Bibbcock

Top Dip to Crown Weir

Double Bend

2"

3"

(1:30)

(1:25)

(1:75)

(1:75)

(1:5)

15 minutes

Atmospheric Vacuum Breaker

8%

300 mm

300 mm

4'

60

577/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

0.305 mtr. / 305 mm

0.45 mtr. / 450 mm

6.10 mts.

600 mm

4.60 mts.

150 mm / 15 cms.

300 mm

0.90 mtr.

2.10 mts.

3.00 mts.

10

Softening

Upfeed System / Direct Method

Wye and 1/8 Bend

Energy Efficiency Rating (EER)

Washdown

578/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Washdown (WD)

Reverse Trap (RT)

Blowout (BO)

Siphon Vortex (SV)

Siphon Jet (SJ)

Siphon Vortex (SV)

Siphon Jet (SJ)

Reverse Trap (RT)

Washdown (WD)

Water Hammer

Developed Length

Gate Valve

Globe Valve

Effluent

Spring Line

Crown

Invert

Black

579/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Riser Diagram

Teflon

580/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

1
A stream of high-velocity temperature-controlled air which is directed downward, across an opening

2
A package assembly of air conditioning components which provides for the treatment of air it is distributed to an air
conditioned space.

3
A device designed to stop an elevator car or counterweight from descending beyond its normal limit of travel

4 The portion of the hoist way extending from the threshold level of the lowest landing door to the floor at the bottom
of the hoist way.

5
When the elevator car rest on its fully compressed buffer, there shall be a vertical clearance of not less than
between the pit floor and the lowest structural or mechanical part.

6
There shall be installed in the pit of each elevator where the pit extend more than ___ below the sill of the pit
access door

7
Dumbwaiters total inside height shall not exceed ____

8
Is the achievement of a temperature below that of the immediate surroundings.

9
Consist of a platform or car traveling in vertical guides in a shaft or hoist way, with related hoisting and lowering
mechanisms.

10 Device for heating water or generating steam above atmospheric pressure.

11 A system for transporting materials from one site to another, especially in a factory

12
Machine that decreases the volume and increases the pressure of a quantity of air by mechanical means.

13
A device that maintains, control of the indoor environmentits desirable temperature, humidity, air circulation, and
purity for the occupants of that space or for the industrial materials that are handled or stored there.

14 Device that convert electrical energy into mechanical energy, by electromagnetic means.

15 A machine that converts mechanical energy into electrical energy called

16
Device for reducing the temperature of a liquid, usually water, by bringing it into contact with an airstreams where a
small portion of the liquid is evaporated and the major portion is cooled.

17
A machine often provides the most convenient and economical means of transporting relatively small articles
between levels.

18
Gives stability to governor ropes.

19
Are vertical tracks that guide the car and counterweight?

20 Are rectangular blocks of cast-iron stacked in a frame, which is supported at the opposite ends of the cables to car
is fastened.
21
Is the vertical passageway for the car and counterweight?

581/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

22 Are fastened to car frame and counterweight at top and bottom.


23 Is a device to absorb the impact of car or counterweight at the lower limit of travel?

24 A device use for moistening the air at the desired degree?

25
An air-conditioning system in which the air is treated by equipment at one or more central locations outside the
spaces served and conveyed to and from these spaces by means of fans and pumps through duct and pipes.

26
Its function is to dispose the heat carried away from the condenser

27
Type of elevator that is raised or lowered quite simply by means of movable rod or plunger?

28 it is a device to control the temperature.

29
It is a three section built up welded steel trussed framework, which supports the moving stairway component

30
In electric elevator machine room is located at the

31 Is mechanical device for transporting persons between two levels.

32 The ratio of the maximum demand of a system, or part of a system, to the total connected of a system or the part
of a system under consideration is called

33 The following are basic component parts of an


escalator except____.
34 Tesla is the unit of____.

35 Which of the following is not a component of a


hydraulic elevator?
36 A bathroom containing a water closet, a
lavatory, and a bathtub.
37 The following are elements of centralized
airconditioning system except _______.
38
Acoustics is a science that concerns with
______.
a. Transmission of sound
b. Effect of sound waves
c. Generation of sound

39 It is the flow of heat through a material by transfer from warmer to cooler molecules in contact with each other.

40 Is a valve or plate that stops or regulates the flow of air inside a duct, chimney, air handler, or other air handling
equipment.
41 What is also known as a synthetic chemical refrigerant?

42 gas used as refrigerant with water

43 an air compartment or chamber

44 liquid which is discharged as a waste

45 A material which stops the transfer of heat is also known as?

582/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

46 device used only to add humidity in the air

47 heat is transferred through materials

48 a process which refrigerant from liquid to gas

49 What is a cooling or heating element which is made of pipe or tubing?

50
device to control the thermostat

51 device used to vary the volume of air passing a duct

52 It is a platform or car for hoisting or lowering passenger or freight.

53 stops car and grips counterweight in case of emergency


54 where the endless belt of steps pass around during operation
of an escalator
55 What is a closed vessel in which liquid is heated or vaporized?

56 pipe fitting with outside threads use for connecting pipes


57 vessel where vapor is liquefied by removal of heat

58 It consists of DC motors and the shaft of which is connected directly to the brake wheel and driving sheave.

59 the art and practice of heating and cooling with water


60
steel wires used to compensate cars and counterweights

61 Two types of passenger elevator.

62 Minimum elevator width of single slide door elevator


for small commercial or residential building.
63 A device that is basically a double throw switch of
generally 3-pole connection that will automatically transfer
the power from the standby generator to the building
circuitry during electrical power failure.

64 The minimum face to face distance between elevators


in three and four car grouping.
65 Maximum height of a dumbwaiter.

66 A controller sensitive to the degree of moisture in the


air
67 Another name for Humidistat.

68 Descriptive of any material such as synthetic resin


which hardens when heated or cured, and does not soften
69 when
An reheated.which responds to changes in
Instrument
temperature, and directly or indirectly controls
temperature.
70 A machine that converts mechanical energy into
electrical energy, a generator of alternating current.
71 Freon in air-con must be compressed and liquefied in
order to absorb ___.
72 A device installed on an electric water heater used to
detect the working temperature to activate a switch.
73 Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions
of spaces.

583/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

74 A fire detector installed in a fire alarm system which


uses low melting point solders or metal that expands
when exposed to heat to detect a fire.
75 Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector.

76 An air-operated device used to open or close a damper or


valve
77 The effective room temperature in air-conditioning.

78 A graph used in air-conditioning and showing the


properties of air-system mixtures.
79 Heat that raises air temperature.

80 The transmission of heat energy from one place to another


by circulatory movement of a mass of fluid.
81 What is the rating index of an airconditioning/
refrigeration system which rates the unit for the
number of BTU's of heat removed per watt of electrical input
energy? (EER)

82 What mechanical equipment, coupled with a central airconditioning


system, is used to to dehumidify and cool the air
stream injected to a conditioned space.
83 In elevator, it detects the obstacles during the door closing,
and reopens the door if there is something. Photocell can be
used together with this.
84 It prevents passengers from falling into the hoistway when
they try to get out of the car which is stopped between the
floors.
85 In elevator, it makes the buzzer alarm when the car is
overloaded and the door remains open until overloading is
eliminated.

86 In elevator, it protects the equipment from over current.

87 In elevator, these prevent the excessive car travel at the


highest and lowest floor.
88 In escalators, these stop the escalator if a foreign object
becomes wedged at the guard.
89 In escalators, this is located at the bottom truss of the escalator and provided with on and off positions to stop or
prevents the escalator from starting during maintenance service.

90 This device, in escalators, is provided at the drive unit


location to protect against accidental movement of the escalator
during inspection of the drives or during general maintenance.
91 This device, in escalators, stops the escalator automatically
if an abnormal current is supplied to the motor.
92 This switch cuts off all current supply to the escalator for
inspection, maintenance, or repairs.
93 The cooling effect obtained when 1 ton of ice at 32 oF (0
oC) melts to water at the same tmeperature in 24 hrs.
94 An assembly consisting of a pulley wheel, side plates,
shaft, and bearings over which a cable or roped is passed.
95 Consist of a flyball or flyweight device designed to stop
an elevator.
96 In theater stage house, a weight usually of iron or sand
used to balance suspended scenery, or the like.

584/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

97 On elevators, a gear-driven machine having a drum to


which the wire ropes that hoist the car are fastened, and on
which they wind.
98 Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the
counterweight.
99 In boilers, they function only when it exceeds prescribed
unsafe operating conditions.
100 The following are basic component parts of an escalator
except____.
101 Which of the following is not a component of a hydraulic elevator?

102 The following are elements of centralized airconditioning system


except _______.
103 A transformer is ______.

104 A factor used in calculating cooling load that includes heat


transferred from walls, doors, ceilings, etc. is known as _____.
105 The following are ways in which heat may be transferred
except____.
106 The typical truss configuration used in the installation of an
escalator.
107 Which is the following characterizes centrallized airconditioning a. It uses ducts
b. Has cooling tower
c. Provided with air handling unit
d. All of these

108 The total cooling output of an airconditioner during its annual


usage, in BTU/hr divided by the energy input during the same period,
in watt-hours is known as_____.

109 Which type of refrigerant is recommended for residential,


commercial, and industrial application using split type airconditioning
system?
110 The term impedance is used in transformers and other devices in
ac is a combination of _______.
111 A continuous belt (chain) attached to the handrail and directly
connected to the steps is known as _____.
112 What is the minimum distance between the handrails of
escalators?
113 What aspect/s of environment or surroundings is/are considered
in air-conditioning system for human comfort?
a. Temperature of the surrounding air
b. Motion of air

114 What is the refrigerant name of R-12?

115 The recommended speed for escalators ranges from____.

116 The amount of heat which is absorbed or evolved in


changing the state of a substance
without changing its temperature.
117 An apparatus that can heat, cool, clean and circulate air

118 They were deter to the intrusion alarm system in residential signal system

119 An air passage usually formed in sheet metal with insulation for ventilating on a building

120 The current of air or gases

585/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

121 Requirement for a dry standpipe

122
Color coding of piping for fuel oil division

123 A hoisting and lowering mechanism with a building equipped with relatively small car excusively for carrying
materials
124 The device for maintaining desirable humidity conditons in the air supplied

125
The average consumption of water per capita

126 An automatic control of the operation of heating or cooling device responding to changes of temperature of the
space
127 A tractor equipped with the blade attached by arms and bolted to its end, used in piling earth

128
The acoustical ceiling board design to be laid in an exposed grid suspension system

129
The total sound units provided by a given material

130
Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector

131 Fire tube boliers shall be provide with sufficient room for removal or replacement of tube either from these places

132
The process of dissipating sound energy by converting it to heat

133
The system of deadening sound materials to wall, ceiling, floors to prevent sound from passing through the
members into adjoining room

134
The illuminance produce by luminous flux of the one lumen distributed uniformly over a one square meter surface

135
Level of subterrenean water

136
Package assembly of air conditioning components which provides for the treatment of the air before it is
distributed to an air conditioned space

137 This is the criteria in selection of an elevator other than interval and average waiting time

138 Protection of PVC pipe underground

139 Reflection of sound from curve surface

140 The criteria in the selection of an elevator other than interval and average waiting time

141 Type of conveyor that transport packages equipment crates

142 Important element of an elevator below the first level floor line that absorbs and minimize building shocks to the car

143 That portion of the hoistway in the elevator extending from the threshold level of the lowest landing floor of the
hoistway
144 A geared drive machine in which the suspension ropes are fastened to and wind on a drum

145 Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the counterweight

146 Car pit clearance depth from the bottom of the car

147 When machine room or penthouse is provided at the top of the hoistway, it shall have a sufficient room for this

586/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

148 When 4 or more elevator serve all or the same portion of the bulding

149 Shalll be located in any one hoistway


150 Minimum number of hoisting ropes for traction elevators

151 Minimum number of hoisting ropes for drum type elevators

152 Minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight ropes

153
Provision for all elevators

154
A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car or counterweight due to over
travel beyond the lowest stop. It stops the car or counterweight safely

155
Internal electronic safety features of an escalator. They function as a safety switches or detectors which monitors
internal mechanical or electrical abnormalities and shuts down the system in any eventuality

156
A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and its electrical parts from over current

157
During elevator emergency to rescue passenger, this type of elevator is used to open the door from the outside

158
The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and re opens the door

159
Dividing the travel length by the rated speed

160 Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator will open only when the car stops
at the floor
161 Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off, and grasp the rope to operate the safety
gear
162 Main purpose of shafts overhead space

163
Safety device of a passenger elevator which activates if the car travels faster than its rated speed by grasping the
guide rail to stop the car safely

164
OTIS-U.S.

165
A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car or counterweight due
to over travel beyond the lowest stop. It stops the car or counterweight safely

166
Internal electronic safety features of an escalator. They function as a safety switches or detectors which
monitors internal mechanical or electrical abnormalities and shuts down the system in any eventuality

167
A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and electrical parts from over current

168 During elevator emergency to rescue passenger, this type of elevator is used to open the door from the
outside
169
The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and re opens the door

587/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

170 Dividing the travel length by the rated speed


171
Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator will open only when
the car stops at the floor
172
Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off,and grasp the rope to operate
the safety gear
173
Main purpose of shafts overhead space
174 Device that open and closes the electric current in an elevator when it has reached the designated end
of travel course
175 Minimum angle of inclination of an escalator

176 Minimum width of balustrade

177 Maximum width of balustrade

178 Maximum width of the steps

179
Kind of glass required in an escalator's balustrade

180 Maximum rated speed measured along the angle of inclination

181
Provision for boiler rooms inside the building

182
Minimum distance if the building is not made of fire resistive materials

183
No part of the boiler shall be closer to this from the wall

184 Distance of the smokestacks above the building within 50 mts. radius

185
Provision between any feed pump and the boiler in addition to the regular shut-off valve

186
Provision when two or more boilers are connected in parallel

187
Provision of every boiler

188
Provision for boilers having generating capacity exceeding 907 kg/hr

189 Notification in writing in advance for boiler's inspection

190 Temperature and humidity of the air to be used for comfortable cooling
191 Minimum for refrigerant piping crossing a passageway in any building

192
Provision of installation for refrigerant system containing more than 9 kgs.

193 Minimum for window type AC installed on ground floors

194
Mechanical equipment coupled with a central air conditioning system used to dehumidify and cool the airstream
injected to the conditioned space

195
Spacing provided for elevator with single bank in a non residential building

588/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

196
Recording calls even when car is in use. It answer calls starting from the highest and so on while descending

197
Recording calls even when car is in use. It answer calls starting from the lowest and so on while ascending

198
Safety device of a passenger elevator which activates if the car travels faster than its rated speed by grasping the
guide rail to stop the car safely

199 main drive chain, step chain, handrail, drive chain, bottom sprocket

200
When planning a multiple system of elevator layout where four or more elevator are arrange in banks

201
Nominal size of an escalator; escalator's width like those in Japanese brand

202 Nominal size of an escalator; escalator's step like those in Japanese brand

203
Type of dampers installed at supply ducts, which are electro-mechanically activated by building automation system
to close in case of fire within the area

204
Location of Control System or computer brain of the escalator

205
This is a guide for the initial estimate per Ton of Refrigeration per sq.mts. of a standard room of normal condition
without external solar heat gain and excessive internal heat gain

206

PIPING OR DUCT BELONGING TO OTHER SYSTEM SHOULD NOT RUN THROUGH THE MACHINE ROOM

207
THE TOP CHORD OF THE TRUSS IS WITH A STEEL ANGLE SUPERIMPOSED ON THE BUILDING'S
STRUCTURAL BEAM

208 Safety device caused by insufficient water flow on heater when brown out
209
Vital part of Solar Water heater to keep the heat in and cold out

210
Packaging and assembly of elevator as it arrives on the site

211 Cool the condenser unit in a central conditioning system

212 Rating index of an air conditioning system which rate the number for the unit of BTU heat moved per watt of
electrical input energy
213
Standard unit rating to describe the capacity of the cooling tower

214 A device installed on electric water heater used to detect the working temperature to to activate a switch

215
A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car or counterweight due to over
travel beyond the lowest stop. It It stops the car or counterweight safely

589/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

216
Rating index of an air conditioning system which rates the unit for the number for BTU of heat moved per watt of
electrical input energy Internal electronic safety features of an escalator. They function as a safety switches or
detectors which monitors internal mechanical or electrical abnormalities and shuts down the system in any
eventuality

217
A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and its electrical parts from over current

218 The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and re opens the door

219 Mechanical equipment install on top of the main doors used to retain cold in the interiors

220 Dividing the travel length by the rated speed

221 Major physical restriction does a split type air conditioner system have which restricts its efficiency and
performance
222 Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator will open only when the car stops
at the floor
223
Opening of door for passenger in case of power failure in the elevator

224 Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off, and grasp the rope to operate the safety
gear
225 Main purpose of shafts overhead space

226 Device that open and closes the electric current in an elevator when it has reached the

227 designated end of travel course

228
Coupled with central air conditioning system, used to dehumidify and cool the air stream injected into the
conditioned space

229 The amount of heat which is absorbed or evolved in changing the state of a substance without changing its
temperature.
230 Two types of passenger elevator.

231 Minimum elevator width of single slide door elevator for small commercial or residential building.

232 Another name for passenger elevator.

233 The minimum face to face distance between elevators in three and four car grouping.

234 Maximum height of a dumbwaiter.

235 An assembly consisting of a pulley wheel, side plates, shaft, and bearings over which a cable or roped is passed.

236 A device for converting alternating current to direct current.

237 Another name for a Rectifier.

238 A controller sensitive to the degree of moisture in the air.

239 Another name for Humidistat.

240 Consist of a flyball or flyweight device designed to stop an elevator.

590/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

241 A stop valve placed in the service pipe close to the connection at the water main.

242 An Instrument which responds to changes in temperature, and directly or indirectly controls temperature.

243 Thin sheets that are used for controlling heat in drywall construction.

244 A machine that converts mechanical energy into electrical energy, a generator of alternating current.

245 Freon in air-con must be compressed and liquefied in order to absorb ___.

246 A device installed on an electric water heater used to detect the working temperature to activate a switch.

247 During elevator emergency, to rescue passengers, this part of the elevator is used to open the doors from the
outside.
248 A device which extends across at least 1/2 the width of each door leaf which will open if subjected to pressure.

249 Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector.

250 An automatic device used for converting high, fluctuating inlet water pressure to a lower constant pressure.

251 An air-operated device used to open or close a damper or valve.

252 In theater stage house, a weight usually of iron or sand used to balance suspended scenery, or the like.

253 On elevators, a gear-driven machine having a drum to which the wire ropes that hoist the car are fastened, and on
which they wind.
254 Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the counterweight.

255 Under NBC, the clearance between the underside of the car and the bottom of the pit shall not be less than ___.

256 Under NBC, the minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight rope.

257 Under NBC, the minimum width between balusters in an escalator.

258 Under NBC, the maximum rated speed of an escalator along the angle of travel.

259 The effective room temperature in air-conditioning.

260 Sound system input device that reacts to and converts variable sound pressure into variable electrical current.

261 A rate of rise type detector.

262 A graph used in air-conditioning and showing the properties of air-system mixtures.

263 Heat that raises air temperature.

264 The transmission of heat energy from one place to another by circulatory movement of a mass of fluid.

265 In boilers, they function only when exceeds prescribed unsafe operating conditions.

266
What mechanical equipment, coupled with a central air-conditioning system, is used to to dehumidify and cool the
air stream injected to a conditioned space.

267
In elevator, it detects the obstacles during the door closing, and reopens the door if there is something. Photocell
can be used together with this.

268 It prevents passengers from falling into the hoistway when they try to get out of the car which is stopped between
the floors.

591/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

269 In elevator, it makes the buzzer alarm when the car is overloaded and the door remains open until overloading is
eliminated.
270 In elevator, it protects the equipment from over current.

271 In elevator, these prevent the excessive car travel at the highest and lowest floor.

272 In escalators, these stop the escalator if a foreign object becomes wedged at the guard.

273
In escalators, this is located at the bottom truss of the escalator and provided with on and off positions to stop or
prevents the escalator from starting during maintenance service.

274
This device, in escalators, is provided at the drive unit location to protect against accidental movement of the
escalator during inspection of the drives or during general maintenance.

275 This device, in escalators, stops the escalator automatically if an abnormal current is supplied to the motor.

276 This switch cuts off all current supply to the escalator for inspection, maintenance, or repairs.

277 The cooling effect obtained when 1 ton of ice at 32 oF (0 oC) melts to water at the same tmeperature in 24 hrs.
(equivalent to 12,000 Btu/hr)
278

279

280

281

282

283

284

592/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Air Curtain

AHU (Air Handling Unit)

Bumper

Elevator Landing

610 mm.

660 mm

1220 mm

Air-conditioning

elevator

boiler

conveyor

compressor

air-conditioning

alternator

generator

cooling tower

dumbwaiters

counter weight

guide rails

counterweight

shaft

593/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

governor

buffer

humidifier

centralized air con

compressor

hydraulic elevator

thermostat

Truss

pent house

escalator

demand factor

governor

Magnetic flux

counterweight

Full bath

Method of cooling

All of the above

Conduction

Dampers

freon

ammonia

plenum

effluent

insulation

594/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

hunidifier

Conduction

evaporator

coil

relay

Dampers

elevator

governor

sprocket assembly

boiler

Closed nipple

condenser

gearless traction

hydronics

hoistropes

Electric and Hydraulic

0.60 mtr

Automatic Transfer Switch

2.0 mts.

1.20 mts.

Humidistat

Hygrostat

Thermosetting

Thermostat

Alternator

Heat

Thermostat

Air curtain

595/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Fixed Temperature Heat


Detector

135-197F

Air Motor

68-74 F /20-23 deg C

Psychrometric Chart

Sensible Heat

Convection

Energy Efficiency Rating

Fan Coil Unit

Safety Shoe

Fascia Plate

Weighing Device

Circuit Breaker

Limit Switches

Handrail Guard Switches

Disconnect Switch

Mechanical Maintenance
Locking Device

Current Overload Safety Switch

Knife Switch

Ton of Refrigeration

Sheave

Governor

Counterweight

596/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Winding-Drum Machine

Winding-Drum Machine

Limit Controls and Interlocks

governor

counterweight

Method of cooling

A mechanical device used to step up or


step down voltage in ac

Thermal load

Polarization

3 section truss

All of these

Seasonal energy efficiency ratio

R-22

Resistance and reactance

Endless belt

558mm

Both a and b

Dichlorodifluormethane

90-120fpm

LATENT HEAT

AIR CONDITIONER

BUGLARS AND PROWLERS

AIR DUCT

DRAUGHT OR DRAFT

597/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

4 STOREY

BLACK

DUMBWAITER

HUMIDIFIER

50 GALS.

THERMOSTAT

BULLDOZER

ACOUSTICAL LAY IN PANEL

DECIBEL

135-197 F

REAR OR TOP

SOUND ABSORPTION

SOUND INSULATION

LUX

WATER TABLE

AIR HANDLING UNIT

TRAVEL TIME

CONCRETE CASING

CREEP

TRAVEL TIME

FREIGHT ELEVATOR

BUFFER

PIT

WINDING DRUM MACHINE

GUIDE RAILS

600mm

FOR REPAIR AND INSPECTION

598/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

2 HOISTWAYS

4 ELEVATORS

3 HOISTWAYS

2 HOISTWAYS

30mm

OVER LOAD RELAY AND REVERSE


POLARITY RELAY

BUFFER

MONITORING CONTACTS ON STEP


CHAIN

CIRCUIT BREAKER

OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH

SAFETY SHOE

WAIT INTERVAL

DOOR LOCK SWITCH

MAGNETIC BREAK

FOR CAR OVERRUN

GOVERNOR

A European brand of elevator

BUFFER

MONITORING CONTACTS ON STEP


CHAIN

CIRCUIT BREAKER

OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH

SAFETY SHOE

599/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

WAIT INTERVAL

DOOR LOCK SWITCH

MAGNETIC BREAK

FOR CAR OVERRUN

LIMIT SWITCH

35 degrees

558 mm

1.20 m

330 mm

TEMPERED TYPE GLASS

38 mpm

R.C CONCRETE OR MASONRY

3.00 mts. FROM OUTSIDE WALL

1 meter

5.00 mts

2 CHECK VALVES

NON RETURN OR SHUT OFF


VALVE

ONE SAFETY VALVE

TWO SAFETY VALVE

15 DAYS

68deg-74deg F

2.30 meters ABOVE THE FLOOR

STOP VALVES

2.13 meters

FAN COIL UNIT

1.5 TIMES MORE THAN THE


ELEVATOR CAR DEPTH

600/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

DOWN COLLECTIVE CONTROL

UP COLLECTIVE CONTROL

GOVERNOR - safety gear, safety


shoe, magnetic break

ESCALATOR'S PART

ONE IN FRONT OF THE OTHER

1120;980;800;760

1150;1100;1000;900

ADJUSTABLE LOCKING DAMPERS

AT THE ESCALATOR MACHINE


ROOM

12 to 14 SQ.MT PER TON OF


REFRIGERATION

International Standard and EN 81.1


Code in designing a machine room

STANDARD INSTALLATION OF
ESCALATOR NOT EXCEEDING 4.50
MTS./ TRUSS

PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE

EXPANDED POLYTHELYNE FOAM


INSULATION

KNOCKDOWN BY MAJOR
COMPONENT PART

COOLING TOWER

SEASONAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TONS OF REFRIGERATION

THERMOSTAT

BUFFER

601/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MONITORING CONTACTS ON STEP


CHAIN

CIRCUIT BREAKER

SAFETY SHOE

AIR CURTAIN

WAIT INTERVAL

EVAPORATORS CANNOT BE
LOCATED AT CEILING

DOOR LOCK SWITCH

OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH

MAGNETIC BREAK

FOR CAR OVERRUN

LIMIT SWITCH

EMERGENCY SWITCH

FAN COIL UNIT

Latent Heat

Electric and Hydraulic

0.60 mtr.

Lift

2 mts.

1.20 mts.

Sheave

Rectifier

D.C. Generator

Humidistat

Hygrostat

Governor

602/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Corporation Stop

Thermostat

Rigid Board Insulation

Alternator

Heat

Thermostat

Outside Door Latch

Panic Bar

135-197F

Pressure Regulating Valve

Air Motor

Counterweight

Winding-Drum Machine

Guiderails

600 mm

30 mm

558 mm

38 Meters/Min

68-74 F

Microphone

Thermal Detector

Psychrometric Chart

Sensible Heat

Convection

Limit Controls and Interlocks

Fan Coil Unit

Safety Shoe

Fascia Plate

603/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Weighing Device

Circuit Breaker

Limit Switches

Handrail Guard Switches

Disconnect Switch

Mechanical

Current Overload Safety Switch

Knife Switch

Ton of Refrigeration

604/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

1
Is a physical wave, a mechanical vibration, a series of pressure variations, in an elastic medium

2
A healthy pair of human ear has a detection range of.

3
Sound travels in air, at sea level, in ____ m/sec.

4
The number of times the cycle of compression and rarefaction of air makes in a given unit of time.

5
Is the persistence of sound after the cause of sound has stopped-a result of repeated reflections.

6 Is caused when reflected sound at sufficient intensity reaches a listener approximately 70 m/ sec. after hear the
direct sound.

7
Is perceived as a buzzing or clicking sound, and it is comprised of repeated echoes traversing back and forth
between two non-absorbing parallel surfaces.

8 A device used for sound absorption


9
This describe the reflection of sound along a curved surface near the surface

10 Sound travels only about ___________m/sec.

11 It is the measurement of the intensity of sound.

12
It is the limit for comfortable hearing.

13 It is the time in seconds that a reflected sound


diminishes for the case by 60db after the original
sound has stopped.
14 It is a type of microphone which equally sensitive
sound arriving at it from any direction
15 It has a stimulating effect, conducive to drinking,
induces sleep, best for bars and night club.
16 In theory and fundamentals of lighting. It is the
science that deals with measurement of light.
17
It refers to the unit of intensity of light of one
standard candle whose light is concentrated at a
point and the light source is assumed to be placed at
the center of a hollow sphere of one foot radius.

18
In physical principles of light, it is the light rays
leaving the source strike through, opaque surface
which spreads the light in various directions, in
addition light is broken up while in reflection, the
light bounces back at a different direction.

19 It is the unit of luminous flux, amount f light falling


on a surface from the source.

605/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

20 Mho as used in electrical systems calculation is


defined as _______.
21 A unit of mechanical power is horsepower.
What is electrical power?
22 In lighting and illumination calculation, what is
the unit for lux?
23 In Inverse Square Law, it states that: sound
intensity ______ the square of the distance
from the source.
24 Is a logarithmic unit of measurement that expresses the magnitude of a physical quantity (usually power or
intensity)
relative to a specified or implied reference level.
25
An apparent shift in the frequency occurring when an acoustic source and listener are in motion relative to each
other, the frequency increasing when the source and the listener approach each other and decreasing when they
move apart

26 What is a repetitious reflective sound due to parallel walls?


27
delayed sound heard a fraction of a second after the direction of sound isheard

28 unpleasant or unwanted sound

29
What is the study of reactions of humans to audible sound?

30
study of effects on environment upon audible sound

31 study of sound generated by equipment

32
What is the distance between two similar points in succession waves traveling in one cycle?

33 rate of repetition of a periodic phenomenon

34 a sensation felt by the brain resulting from the distance of molecules in


the air
35 What is the amount of sound energy produced by the source?

36 unit of loudness of sound

37 at speed of sound normal temperature and pressure

38 What is the reflected sound that gathers in a central portion of the room?

39 one characterized by large amounts of absorption

40 characterized by very small amounts of absorption

41 What is the persistence of sound after the source of sound has stopped?

42 state existing in a system which is set into oscillation

43 simplest kind of sound composed entirely of sound waves of a single


frequency

606/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

44 A type of lighting that provides illumination to special


objects like sculptures, flower arrangements, etc.
45 Unit of loudness level.

46 The process of dissipating sound energy by converting


it to heat.
47 Distance sound travels during each cycle of vibration.

48 The reduction in the intensity or in the sound pressure


level of sound which is transmitted from one point to
another.
49 Unit of sound absorption equivalent to 1 square foot of
perfectly absorptive material.
50 Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave to
be bent or scattered around
51 Minimum sound pressure level that is capable of being
detected by the human ear
52 Fluctuation in pressure, a particle displacement in an
elastic medium.
53 Sound sensation in a single frequency.

54 Wave produced by a pure tone.

55 Synonymous with a lighting fixture.

56 The luminous intensity of light is expressed in ___.

57 Type of lighting dealing with relatively large area


lighting.
58 The rate of flow of light through a surface.

59 The luminous intensity of any surface in a given direction


per unit of projected area.
60 A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square
foot.
61 A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square
meter
62 Type of lighting system where 90-100% of light output is
directed to the ceiling and upper
63 walls of the room
The equivalent of filament in a fluorescent lamp.

64 The rate of flow of sound energy

65 Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particular


points of interest.
66 A means of producing light from gaseous discharge.

67 A type of High-Intensity-Discharge lamp (HID).

68 Sound system input device that reacts to and converts


variable sound pressure into variable electrical current.
69 Light originating from sources not facing each other, as
from windows in adjacent walls.
70 A lighting unit consisting of one or more electrical lamps.

71 A louvered construction divided into cell-like areas and


used for redirecting the light emitted by an overhead source.

607/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

72 A lamp designed to project and diffuse a uniform level of


illumination over a large area.
73 A type of perimeter detector which detects object in heat
range of body temperature.
74 A type of perimeter detector which detects interruption of
light beam.
75 A type of perimeter detector which detects change in
sound wave pattern.
76 A type of perimeter detector which is subject to false
alarm from aircraft radar and from movement outside building
through window, wood doors, and the like. It uses radio waves.

77 This type of perimeter detector uses both the Passive


infrared and Ultrasonic or Microwave system.

78 This type of perimeter detector detects a change in


capacitance of the area covered, caused by intrusion.
Proximity / Capacitance a. Microwave

79 A high intensity discharge lamp in which the light is


produced by the radiation from a mixture of a metallic vapor,
similar to that of a mercury lamp in construction.

80 A type of lamp popular for lighting commercial interiors,


uses argon gas to ease starting, it produces light by means of an
electric discharge in mercury vapor.

81 A type of lamp which produces light by means of the


reaction of halogen additive in the bulb reacts with chemically
with tungsten.
82 A type of lamp generally used for roadways and
sidewalks, uses sodium gas.
83 The number of cycles per unit time of a wave or
oscillations expressed in hertz of cycles per second.
84 Of a partition, the number of decibels by which sound is
reduced in transmission through it; a measure of the sound insulation value of the partition, the higher the number,
the
greater the insulation value.
85 212. The other type of flame detector other than the ultraviolet
type.
86 What type of sound absorbent is best for lower band
frequencies.
87 The bending of sound wave when traveling forward
changes direction as it passes through different densities.
88 In lighting and illumination calculation, what is the unit for lux?

89 Tesla is the unit of____.

90 In Inverse Square Law, it states that: sound intensity ______ the


square of the distance from the source.
91 Acoustics is a science that concerns with ______.

92 Creep is the phenomenon whereby sound travels in a ______.

608/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

93 Sound Transmission Loss (STL) is/are affected by the following


____.
a. Intensity of sound from source
b. Material density
c. Medium
d. All of the above

94 Which of the following factors affect/s room acoustics?


a. Shape and proportion of room
b. Room cavity
c. Seating and other furnishings
d. All of the above

95 A condition characterized as vertically downward directly below


the luminaire. What is that term?
96 It is the product of surface area (sq.ft.) and sound absorption
coefficient (SAC). It has the unit sabin.
97 Wallace Clement Sabine, an American physicist who pioneered
work on sound is said to be the father of ____?
98 When sound impinges on a surface such as walls, floor, ceiling,
etc. It is referred to as _____.
99 A branch of acoustics that involves the control of noise pollution,
environmental noise, which include motor vehicles, aircraft noise,
etc.
100 This material is so named in honor of a German physicist,
consista of a holllow material with a small hole on one side. This is
used to detect individual frequency of complex acoustic wave
configuration.
101 A type of resonator made from empty clay vessels of different
sizes. Their absorption ranges from 100-400 hertz.
102 The rustling of leaves in breeze is said to be within the ____.

103 Unit of capacitance is _____.

104 The following statements are true with regards to sound except
___.
a. That sound is an aural sensation
b. That sound is caused by oscillation in an elastic medium
c. That sound travels in a vacuum
d. That sound is caused by the vibration of particles which move in
an infinitesimal amount causing particles to impart motion and
energy to them
___.
105 The velocity of sound is affected by _____.
a. Temperature
b. Kind of medium
c. Material density
d. All of the above

106 Transondent facings are those transparent facings with holes.


Which facing will reflect more sound?
107 Which of the following sources of sound produces the highest
sound pressure level (SPL)?
108 Unit of frequency equal to one cycle per seconds

109 Unit of loudness of level


110
Prolongation of sound as a result of succesive reflection

609/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

111 Distance sounds travels during each cycles of vibration

112
Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave to bend or scattered around

113 Fluctuation in pressure, a particle displaceent in elastic medium

114 Sound sensation in a single frequency


115
A luminous intensity of light expressed in candela; Unit of luminous intensity

116 A lighting fixture


117 Unit of luminance equal to 1 candela per square meter

118 Unit of illmination equal to one lumen per square meter

119 Unit of illumination equal to one square foot

120 Rate of flow of light through a surface

121 Resistance in AC system

122 Reciprocal of resistance


123 Rate of flow of sound energy

124 Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particular point of interests

125
A type of HID lamp

126 Higher than 20,000 Hertz

127 Unit of acoustic absorption equivalent ot absorption by one square root of a perfect absorber

128
First defense method from external noise by site selection and site planning for quiet internal acoustic environment

129
The effective method can be employed to reduce direct noise, which is transmitted airborne, for noise reduction
within a space

130
Sound with a wavelength of 1.50 m at Frequency 1,500 Hz

131
Perceptual characteristic of sound which is the average rate of flow of energy per unit area perpendicular to the
direction of propagation

132
The physical behavior of sound when travelling forward in a straight path changes in direction as it passes through
different densities and causes the sound waves to bend

133
Unit of loudness level.

134
The process of dissipating sound energy by converting it to heat.

610/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

135
Distance sound travels during each cycle of vibration.

136 The reduction in the intensity or in the sound pressure level of sound which is transmitted from one point to
another.
137
Unit of sound absorption equivalent to 1 square foot of perfectly absorptive material.

138
Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave to be bent or scattered around.

139
Minimum sound pressure level that is capable of being detected by the human ear.

140
Fluctuation in pressure, a particle displacement in an elastic medium.

141
Sound sensation in a single frequency.

142
Wave produced by a pure tone.

143
Synonymous with a lighting fixture.

144
The luminous intensity of light is expressed in ___.

145
Type of lighting dealing with relatively large area lighting.

146
The rate of flow of light through a surface.

147
The luminous intensity of any surface in a given direction per unit of projected area.

148
A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square foot.

149
A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square meter.

150
Type of lighting system where 90-100% of light output is directed to the ceiling and upper walls of the room.

151
The material used for filament in an incandescent bulb.

152
The equivalent of filament in a fluorescent lamp.

153
The rate of flow of sound energy

154
Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particular points of interest.

611/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

155
A means of producing light from gaseous discharge.

156
A type of High-Intensity-Discharge lamp (HID).

157
Light originating from sources not facing each other, as from windows in adjacent walls.

158
A lighting unit consisting of one or more electrical lamps.

159
A louvered construction divided into cell-like areas and used for redirecting the light emitted by an overhead source.

160
A lamp designed to project and diffuse a uniform level of illumination over a large area.

161
What type of sound absorbent is best for lower band frequencies.

162
The bending of sound wave when traveling forward changes direction as it passes through different densities.

163
The number of cycles per unit time of a wave or oscillations expressed in hertz of cycles per second.

164
Of a partition, the number of decibels by which sound is reduced in transmission through it; a measure of the sound
insulation value of the partition, the higher the number, the greater the insulation value.

165

166

167

168

169

170

171

172

173

174

175

612/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

176

177

178

179

180

181

182

183

184

185

186

613/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Sound

20 to 20000 HZ

344 m/ sec.

Frequency

Reverberation

Echo

Flutter

Fibrous Materials

Creep

344 m/sec

decibel

40 db

Reverberation time

omnidirectional mic

incandescent

photometry

candle power

Diffusion

Lumen

614/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

the reciprocal of ohm

Watt

1 lumen per sq.m.

Varies inversely with

Decibel

droppler effect

flutter

Echo

Noise

psycho acoustics

environmental acoustics

electro acoustics

wavelength

frequency

sound

magnitude

decibel

velocity

sound foci

dead room

Live room

reverberation

resonance

pure tone

615/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Specific Lighting

Phon

Sound Absorption

Wavelength

Sound Attenuation

Sabin

Sound Diffraction

Threshold of Audibility

Sound

Pure Tone

Sine Wave

Luminaire

Candela

General Lighting

Luminous Flux

Luminance

Foot-Candle

Lux

Indirect Lighting

Cathode

Sound Intensity

Accent Lighting

Fluorescense

High-Pressure-Sodium

Microphone

Cross Light

Luminaire

Eggcrate

616/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Floodlight

Passive Infrared

Passive Infrared

Ultrasonic

Microwave

Passive Infrared with


Ultrasonic (or Microwave)

Proximity / Capacitance

Metal Halide Lamp

Mercury Lamp

Tungsten Halogen Lamp

High-Pressure-Sodium (HPS)

Frequency

Transmission Loss

Infra Red

Porous Absorbents

Refraction

1 lumen per sq.m.

Magnetic flux

Varies inversely with

a. Transmission of sound
b. Effect of sound waves
c. Generation of sound

Curve surface

617/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

All of the above

All of the above

Nadir

Sound absorption

Architectural acoustics

Structureborne sound

Environmental acoustics

Hermholtz resonator

Individual resonator

Threshold of hearing

Farad

That sound travels in a


vacuum

All of the above

10% opening

Cafeteria with people in it

HERTZ

PHON

REVERBERATION

618/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

WAVELENGTH

SOUND DIFFRACTION

SOUND

PURE TONE

CANDELA

LUMINAIRE

LAMBERT

LUX

FOOT CANDLE

LUMINOUS FLUX

IMPEDANCE

CONDUCTANCE

SOUND INTENSITY

ACCENT LIGHTING

HPS LAMP

ULTRASONIC

SABINS

AVOIDING ZONES OF DIRECT


SOUND

INSTALL ABSORBENT
MATERIALS WITHIN THE WALL
OF THE ENCLOSURE

7,380 fps

INTENSITY

REFRACTION

Phon

Sound Absorption

619/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Wavelength

Sound Attenuation

Sabin

Sound Diffraction

Threshold of Audibility

Sound

Pure Tone

Sine Wave

Luminaire

Candela

General Lighting

Luminous Flux

Luminance

Foot-Candle

Lux

Indirect Lighting

Tungsten

Cathode

Sound Intensity

Accent Lighting

620/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Fluorescense

High-Pressure-Sodium (HPS)

Cross Light

Luminaire

Eggcrate

Floodlight

Porous Absorbents

Refraction

Frequency

Transmission Loss

621/666
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

622/666
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

1 Which Philippine furniture is specifically designed for giving birth?

2 is an exquisite chest drawers

3 is a modified church pew

4 is a wooden sofa that features a cabinet compartment below the seat


5 Which Philippine furniture is usually used to store pillows and mats?
6 refers to a wardrobe with mirror attached to the door

7 is used to store food and utensils

8 is a daybed
9 What is escritoire?

10 is called bergere

11 is called the etagere

12 is called finial

13 Who designed the Barcelona Chair?

14 designed the adjustable chaise lounge

15 designed the cantilevered chair

16 designed the cesca cantilevered chair

17 It is a chair made of molded fiberglass rest on a cast aluminum pedestal

18 is made of nylon stretch fabric over urethane foam

19 is made of tubular steel frame cobered with rubber webbing and


pre-foamed latex foam
20 is made of reinforced molded fiberglass

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

623/666
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

28

29

624/666
BUTACA

comoda

kapiya
gallinera
al mario

aparador

pamingalan

diban

a writing desk

arm chair with closed arms

hanging or standing shelves

crowning ornament on
furniture

Ludwig Mies van de Rohe

Le Corbusier

Alvar Aalto

Marcel Bruer

tulip chair

chaise

ribbon chair

gyro chair

625/666
626/666
BAHAY KUBO

Kitchen Gilir
Toilet & Bath Batalan
Rice Storage Kamalig
Low Table Dulang
Closet Tampipi
Room Silid
Room for Entertaining Guest Bulwagan

BAHAY NA BATO

Ground Floor
For caroza storage Zaguan
Horse Stable Quadra
Store room Bodega

Second Floor
Water Cistern Aljibe
Overhanging 2nd floor Volada
Food Storage Dispensa
Ante room for stairs Caida
Living room Sala
Dining room Comedor
Kitchen Cocina
Pantry Dispensa
Toilet Letrina / Comun
Bath Bano
Open terrace Azotea
Room Cuarto / Alcoba / Dormitorio
Vault Entresuelo
Balcony Balcon
Courtyard Patio

distinctive features:
1. PERSIANA large windows with slats covered with capiz to filter light; unique in
Southeast Asia
2. VENTANILLA small windows usually at lower portion of the wall
3. CALLADO open woodwork or tracery; fixed over a window or placed as space dividers
4. BARANDILLAS wrought iron traceries on the wall
5. BANGGERA where the dishes are kept
NAME OF STRUCTURE LOCATION ARCHITECT STYLE
EGYPTIAN ARCHITECTURE
Temple of Luxor Luxor, Egypt
Abu Simbel
Pyramid of King Zoser Imhotep
The Great Pyramid
GREEK ARCHITECTURE
Partheon Athens, Greece Itchinus, Callicarates Ancient Greek, Doric
with Phidias
Erechtheum Athens, Greece Mnesicles Ancient Greek, Ionic
Epidaurus Theater Epidaurus, Greece Polykleitos Ancient Greek
ROMAN ARCHITECTURE
The Pantheon Rome, Italy Acrippa Ancient Roman
Trajan's Forum Rome, Italy Apollodorus of Damascus Roman
Colosseum Rome, Italy Vespacian and Domitian Ancient Roman
AMERICAN ARCHITECTURE
White House Washington, D.C. James Hoban Georgian Neoclassical
Capitol of the United States Washington, D.C. Thorton, Latrobe, Bulfinch Neoclassical
National Gallery Of Art John Russel Pope
Washington Monument Washington, D.C. Robert Mills Neo-Egyptian
University of Virginia Charlottesville, Virginia Thomas Jefferson Classical, Neo-Palladian
Massachusetts State House Charles Bulfinch
Saint Patrick's Cathedral New York James Renwick
Connecticut State Capitol Richard Upjohn
Monticallo Charlottesville, Virginia Thomas Jefferson Colonial Georgian
New York City Hall New York Pierre L'enfant French Renaissance -
Georgian Style
Fallingwater Ohiopyle, Pennsylvania Frank Lloyd Wright Expressionist Modern
Guggenheim Museum New York, New York Frank Lloyd Wright Modern
Coonley House Riverside, Illonois Frank Lloyd Wright Prairie Style
Ennis House Los Angeles, California Frank Lloyd Wright Deco Modern
Johnson Wax Building Racine, Winconsin Frank Lloyd Wright Modern
Larkin Building Buffalo, New York Frank Lloyd Wright Early Modern
Wingspread Wind Point Frank Lloyd Wright Neo-Vernacular
Golden Gate Bridge San Francisco,California Joseph Strauss Structural Modern
with some Art Deco details

FRENCH ARCHITECTURE
The Louvre Paris, France Peirre Lescot French Renaissance
Tuileries Paris, France
Palais Royal
Sacre-coeur Hill of Montmatre, Paris Paul Abadie, Lucien Magne
Hotel de Ville Domencio de Cortona
Arc de Triomphe
Pompidou Centre Paris, France Richrad Rogers, Renzo Piano High-Tech Modern
Notre Dame de Paris Paris, France Maurice de Sully Early Gothic
ParisOpera House Paris, France Charles Garnier Neo-Baroque
Elysee Palace Claude Mollet
Hotel de Invalides
La Madelaine Napoleon I
Sorbonne Paris, France
Charles Cathedral Chartes, France Gothic exempler
Amien's Cathedral French Gothic
Rheims Cathedral
Eiffel Tower Paris, France Gustave Eiffel Victorian Structural
Expressionist
Notre Dame du Haut Ronchamp, France Le Corbusier Expressionist Modern
Villa Savoye Poissy, France Le Corbusier Modern

NAME OF STRUCTURE LOCATION ARCHITECT STYLE


GERMAN ARCHITECTURE
Burgtheater Gottfried Semper with
Karl Von Hasenaver
Berlin Opera House Georg Wenzeslaus Von
Knobelsdorf
Wurzburg Residenz Balthazar Neumann
Einstein Tower Potsdam, Germany Erich Mendelsohn Expressionist Early Modern
ENGLISH ARCHITECTURE
British Moseum London, England Sir Robert Smirke Victorian Ionic faade
Classical Revival
Salisbury Cathedral Salisbury, England English Gothic
Queen's House Greenwich, England Inigo Jones Palladian, Late English
Renaissance
Somerset House London, England William Chambers Neoclassical
St. Paul's Cathedral London, England Sir Christopher Wren Late Renaissance to Baroque
Chiswick House Chiswick, England Lord Burlington Palladian
Westminster Palace London, England Sir Charles Barry English Gothic Revival
Glasgow School of Art Galsgow,England Charles Rennie Mackintosh Art Nouveau
Durham cathedral Durham, England Romanesque
Buckingham Palace Sir George Goring
CHINA, TURKEY, ITALY, INDIA AND SPAIN ARCHITECTURE
Temple of Heaven China
Hagia Sofia Istanbul, Turkey Isidoros and Anthemios Byzantine
Cathedral of Siena Southern Italy Gothic and Mediterranean
Pisa Cathedral Pisa, Italy Romanesque
Florence Cathedral Florence, Italy Arnolfo di Cambio Italian Romanesque
Krak des Chevaliers Syria Medieval
Alhambra Granada, Spain Moorish(Islamic)
Casa Batllo Barcelona, Spain Antonio Gaudi Expressionist or Art Nouveau
Casa Mila Barcelona, Spain Antonio Gaudi Art Nouveau
Sagrada Familia Barcelona, Spain Antonio Gaudi Expressionist
Taj Mahal Agra, India Emperor Shah Jahan Islamic
PHILIPPINE CHURCHES
Paoay Church Ilocos Norte Antonio Estavillo
Vigan Church Ilocos Sur Baroque
Santa Maria Church Ilocos Sur Benigno Fernandez
Tumauini Church Isabela ultra-baroque
Angat Church Bulacan Baroque
Barasoain Church Bulacan
San Sebastian Church Manila Genaro Palacios Gothic Style
San Augustine Church Manila Juan Macias Baroque or Neo Classic
Taal Church Batangas Fray Marcos Anton
Don Luciano Oliver
Daraga Church Albay
Miagao Church Iloilo
Santo Nino de Cebu Basilica Cebu Fray Juan de Albarran Romanesque and Neo Classic
PHILIPPINE SKYSCRAPERS
PBCom Tower Makati Skidmore, Owings, Merill
Petron Mega Plaza Makati Skidmore, Owings, Merill
BSA Twin Tower Mandaluyong
G.T. International Tower Makati Kohn Pedersen Fox
Recio Casas
Robinson's Equitable Tower Pasig HOK
ICEC (LKG) Tower Makati Kohn Pedersen Fox
Recio Casas
Pacific Plaza Tower 1& 2 Makati Arquitectonica
Roxas Triangle 1 & 2 Makati Skidmore, Owings, Merill

NAME OF STRUCTURE LOCATION ARCHITECT NO. OF FLRS/HEIGHT


SKYSCRAPERS AROUND THE WORLD
Petronas Tower Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia Cesar Pelli & Associates 88 / 452 meters
Sears Tower Chicago, USA Skidmore, Owings and Merill 110 / 443 meters
Jin Mao Building Shnaghai, China Skidmore, Owings and Merill 88 / 420.60 meters
Plaza Rakyat Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia Skidmore, Owings and Merill 79 / 382 meters
Empire State Building New Yrok City, USA Shreve Lamb & Harmon 102 / 381 meters
Associates
Central Plaza Hong Kong, China Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man 78 / 374 meters
and Associates
Bank of China Hong Kong, China I.M. Pei & Partners 70 / 369 meters
Emirates Tower I Dubai, UAE NORR Group Consultants 56 / 358 meters
Intenational, Ltd.
The Center Hong Kong, China 73 / 350 meters
T & C Tower Kaohsiung, Taiwan Hellmuth, Obata & 85/ 347 meters
Kassabuam/Cy Lee
AON Center Chicago, USA Edward D. Stone & 83 / 346 meters
Associates
John Hancock Center Chicago, USA Skidmore, Owings and Merill 100 / 344 meters
Shun Hing Square Shenzhen, China K.Y. Cheung Design 81 / 325 meters
Associates
Citic Plaza (Sky Center Plaza) Guangzhou, China Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man 80 / 322 meters
& Associates
Burj Al-Arab Hotel Dubai, UAE Tom Wright of WS Atkins 60 / 321 meters
& Partners
Baiyoke Tower 2 Bangkok, Thailand Plan Architect Co. 90 / 320 meters
Chrysler Building New Yrok City, USA William Van Allen 77 / 319.40 meters
Bank of American Palza Atlanta, USA Johnson/Burgee Architects 55 / 312 meters
Library Tower Los Angeles, USA Pei Cobb Freed and Partners 73 / 310.30 meters
Malaysia Telecom HQ Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia Hijjas Kasturi Associates 77 / 310 meters
Daewoo and Partners
AT & T Corporate Center Chicago, USA Peter Ellis, SOM 61 / 307 meters
Chase Tower Houston, USA Pei Cobb Freed and Partners 75 / 305.40 meters
Ryugyong Hotel Pyongyoang, North Korea Baikdoosan Architects &
Engineers 105 / 300 meters
TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

TERMINOLOGY ( National Building Code )

ABATEMENT Any act that would remove or neutralize a fire hazard.


Accessoria or Row House A house of not more than two storeys, composed of
or dwelling units entirely separated from one another by party wall or walls and w
independent entrance for each dwelling units.

Accessory Building A building subordinate to the main building on the same lo


used for purposes customarily incidental to those of the main building such as se
quarters, garage, pump house, laundry, etc.

ADMINISTRATOR Any person who acts as agent of the owner and manages the
a building for him.
Agricultural Building A building designated and constructed to house
implements, hay, grain, poultry, livestock or other horticultural products. This str
shall not be a place of human habitation or a place of employment where agric
products are processed, treated or packaged; nor shall it be place used by the pub

Alley Any building space or thoroughfare which has been dedicated or deeded
public or for public use as a passageway with a width of not more than three mete

Alter or Alteration Any change, addition, or modification in construction of occup

Apartment A room or suite of two or more rooms, designed and intended f


occupied by one family for living, sleeping, and cooking purposes.
Apartment House Any building or portion thereof, which is designed, built, r
leased, let or hired out to be occupied, or which is occupied as the home or reside
three or more families living independently of each other and doing their own cook
the building, and shall include flats and apartments.

Arcade Any portion of a building above the first floor projecting over the sid
beyond the first storey wall used as protection for pedestrians against rain or sun.

Assembly Building or Hall A building or a portion of a building used for the gat
together of fifty or more persons for such purposes as deliberation, work
entertainment, amusement, or awaiting transportation or of a hundred or more pe
in drinking and dining establishments.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Attic Storey Any storey situated wholly or partly in a roof, so designed, arrang
built as to be used for business, storage, or habitation.
Awning A movable shelter supported entirely from the exterior wall of a building
a type which can be retracted, folded, or collapsed against the face of a supp
building.

Backing The surface or assembly to which veneer is attached.


Balcony A portion of the seating space of an assembly room, the lowest part of w
raise 1.20 meters or more above the level of the main floor.
Balcony Exterior Exit A landing or porch projecting from the wall of a building
which serves as a required means of egress. The long size shall be at least fifty p
open, and the open area above the guardrail shall be so distributed as to preve
accumulation of smoke or toxic gases.

Barbecue A stationary open hearth or brazier, either fuel-fired or electric, used fo


preparation.
Basement A portion of a building between floor and ceiling which is partly belo
partly above grade but so located that the vertical distance from grade to the fl
less than the vertical distance from grade to ceiling.

Bay or Panel One of the intervals or spaces into which the building front is divid
columns, buttresses, or division walls.
BLASTING AGENT Any material or mixture consisting of a fuel and oxidizer used
off explosives.
Boarding House A house with five or more sleeping rooms where boarde
provided with lodging, and meals for fixed sum paid by the month, or we
accordance with previous arrangement.

Boiler Room Any room containing a stream or hot-water boiler.


Buildable Area The remaining space in a lot after deducting the required min
open spaces.
Building Any structure built for the support, shelter, or enclosure of persons, an
chattels, or property of any kind.
Building Height The vertical distance from the established grade elevation
highest point of the coping of a flat roof; to the average height of the highest gab
pitch or hip roof, or to the top of the parapet if the roof is provided with a parap
case of sloping ground, the average ground level of the buildable area sh
considered the established grade elevation.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Building Length Its general lineal dimensions usually measured in the direction
bearing wall for girders.
Building Width Its shortest linear dimensions usually measured in the direction
floor, beams or joints.
Cellar The portion of a building between floor and ceiling which is wholly or
below grade and so located that the vertical distance from grade to the floor be
equal to or greater than the vertical distance from grade to ceiling.

CELLULOSE NITRATE OR NITRO CELLULOSE A highly combustible and exp


compound produced by the reaction of nitric acid with a cellulose material.

CELLULOSE NITRATE PLASTIC (PYROXYLIN) Any plastic substance, materi


compound having cellulose nitrate (nitro cellulose) as base.
Chimney Classifications:
chimney a. Residential Appliance Type. A factory-built or masonry chimney su
for removing products of combustion from residential type appliance prod
combustion gases not in excess of 538C measured at the appliance flue outlet.

chimney b. Low-Heat Appliance Type. A factory-built masonry or metal ch


suitable for removing the product with combustion from full-burning low-heat appl
producing combustion gases not in excess of 538C under normal operating cond
but capable of producing combustible gases of 760C during intermittent forced
for periods up to one hour. All temperatures are measured at the appliance flue ou

chimney c. Low-Heat Appliance Type. A factory-built masonry or metal ch


suitable for removing the products of combustion from fuel-burning medium
appliances producing combustion gases not in excess of 1093C measured a
appliance flue outlet.

Chimney Connector The pipe which connects a flue burning appliance to a chimn

Chimney Linear The lining materials of fire clay or other approved material.
Chimney Masonry The chimney of solid masonry units bricks, stones, listed
unit masonry units, or reinforced concrete.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

COMBUSTIBLE FIBER Any readily ignitable and free burning fiber such as c
oakum, rags, waste cloth, waste paper, kapok, hay, straw, Spanish moss, excelsio
other similar materials commonly used in commerce.

COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID Any liquid having a flash point at or above 37.8_C (100_F)

COMBUSTIBLE, FLAMMABLE OR INFLAMMABLE Descriptive of materials th


easily set on fire.
Concrete Block A hollow or solid concrete masonry unit made from portland c
and suitable aggregates such as sand, gravel, crushed stone, bituminous or anth
cinders, burned clay, pumice, volcanic scoria, air cooled or expanded blast fu
slags.

Coping The material or units used to form a cap of finish on top of a wall, p
pilaster.
Corrosion-Resistant Material Materials that are inherently rust-resistant or ma
to which an approved rust-resistive coating has been applied either before or
forming or fabrication.

Corrosion-Resistant The non-ferrous metal, or any metal having an unbroken s


on non-ferrous metal, or steel with not less than 10 percent chromium or with les
0.20 percent copper.
CORROSIVE LIQUID Any liquid which causes fire when in contact with organic m
or with certain chemicals.
Course A continuous horizontal layer of masonry units.
Court An occupied space between building lines and lot lines other than a yard
open, and unobstructed by appendages from the ground upward.
CRYOGENIC Descriptive of any material which by its nature or as a result of its re
with other elements produces a rapid drop in temperature of the imm
surroundings.

CURTAIN BOARD A vertical panel of non-combustible or fire resistive ma


attached to and extending below the bottom chord of the roof trusses, to divid
underside of the roof into separate compartments so that heat and smoke w
directed upwards to a roof vent.

DAMPER A normally open device installed inside an air duct system


automatically closes to restrict the passage of smoke or fire.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Dispersal Area (Safe) An area which will accommodate a number of persons eq


the total capacity of the stand and building it serves, in such a manner that no p
within the area need be closer than 15.00 meters from the stand or building. Dis
areas shall be based upon an area of not less than 0.28 square-meter per person.

DISTILLATION The process of first raising the temperature in separate the


volatile from the less volatile parts and then cooling and condensing the resulting
so as to produce a nearly purified substance.

DUCT SYSTEM A continuous passageway for the transmission of air.


DUST A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper prop
and ignited will cause an explosion.
Dwelling Any building or any portion thereof which is not an "apartment h
"lodging house", or a "hotel" as defined in this Code which contained one o
"dwelling units" or "guest rooms", used, intended or designed to be built, used, r
leased, let or hired out to be occupied, or which are occupied for living purposes.

Dwelling Unit One or more habitable rooms which are occupied or which are int
or designated to be occupied by one family with facilities for living, sleeping, co
and eating.

Dwelling, Indigenous Family A dwelling intended for the use and occupancy b
family of the owner only. It is one constructed of native materials such as bamboo
logs, or lumber, the total cost of which does not exceed fifteen thousand pesos.

Dwelling, Multiple A building used as a home or residence of three or more fa


living independently from one another, each occupying one or more rooms as a
housekeeping unit.

Dwelling, One-Family A detached building designated for, or occupied exclusiv


one family.
ELECTRICAL ARC An extremely hot luminous bridge formed by passage of an e
current across a space between two conductors or terminals due to the incandes
of the conducting vapor.

EMBER A hot piece or lump that remains after a material has partially burned,
still oxidizing without the manifestation of flames.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Exit A continuous and unobstructed means of egress to a public way, and shall in
intervening doors, doorways, corridors, exterior exit balconies, ramps, stairways, s
proof enclosures, horizontal exits, exit passageway, exit courts, and yards. An exi
be deemed to be that point which opens directly into a safe dispersal area or publi
All measurement are to be made to that point when determining the perm
distance of travel.

Exit Courts A yard or court providing egress to a public way for one or more re
exits.
Exit Horizontal A means of passage from one building into another building occ
by the same tenant through a separation wall having a minimum fire resistance o
hour.

Exit Passageway An enclosed means of egress connecting a required exit of exit


with a public way.
Facing Any masonry, forming an integral part of a wall used as a finished surfa
contrasted to veneer, see definition).
FINISHES Materials used as final coating of a surface for ornamental or prot
purposes.
FIRE ALARM Any visual or audible signal produced by a device or system to war
occupants of the building or fire fighting elements of the presence or danger of
enable them to undertake immediate action to save life and property and to sup
the fire.

FIRE DOOR A fire resistive door prescribed for openings in fire separation wa
partitions.
FIRE HAZARD Any condition or act which increases or may cause an increase
probability of the occurrence of fire, or which may obstruct, delay, hinder or int
with fire fighting operations and the safeguarding of life and property.

FIRE LANE The portion of a roadway or publicway that should be kept opene
unobstructed at all times for the expedient operation of fire fighting units.
FIRE PROTECTIVE AND FIRE SAFETY DEVICE Any device intended for the prot
of buildings or persons to include but not limited to built-in protection system su
sprinklers and other automatic extinguishing system, detectors for heat, smok
combustion products and other warning system components, personal prot
equipment such as fire blankets, helmets, fire suits, gloves and other garment
may be put on or worn by persons to protect themselves during fire.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Fire Retardant Treated Wood Lumber of plywood impregnated with chemica


when tested in accordance with accepted fire standards for a period of 30 minute
have a flame spread of not over 25 and show no evidence of progressive combu
The Fire-retardant properties shall not be considered permanent when exposed
weather.

FIRE SAFETY CONSTRUCTIONS Refers to design and installation of walls, ba


doors, windows, vents, means of egress, etc. integral to and incorporated into a bu
or structure in order to minimize danger to life from fire, smoke, fumes or panic
the building is evacuated. These features are also designed to achieve, among o
safe and rapid evacuation of people through means of egress sealed from smoke o
the confinement of fire or smoke in the room or floor of origin and delay their spr
other parts of the building by means of smoke sealed and fire resistant doors, wal
floors. It shall also mean to include the treatment of buildings components or co
with flame retardant chemicals.

FIRE The active principle of burning, characterized by the heat and light of combu

FIRE TRAP A building unsafe in case of fire because it will burn easily or beca
lacks adequate exits or fire escapes.
Firebrick A finely ground clay used as a plasticizer for masonry mortars; varies
in physical properties.
Fireplace A hearth and fire chamber or similarly prepared place in which a fire m
made and which is built in conjunction with a chimney.
First Storey The storey the floor of which is at or above the level of the sidew
adjoining ground, the remaining storeys being numbered in regular succession upw

FLASH POINT The minimum temperature at which any material gives off va
sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air.
Floor Area An area included within the surrounding exterior walls of a build
portion thereof, exclusive of vent shafts and courts. The floor area of a build
portion thereof not provided with surrounding exterior walls shall be the usable
under the horizontal projection of the roof or floor above.

Footing That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits
directly to the soil or the pile.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

FORCING A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its sha
dimensions.
Foundation All the portions of the building or structure below the footing, the
upon which the structure rests.
FULMINATE A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion.

Garage A building or portion thereof in which a motor vehicle containing gas


distillate, or other violative, flammable liquid in its tank, is stored, repaired, or kept

Garage Commercial A garage where automobiles and other motor vehicle


housed, cared for, equipped, repaired or kept for remuneration, hire, or sale.
Garage Private A building or a portion of a building in which only motor vehicles
by the tenants of the building or buildings on the premises are stored or kept.

Garage, Open Parking A structure of one or more tiers in height which is at le


percent open on two or more sides and is used exclusively for the parking or stor
passenger motor vehicles having a capacity of not more than nine persons per ve
Open parking garages are further classified as either ramp-access or mecha
access. Ramp-access, open parking garages are those employing a seri
continuously rising floors permitting the movement of vehicles under their own
from and to the street level.

Girder A horizontal structural piece which supports in end of the floor beams or jo
walls over opening.
Grade (Adjacent Ground Elevation) The lowest point of elevation of the fin
surface of the ground between the exterior wall of a building and a point 1.50 m
distant from said wall, or the lowest point of elevation of the finished surface
ground between the exterior wall of a building and a property line if it is less than
meters distant from sidewall. In case walls are parallel to and within 1.50 meter
public sidewalk, alley, or other public way, the grade shall be the elevation
sidewalk, alley, or public way.

Ground Floor The storey at or near the level of the grade, the other storeys, beg
with second, for the first next above, shall be designated by the successive
number counting upward.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Guest Room Any room or rooms used, or intended to be used by a guest for sle
purposes. Every 9.30 square meters of superficial floor area in a dormitory sh
considered to be guest room.

Habitable Room Any room meeting the requirements of this Code for sleeping,
cooking or dining purposes, excluding such enclosed spaces as closets, pantries, b
toilet room, service rooms, connecting corridors, laundries, unfinished attics, sto
space cellars, utility rooms, and similar spaces.

Hall, Common A corridor or passageway used in common by all the occupants w


building.
Hall, Stair A hall which includes the stair, stair landings, and those portions
common hall through which it is necessary to pass in going between the entrance
and the room.

HAZARDOUS OPERATION/PROCESS Any act of manufacturing, fabric


conversion, etc., that uses or produces materials which are likely to cause fi
explosions.

Heliport An area of land or water or a structural surface which is used, or intend


use, the landing and take off helicopters and any appurtenant areas which are us
intended for use, for heliport buildings and other heliport facilities.

Helistop The same as a heliport except that no refueling, maintenance repa


storage of helicopters is permitted.
HORIZONTAL EXIT Passageway from one building to another or through or aro
wall in approximately the same floor level.
HOSE BOX A box or cabinet where fire hoses, valves and other equipment are
and arranged for fire fighting.
HOSE REEL A cylindrical device turning on an axis around which a fire hose is w
and connected.
Hotel A building or a part thereof with rooms occupied or intended to be occupi
hire as temporary boarding place of individuals with a general kitchen and public
room service, but no provision for cooking in any individual suite or room.

Hotel Apartment An apartment house which may furnish dining room servic
other services for the exclusive use of its tenants.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

HYPERGOLIC FUEL A rocket or liquid propellant which consist of combinations o


and oxidizers which ignite spontaneously on contact with each other.

Incombustible As applied to building construction material, as material which,


form it is used, is either one of the following:
Incombustible Material When referred to as structural material, means brick,
terracotta, concrete, iron, steel, sheet, metal, or tiles, used either singly
combination.

Incombustible Stud Partition A partition plastered on both sides upon metal l


wire cloth for the full height, and fire-topped between the studs with incombu
material 20 centimeters above the floor and at the ceiling.

Incumbustible a. Material having an structural base of incombustible material as d


in item (2), above, with a surfacing material not over 3.2 millimeter s thick which
flame-spread rating of 50 or less.

Incumbustible b. "Incombustible" does not apply to surface finish materials. M


required to be incombustible for reduced clearance to flues, heating appliances, or
materials shall refer to material conforming to the provisions of this Code. No m
shall be classed as incombustible which is subject to increase in combustibility or
spread rating beyond the limits herein established, through the effects of age, mo
or other atmospheric condition.

INDUSTRIAL BAKING AND DRYING The industrial process of subjecting mater


heat for the purpose of removing solvents or moisture from the same, and/or t
certain chemical salts to form a uniform glazing the surface of materials being trea

JUMPER A piece of metal or an electrical conductor used to bypass a safety dev


an electrical system.
Line, Building The line formed by the intersection of the outer surface of the enc
wall of the building and the surface of the ground.
Lintel The beam or girder placed over an opening in a wall, which supports th
construction above.
Load, Dead The weight of the permanent portions of a building or structure; it in
the weight of the walls permanent partitions, framing floors, roofs, and all
permanent and stationary fixtures mechanism, and other construction entering in
becoming a part of a building or structure.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Load, Lateral That load cased by winds, earthquakes, or other dynamic forces.
Load, Live The weight of the contents of a building or structure; it includes all e
dead and lateral, and weight of temporary partitions, cases, counters, and s
equipment, and all loads imposed due to the occupancy of the building or structure

Load, Occupant The total number of persons that may occupy a building or p
thereof at any one time.
Lodging House Any building or portion thereof, containing not more than five
rooms which are used by not more than five guests where rent is paid in money, g
labor or otherwise.

Lot A parcel of land on which a principal building and its accessories are placed o
be placed together with the required open spaces. A lot may or may not be th
designated as lot or recorded plot.

Lot Line The line of demarcation between either public or private property.
Lot, Corner A lot situated at the junction of two or more streets forming an angle
more than one hundred thirty-five degrees (135C).
Lot, Depth of The average horizontal distance between the front and the rear lot

Lot, Front The front boundary line of a lot bordering on the street and in the cas
corner lot, it may be either frontage.
Lot, Inside A lot fronting on but one street of public alley and the remaining
bounded by lot lines.
Lot, Open A lot bounded on all sides by street lines.
Lot, Width of The average horizontal distance between the side lot lines.
Masonry A form of construction composed of stone, brick, concrete, gypsum,
clay tile, concrete block or tile, or other similar building units of material or combi
of these material laid up unit and set in mortar.

Masonry Solid Masonry of solid units built without hollow spaces.


Masonry Unit Brick, block, tile, stone, or other similar building unit or combi
thereof, made to be bounded together by a cementation agent.
Mechanical access parking garages are those employing parking machines
elevators, or other mechanical services for vehicles moving from and to street lev
in which public occupancy is prohibited above the street level.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Mezzanine or Mezzanine Floor A partial intermediate floor in any storey or roo


building having an area not more than one-half of the area of the room or sp
which it is constructed.

Non-Conforming Building A building which does not conform with the regulati
the district where it is situated as to height, yard requirement, lot area, and perce
of occupancy.

Non-Conforming Use The use of a building or land or any portion of such build
land which does not conform with the use and regulation of the zone where
situated.

Occupancy The purpose for which a building is used or intended to be used. The
shall also include the building or room housing such use. Change of occupancy
intended to include change of tenants or proprietors.

OCCUPANCY The purpose for which a building or portion thereof is used or intend
be used.
OCCUPANT Any person actually occupying and using a building or portions ther
virtue of a lease contract with the owner or administrator or by permission or suffe
of the latter.

ORGANIC PEROXIDE A strong oxidizing organic compound which releases o


readily. It causes fire when in contact with combustible materials especially
conditions of high temperature.

OVERLOADING The use of one or more electrical appliances or devices which dr


consume electrical current beyond the designed capacity of the existing ele
system.

Owner Any person, company, or corporation owning the property or properties


consideration or the receiver or trustee thereof.
OWNER The person who holds the legal right of possession or title to a building o
property.
OXIDIZING MATERIAL A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities suffici
stimulate or support combustion.
Panic Hardware A bar which extends across at least one-half the width of each
leaf, which will open the door if subjected to pressure.
Partition An interior subdividing walls.
Pier An insolated mass of masonry forming support for arches, columns, girders, l
trusses, and similar structural parts.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Plaster A portion of the wall which projects on one or both sides and acts as a v
beam, a column, or both.
Plaster, Portland, Cement A mixture of portland cement, or portland cemen
lime, and aggregate and other approved material as specified in this Code.
Plastics, Approved Plastic materials which have a flame spread rating of 225 or

Platform, Enclosed A partially enclosed portion of an assembly room the ceil


which is not more than 1.50 meters above the proscenium opening and wh
designed or used for the presentation of plays, demonstrations, or other entertain
wherein scenery, props, decorations, of the effects may be installed or used.

PRESSURIZED OR FORCED DRAFT BURNING EQUIPMENT Type or burner whe


fuel is subjected to pressure prior to discharge into the combustion chamber a
which includes fans or other provisions for the introduction of air at above n
atmosphere pressure into the same combustion chamber.

PUBLIC ASSEMBLY BUILDING Any building or structure where fifty (50) or


people congregate, gather, or assemble for any purpose.
Public Way A parcel of land unobstructed from the ground to the sky, more than
meters in width, appropriate d to the free passage of the general public.
PUBLIC WAY Any street, alley or other strip of land unobstructed from the grou
the sky, deeded, dedicated or otherwise permanently appropriated for public use.

PYROPHORIC Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when ex


to air.
REFINING A process where impurities and/or deleterious materials are removed f
mixture in order to produce a pure element of compound. It shall also refer to
distillation and electrolysis.

Repair The reconstruction or renewal of any part of an existing building for the pu
of its maintenance. The word "repair" shall not apply to any change of construction

SELF-CLOSING DOORS Automatic closing doors that are designed to confine s


and heat and delay the spread of fire.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Shaft A vertical opening through a building for elevators, dumbwaiters, mech


equipment, or similar purposes.
Show Window A store window in which goods are display.
Slum Blighted Area: Eyesore; An area where the values of real estate te
deteriorate because of the dilapidated, obsolescent, and unsanitary condition
building within the area. Any eyesore is a building or area which is markedly unple
to look at.

SMELTING Melting or fusing of metallic ores or compounds so as to separate imp


from pure metals.
Socalo, Masonry The wall between the bottom of the window sill and the ground

Soffit The underside of a beam, lintel, or reveal.


SPRINKLER SYSTEM An integrated network of hydraulically designed piping ins
in a building, structure or area with outlets arranged in a systematic pattern
automatically discharges water when activated by heat or combustion products f
fire.

Stable Any structure designed and intended for the enclosure, shelter, or protect
any horse, carabao, or other cattle.
Stable, Commercial A stable wherein the animals kept are for business, rac
breeding purposes.
Stage A partially enclosed portion of an assembly building which is designed or
for the representation of plays, demonstrations, or other entertainment w
scenery, props or other effects may be installed or used, and where the dis
between the top of the proscenium openings and the ceiling above the stage is
than 1.50 meters.

Stairway Two or more risers shall constitute a stairway.


Stairway, Private A stairway serving one tenant only.
STANDPIPE SYSTEM A system of vertical pipes in a building to which fire hoses c
attached on each floor, including a system by which water is made available
outlets as needed.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Storey That portion of a building included between the upper surface of any floo
the upper surface of the floor next above, except that the topmost storey shall b
portion of a building included between the upper surface of the topmost floor an
ceiling or roof above. If the finished floor level directly above a basement, ce
unused underfloor space is more than 3.60 meters above grade as defined her
any point. Such basement, cellar or unused underfloor space shall be considered
storey.

Storey, Height of The perpendicular distance from top to top of two successive
floor beams, or joists. The clear height of a storey or a room is the distance fro
floor to the ceiling. The clear height of balconies is measured from the highest po
the sidewall grade to the underside of the balcony floor joists. If these joists are s
this clear height is measured to the underside of the ceiling.

Street Any thoroughfare of public space which has been dedicated or deeded
public for public use.
Structural Frame The framing system including the columns and the girders, b
trusses, and spandrels having direct connections to the columns an all other me
which are essential to the stability of the building as a whole. The members of fl
roof which have no connection to the column shall be considered secondary and
part of the structural frame.

Structure That which is built or constructed, an edifice or building of any kind o


piece of work artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in some d
manner.

Suportales The vertical supports, such as posts or stanchions, as used in indigen


traditional type of construction. These may be freestanding as stilts or integrate
the wall structure. In the case of former, pie de gallos (knee braces) or crosettas
bracings) are sometimes used.

Surface, Exterior Weather-exposed surface.


Surface, Interior Surfaces other than weather-exposed surfaces.
Surface, Weather-Exposed All surfaces of walls, ceilings, floors, roofs, soffits
similar surfaces exposed to the weather except the following:
surfacea a. Ceiling and roof soffits enclosed by walls, or by beams extend a minim
300 millimeter s below such ceiling or roof soffits;

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

surfacea b. Walls or portions of walls within an unenclosed roof area, when loca
horizontal distance from an exterior opening equal to twice the height of the op
and

surfacea c. Ceiling and roof soffits beyond a horizontal distance of 3.00 meters fro
outer edge of the ceilings or roof soffits.
Value of Valuation of a Building The estimated cost to replace the building in
based on current replacement costs.
Vault Any surface or underground construction covered on top, or nay fir
construction intended for the storage of valuables.
Veneer Adhered Veneer secured and supported by approved mechanical fas
attached to an approved backing supported through adhesion to an approved bo
material applied over an approved backing.

Veneer, Exterior Veneer applied to weather-exposed surfaces.


Veneer, Interior Veneer applied to surfaces other than weather-exposed surfaces

VERTICAL SHAFT An enclosed vertical space of passage that extends from fl


floor, as well as from the base to the top of the building.
VESTIBULE A passage hall or antechamber between the outer doors and the in
parts of a house or building.
Wall Bearing A wall which supports any load other than its own weight.
Wall, Cross A term which may be used synonymously with a partition.
Wall, Curtain The enclosing wall of an iron or steel framework or the nonb
portion of an enclosing wall between piers.
Wall, Dead A wall without openings.
Wall, Exterior Any wall or element of a wall or any number or group of mem
which defines the exterior boundary or courts of a building.
Wall, Faced A wall in which the facing and backing are so bonded together tha
act as a composite element, and exert a common action under load.
Wall, Fire Any wall which subdivided a building so as to resist the spread of fi
starting at the foundation and extending continuously through all storeys to, or
the roof. Extension above the roof is 1.00 meter.

Wall, Foundation That portion of an enclosing wall below the first tier of floor-jois

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Wall, Height of The perpendicular distance measured from its base line either
grade or at the top of the girder to the top of the coping thereof. Foundatio
retaining walls are measured from the grade downward to the base of the footing.

Wall, Nonbearing A wall which supports no load other than its own weight.
Wall, Parapet That part of any wall entirely above the roof line.
Wall, Party A wall separating two or more buildings, and used in common by th
buildings.
Wall, Retaining Any wall used to resist the lateral displacement of any mate
subsurface wall built to resist the lateral pressure of internal loads.
Wall, Thickness of The minimum thickness measured on the bed.
Window An opening through a wall of a building to the outside air for the purp
admitting natural light and air.
Window, Oriel A projecting window similar to a bay window, cut curried on brack
corbels. The term "bay window" may also be applied to an oriel window projecting
the street line.

Wire Backing Horizontal strands of tautened wire attached to surfaces of vertical


supports which, when covered with building paper, provide a backing for po
cement plaster.

Yard or Patio The vacant space left in a lot between the building and the property

Yard, Rear The yard lying between the side lot line and the nearest lot line an
nearest building line.
Yard, Side The yard lying between the side line and the nearest building and be
the front and the rear yards.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen